diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html index bc54ff9e349..a42a8213d22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.users.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(userKey, customFieldMask=None, projection=None, viewType=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a user.

- insert(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ insert(body=None, resolveConflictAccount=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the "User creation is not complete" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case.

list(customFieldMask=None, customer=None, domain=None, event=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, query=None, showDeleted=None, sortOrder=None, viewType=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

- insert(body=None, x__xgafv=None) + insert(body=None, resolveConflictAccount=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a user. Mutate calls immediately following user creation might sometimes fail as the user isn't fully created due to propagation delay in our backends. Check the error details for the "User creation is not complete" message to see if this is the case. Retrying the calls after some time can help in this case.
 
 Args:
@@ -296,6 +296,7 @@ 

Method Details

"websites": "", # The user's websites. The maximum allowed data size for this field is 2KB. } + resolveConflictAccount: boolean, Optional. If set to `true`, the option selected for [handling unmanaged user accounts](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11112794) will apply. Default: `false` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.adapters.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.adapters.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b534a70132c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.adapters.html @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ + + + +

AdMob API . accounts . adSources . adapters

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List the adapters of the ad source.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List the adapters of the ad source.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns this collection of adapters. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adSources/{ad_source_id} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of adapters to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 10,000 adapters will be returned. The maximum value is 20,000; values above 20,000 will be coerced to 20,000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAdapters` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the ListAdaptersRequest.
+  "adapters": [ # The adapter.
+    { # Describes adapters supported by each mediation ad source. Adapters correspond to a specific SDK implementation of the ad source, and are each associated with a single platform and a list of supported ad unit formats. Adapters may also require setting some configurations to perform ad requests. Configurations can be specified in the AdUnitMapping by setting the [ad_unit_configurations](#AdUnitMapping.ad_unit_configurations) key/value pairs. For example, the ad_unit_configurations can be used to pass various IDs to the adapter's third-party SDK.
+      "adapterConfigMetadata": [ # Output only. Configuration metadata associated with this adapter.
+        { # Configuration metadata associated with this adapter. They are used to define the ad_unit_configurations associated with AdUnitMappings for the this adapter.
+          "adapterConfigMetadataId": "A String", # This is used to fill the key of the [ad_unit_configurations](#AdUnitMapping.ad_unit_configurations).
+          "adapterConfigMetadataLabel": "A String", # Name of the adapter configuration metadata.
+          "isRequired": True or False, # Whether this metadata is required for configuring the AdUnitMappings.
+        },
+      ],
+      "adapterId": "A String", # Output only. ID of this adapter. It is used to set [adapter_id](#AdUnitMapping.adapter_id).
+      "formats": [ # Output only. Indicates the formats of the ad units supported by this adapter.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the adapter. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adSources/{ad_source_id}/adapters/{adapter_id}.
+      "platform": "A String", # Output only. Mobile application platform supported by this adapter. Supported values are: IOS, ANDROID, WINDOWS_PHONE
+      "title": "A String", # Output only. The display name of this adapter.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Used to set the `page_token` in the `ListAdapterRequest` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.html index 799934c6e03..fa0b2f5707c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adSources.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

AdMob API . accounts . adSources

Instance Methods

+

+ adapters() +

+

Returns the adapters Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnitMappings.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnitMappings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c3a5ff60edf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnitMappings.html @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ + + + +

AdMob API . accounts . adUnitMappings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Batch create the ad unit mappings under the specific AdMob account. The maximum allowed batch size is 100.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchCreate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Batch create the ad unit mappings under the specific AdMob account. The maximum allowed batch size is 100.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The AdMob account which owns this collection of ad unit mappings. Format: accounts/{publisher_id} See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/2784578 for instructions on how to find your AdMob publisher ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to create a batch of ad unit mappings under the specific AdMob account.
+  "requests": [ # Required. The request message specifying the ad unit mappings to create. A maximum of 100 ad unit mappings can be created in a batch. If the number of ad unit mappings in the batch request exceed 100, the entire request will be rejected and no ad unit mappings will be created.
+    { # Request to create an ad unit mapping under the specific AdMob account and ad unit.
+      "adUnitMapping": { # Settings to map an AdMob ad unit to a 3rd party ad unit. # Required. The ad unit mapping to create.
+        "adUnitConfigurations": { # Settings for the specified ad unit to make an ad request to 3rd party ad network. Key-value pairs with values set by the user for the keys requested by the ad network. Please see https://support.google.com/admob/answer/3245073 for details on how to configure the network settings.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "adapterId": "A String", # The ID of mediation ad source adapter used by this ad unit mapping. The adapter determines the information needed in the ad_network_settings.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of this ad unit mapping instance.
+        "name": "A String", # Resource name of this ad unit mapping. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment}/adUnitMappings/{ad_unit_mapping_id} Example: accounts/pub-1234567890123456/adUnits/0123456789/adUnitMappings/987654321
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The status of this ad unit mapping.
+      },
+      "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent which owns the ad unit mapping. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id}
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing a batch of created ad unit mappings.
+  "adUnitMappings": [ # The Ad units mappings created under the requested account.
+    { # Settings to map an AdMob ad unit to a 3rd party ad unit.
+      "adUnitConfigurations": { # Settings for the specified ad unit to make an ad request to 3rd party ad network. Key-value pairs with values set by the user for the keys requested by the ad network. Please see https://support.google.com/admob/answer/3245073 for details on how to configure the network settings.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "adapterId": "A String", # The ID of mediation ad source adapter used by this ad unit mapping. The adapter determines the information needed in the ad_network_settings.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of this ad unit mapping instance.
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name of this ad unit mapping. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment}/adUnitMappings/{ad_unit_mapping_id} Example: accounts/pub-1234567890123456/adUnits/0123456789/adUnitMappings/987654321
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The status of this ad unit mapping.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.adUnitMappings.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.adUnitMappings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa2ded294a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.adUnitMappings.html @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + + + +

AdMob API . accounts . adUnits . adUnitMappings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an ad unit mapping under the specific AdMob account and ad unit.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List ad unit mappings under the specified AdMob account and ad unit.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an ad unit mapping under the specific AdMob account and ad unit.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns the ad unit mapping. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Settings to map an AdMob ad unit to a 3rd party ad unit.
+  "adUnitConfigurations": { # Settings for the specified ad unit to make an ad request to 3rd party ad network. Key-value pairs with values set by the user for the keys requested by the ad network. Please see https://support.google.com/admob/answer/3245073 for details on how to configure the network settings.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "adapterId": "A String", # The ID of mediation ad source adapter used by this ad unit mapping. The adapter determines the information needed in the ad_network_settings.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of this ad unit mapping instance.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name of this ad unit mapping. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment}/adUnitMappings/{ad_unit_mapping_id} Example: accounts/pub-1234567890123456/adUnits/0123456789/adUnitMappings/987654321
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The status of this ad unit mapping.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Settings to map an AdMob ad unit to a 3rd party ad unit.
+  "adUnitConfigurations": { # Settings for the specified ad unit to make an ad request to 3rd party ad network. Key-value pairs with values set by the user for the keys requested by the ad network. Please see https://support.google.com/admob/answer/3245073 for details on how to configure the network settings.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "adapterId": "A String", # The ID of mediation ad source adapter used by this ad unit mapping. The adapter determines the information needed in the ad_network_settings.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of this ad unit mapping instance.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name of this ad unit mapping. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment}/adUnitMappings/{ad_unit_mapping_id} Example: accounts/pub-1234567890123456/adUnits/0123456789/adUnitMappings/987654321
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The status of this ad unit mapping.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List ad unit mappings under the specified AdMob account and ad unit.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns this collection of ad unit mappings. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id} (required)
+  filter: string, The filter string that uses [EBNF grammar syntax](https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Possible field to filter by is: - "DISPLAY_NAME" Possible filter function is: - `IN`: Used to filter fields that represent a singleton including "DISPLAY_NAME". The filter functions can be added together using `AND`. `OR` functionality is not supported. Example: filter: IN(DISPLAY_NAME, "Test Ad Unit Mapping 1", "Test Ad Unit Mapping 2")
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of ad unit mappings to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 10,000 ad unit mappings will be returned. The maximum value is 20,000; values above 20,000 will be coerced to 20,000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListAdUnitMappings` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the ListAdUnitMappingsRequest.
+  "adUnitMappings": [ # The ad unit mappings from the specified account and ad unit.
+    { # Settings to map an AdMob ad unit to a 3rd party ad unit.
+      "adUnitConfigurations": { # Settings for the specified ad unit to make an ad request to 3rd party ad network. Key-value pairs with values set by the user for the keys requested by the ad network. Please see https://support.google.com/admob/answer/3245073 for details on how to configure the network settings.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "adapterId": "A String", # The ID of mediation ad source adapter used by this ad unit mapping. The adapter determines the information needed in the ad_network_settings.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of this ad unit mapping instance.
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name of this ad unit mapping. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment}/adUnitMappings/{ad_unit_mapping_id} Example: accounts/pub-1234567890123456/adUnits/0123456789/adUnitMappings/987654321
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The status of this ad unit mapping.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Used to set the `page_token` in the `ListAdUnitMappingsRequest` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.html index 09ad2fcd3cb..504da51292f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.adUnits.html @@ -74,9 +74,17 @@

AdMob API . accounts . adUnits

Instance Methods

+

+ adUnitMappings() +

+

Returns the adUnitMappings Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an ad unit under the specified AdMob account.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

List the ad units under the specified AdMob account.

@@ -89,6 +97,54 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an ad unit under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account to create the specified ad unit for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Describes an AdMob ad unit.
+  "adFormat": "A String", # AdFormat of the ad unit. Possible values are as follows: "APP_OPEN" - App Open ad format. "BANNER" - Banner ad format. "BANNER_INTERSTITIAL" - Legacy format that can be used as either banner or interstitial. This format can no longer be created but can be targeted by mediation groups. "INTERSTITIAL" - A full screen ad. Supported ad types are "RICH_MEDIA" and "VIDEO". "NATIVE" - Native ad format. "REWARDED" - An ad that, once viewed, gets a callback verifying the view so that a reward can be given to the user. Supported ad types are "RICH_MEDIA" (interactive) and video where video can not be excluded. "REWARDED_INTERSTITIAL" - Rewarded Interstitial ad format. Only supports video ad type. See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/9884467.
+  "adTypes": [ # Ad media type supported by this ad unit. Possible values as follows: "RICH_MEDIA" - Text, image, and other non-video media. "VIDEO" - Video media.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "adUnitId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the ad unit which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654/0123456789
+  "appId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the app this ad unit is associated with. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad unit as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ad unit. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/adUnits/0123456789
+  "rewardSettings": { # Settings for a rewarded ad unit. # Optional. Settings for a rewarded ad unit. This can be set or unset only when the ad_format is "REWARDED".
+    "unitAmount": "A String", # Reward amount for this ad unit.
+    "unitType": "A String", # Reward item for this ad unit.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Describes an AdMob ad unit.
+  "adFormat": "A String", # AdFormat of the ad unit. Possible values are as follows: "APP_OPEN" - App Open ad format. "BANNER" - Banner ad format. "BANNER_INTERSTITIAL" - Legacy format that can be used as either banner or interstitial. This format can no longer be created but can be targeted by mediation groups. "INTERSTITIAL" - A full screen ad. Supported ad types are "RICH_MEDIA" and "VIDEO". "NATIVE" - Native ad format. "REWARDED" - An ad that, once viewed, gets a callback verifying the view so that a reward can be given to the user. Supported ad types are "RICH_MEDIA" (interactive) and video where video can not be excluded. "REWARDED_INTERSTITIAL" - Rewarded Interstitial ad format. Only supports video ad type. See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/9884467.
+  "adTypes": [ # Ad media type supported by this ad unit. Possible values as follows: "RICH_MEDIA" - Text, image, and other non-video media. "VIDEO" - Video media.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "adUnitId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the ad unit which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654/0123456789
+  "appId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the app this ad unit is associated with. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad unit as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ad unit. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/adUnits/0123456789
+  "rewardSettings": { # Settings for a rewarded ad unit. # Optional. Settings for a rewarded ad unit. This can be set or unset only when the ad_format is "REWARDED".
+    "unitAmount": "A String", # Reward amount for this ad unit.
+    "unitType": "A String", # Reward item for this ad unit.
+  },
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
List the ad units under the specified AdMob account.
@@ -116,6 +172,10 @@ 

Method Details

"appId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the app this ad unit is associated with. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789 "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad unit as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters. "name": "A String", # Resource name for this ad unit. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/adUnits/0123456789 + "rewardSettings": { # Settings for a rewarded ad unit. # Optional. Settings for a rewarded ad unit. This can be set or unset only when the ad_format is "REWARDED". + "unitAmount": "A String", # Reward amount for this ad unit. + "unitType": "A String", # Reward item for this ad unit. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # If not empty, indicates that there may be more ad units for the request; this value should be passed in a new `ListAdUnitsRequest`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.apps.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.apps.html index 8adf3c36c41..54c38d85070 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.apps.html @@ -77,6 +77,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an app under the specified AdMob account.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

List the apps under the specified AdMob account.

@@ -89,6 +92,58 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an app under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account for which the app is being created. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Describes an AdMob app for a specific platform (For example: Android or iOS).
+  "appApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state for the app. The field is read-only.
+  "appId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the app which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789
+  "linkedAppInfo": { # Information from the app store if the app is linked to an app store. # Immutable. The information for an app that is linked to an app store. This field is present if and only if the app is linked to an app store.
+    "androidAppStores": [ # Optional. The app store information for published Android apps. This field is only used for apps on the Android platform and will be ignored if the PLATFORM is set to iOS. The default value is the Google Play App store. This field can be updated after app is created. If the app is not published, this field will not be included in the response.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "appStoreId": "A String", # The app store ID of the app; present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. If the app is added to the Google Play store, it will be the application ID of the app. For example: "com.example.myapp". See https://developer.android.com/studio/build/application-id. If the app is added to the Apple App Store, it will be app store ID. For example "105169111". Note that setting the app store id is considered an irreversible action. Once an app is linked, it cannot be unlinked.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the app as it appears in the app store. This is an output-only field, and may be empty if the app cannot be found in the store.
+  },
+  "manualAppInfo": { # Information provided for manual apps which are not linked to an application store (Example: Google Play, App Store). # The information for an app that is not linked to any app store. After an app is linked, this information is still retrivable. If no name is provided for the app upon creation, a placeholder name will be used.
+    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the app as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this app. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/apps/{app_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/apps/0123456789
+  "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Limited to "IOS" and "ANDROID".
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Describes an AdMob app for a specific platform (For example: Android or iOS).
+  "appApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state for the app. The field is read-only.
+  "appId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the app which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789
+  "linkedAppInfo": { # Information from the app store if the app is linked to an app store. # Immutable. The information for an app that is linked to an app store. This field is present if and only if the app is linked to an app store.
+    "androidAppStores": [ # Optional. The app store information for published Android apps. This field is only used for apps on the Android platform and will be ignored if the PLATFORM is set to iOS. The default value is the Google Play App store. This field can be updated after app is created. If the app is not published, this field will not be included in the response.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "appStoreId": "A String", # The app store ID of the app; present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. If the app is added to the Google Play store, it will be the application ID of the app. For example: "com.example.myapp". See https://developer.android.com/studio/build/application-id. If the app is added to the Apple App Store, it will be app store ID. For example "105169111". Note that setting the app store id is considered an irreversible action. Once an app is linked, it cannot be unlinked.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the app as it appears in the app store. This is an output-only field, and may be empty if the app cannot be found in the store.
+  },
+  "manualAppInfo": { # Information provided for manual apps which are not linked to an application store (Example: Google Play, App Store). # The information for an app that is not linked to any app store. After an app is linked, this information is still retrivable. If no name is provided for the app upon creation, a placeholder name will be used.
+    "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the app as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this app. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/apps/{app_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/apps/0123456789
+  "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Limited to "IOS" and "ANDROID".
+}
+
+
list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
List the apps under the specified AdMob account.
@@ -111,6 +166,9 @@ 

Method Details

"appApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state for the app. The field is read-only. "appId": "A String", # The externally visible ID of the app which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789 "linkedAppInfo": { # Information from the app store if the app is linked to an app store. # Immutable. The information for an app that is linked to an app store. This field is present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. + "androidAppStores": [ # Optional. The app store information for published Android apps. This field is only used for apps on the Android platform and will be ignored if the PLATFORM is set to iOS. The default value is the Google Play App store. This field can be updated after app is created. If the app is not published, this field will not be included in the response. + "A String", + ], "appStoreId": "A String", # The app store ID of the app; present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. If the app is added to the Google Play store, it will be the application ID of the app. For example: "com.example.myapp". See https://developer.android.com/studio/build/application-id. If the app is added to the Apple App Store, it will be app store ID. For example "105169111". Note that setting the app store id is considered an irreversible action. Once an app is linked, it cannot be unlinked. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Display name of the app as it appears in the app store. This is an output-only field, and may be empty if the app cannot be found in the store. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.campaigns.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a7a4bd40a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.campaigns.html @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ + + + +

AdMob API . accounts . campaigns

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Batch update operation for campaigns under the specified AdMob publisher.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List the campaigns under the specified AdMob account.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Batch update operation for campaigns under the specified AdMob publisher.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account to list campaigns for. The `parent` field in the individual UpdateCampaignRequest messages should match the value set here. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request for the BatchUpdateCampaigns API.
+  "requests": [ # Required. The individual requests to update campaigns. Max 1000 allowed.
+    { # An update request for a singular campaign. Currently only cpi_micros of MAX_CPI and TARGET_CPI campaigns can be updated.
+      "campaign": { # Describes an AdMob campaign. # Required. The campaign which is being updated.
+        "cpiSetting": { # CPI setting for AdMob campaign. Ignored unless campaign goal type is MAX_CPI or TARGET_CPI. # The CPI setting of the campaign.
+          "cpiMicros": "A String", # Cost-per-install for this campaign in micro units in the currency of the GoogleAds account linked to this AdMob publisher.
+        },
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name for the campaign.
+        "goalType": "A String", # Output only. The Goal type of the campaign.
+        "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this campaign. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/campaigns/{campaign_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/campaigns/0123456789
+      },
+      "updateMask": "A String", # List of campaign fields to be updated. Currently this field is not supported as only the cpi_micros field can be updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for the BatchUpdateCampaigns API.
+  "campaigns": [ # The updated campaigns per the request.
+    { # Describes an AdMob campaign.
+      "cpiSetting": { # CPI setting for AdMob campaign. Ignored unless campaign goal type is MAX_CPI or TARGET_CPI. # The CPI setting of the campaign.
+        "cpiMicros": "A String", # Cost-per-install for this campaign in micro units in the currency of the GoogleAds account linked to this AdMob publisher.
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name for the campaign.
+      "goalType": "A String", # Output only. The Goal type of the campaign.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this campaign. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/campaigns/{campaign_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/campaigns/0123456789
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List the campaigns under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account to list campaigns for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  filter: string, The filter string that uses [EBNF grammar syntax](https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Possible field to filter by is: - "CAMPAIGN_GOAL_TYPE" Possible filter function is: - `IN`: Used to filter fields that represent a singleton including "CAMPAIGN_GOAL_TYPE". The filter functions can be added together using `AND`. `OR` functionality is not supported. Example: filter: IN(CAMPAIGN_GOAL_TYPE, "NUMBER_OF_CLICKS", "MEDIATED_ADS")
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of campaigns to return.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListCampaignsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListGoogleBiddingAdUnits` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the ListCampaignsRequest.
+  "campaigns": [ # The resulting mediation groups for the requested account.
+    { # Describes an AdMob campaign.
+      "cpiSetting": { # CPI setting for AdMob campaign. Ignored unless campaign goal type is MAX_CPI or TARGET_CPI. # The CPI setting of the campaign.
+        "cpiMicros": "A String", # Cost-per-install for this campaign in micro units in the currency of the GoogleAds account linked to this AdMob publisher.
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name for the campaign.
+      "goalType": "A String", # Output only. The Goal type of the campaign.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name for this campaign. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/campaigns/{campaign_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/campaigns/0123456789
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Used to set the `page_token` in the `ListCampaignsRequest` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.html index 26da1963cac..4309d8e5ad4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the adSources Resource.

+

+ adUnitMappings() +

+

Returns the adUnitMappings Resource.

+

adUnits()

@@ -89,6 +94,16 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the apps Resource.

+

+ campaigns() +

+

Returns the campaigns Resource.

+ +

+ mediationGroups() +

+

Returns the mediationGroups Resource.

+

mediationReport()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationGroups.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..31f700bf039 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ + + + +

AdMob API . accounts . mediationGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ mediationAbExperiments() +

+

Returns the mediationAbExperiments Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a mediation group under the specific AdMob account.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List mediation groups under the specified AdMob account.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update the specified mediation group under the specified AdMob account.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a mediation group under the specific AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns the mediation group. Format: accounts/{publisher_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Describes an AdMob mediation group.
+  "displayName": "A String", # User provided name for the mediation group. The maximum length allowed is 120 characters.
+  "mediationAbExperimentState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the mediation a/b experiment that belongs to this mediation group.
+  "mediationGroupId": "A String", # The ID of the mediation group. Example: "0123456789". This is a read only property.
+  "mediationGroupLines": { # The mediation lines used for serving for this mediation group. Key is the ID of the mediation group line. For creation, use distinct negative values as placeholder.
+    "a_key": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group.
+      "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+      "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+      "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+      "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+      "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+      "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789
+  "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group. Only enabled mediation groups will be served.
+  "targeting": { # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group. For example, a mediation group can target specific ad unit IDs, platform, format and geo location. # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group, such as ad units and geo locations.
+    "adUnitIds": [ # Ad units targeted by this mediation group. Example: "ca-app-pub-1234/8790".
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "excludedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group does not exclude any region.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "format": "A String", # Ad format targeted by this mediation group. Examples: "banner", "native".
+    "idfaTargeting": "A String", # The parameter can be used to target ad requests based on the availability of the IDFA. If set to ALL, the mediation group applies to all ad requests (with or without IDFA). If set to AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests with IDFA. If set to NOT_AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests without IDFA. Doesn't need to be specified for an ANDROID device.
+    "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Examples: "IOS", "Android".
+    "targetedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group targets all available regions. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Describes an AdMob mediation group.
+  "displayName": "A String", # User provided name for the mediation group. The maximum length allowed is 120 characters.
+  "mediationAbExperimentState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the mediation a/b experiment that belongs to this mediation group.
+  "mediationGroupId": "A String", # The ID of the mediation group. Example: "0123456789". This is a read only property.
+  "mediationGroupLines": { # The mediation lines used for serving for this mediation group. Key is the ID of the mediation group line. For creation, use distinct negative values as placeholder.
+    "a_key": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group.
+      "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+      "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+      "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+      "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+      "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+      "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789
+  "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group. Only enabled mediation groups will be served.
+  "targeting": { # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group. For example, a mediation group can target specific ad unit IDs, platform, format and geo location. # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group, such as ad units and geo locations.
+    "adUnitIds": [ # Ad units targeted by this mediation group. Example: "ca-app-pub-1234/8790".
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "excludedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group does not exclude any region.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "format": "A String", # Ad format targeted by this mediation group. Examples: "banner", "native".
+    "idfaTargeting": "A String", # The parameter can be used to target ad requests based on the availability of the IDFA. If set to ALL, the mediation group applies to all ad requests (with or without IDFA). If set to AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests with IDFA. If set to NOT_AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests without IDFA. Doesn't need to be specified for an ANDROID device.
+    "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Examples: "IOS", "Android".
+    "targetedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group targets all available regions. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List mediation groups under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the account to list mediation groups for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654 (required)
+  filter: string, The filter string that uses [EBNF grammar syntax](https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Possible fields to filter by are: - "AD_SOURCE_IDS" - "AD_UNIT_IDS" - "APP_IDS" - "DISPLAY_NAME" - "FORMAT" - "MEDIATION_GROUP_ID" - "PLATFORM" - "STATE" - "TARGETED_REGION_CODES" Possible filter functions are: - `IN`: Used to filter fields that represent a singleton including "MEDIATION_GROUP_ID", "DISPLAY_NAME", "STATE", "PLATFORM", and "FORMAT". - `CONTAINS_ANY`: Used to filter fields that represent a collection including "AD_SOURCE_IDS", "AD_UNIT_IDS", "APP_IDS", and "TARGETED_REGION_CODES". The filter functions can be added together using `AND`. `OR` functionality is not supported. Example: filter: IN(DISPLAY_NAME, "Test Group 1", "Test Group 2") AND IN(PLATFORM, "ANDROID") AND CONTAINS_ANY(AD_SOURCE_IDS, "5450213213286189855")
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of mediation groups to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 10,000 mediation groups will be returned. The maximum value is 20,000; values above 20,000 will be coerced to 20,000.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListMediationGroupsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListMediationGroups` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the mediation groups list request.
+  "mediationGroups": [ # The resulting mediation groups for the requested account.
+    { # Describes an AdMob mediation group.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User provided name for the mediation group. The maximum length allowed is 120 characters.
+      "mediationAbExperimentState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the mediation a/b experiment that belongs to this mediation group.
+      "mediationGroupId": "A String", # The ID of the mediation group. Example: "0123456789". This is a read only property.
+      "mediationGroupLines": { # The mediation lines used for serving for this mediation group. Key is the ID of the mediation group line. For creation, use distinct negative values as placeholder.
+        "a_key": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group.
+          "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+          "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+          "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+          "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+          "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+          "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+          "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789
+      "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group. Only enabled mediation groups will be served.
+      "targeting": { # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group. For example, a mediation group can target specific ad unit IDs, platform, format and geo location. # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group, such as ad units and geo locations.
+        "adUnitIds": [ # Ad units targeted by this mediation group. Example: "ca-app-pub-1234/8790".
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "excludedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group does not exclude any region.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "format": "A String", # Ad format targeted by this mediation group. Examples: "banner", "native".
+        "idfaTargeting": "A String", # The parameter can be used to target ad requests based on the availability of the IDFA. If set to ALL, the mediation group applies to all ad requests (with or without IDFA). If set to AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests with IDFA. If set to NOT_AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests without IDFA. Doesn't need to be specified for an ANDROID device.
+        "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Examples: "IOS", "Android".
+        "targetedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group targets all available regions. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # If not empty, indicates that there may be more mediation groups for the request; this value should be passed in a new `ListMediationGroupsRequest`.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update the specified mediation group under the specified AdMob account.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789 (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Describes an AdMob mediation group.
+  "displayName": "A String", # User provided name for the mediation group. The maximum length allowed is 120 characters.
+  "mediationAbExperimentState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the mediation a/b experiment that belongs to this mediation group.
+  "mediationGroupId": "A String", # The ID of the mediation group. Example: "0123456789". This is a read only property.
+  "mediationGroupLines": { # The mediation lines used for serving for this mediation group. Key is the ID of the mediation group line. For creation, use distinct negative values as placeholder.
+    "a_key": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group.
+      "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+      "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+      "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+      "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+      "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+      "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789
+  "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group. Only enabled mediation groups will be served.
+  "targeting": { # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group. For example, a mediation group can target specific ad unit IDs, platform, format and geo location. # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group, such as ad units and geo locations.
+    "adUnitIds": [ # Ad units targeted by this mediation group. Example: "ca-app-pub-1234/8790".
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "excludedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group does not exclude any region.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "format": "A String", # Ad format targeted by this mediation group. Examples: "banner", "native".
+    "idfaTargeting": "A String", # The parameter can be used to target ad requests based on the availability of the IDFA. If set to ALL, the mediation group applies to all ad requests (with or without IDFA). If set to AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests with IDFA. If set to NOT_AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests without IDFA. Doesn't need to be specified for an ANDROID device.
+    "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Examples: "IOS", "Android".
+    "targetedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group targets all available regions. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, List of mediation group fields to be updated. Updates to repeated fields such as items in a list will fully replace the existing value(s) with the new value(s). Updates to individual values in a map can be done by indexing by the key. The following field masks are supported for mediation group updates: - "mediation_group_lines[\"{mediation_group_line_id}\"]" clang-format off - "mediation_group_lines[\"{mediation_group_line_id}\"].ad_unit_mappings[\"{ad_unit_id}\"]" clang-format on - "mediation_group_lines[\"{mediation_group_line_id}\"].cpm_micros" - "mediation_group_lines[\"{mediation_group_line_id}\"].cpm_mode" - "mediation_group_lines[\"{mediation_group_line_id}\"].state" - "mediation_group_lines[\"{mediation_group_line_id}\"].display_name" - "targeting.ad_unit_ids" To update a mediation group with a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative number for the "mediation_group_line_id". For Example: update_mask { paths: "mediation_group_lines[\"123456789012345\"].cpm_micros" }
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Describes an AdMob mediation group.
+  "displayName": "A String", # User provided name for the mediation group. The maximum length allowed is 120 characters.
+  "mediationAbExperimentState": "A String", # Output only. The state of the mediation a/b experiment that belongs to this mediation group.
+  "mediationGroupId": "A String", # The ID of the mediation group. Example: "0123456789". This is a read only property.
+  "mediationGroupLines": { # The mediation lines used for serving for this mediation group. Key is the ID of the mediation group line. For creation, use distinct negative values as placeholder.
+    "a_key": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group.
+      "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+      "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+      "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+      "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+      "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+      "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+      "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789
+  "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group. Only enabled mediation groups will be served.
+  "targeting": { # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group. For example, a mediation group can target specific ad unit IDs, platform, format and geo location. # Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group, such as ad units and geo locations.
+    "adUnitIds": [ # Ad units targeted by this mediation group. Example: "ca-app-pub-1234/8790".
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "excludedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group does not exclude any region.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "format": "A String", # Ad format targeted by this mediation group. Examples: "banner", "native".
+    "idfaTargeting": "A String", # The parameter can be used to target ad requests based on the availability of the IDFA. If set to ALL, the mediation group applies to all ad requests (with or without IDFA). If set to AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests with IDFA. If set to NOT_AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests without IDFA. Doesn't need to be specified for an ANDROID device.
+    "platform": "A String", # Describes the platform of the app. Examples: "IOS", "Android".
+    "targetedRegionCodes": [ # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as "US". Unset if this mediation group targets all available regions. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationGroups.mediationAbExperiments.html b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationGroups.mediationAbExperiments.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbdc5a8a2cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/admob_v1beta.accounts.mediationGroups.mediationAbExperiments.html @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ + + + +

AdMob API . accounts . mediationGroups . mediationAbExperiments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an A/B testing experiment for a specified AdMob account and a mediation group.

+

+ stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Stop the mediation A/B experiment and choose a variant.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an A/B testing experiment for a specified AdMob account and a mediation group.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent which owns the mediation group. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The mediation A/B experiment. NEXT ID: 12
+  "controlMediationLines": [ # Output only. The experiment mediation lines for control. They are inherited from the parent mediation group. It is an output only field.
+    { # The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.
+      "mediationGroupLine": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group. # The mediation group line used by the experiment.
+        "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+        "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+        "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+        "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+        "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+        "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name for the mediation A/B experiment.
+  "experimentId": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier for the mediation A/B experiment. It is an output only property.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this experiment. The format is accounts/{publisher_id}/ mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id}/mediationAbExperiment/ {mediation_group_experiment_id}. For example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789/ mediationAbExperiment/12345
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the experiment. It is an output only field.
+  "treatmentMediationLines": [ # The experiment mediation lines created for the treatment. They will be used for serving when the experiment status is RUNNING.
+    { # The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.
+      "mediationGroupLine": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group. # The mediation group line used by the experiment.
+        "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+        "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+        "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+        "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+        "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+        "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "treatmentTrafficPercentage": "A String", # The percentage of the mediation A/B experiment traffic that will be send to the treatment (variant B). The remainder is sent to the control (variant A). The percentage is expressed as an integer in the inclusive range of [1,99]. See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/9572326 for details.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The mediation A/B experiment. NEXT ID: 12
+  "controlMediationLines": [ # Output only. The experiment mediation lines for control. They are inherited from the parent mediation group. It is an output only field.
+    { # The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.
+      "mediationGroupLine": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group. # The mediation group line used by the experiment.
+        "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+        "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+        "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+        "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+        "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+        "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name for the mediation A/B experiment.
+  "experimentId": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier for the mediation A/B experiment. It is an output only property.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this experiment. The format is accounts/{publisher_id}/ mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id}/mediationAbExperiment/ {mediation_group_experiment_id}. For example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789/ mediationAbExperiment/12345
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the experiment. It is an output only field.
+  "treatmentMediationLines": [ # The experiment mediation lines created for the treatment. They will be used for serving when the experiment status is RUNNING.
+    { # The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.
+      "mediationGroupLine": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group. # The mediation group line used by the experiment.
+        "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+        "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+        "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+        "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+        "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+        "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "treatmentTrafficPercentage": "A String", # The percentage of the mediation A/B experiment traffic that will be send to the treatment (variant B). The remainder is sent to the control (variant A). The percentage is expressed as an integer in the inclusive range of [1,99]. See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/9572326 for details.
+}
+
+ +
+ stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Stop the mediation A/B experiment and choose a variant.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of the mediation group, the experiment for which to choose a variant for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789/ mediationAbExperiments (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to end the mediation A/B experiment and choose a winning variant.
+  "variantChoice": "A String", # The choice for the winning variant.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The mediation A/B experiment. NEXT ID: 12
+  "controlMediationLines": [ # Output only. The experiment mediation lines for control. They are inherited from the parent mediation group. It is an output only field.
+    { # The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.
+      "mediationGroupLine": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group. # The mediation group line used by the experiment.
+        "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+        "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+        "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+        "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+        "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+        "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "displayName": "A String", # The display name for the mediation A/B experiment.
+  "experimentId": "A String", # Output only. Unique identifier for the mediation A/B experiment. It is an output only property.
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for this experiment. The format is accounts/{publisher_id}/ mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id}/mediationAbExperiment/ {mediation_group_experiment_id}. For example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789/ mediationAbExperiment/12345
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the experiment. It is an output only field.
+  "treatmentMediationLines": [ # The experiment mediation lines created for the treatment. They will be used for serving when the experiment status is RUNNING.
+    { # The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.
+      "mediationGroupLine": { # Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group. # The mediation group line used by the experiment.
+        "adSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.
+        "adUnitMappings": { # References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "cpmMicros": "A String", # The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** "USD" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.
+        "cpmMode": "A String", # Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.
+        "displayName": "A String", # User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.
+        "experimentVariant": "A String", # Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.
+        "id": "A String", # The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.
+        "state": "A String", # The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "treatmentTrafficPercentage": "A String", # The percentage of the mediation A/B experiment traffic that will be send to the treatment (variant B). The remainder is sent to the control (variant A). The percentage is expressed as an integer in the inclusive range of [1,99]. See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/9572326 for details.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html index 01b189b831b..623afe6c97c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.html @@ -168,6 +168,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -275,6 +276,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -424,6 +426,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -544,6 +547,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html index e758e66d8e5..6aff1825da5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html @@ -141,9 +141,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, "featureId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. "parent": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` @@ -219,9 +216,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, } featureId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. @@ -328,9 +322,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }
@@ -381,9 +372,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -438,9 +426,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, } updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` @@ -477,9 +462,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html index 7966e7616ea..dcf603d1703 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html @@ -558,9 +558,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as SearchFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html index cfe0b632809..b862445b3f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html @@ -254,6 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -481,6 +482,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -750,6 +752,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -990,6 +993,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html index 44e4d1ca439..736c5b5640d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html @@ -224,6 +224,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -299,6 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -460,6 +462,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -535,6 +538,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -738,6 +742,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -813,6 +818,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -987,6 +993,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -1062,6 +1069,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html index ee00066464e..028b5c51250 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.html @@ -169,6 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -277,6 +278,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -427,6 +429,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -548,6 +551,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html index 08be801d266..d2a8490a85e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.html @@ -170,13 +170,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. }, "featureId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. "parent": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the EntityType or FeatureGroup to create a Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureGroups/{feature_group}` @@ -281,13 +274,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. } featureId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Feature, which will become the final component of the Feature's resource name. This value may be up to 128 characters, and valid characters are `[a-z0-9_]`. The first character cannot be a number. The value must be unique within an EntityType/FeatureGroup. @@ -423,13 +409,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. } @@ -509,13 +488,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -599,13 +571,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. } updateMask: string, Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Features resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then only the non-empty fields present in the request will be overwritten. Set the update_mask to `*` to override all fields. Updatable fields: * `description` * `labels` * `disable_monitoring` @@ -671,13 +636,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html index 5c3402f6c30..03e0bb872e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html @@ -595,13 +595,6 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the Feature. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featurestores/{featurestore}/entityTypes/{entity_type}/features/{feature}` The last part feature is assigned by the client. The feature can be up to 64 characters long and can consist only of ASCII Latin letters A-Z and a-z, underscore(_), and ASCII digits 0-9 starting with a letter. The value will be unique given an entity type. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this EntityType was most recently updated. "valueType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Type of Feature value. - "versionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was created. - "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. - "versionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id. - "versionLabels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "versionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as SearchFeaturesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html index 8a82433585a..1992570f39d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.html @@ -268,6 +268,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -509,6 +510,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -792,6 +794,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -1046,6 +1049,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html index 92fb983f020..c99fa6f5c2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.nasJobs.html @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -301,6 +302,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -463,6 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -539,6 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -743,6 +747,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -819,6 +824,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -994,6 +1000,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, @@ -1070,6 +1077,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "scheduling": { # All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs. # Scheduling options for a CustomJob. + "disableRetries": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false. "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": True or False, # Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job. "timeout": "A String", # The maximum job running time. The default is 7 days. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html index 52a4c7caa61..91a87a84ef1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.accounts.html @@ -692,13 +692,13 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryLink": { # A link between a GA4 Property and BigQuery project. # A snapshot of a BigQuery link resource in change history. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the link was created. "dailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables daily data export to the linked Google Cloud project. - "enterpriseExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables enterprise export to the linked Google Cloud project. "excludedEvents": [ # The list of event names that will be excluded from exports. "A String", ], "exportStreams": [ # The list of streams under the parent property for which data will be exported. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: ['properties/1000/dataStreams/2000'] "A String", ], + "freshDailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables fresh daily export to the linked Google Cloud project. "includeAdvertisingId": True or False, # If set true, exported data will include advertising identifiers for mobile app streams. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this BigQuery link. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/bigQueryLinks/{bigquery_link_id}' Format: 'properties/1234/bigQueryLinks/abc567' "project": "A String", # Immutable. The linked Google Cloud project. When creating a BigQueryLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, the returned project will always have a project that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' @@ -928,6 +928,70 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }, + "skadnetworkConversionValueSchema": { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. # A snapshot of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema resource in change history. + "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. + "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. + { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. + "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units. + "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled. + { # Event setting conditions to match an event. + "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units. + "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked. + "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked. + "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked. + "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked. + }, + ], + "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect. + "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window. + }, + ], + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one. + }, + "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two. + "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. + { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. + "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units. + "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled. + { # Event setting conditions to match an event. + "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units. + "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked. + "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked. + "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked. + "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked. + }, + ], + "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect. + "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window. + }, + ], + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one. + }, + "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used. + "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. + { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. + "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units. + "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled. + { # Event setting conditions to match an event. + "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units. + "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked. + "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked. + "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked. + "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked. + }, + ], + "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect. + "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window. + }, + ], + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one. + }, + }, }, "resourceBeforeChange": { # A snapshot of a resource as before or after the result of a change in change history. # Resource contents from before the change was made. If this resource was created in this change, this field will be missing. "account": { # A resource message representing a Google Analytics account. # A snapshot of an Account resource in change history. @@ -1083,13 +1147,13 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryLink": { # A link between a GA4 Property and BigQuery project. # A snapshot of a BigQuery link resource in change history. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the link was created. "dailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables daily data export to the linked Google Cloud project. - "enterpriseExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables enterprise export to the linked Google Cloud project. "excludedEvents": [ # The list of event names that will be excluded from exports. "A String", ], "exportStreams": [ # The list of streams under the parent property for which data will be exported. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: ['properties/1000/dataStreams/2000'] "A String", ], + "freshDailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables fresh daily export to the linked Google Cloud project. "includeAdvertisingId": True or False, # If set true, exported data will include advertising identifiers for mobile app streams. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this BigQuery link. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/bigQueryLinks/{bigquery_link_id}' Format: 'properties/1234/bigQueryLinks/abc567' "project": "A String", # Immutable. The linked Google Cloud project. When creating a BigQueryLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, the returned project will always have a project that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' @@ -1319,6 +1383,70 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this SearchAds360Link resource. Format: properties/{propertyId}/searchAds360Links/{linkId} Note: linkId is not the Search Ads 360 advertiser ID "siteStatsSharingEnabled": True or False, # Enables export of site stats with this integration. If this field is not set on create, it will be defaulted to true. }, + "skadnetworkConversionValueSchema": { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream. # A snapshot of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema resource in change history. + "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema + "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled. + "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. + { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. + "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units. + "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled. + { # Event setting conditions to match an event. + "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units. + "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked. + "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked. + "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked. + "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked. + }, + ], + "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect. + "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window. + }, + ], + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one. + }, + "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two. + "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. + { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. + "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units. + "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled. + { # Event setting conditions to match an event. + "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units. + "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked. + "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked. + "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked. + "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked. + }, + ], + "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect. + "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window. + }, + ], + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one. + }, + "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used. + "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries. + { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema. + "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units. + "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled. + { # Event setting conditions to match an event. + "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units. + "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked. + "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked. + "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked. + "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked. + }, + ], + "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect. + "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window. + }, + ], + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one. + }, + }, }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.bigQueryLinks.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.bigQueryLinks.html index dfe173f20c5..5e73105afa3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.bigQueryLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.bigQueryLinks.html @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A link between a GA4 Property and BigQuery project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the link was created. "dailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables daily data export to the linked Google Cloud project. - "enterpriseExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables enterprise export to the linked Google Cloud project. "excludedEvents": [ # The list of event names that will be excluded from exports. "A String", ], "exportStreams": [ # The list of streams under the parent property for which data will be exported. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: ['properties/1000/dataStreams/2000'] "A String", ], + "freshDailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables fresh daily export to the linked Google Cloud project. "includeAdvertisingId": True or False, # If set true, exported data will include advertising identifiers for mobile app streams. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this BigQuery link. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/bigQueryLinks/{bigquery_link_id}' Format: 'properties/1234/bigQueryLinks/abc567' "project": "A String", # Immutable. The linked Google Cloud project. When creating a BigQueryLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, the returned project will always have a project that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' @@ -144,13 +144,13 @@

Method Details

{ # A link between a GA4 Property and BigQuery project. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the link was created. "dailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables daily data export to the linked Google Cloud project. - "enterpriseExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables enterprise export to the linked Google Cloud project. "excludedEvents": [ # The list of event names that will be excluded from exports. "A String", ], "exportStreams": [ # The list of streams under the parent property for which data will be exported. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{stream_id} Example: ['properties/1000/dataStreams/2000'] "A String", ], + "freshDailyExportEnabled": True or False, # If set true, enables fresh daily export to the linked Google Cloud project. "includeAdvertisingId": True or False, # If set true, exported data will include advertising identifiers for mobile app streams. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of this BigQuery link. Format: 'properties/{property_id}/bigQueryLinks/{bigquery_link_id}' Format: 'properties/1234/bigQueryLinks/abc567' "project": "A String", # Immutable. The linked Google Cloud project. When creating a BigQueryLink, you may provide this resource name using either a project number or project ID. Once this resource has been created, the returned project will always have a project that contains a project number. Format: 'projects/{project number}' Example: 'projects/1234' diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html index a9b8ec11382..5ba17afff3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the measurementProtocolSecrets Resource.

+

+ sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema() +

+

Returns the sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b9f3dfdb57c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.html @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ + + + +

Google Analytics Admin API . properties . dataStreams . sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes target SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Looks up a single SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema on a stream. Properties can have at most one SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this schema will be created. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
+  "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+  "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
+  "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+  "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes target SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema to delete. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{skadnetwork_conversion_value_schema} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Looks up a single SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of SKAdNetwork conversion value schema to look up. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{skadnetwork_conversion_value_schema} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
+  "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+  "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema on a stream. Properties can have at most one SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema Example: properties/1234/dataStreams/5678/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas RPC
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. Currently, Google Analytics supports only one SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema per dataStream, so this will never be populated.
+  "skadnetworkConversionValueSchemas": [ # List of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas. This will have at most one value.
+    { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
+      "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+      "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
+        "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+          { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+            "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+            "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+              { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+                "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+                "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+                "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+                "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+                "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+              },
+            ],
+            "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+            "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+          },
+        ],
+        "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+      },
+      "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two.
+        "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+          { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+            "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+            "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+              { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+                "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+                "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+                "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+                "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+                "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+              },
+            ],
+            "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+            "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+          },
+        ],
+        "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+      },
+      "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used.
+        "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+          { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+            "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+            "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+              { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+                "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+                "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+                "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+                "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+                "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+              },
+            ],
+            "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+            "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+          },
+        ],
+        "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
+  "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+  "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.
+  "applyConversionValues": True or False, # If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema
+  "postbackWindowOne": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a "Fine" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowThree": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+  "postbackWindowTwo": { # Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window. # The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used.
+    "conversionValues": [ # Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.
+      { # Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.
+        "coarseValue": "A String", # Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.
+        "eventMappings": [ # Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.
+          { # Event setting conditions to match an event.
+            "eventName": "A String", # Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.
+            "maxEventCount": "A String", # The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.
+            "maxEventValue": 3.14, # The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.
+            "minEventCount": "A String", # At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.
+            "minEventValue": 3.14, # The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fineValue": 42, # The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.
+        "lockEnabled": True or False, # If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.
+      },
+    ],
+    "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": True or False, # If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html index fd68a3fc67e..242cfeb9113 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@

Method Details

], "appAutoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Recommended alternative: autoUpdateMode which is set per app, provides greater flexibility around update frequency.When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect.The app auto update policy, which controls when automatic app updates can be applied. "applications": [ # Policy applied to apps. - { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. + { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. The maximum number of applications that you can specify per enterprise policy is 3,000. "accessibleTrackIds": [ # List of the app’s track IDs that a device belonging to the enterprise can access. If the list contains multiple track IDs, devices receive the latest version among all accessible tracks. If the list contains no track IDs, devices only have access to the app’s production track. More details about each track are available in AppTrackInfo. "A String", ], @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"autoUpdateMode": "A String", # Controls the auto-update mode for the app. "connectedWorkAndPersonalApp": "A String", # Controls whether the app can communicate with itself across a device’s work and personal profiles, subject to user consent. "defaultPermissionPolicy": "A String", # The default policy for all permissions requested by the app. If specified, this overrides the policy-level default_permission_policy which applies to all apps. It does not override the permission_grants which applies to all apps. - "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. + "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. These provide additional privileges for the applications they are applied to. "A String", ], "disabled": True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"cameraAccess": "A String", # Controls the use of the camera and whether the user has access to the camera access toggle. "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If camera_access is set to any value other than CAMERA_ACCESS_UNSPECIFIED, this has no effect. Otherwise this field controls whether cameras are disabled: If true, all cameras are disabled, otherwise they are available. For fully managed devices this field applies for all apps on the device. For work profiles, this field applies only to apps in the work profile, and the camera access of apps outside the work profile is unaffected. "cellBroadcastsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring cell broadcast is disabled. - "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. + "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. This must be empty if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. { # Controls apps' access to private keys. The rule determines which private key, if any, Android Device Policy grants to the specified app. Access is granted either when the app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) (or any overloads) to request a private key alias for a given URL, or for rules that are not URL-specific (that is, if urlPattern is not set, or set to the empty string or .*) on Android 11 and above, directly so that the app can call KeyChain.getPrivateKey (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#getPrivateKey%28android.content.Context,%20java.lang.String%29), without first having to call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias.When an app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias if more than one choosePrivateKeyRules matches, the last matching rule defines which key alias to return. "packageNames": [ # The package names to which this rule applies. The hash of the signing certificate for each app is verified against the hash provided by Play. If no package names are specified, then the alias is provided to all apps that call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) or any overloads (but not without calling KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias, even on Android 11 and above). Any app with the same Android UID as a package specified here will have access when they call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias. "A String", @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "preferentialNetworkService": "A String", # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees' devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices. - "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. + "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. This value will have no effect if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. "recommendedGlobalProxy": { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it. "excludedHosts": [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com. "A String", @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@

Method Details

], "appAutoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Recommended alternative: autoUpdateMode which is set per app, provides greater flexibility around update frequency.When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect.The app auto update policy, which controls when automatic app updates can be applied. "applications": [ # Policy applied to apps. - { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. + { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. The maximum number of applications that you can specify per enterprise policy is 3,000. "accessibleTrackIds": [ # List of the app’s track IDs that a device belonging to the enterprise can access. If the list contains multiple track IDs, devices receive the latest version among all accessible tracks. If the list contains no track IDs, devices only have access to the app’s production track. More details about each track are available in AppTrackInfo. "A String", ], @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

Method Details

"autoUpdateMode": "A String", # Controls the auto-update mode for the app. "connectedWorkAndPersonalApp": "A String", # Controls whether the app can communicate with itself across a device’s work and personal profiles, subject to user consent. "defaultPermissionPolicy": "A String", # The default policy for all permissions requested by the app. If specified, this overrides the policy-level default_permission_policy which applies to all apps. It does not override the permission_grants which applies to all apps. - "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. + "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. These provide additional privileges for the applications they are applied to. "A String", ], "disabled": True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved. @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@

Method Details

"cameraAccess": "A String", # Controls the use of the camera and whether the user has access to the camera access toggle. "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If camera_access is set to any value other than CAMERA_ACCESS_UNSPECIFIED, this has no effect. Otherwise this field controls whether cameras are disabled: If true, all cameras are disabled, otherwise they are available. For fully managed devices this field applies for all apps on the device. For work profiles, this field applies only to apps in the work profile, and the camera access of apps outside the work profile is unaffected. "cellBroadcastsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring cell broadcast is disabled. - "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. + "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. This must be empty if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. { # Controls apps' access to private keys. The rule determines which private key, if any, Android Device Policy grants to the specified app. Access is granted either when the app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) (or any overloads) to request a private key alias for a given URL, or for rules that are not URL-specific (that is, if urlPattern is not set, or set to the empty string or .*) on Android 11 and above, directly so that the app can call KeyChain.getPrivateKey (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#getPrivateKey%28android.content.Context,%20java.lang.String%29), without first having to call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias.When an app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias if more than one choosePrivateKeyRules matches, the last matching rule defines which key alias to return. "packageNames": [ # The package names to which this rule applies. The hash of the signing certificate for each app is verified against the hash provided by Play. If no package names are specified, then the alias is provided to all apps that call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) or any overloads (but not without calling KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias, even on Android 11 and above). Any app with the same Android UID as a package specified here will have access when they call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias. "A String", @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "preferentialNetworkService": "A String", # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees' devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices. - "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. + "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. This value will have no effect if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. "recommendedGlobalProxy": { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it. "excludedHosts": [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com. "A String", @@ -942,7 +942,7 @@

Method Details

], "appAutoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Recommended alternative: autoUpdateMode which is set per app, provides greater flexibility around update frequency.When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect.The app auto update policy, which controls when automatic app updates can be applied. "applications": [ # Policy applied to apps. - { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. + { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. The maximum number of applications that you can specify per enterprise policy is 3,000. "accessibleTrackIds": [ # List of the app’s track IDs that a device belonging to the enterprise can access. If the list contains multiple track IDs, devices receive the latest version among all accessible tracks. If the list contains no track IDs, devices only have access to the app’s production track. More details about each track are available in AppTrackInfo. "A String", ], @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@

Method Details

"autoUpdateMode": "A String", # Controls the auto-update mode for the app. "connectedWorkAndPersonalApp": "A String", # Controls whether the app can communicate with itself across a device’s work and personal profiles, subject to user consent. "defaultPermissionPolicy": "A String", # The default policy for all permissions requested by the app. If specified, this overrides the policy-level default_permission_policy which applies to all apps. It does not override the permission_grants which applies to all apps. - "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. + "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. These provide additional privileges for the applications they are applied to. "A String", ], "disabled": True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved. @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@

Method Details

"cameraAccess": "A String", # Controls the use of the camera and whether the user has access to the camera access toggle. "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If camera_access is set to any value other than CAMERA_ACCESS_UNSPECIFIED, this has no effect. Otherwise this field controls whether cameras are disabled: If true, all cameras are disabled, otherwise they are available. For fully managed devices this field applies for all apps on the device. For work profiles, this field applies only to apps in the work profile, and the camera access of apps outside the work profile is unaffected. "cellBroadcastsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring cell broadcast is disabled. - "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. + "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. This must be empty if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. { # Controls apps' access to private keys. The rule determines which private key, if any, Android Device Policy grants to the specified app. Access is granted either when the app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) (or any overloads) to request a private key alias for a given URL, or for rules that are not URL-specific (that is, if urlPattern is not set, or set to the empty string or .*) on Android 11 and above, directly so that the app can call KeyChain.getPrivateKey (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#getPrivateKey%28android.content.Context,%20java.lang.String%29), without first having to call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias.When an app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias if more than one choosePrivateKeyRules matches, the last matching rule defines which key alias to return. "packageNames": [ # The package names to which this rule applies. The hash of the signing certificate for each app is verified against the hash provided by Play. If no package names are specified, then the alias is provided to all apps that call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) or any overloads (but not without calling KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias, even on Android 11 and above). Any app with the same Android UID as a package specified here will have access when they call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias. "A String", @@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "preferentialNetworkService": "A String", # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees' devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices. - "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. + "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. This value will have no effect if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. "recommendedGlobalProxy": { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it. "excludedHosts": [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com. "A String", @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

], "appAutoUpdatePolicy": "A String", # Recommended alternative: autoUpdateMode which is set per app, provides greater flexibility around update frequency.When autoUpdateMode is set to AUTO_UPDATE_POSTPONED or AUTO_UPDATE_HIGH_PRIORITY, this field has no effect.The app auto update policy, which controls when automatic app updates can be applied. "applications": [ # Policy applied to apps. - { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. + { # Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. The maximum number of applications that you can specify per enterprise policy is 3,000. "accessibleTrackIds": [ # List of the app’s track IDs that a device belonging to the enterprise can access. If the list contains multiple track IDs, devices receive the latest version among all accessible tracks. If the list contains no track IDs, devices only have access to the app’s production track. More details about each track are available in AppTrackInfo. "A String", ], @@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@

Method Details

"autoUpdateMode": "A String", # Controls the auto-update mode for the app. "connectedWorkAndPersonalApp": "A String", # Controls whether the app can communicate with itself across a device’s work and personal profiles, subject to user consent. "defaultPermissionPolicy": "A String", # The default policy for all permissions requested by the app. If specified, this overrides the policy-level default_permission_policy which applies to all apps. It does not override the permission_grants which applies to all apps. - "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. + "delegatedScopes": [ # The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. These provide additional privileges for the applications they are applied to. "A String", ], "disabled": True or False, # Whether the app is disabled. When disabled, the app data is still preserved. @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@

Method Details

"cameraAccess": "A String", # Controls the use of the camera and whether the user has access to the camera access toggle. "cameraDisabled": True or False, # If camera_access is set to any value other than CAMERA_ACCESS_UNSPECIFIED, this has no effect. Otherwise this field controls whether cameras are disabled: If true, all cameras are disabled, otherwise they are available. For fully managed devices this field applies for all apps on the device. For work profiles, this field applies only to apps in the work profile, and the camera access of apps outside the work profile is unaffected. "cellBroadcastsConfigDisabled": True or False, # Whether configuring cell broadcast is disabled. - "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. + "choosePrivateKeyRules": [ # Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. This must be empty if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. { # Controls apps' access to private keys. The rule determines which private key, if any, Android Device Policy grants to the specified app. Access is granted either when the app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) (or any overloads) to request a private key alias for a given URL, or for rules that are not URL-specific (that is, if urlPattern is not set, or set to the empty string or .*) on Android 11 and above, directly so that the app can call KeyChain.getPrivateKey (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#getPrivateKey%28android.content.Context,%20java.lang.String%29), without first having to call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias.When an app calls KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias if more than one choosePrivateKeyRules matches, the last matching rule defines which key alias to return. "packageNames": [ # The package names to which this rule applies. The hash of the signing certificate for each app is verified against the hash provided by Play. If no package names are specified, then the alias is provided to all apps that call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/security/KeyChain#choosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.app.Activity,%20android.security.KeyChainAliasCallback,%20java.lang.String[],%20java.security.Principal[],%20java.lang.String,%20int,%20java.lang.String%29) or any overloads (but not without calling KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias, even on Android 11 and above). Any app with the same Android UID as a package specified here will have access when they call KeyChain.choosePrivateKeyAlias. "A String", @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "preferentialNetworkService": "A String", # Controls whether preferential network service is enabled on the work profile. For example, an organization may have an agreement with a carrier that all of the work data from its employees' devices will be sent via a network service dedicated for enterprise use. An example of a supported preferential network service is the enterprise slice on 5G networks. This has no effect on fully managed devices. - "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. + "privateKeySelectionEnabled": True or False, # Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. This value will have no effect if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope. "recommendedGlobalProxy": { # Configuration info for an HTTP proxy. For a direct proxy, set the host, port, and excluded_hosts fields. For a PAC script proxy, set the pac_uri field. # The network-independent global HTTP proxy. Typically proxies should be configured per-network in open_network_configuration. However for unusual configurations like general internal filtering a global HTTP proxy may be useful. If the proxy is not accessible, network access may break. The global proxy is only a recommendation and some apps may ignore it. "excludedHosts": [ # For a direct proxy, the hosts for which the proxy is bypassed. The host names may contain wildcards such as *.example.com. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.systemapks.variants.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.systemapks.variants.html index 3d3f58ae940..9acea6a2556 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.systemapks.variants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.systemapks.variants.html @@ -118,6 +118,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "options": { # Options for system APKs. # Optional. Options applied to the generated APK. + "rotated": True or False, # Whether to use the rotated key for signing the system APK. + "uncompressedDexFiles": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed dex files. + "uncompressedNativeLibraries": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed native libraries. + }, "variantId": 42, # Output only. The ID of a previously created system APK variant. } @@ -139,6 +144,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "options": { # Options for system APKs. # Optional. Options applied to the generated APK. + "rotated": True or False, # Whether to use the rotated key for signing the system APK. + "uncompressedDexFiles": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed dex files. + "uncompressedNativeLibraries": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed native libraries. + }, "variantId": 42, # Output only. The ID of a previously created system APK variant. } @@ -199,6 +209,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "options": { # Options for system APKs. # Optional. Options applied to the generated APK. + "rotated": True or False, # Whether to use the rotated key for signing the system APK. + "uncompressedDexFiles": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed dex files. + "uncompressedNativeLibraries": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed native libraries. + }, "variantId": 42, # Output only. The ID of a previously created system APK variant. } @@ -230,6 +245,11 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "options": { # Options for system APKs. # Optional. Options applied to the generated APK. + "rotated": True or False, # Whether to use the rotated key for signing the system APK. + "uncompressedDexFiles": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed dex files. + "uncompressedNativeLibraries": True or False, # Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed native libraries. + }, "variantId": 42, # Output only. The ID of a previously created system APK variant. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.deployments.html index 4f3e5b1a373..c2837c29c24 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.deployments.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html index bd0c13e320d..20c2fa1d0b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.html @@ -159,6 +159,7 @@

Method Details

"entityMetaDataAsProperties": { # Metadata describing the API proxy revision as a key-value map. "a_key": "A String", }, + "hasExtensiblePolicy": True or False, # Output only. This field will be marked as true if revision contains any policies marked as extensible. "integrationEndpoints": [ # List of IntegrationEndpoints in the '/integration-endpoints' directory of the API proxy. This is a 'manifest' setting designed to provide visibility into the contents of the API proxy. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.deployments.html index 11c5ebc603a..2c08bc6e186 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.deployments.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.html index 7ffc364b9a7..cee4ce44c65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apis.revisions.html @@ -127,6 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"entityMetaDataAsProperties": { # Metadata describing the API proxy revision as a key-value map. "a_key": "A String", }, + "hasExtensiblePolicy": True or False, # Output only. This field will be marked as true if revision contains any policies marked as extensible. "integrationEndpoints": [ # List of IntegrationEndpoints in the '/integration-endpoints' directory of the API proxy. This is a 'manifest' setting designed to provide visibility into the contents of the API proxy. "A String", ], @@ -243,6 +244,7 @@

Method Details

"entityMetaDataAsProperties": { # Metadata describing the API proxy revision as a key-value map. "a_key": "A String", }, + "hasExtensiblePolicy": True or False, # Output only. This field will be marked as true if revision contains any policies marked as extensible. "integrationEndpoints": [ # List of IntegrationEndpoints in the '/integration-endpoints' directory of the API proxy. This is a 'manifest' setting designed to provide visibility into the contents of the API proxy. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.appgroups.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.appgroups.html index cdb46cb2bb9..b461ba3252f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.appgroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.appgroups.html @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an AppGroup. Once created, user can register apps under the AppGroup to obtain secret key and password. At creation time, the AppGroup's state is set as `active`. The attribute `Attribute` with key `attribute_name` as `__apigee_reserved__developer_details` can be used to store developers and their roles. The JSON format expected is: [ { "developer_id":"", "roles":[ "" ] } ] and is dealt in base64encoded format. Etag will be available in attribute `Attribute` with key `attribute_name` as `__apigee_reserved__developer_details_etag` for that AppGroup.

+

Creates an AppGroup. Once created, user can register apps under the AppGroup to obtain secret key and password. At creation time, the AppGroup's state is set as `active`.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an AppGroup. All app and API keys associations with the AppGroup are also removed. **Warning**: This API will permanently delete the AppGroup and related artifacts. **Note**: The delete operation is asynchronous. The AppGroup app is deleted immediately, but its associated resources, such as apps and API keys, may take anywhere from a few seconds to a few minutes to be deleted.

@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

update(name, action=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates an appGroup. This API replaces the existing appGroup details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. Note that the state of the AppGroup should be updated using `action`, and not via AppGroup. The custom attribute limit is 1000, and is how `__apigee_reserved__developer_details` can be updated. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.

+

Updates an appGroup. This API replaces the existing appGroup details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. Note that the state of the AppGroup should be updated using `action`, and not via AppGroup. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.

Method Details

close() @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates an AppGroup. Once created, user can register apps under the AppGroup to obtain secret key and password. At creation time, the AppGroup's state is set as `active`. The attribute `Attribute` with key `attribute_name` as `__apigee_reserved__developer_details` can be used to store developers and their roles. The JSON format expected is: [ { "developer_id":"", "roles":[ "" ] } ] and is dealt in base64encoded format. Etag will be available in attribute `Attribute` with key `attribute_name` as `__apigee_reserved__developer_details_etag` for that AppGroup.
+  
Creates an AppGroup. Once created, user can register apps under the AppGroup to obtain secret key and password. At creation time, the AppGroup's state is set as `active`.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of the Apigee organization in which the AppGroup is created. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}`. (required)
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ 

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Name of the Apigee organization. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}`. (required) - filter: string, The filter expression to be used to get the list of AppGroups, where filtering can be done on name, correlationID or channelID of the app group. Example: filter = "name = foobar" + filter: string, The filter expression to be used to get the list of AppGroups, where filtering can be done on status, channelId or channelUri of the app group. Examples: filter=status=active", filter=channelId=, filter=channelUri= pageSize: integer, Count of AppGroups a single page can have in the response. If unspecified, at most 1000 AppGroups will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000. pageToken: string, The starting index record for listing the AppGroups. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

update(name, action=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates an appGroup. This API replaces the existing appGroup details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. Note that the state of the AppGroup should be updated using `action`, and not via AppGroup. The custom attribute limit is 1000, and is how `__apigee_reserved__developer_details` can be updated. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.
+  
Updates an appGroup. This API replaces the existing appGroup details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. Note that the state of the AppGroup should be updated using `action`, and not via AppGroup. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Name of the AppGroup. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/appgroups/{app_group_name}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html
index bfe43349d32..6b127f71c4c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ 

Method Details

apiProduct: string, API product. apptype: string, Optional. 'apptype' is no longer available. Use a 'filter' instead. expand: boolean, Optional. Flag that specifies whether to return an expanded list of apps for the organization. Defaults to `false`. - filter: string, Optional. The filter expression to be used to get the list of apps, where filtering can be done on developerEmail, apiProduct, consumerKey, status, appId, appName and appType. Examples: "developerEmail=foo@bar.com", "appType=AppGroup", or "appType=Developer" "filter" is supported from ver 1.10.0 and above. + filter: string, Optional. The filter expression to be used to get the list of apps, where filtering can be done on developerEmail, apiProduct, consumerKey, status, appId, appName, appType and appGroup. Examples: "developerEmail=foo@bar.com", "appType=AppGroup", or "appType=Developer" "filter" is supported from ver 1.10.0 and above. ids: string, Optional. Comma-separated list of app IDs on which to filter. includeCred: boolean, Optional. Flag that specifies whether to include credentials in the response. keyStatus: string, Optional. Key status of the app. Valid values include `approved` or `revoked`. Defaults to `approved`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.deployments.html index edbb9cd441b..3d138029c60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.deployments.html @@ -150,6 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.endpointAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.endpointAttachments.html index c52eb024180..48e631af44c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.endpointAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.endpointAttachments.html @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.attachments.html index c7e28120459..0974cb6a1e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.attachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.attachments.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.html index fff371980a3..b82ba7daef4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.envgroups.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.deployments.html index aa0db594443..046eb460c38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.deployments.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.revisions.html index 80b63cc8bb1..28ac9362b6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.apis.revisions.html @@ -166,6 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. @@ -245,6 +246,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html index 6d8a9df4a1c..bbf842fb12b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.archiveDeployments.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.deployments.html index 68f5de5d587..0b20c6a8818 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.deployments.html @@ -150,6 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html index 8b9c3fc9b2c..e468d021644 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html @@ -262,6 +262,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. } name: string, Optional. Name of the environment. @@ -288,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -323,7 +324,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -367,6 +368,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. }
@@ -630,7 +632,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -720,6 +722,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. } updateMask: string, List of fields to be updated. Fields that can be updated: node_config. @@ -746,7 +749,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -762,7 +765,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -804,7 +807,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -944,6 +947,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -978,6 +982,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. }
@@ -1090,6 +1095,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -1124,6 +1130,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the environment. Values other than ACTIVE means the resource is not ready to use. + "type": "A String", # Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.securityIncidents.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.securityIncidents.html index 1121bfd3f67..e257e9b6ad6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.securityIncidents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.securityIncidents.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

"detectionTypes": [ # Output only. Detection types which are part of the incident. Examples: Flooder, OAuth Abuser, Static Content Scraper, Anomaly Detection. "A String", ], - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the security incident. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the security incident. "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when events associated with the incident were first detected. "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when events associated with the incident were last detected. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security incident resource. Format: organizations/{org}/environments/{environment}/securityIncidents/{incident} Example: organizations/apigee-org/environments/dev/securityIncidents/1234-5678-9101-1111 @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. For a specific organization, list of all the security incidents. Format: `organizations/{org}/environments/{environment}` (required) filter: string, The filter expression to be used to get the list of security incidents, where filtering can be done on API Proxies. Example: filter = "api_proxy = /", "first_detected_time >", "last_detected_time <" - pageSize: integer, The maximum number of incidents to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 incidents will be returned. - pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityIncident` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of incidents to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 incidents will be returned. + pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityIncident` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"detectionTypes": [ # Output only. Detection types which are part of the incident. Examples: Flooder, OAuth Abuser, Static Content Scraper, Anomaly Detection. "A String", ], - "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the security incident. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the security incident. "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when events associated with the incident were first detected. "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when events associated with the incident were last detected. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security incident resource. Format: organizations/{org}/environments/{environment}/securityIncidents/{incident} Example: organizations/apigee-org/environments/dev/securityIncidents/1234-5678-9101-1111 diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.deployments.html index 7787021f3da..e23fb388b6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.deployments.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.revisions.html index a9c3467fb91..e88447e5260 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.sharedflows.revisions.html @@ -155,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. @@ -234,6 +235,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html index 25b850cfa6c..c0674f4952a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.attachments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.attachments.html index 6b155571a0b..a7b122b6997 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.attachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.attachments.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.canaryevaluations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.canaryevaluations.html index a74fcd2783d..23f15587e19 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.canaryevaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.canaryevaluations.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html index edc71dcd76e..8092a9737f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.natAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.natAddresses.html index 94e86c185dd..9f90cf1dabc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.natAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.natAddresses.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.operations.html index 6b7f50e2a30..0da4640f1b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityProfiles.html index 1c7533eaf6e..0fcc0032160 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityProfiles.html @@ -82,6 +82,12 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, securityProfileId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

CreateSecurityProfile create a new custom security profile.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

DeleteSecurityProfile delete a profile with all its revisions.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

GetSecurityProfile gets the specified security profile. Returns NOT_FOUND if security profile is not present for the specified organization.

@@ -97,12 +103,138 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

UpdateSecurityProfile update the metadata of security profile.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, securityProfileId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
CreateSecurityProfile create a new custom security profile.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of organization. Format: organizations/{org} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a SecurityProfile resource.
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the security profile.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the security profile.
+  "environments": [ # List of environments attached to security profile.
+    { # Environment information of attached environments. Scoring an environment is enabled only if it is attached to a security profile.
+      "attachTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which environment was attached to the security profile.
+      "environment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the environment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}
+  "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score.
+    "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config.
+      { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories.
+        "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization.
+        },
+        "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place.
+        },
+        "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place.
+        },
+        "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place.
+        },
+        "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server.
+        },
+        "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile.
+  "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments.
+  "revisionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was updated.
+  "scoringConfigs": [ # List of profile scoring configs in this revision.
+    { # Security configurations to manage scoring.
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the config.
+      "scorePath": "A String", # Path of the component config used for scoring.
+      "title": "A String", # Title of the config.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  securityProfileId: string, Required. The ID to use for the SecurityProfile, which will become the final component of the action's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{​0,61}[a-z0-9])?$/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a SecurityProfile resource.
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the security profile.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the security profile.
+  "environments": [ # List of environments attached to security profile.
+    { # Environment information of attached environments. Scoring an environment is enabled only if it is attached to a security profile.
+      "attachTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which environment was attached to the security profile.
+      "environment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the environment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}
+  "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score.
+    "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config.
+      { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories.
+        "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization.
+        },
+        "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place.
+        },
+        "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place.
+        },
+        "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place.
+        },
+        "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server.
+        },
+        "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile.
+  "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments.
+  "revisionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was updated.
+  "scoringConfigs": [ # List of profile scoring configs in this revision.
+    { # Security configurations to manage scoring.
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the config.
+      "scorePath": "A String", # Path of the component config used for scoring.
+      "title": "A String", # Title of the config.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
DeleteSecurityProfile delete a profile with all its revisions.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of profile. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
GetSecurityProfile gets the specified security profile. Returns NOT_FOUND if security profile is not present for the specified organization.
@@ -129,6 +261,24 @@ 

Method Details

"maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile. "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile} + "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score. + "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config. + { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories. + "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. + }, + "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place. + }, + "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. + }, + "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place. + }, + "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. + }, + "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place. + }, + }, + ], + }, "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile. "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments. @@ -174,6 +324,24 @@

Method Details

"maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile. "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile} + "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score. + "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config. + { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories. + "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. + }, + "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place. + }, + "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. + }, + "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place. + }, + "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. + }, + "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place. + }, + }, + ], + }, "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile. "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments. @@ -221,6 +389,24 @@

Method Details

"maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile. "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile. "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile} + "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score. + "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config. + { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories. + "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. + }, + "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place. + }, + "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. + }, + "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place. + }, + "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. + }, + "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place. + }, + }, + ], + }, "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile. "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments. @@ -265,4 +451,109 @@

Method Details

+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
UpdateSecurityProfile update the metadata of security profile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a SecurityProfile resource.
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the security profile.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the security profile.
+  "environments": [ # List of environments attached to security profile.
+    { # Environment information of attached environments. Scoring an environment is enabled only if it is attached to a security profile.
+      "attachTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which environment was attached to the security profile.
+      "environment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the environment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}
+  "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score.
+    "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config.
+      { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories.
+        "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization.
+        },
+        "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place.
+        },
+        "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place.
+        },
+        "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place.
+        },
+        "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server.
+        },
+        "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile.
+  "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments.
+  "revisionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was updated.
+  "scoringConfigs": [ # List of profile scoring configs in this revision.
+    { # Security configurations to manage scoring.
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the config.
+      "scorePath": "A String", # Path of the component config used for scoring.
+      "title": "A String", # Title of the config.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a SecurityProfile resource.
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the security profile.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the security profile.
+  "environments": [ # List of environments attached to security profile.
+    { # Environment information of attached environments. Scoring an environment is enabled only if it is attached to a security profile.
+      "attachTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which environment was attached to the security profile.
+      "environment": "A String", # Output only. Name of the environment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "maxScore": 42, # Output only. Maximum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "minScore": 42, # Output only. Minimum security score that can be generated by this profile.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}
+  "profileConfig": { # ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score. # Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score.
+    "categories": [ # List of categories of profile config.
+      { # Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories.
+        "abuse": { # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization. # Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization.
+        },
+        "authorization": { # By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey # Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place.
+        },
+        "cors": { # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place. # Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place.
+        },
+        "mediation": { # By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation # Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place.
+        },
+        "mtls": { # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server. # Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server.
+        },
+        "threat": { # By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection # Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "revisionCreateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was created.
+  "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Revision ID of the security profile.
+  "revisionPublishTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was published. Once published, the security profile revision cannot be updated further and can be attached to environments.
+  "revisionUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when revision was updated.
+  "scoringConfigs": [ # List of profile scoring configs in this revision.
+    { # Security configurations to manage scoring.
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the config.
+      "scorePath": "A String", # Path of the component config used for scoring.
+      "title": "A String", # Title of the config.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.deployments.html index 5b02dd7856d..5acd585e4ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.deployments.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.revisions.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.revisions.deployments.html index b53e634b797..58f47122437 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.revisions.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.sharedflows.revisions.deployments.html @@ -149,6 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"statusCodeDetails": "A String", # Human-readable message associated with the status code. }, ], + "proxyDeploymentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured. "revision": "A String", # API proxy revision. "routeConflicts": [ # Conflicts in the desired state routing configuration. The presence of conflicts does not cause the state to be `ERROR`, but it will mean that some of the deployment's base paths are not routed to its environment. If the conflicts change, the state will transition to `PROGRESSING` until the latest configuration is rolled out to all instances. **Note**: This field is displayed only when viewing deployment status. { # Describes a routing conflict that may cause a deployment not to receive traffic at some base path. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.projects.html index 919dab13688..8f841b96bcf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.projects.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.artifacts.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.artifacts.html index fb436c9b4b1..a1bac1c3f68 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.artifacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.artifacts.html @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.deployments.html index 4a7cd4b2827..40224e1c6ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.deployments.html @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.html index de690ceb666..4cd52cb3d11 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.html @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.artifacts.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.artifacts.html index f85e1ea0a8d..24696c8157b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.artifacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.artifacts.html @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html index 80c5fd10a96..fdd5a53763c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.artifacts.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.artifacts.html index 414a25820cb..4be5e0a3e8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.artifacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.artifacts.html @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html index c19cd4ab760..c32bd3e2fed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.apis.versions.specs.html @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.artifacts.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.artifacts.html index b2e3bca7a7a..ad68eaf6332 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.artifacts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.artifacts.html @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 2eb80d09767..362ce8229c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 4a3bd376031..5749befc716 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.runtime.html b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.runtime.html index f50fb11a9e2..d4bd911e4c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.runtime.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigeeregistry_v1.projects.locations.runtime.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index 7f54b6a6025..2e12418cec5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -393,9 +393,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. }, @@ -561,9 +559,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. }, @@ -739,9 +735,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. }, @@ -938,9 +932,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html index aaca1a12980..ab65f94d5aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.provisioningConfigs.html @@ -205,7 +205,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, @@ -323,7 +322,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, @@ -447,7 +445,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, @@ -566,7 +563,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, @@ -685,7 +681,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, @@ -806,7 +801,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, @@ -925,7 +919,6 @@

Method Details

"protocol": "A String", # Volume protocol. "sizeGb": 42, # The requested size of this volume, in GB. "snapshotsEnabled": True or False, # Whether snapshots should be enabled. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "type": "A String", # The type of this Volume. "userNote": "A String", # User note field, it can be used by customers to add additional information for the BMS Ops team . }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.volumes.html index 4d07b227f32..aab8c12d8b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v2.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -200,9 +200,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. } @@ -262,9 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. }, @@ -326,9 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. } @@ -415,9 +409,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedSpaceRemainingGib": "A String", # The amount, in GiB, of available space in this storage volume's reserved snapshot space. "reservedSpaceUsedPercent": 42, # The percent of snapshot space on this storage volume actually being used by the snapshot copies. This value might be higher than 100% if the snapshot copies have overflowed into the data portion of the storage volume. }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": "A String", # The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any. "state": "A String", # The state of this storage volume. - "storageAggregatePool": "A String", # Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes. "storageType": "A String", # The storage type for this volume. "workloadProfile": "A String", # The workload profile for the volume. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html index e4c33327a58..a991c3b2cd0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/batch_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

"newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@

Method Details

"newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@

Method Details

"newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -957,7 +957,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # Boot disk to be created and attached to each VM by this InstancePolicy. Boot disk will be deleted when the VM is deleted. Batch API now only supports booting from image. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@

Method Details

"newDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@

Method Details

"bootDisk": { # A new persistent disk or a local ssd. A VM can only have one local SSD setting but multiple local SSD partitions. See https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#pdspecs and https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks#localssds. # The VM boot disk. "diskInterface": "A String", # Local SSDs are available through both "SCSI" and "NVMe" interfaces. If not indicated, "NVMe" will be the default one for local ssds. We only support "SCSI" for persistent disks now. "image": "A String", # URL for a VM image to use as the data source for this disk. For example, the following are all valid URLs: * Specify the image by its family name: projects/{project}/global/images/family/{image_family} * Specify the image version: projects/{project}/global/images/{image_version} You can also use Batch customized image in short names. The following image values are supported for a boot disk: * `batch-debian`: use Batch Debian images. * `batch-centos`: use Batch CentOS images. * `batch-cos`: use Batch Container-Optimized images. * `batch-hpc-centos`: use Batch HPC CentOS images. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB. "snapshot": "A String", # Name of a snapshot used as the data source. Snapshot is not supported as boot disk now. "type": "A String", # Disk type as shown in `gcloud compute disk-types list`. For example, local SSD uses type "local-ssd". Persistent disks and boot disks use "pd-balanced", "pd-extreme", "pd-ssd" or "pd-standard". }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html index 5a57aa2c8fc..f4ae952cf4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html @@ -170,6 +170,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. @@ -245,6 +249,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. @@ -314,6 +322,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. @@ -440,6 +452,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. @@ -509,6 +525,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. @@ -585,6 +605,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. @@ -654,6 +678,10 @@

Method Details

"defaultTableExpirationMs": "A String", # [Optional] The default lifetime of all tables in the dataset, in milliseconds. The minimum value is 3600000 milliseconds (one hour). Once this property is set, all newly-created tables in the dataset will have an expirationTime property set to the creation time plus the value in this property, and changing the value will only affect new tables, not existing ones. When the expirationTime for a given table is reached, that table will be deleted automatically. If a table's expirationTime is modified or removed before the table expires, or if you provide an explicit expirationTime when creating a table, that value takes precedence over the default expiration time indicated by this property. "description": "A String", # [Optional] A user-friendly description of the dataset. "etag": "A String", # [Output-only] A hash of the resource. + "externalDatasetReference": { # [Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL. + "connection": "A String", # [Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id} + "externalSource": "A String", # [Required] External source that backs this dataset. + }, "friendlyName": "A String", # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset. "id": "A String", # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field. "isCaseInsensitive": True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html index 25d36a403ac..656655eeabc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html @@ -265,6 +265,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -452,6 +455,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -667,6 +673,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -976,6 +985,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1163,6 +1175,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1378,6 +1393,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1578,6 +1596,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1759,6 +1780,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1946,6 +1970,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2161,6 +2188,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2445,6 +2475,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2632,6 +2665,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2847,6 +2883,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -3154,6 +3193,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -3341,6 +3383,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -3561,6 +3606,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -3835,6 +3883,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html index e1e650f5f09..bd9d86cce9e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html @@ -262,6 +262,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -369,6 +372,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -619,6 +625,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -726,6 +735,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -917,6 +929,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1024,6 +1039,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1298,6 +1316,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1405,6 +1426,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1597,6 +1621,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -1704,6 +1731,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2010,6 +2040,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2117,6 +2150,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2309,6 +2345,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). @@ -2416,6 +2455,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "precision": "A String", # [Optional] Precision (maximum number of total digits in base 10) and scale (maximum number of digits in the fractional part in base 10) constraints for values of this field for NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC. It is invalid to set precision or scale if type ≠ "NUMERIC" and ≠ "BIGNUMERIC". If precision and scale are not specified, no value range constraint is imposed on this field insofar as values are permitted by the type. Values of this NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC field must be in this range when: - Precision (P) and scale (S) are specified: [-10P-S + 10-S, 10P-S - 10-S] - Precision (P) is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): [-10P + 1, 10P - 1]. Acceptable values for precision and scale if both are specified: - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 29 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 9. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision - scale ≤ 38 and 0 ≤ scale ≤ 38. Acceptable values for precision if only precision is specified but not scale (and thus scale is interpreted to be equal to zero): - If type = "NUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 29. - If type = "BIGNUMERIC": 1 ≤ precision ≤ 38. If scale is specified but not precision, then it is invalid. + "rangeElementType": { # Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP + "type": "A String", # The field element type of a RANGE + }, "roundingMode": "A String", # Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields. "scale": "A String", # [Optional] See documentation for precision. "type": "A String", # [Required] The field data type. Possible values include STRING, BYTES, INTEGER, INT64 (same as INTEGER), FLOAT, FLOAT64 (same as FLOAT), NUMERIC, BIGNUMERIC, BOOLEAN, BOOL (same as BOOLEAN), TIMESTAMP, DATE, TIME, DATETIME, INTERVAL, RECORD (where RECORD indicates that the field contains a nested schema) or STRUCT (same as RECORD). diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html index 111d420bea8..f9eede00ec8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1.billingAccounts.budgets.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a budget. WARNING: There are some fields exposed on the Google Cloud Console that aren't available on this API. When reading from the API, you will not see these fields in the return value, though they may have been set in the Cloud Console.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, scope=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of budgets for a billing account. WARNING: There are some fields exposed on the Google Cloud Console that aren't available on this API. When reading from the API, you will not see these fields in the return value, though they may have been set in the Cloud Console.

list_next()

@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`. "notificationsRule": { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). "A String", ], @@ -234,6 +235,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`. "notificationsRule": { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). "A String", ], @@ -332,6 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`. "notificationsRule": { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). "A String", ], @@ -348,13 +351,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, scope=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns a list of budgets for a billing account. WARNING: There are some fields exposed on the Google Cloud Console that aren't available on this API. When reading from the API, you will not see these fields in the return value, though they may have been set in the Cloud Console.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of billing account to list budgets under. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of budgets to return per page. The default and maximum value are 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListBudgetsResponse` which indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListBudgets` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  scope: string, Optional. Set the scope of the budgets to be returned, in the format of the resource name. The scope of a budget is the cost that it tracks, such as costs for a single project, or the costs for all projects in a folder. Only project scope (in the format of "projects/project-id" or "projects/123") is supported in this field. When this field is set to a project's resource name, the budgets returned are tracking the costs for that project.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -416,6 +420,7 @@ 

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`. "notificationsRule": { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). "A String", ], @@ -508,6 +513,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`. "notificationsRule": { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). "A String", ], @@ -582,6 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the budget. The resource name implies the scope of a budget. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}/budgets/{budgetId}`. "notificationsRule": { # NotificationsRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html index bcf54d06e68..460510f69e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/billingbudgets_v1beta1.billingAccounts.budgets.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a budget. WARNING: There are some fields exposed on the Google Cloud Console that aren't available on this API. When reading from the API, you will not see these fields in the return value, though they may have been set in the Cloud Console.

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, scope=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of budgets for a billing account. WARNING: There are some fields exposed on the Google Cloud Console that aren't available on this API. When reading from the API, you will not see these fields in the return value, though they may have been set in the Cloud Console.

list_next()

@@ -114,6 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"budget": { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period. # Required. Budget to create. "allUpdatesRule": { # AllUpdatesRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details. "A String", ], @@ -188,6 +189,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period. "allUpdatesRule": { # AllUpdatesRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details. "A String", ], @@ -286,6 +288,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period. "allUpdatesRule": { # AllUpdatesRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details. "A String", ], @@ -350,13 +353,14 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, scope=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns a list of budgets for a billing account. WARNING: There are some fields exposed on the Google Cloud Console that aren't available on this API. When reading from the API, you will not see these fields in the return value, though they may have been set in the Cloud Console.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. Name of billing account to list budgets under. Values are of the form `billingAccounts/{billingAccountId}`. (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of budgets to return per page. The default and maximum value are 100.
   pageToken: string, Optional. The value returned by the last `ListBudgetsResponse` which indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListBudgets` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  scope: string, Optional. Set the scope of the budgets to be returned, in the format of the resource name. The scope of a budget is the cost that it tracks, such as costs for a single project, or the costs for all projects in a folder. Only project scope (in the format of "projects/project-id" or "projects/123") is supported in this field. When this field is set to a project's resource name, the budgets returned are tracking the costs for that project.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -370,6 +374,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period. "allUpdatesRule": { # AllUpdatesRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details. "A String", ], @@ -463,6 +468,7 @@

Method Details

"budget": { # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period. # Required. The updated budget object. The budget to update is specified by the budget name in the budget. "allUpdatesRule": { # AllUpdatesRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details. "A String", ], @@ -538,6 +544,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A budget is a plan that describes what you expect to spend on Cloud projects, plus the rules to execute as spend is tracked against that plan, (for example, send an alert when 90% of the target spend is met). The budget time period is configurable, with options such as month (default), quarter, year, or custom time period. "allUpdatesRule": { # AllUpdatesRule defines notifications that are sent based on budget spend and thresholds. # Optional. Rules to apply to notifications sent based on budget spend and thresholds. "disableDefaultIamRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account. + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project. "monitoringNotificationChannels": [ # Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.trustConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.trustConfigs.html index d1c87439af0..c1c4333fdc8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.trustConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/certificatemanager_v1.projects.locations.trustConfigs.html @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update timestamp of a TrustConfig. } - trustConfigId: string, Required. A user-provided name of the TrustConfig. + trustConfigId: string, Required. A user-provided name of the TrustConfig. Must match the regexp `[a-z0-9-]{1,63}`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 8a3d115c0b5..162392229ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -1849,7 +1849,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2104,7 +2104,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2562,7 +2562,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2608,7 +2608,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2671,7 +2671,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2882,7 +2882,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3020,7 +3020,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3091,7 +3091,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -3356,7 +3356,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3424,7 +3424,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3473,7 +3473,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3548,7 +3548,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3609,7 +3609,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3681,7 +3681,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3790,7 +3790,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -3861,7 +3861,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -3955,7 +3955,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4001,7 +4001,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4101,7 +4101,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4139,7 +4139,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4210,7 +4210,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -4361,7 +4361,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -4378,7 +4378,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4429,7 +4429,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4478,7 +4478,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4553,7 +4553,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4614,7 +4614,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4686,7 +4686,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4795,7 +4795,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -4866,7 +4866,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -4960,7 +4960,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5006,7 +5006,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5144,7 +5144,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5215,7 +5215,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -5480,7 +5480,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -5497,7 +5497,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5548,7 +5548,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5597,7 +5597,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5672,7 +5672,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5733,7 +5733,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5805,7 +5805,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5851,7 +5851,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5914,7 +5914,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -5985,7 +5985,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -6079,7 +6079,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6125,7 +6125,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6225,7 +6225,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6263,7 +6263,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6334,7 +6334,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -6473,7 +6473,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -6490,7 +6490,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6541,7 +6541,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6590,7 +6590,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6665,7 +6665,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6726,7 +6726,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6798,7 +6798,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6844,7 +6844,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6907,7 +6907,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -6978,7 +6978,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -7072,7 +7072,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7118,7 +7118,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7218,7 +7218,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7256,7 +7256,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7327,7 +7327,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -7592,7 +7592,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -7609,7 +7609,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7660,7 +7660,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7709,7 +7709,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7784,7 +7784,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7845,7 +7845,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7917,7 +7917,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -7963,7 +7963,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8026,7 +8026,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8097,7 +8097,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -8191,7 +8191,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8237,7 +8237,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8337,7 +8337,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8375,7 +8375,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8446,7 +8446,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -8590,7 +8590,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -8607,7 +8607,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8658,7 +8658,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8707,7 +8707,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8782,7 +8782,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8843,7 +8843,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8915,7 +8915,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -8961,7 +8961,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9024,7 +9024,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9095,7 +9095,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -9189,7 +9189,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9235,7 +9235,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9335,7 +9335,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9373,7 +9373,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9444,7 +9444,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -9709,7 +9709,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -9726,7 +9726,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9777,7 +9777,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9826,7 +9826,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9901,7 +9901,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -9962,7 +9962,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10034,7 +10034,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10080,7 +10080,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10143,7 +10143,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10214,7 +10214,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -10308,7 +10308,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10354,7 +10354,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10454,7 +10454,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10492,7 +10492,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10563,7 +10563,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -10690,7 +10690,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -10707,7 +10707,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10758,7 +10758,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10807,7 +10807,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10882,7 +10882,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -10943,7 +10943,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11015,7 +11015,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11061,7 +11061,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11124,7 +11124,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11195,7 +11195,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -11289,7 +11289,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11335,7 +11335,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11435,7 +11435,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11473,7 +11473,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11544,7 +11544,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -11809,7 +11809,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -11826,7 +11826,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11877,7 +11877,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -11926,7 +11926,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12001,7 +12001,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12062,7 +12062,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12134,7 +12134,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12180,7 +12180,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12243,7 +12243,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12314,7 +12314,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -12408,7 +12408,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12454,7 +12454,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12554,7 +12554,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12592,7 +12592,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12663,7 +12663,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -12790,7 +12790,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -12807,7 +12807,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12858,7 +12858,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12907,7 +12907,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -12982,7 +12982,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13043,7 +13043,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13115,7 +13115,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13161,7 +13161,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13224,7 +13224,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13295,7 +13295,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -13389,7 +13389,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13435,7 +13435,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13535,7 +13535,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13573,7 +13573,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13644,7 +13644,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -13909,7 +13909,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -13926,7 +13926,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -13977,7 +13977,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14026,7 +14026,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14101,7 +14101,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14162,7 +14162,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14234,7 +14234,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14280,7 +14280,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14343,7 +14343,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14414,7 +14414,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -14508,7 +14508,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14554,7 +14554,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14654,7 +14654,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14692,7 +14692,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14763,7 +14763,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -14890,7 +14890,7 @@

Method Details

"userFacingMessage": "A String", # The message to send users about the status of their request. If unset, a generic message based on the `status_code` is sent. }, "dialog": { # Wrapper around the card body of the dialog. # Input only. [Dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) for the request. - "body": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. + "body": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Input only. Body of the dialog, which is rendered in a modal. Google Chat apps don't support the following card entities: `DateTimePicker`, `OnChangeAction`. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -14907,7 +14907,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -14958,7 +14958,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15007,7 +15007,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15082,7 +15082,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15143,7 +15143,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15215,7 +15215,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15261,7 +15261,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15324,7 +15324,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15395,7 +15395,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -15489,7 +15489,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15535,7 +15535,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15635,7 +15635,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15673,7 +15673,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -15744,7 +15744,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -16009,7 +16009,7 @@

Method Details

], "cardsV2": [ # Richly formatted and interactive cards that display UI elements and editable widgets, such as: - Formatted text - Buttons - Clickable images - Checkboxes - Radio buttons - Input widgets. Cards are usually displayed below the text body of a Chat message, but can situationally appear other places, such as [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). Each card can have a maximum size of 32 KB. The `cardId` is a unique identifier among cards in the same message and for identifying user input values. Currently supported widgets include: - `TextParagraph` - `DecoratedText` - `Image` - `ButtonList` - `Divider` - `TextInput` - `SelectionInput` - `Grid` { # Widgets for Chat apps to specify. - "card": { # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a "contact card" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. + "card": { # A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { "cardsV2": [ { "cardId": "unique-card-id", "card": { "header": { "title": "Sasha", "subtitle": "Software Engineer", "imageUrl": "https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png", "imageType": "CIRCLE", "imageAltText": "Avatar for Sasha", }, "sections": [ { "header": "Contact Info", "collapsible": true, "uncollapsibleWidgetsCount": 1, "widgets": [ { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "EMAIL", }, "text": "sasha@example.com", } }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PERSON", }, "text": "Online", }, }, { "decoratedText": { "startIcon": { "knownIcon": "PHONE", }, "text": "+1 (555) 555-1234", } }, { "buttonList": { "buttons": [ { "text": "Share", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/share", } } }, { "text": "Edit", "onClick": { "action": { "function": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "EDIT", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ``` # Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use this card to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. "cardActions": [ # The card's actions. Actions are added to the card's toolbar menu. Because Chat app cards have no toolbar, `cardActions[]` isn't supported by Chat apps. For example, the following JSON constructs a card action menu with `Settings` and `Send Feedback` options: ``` "card_actions": [ { "actionLabel": "Settings", "onClick": { "action": { "functionName": "goToView", "parameters": [ { "key": "viewType", "value": "SETTING" } ], "loadIndicator": "LoadIndicator.SPINNER" } } }, { "actionLabel": "Send Feedback", "onClick": { "openLink": { "url": "https://example.com/feedback" } } } ] ``` { # A card action is the action associated with the card. For example, an invoice card might include actions such as delete invoice, email invoice, or open the invoice in a browser. Not supported by Chat apps. "actionLabel": "A String", # The label that displays as the action menu item. @@ -16026,7 +16026,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16077,7 +16077,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16126,7 +16126,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16201,7 +16201,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16262,7 +16262,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16334,7 +16334,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16380,7 +16380,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16443,7 +16443,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16514,7 +16514,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # TextInput widget. - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. @@ -16608,7 +16608,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16654,7 +16654,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16754,7 +16754,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16792,7 +16792,7 @@

Method Details

], "persistValues": True or False, # Indicates whether form values persist after the action. The default value is `false`. If `true`, form values remain after the action is triggered. To let the user make changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `NONE`. For [card messages](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/cards) in Chat apps, you must also set the action's [`ResponseType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#responsetype) to `UPDATE_MESSAGE` and use the same [`card_id`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#CardWithId) from the card that contained the action. If `false`, the form values are cleared when the action is triggered. To prevent the user from making changes while the action is being processed, set [`LoadIndicator`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/add-ons/reference/rpc/google.apps.card.v1#loadindicator) to `SPINNER`. }, - "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "card": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1Card # A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "openDynamicLinkAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # An add-on triggers this action when the action needs to open a link. This differs from the `open_link` above in that this needs to talk to server to get the link. Thus some preparation work is required for web client to do before the open link action response comes back. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. @@ -16863,7 +16863,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # The type of items that are displayed to users in a `SelectionInput` widget. Selection types support different types of interactions. For example, users can select one or more checkboxes, but they can only select one value from a dropdown menu. }, "textInput": { # A field in which users can enter text. Supports suggestions and on-change actions. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Text input](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/widgets/text-input). Chat apps receive and can process the value of entered text during form input events. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data). When you need to collect undefined or abstract data from users, use a text input. To collect defined or enumerated data from users, use the SelectionInput widget. # Displays a text box that users can type into. For example, the following JSON creates a text input for an email address: ``` "textInput": { "name": "mailing_address", "label": "Mailing Address" } ``` As another example, the following JSON creates a text input for a programming language with static suggestions: ``` "textInput": { "name": "preferred_programing_language", "label": "Preferred Language", "initialSuggestions": { "items": [ { "text": "C++" }, { "text": "Java" }, { "text": "JavaScript" }, { "text": "Python" } ] } } ``` - "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps. + "autoCompleteAction": { # An action that describes the behavior when the form is submitted. For example, you can invoke an Apps Script script to handle the form. If the action is triggered, the form values are sent to the server. # Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps. "function": "A String", # A custom function to invoke when the containing element is clicked or othrwise activated. For example usage, see [Create interactive cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick). "interaction": "A String", # Optional. Required when opening a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). What to do in response to an interaction with a user, such as a user clicking a button in a card message. If unspecified, the app responds by executing an `action`—like opening a link or running a function—as normal. By specifying an `interaction`, the app can respond in special interactive ways. For example, by setting `interaction` to `OPEN_DIALOG`, the app can open a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). When specified, a loading indicator isn't shown. Supported by Chat apps, but not Google Workspace Add-ons. If specified for an add-on, the entire card is stripped and nothing is shown in the client. "loadIndicator": "A String", # Specifies the loading indicator that the action displays while making the call to the action. diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.html index bb78c69e04c..46970706941 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ reports() +

+

Returns the reports Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.reports.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.reports.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc40fb6c8f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.apps.reports.html @@ -0,0 +1,653 @@ + + + +

Checks API . accounts . apps . reports

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, checksFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a report. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=name,checks` will return the name and checks fields.

+

+ list(parent, checksFilter=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists reports for the specified app. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=reports(name,checks)` will return the name and checks fields.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, checksFilter=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a report. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=name,checks` will return the name and checks fields.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the report. Example: `accounts/123/apps/456/reports/789` (required)
+  checksFilter: string, Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter checks within the report. Only checks that match the filter string are included in the response. Example: `state = FAILED`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Privacy report.
+  "appBundle": { # Information about the analyzed app bundle. # Information about the analyzed app bundle.
+    "bundleId": "A String", # Unique id of the bundle. For example: "com.google.Gmail".
+    "codeReferenceId": "A String", # Git commit hash or changelist number associated with the release.
+    "releaseType": "A String", # Identifies the type of release.
+    "version": "A String", # The user-visible version of the bundle such as the Android `versionName` or iOS `CFBundleShortVersionString`. For example: "7.21.1".
+    "versionId": "A String", # The version used throughout the operating system and store to identify the build such as the Android `versionCode` or iOS `CFBundleVersion`.
+  },
+  "baseReport": "A String", # Resource name of the base report used for comparison. May be absent if this is the first report generated for the app.
+  "checks": [ # List of checks that were run on the app bundle.
+    { # A check that was run on your app.
+      "citations": [ # Regulations and policies that serve as the legal basis for the check.
+        { # Regulation or policy that serves as the legal basis for the check.
+          "type": "A String", # Citation type.
+        },
+      ],
+      "evidence": { # Evidence for a check. # Evidence that substantiates the check result.
+        "dataSecurity": { # Evidence concerning data security. # Evidence concerning data security.
+          "dataInTransitInfo": [ # Evidence related to data in transit.
+            { # Evidence related to data in transit detected in your app.
+              "uri": "A String", # The URL contacted by your app. This includes the protocol, domain, and URL parameters.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "dataTypes": [ # Evidence concerning data types found in your app.
+          { # Evidence concerning a data type that was found in your app.
+            "dataType": "A String", # The data type that was found in your app.
+            "dataTypeEvidence": { # Evidence collected about a data type. # Evidence collected about the data type.
+              "endpoints": [ # List of endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                { # Evidence based on an endpoint that data was sent to.
+                  "attributedSdks": [ # Set of SDKs that are attributed to the exfiltration.
+                    { # Details of SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                      "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                        "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "endpointDetails": [ # Endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                    { # Details of the endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                      "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # Endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                        "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "exfiltratedDataType": "A String", # Type of data that was exfiltrated.
+                },
+              ],
+              "permissions": [ # List of included permissions that imply collection of the data type.
+                { # Evidence based on the inclusion of a permission.
+                  "permission": { # Information about a permission. # Permission declared by your app.
+                    "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "privacyPolicyTexts": [ # List of privacy policy texts that imply collection of the data type.
+                { # Evidence based on information from the privacy policy.
+                  "policyFragment": { # Information about a policy fragment. # The privacy policy fragment that implies collection of the data type.
+                    "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content.
+                    "sourceUri": "A String", # Policy URL.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "endpointRestrictionViolations": [ # Evidence collected from endpoint restriction violation analysis.
+          { # Evidence collected from endpoint restriction violation analysis.
+            "endpointDetails": [ # Endpoints in violation.
+              { # Details of the endpoint in violation.
+                "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # The endpoint in violation.
+                  "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "endpoints": [ # Evidence concerning endpoints that were contacted by your app.
+          { # Evidence concerning an endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+            "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # The endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+              "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "permissionRestrictionViolations": [ # Evidence collected from permission restriction violation analysis.
+          { # Evidence collected from permission restriction violation analysis.
+            "permissionDetails": [ # Permissions in violation.
+              { # Details of the permission in violation.
+                "permission": { # Information about a permission. # The permission in violation.
+                  "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "permissions": [ # Evidence concerning permissions that were found in your app.
+          { # Evidence concerning a permission that was found in your app.
+            "permission": { # Information about a permission. # The permission that was found in your app.
+              "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "privacyPolicyTexts": [ # Evidence collected from your privacy policy(s).
+          { # Evidence collected from your privacy policy(s).
+            "policyFragment": { # Information about a policy fragment. # The privacy policy fragment that was used during the check.
+              "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content.
+              "sourceUri": "A String", # Policy URL.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "sdkIssues": [ # Evidence concerning SDK issues.
+          { # Evidence concerning an SDK issue.
+            "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK with an issue.
+              "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+            },
+            "sdkVersion": "A String", # The SDK version.
+          },
+        ],
+        "sdkRestrictionViolations": [ # Evidence collected from SDK restriction violation analysis.
+          { # Evidence collected from SDK restriction violation analysis.
+            "sdkDetails": [ # SDKs in violation.
+              { # Details of the SDK in violation.
+                "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK in violation.
+                  "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "sdks": [ # Evidence concerning SDKs that were found in your app.
+          { # Evidence conerning an SDK that was found in your app.
+            "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK that was found in your app.
+              "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "regionCodes": [ # Regions that are impacted by the check. For more info, see https://google.aip.dev/143#countries-and-regions.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "severity": "A String", # The urgency or risk level of the check.
+      "state": "A String", # The result after running the check.
+      "stateMetadata": { # Additional information about the check state in relation to past reports. # Additional information about the check state in relation to past reports.
+        "badges": [ # Indicators related to the check state.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "firstFailingTime": "A String", # The time when the check first started failing.
+        "lastFailingTime": "A String", # The last time the check failed.
+      },
+      "type": "A String", # The type of check that was run. A type will only appear once in a report's list of checks.
+    },
+  ],
+  "dataMonitoring": { # Represents the data monitoring section of the report. # Information related to data monitoring.
+    "dataTypes": [ # Data types that your app shares or collects.
+      { # Information about a data type that was found in your app.
+        "dataType": "A String", # The data type that was shared or collected by your app.
+        "dataTypeEvidence": { # Evidence collected about a data type. # Evidence collected about the data type.
+          "endpoints": [ # List of endpoints the data type was sent to.
+            { # Evidence based on an endpoint that data was sent to.
+              "attributedSdks": [ # Set of SDKs that are attributed to the exfiltration.
+                { # Details of SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                  "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                    "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "endpointDetails": [ # Endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                { # Details of the endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                  "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # Endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                    "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "exfiltratedDataType": "A String", # Type of data that was exfiltrated.
+            },
+          ],
+          "permissions": [ # List of included permissions that imply collection of the data type.
+            { # Evidence based on the inclusion of a permission.
+              "permission": { # Information about a permission. # Permission declared by your app.
+                "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "privacyPolicyTexts": [ # List of privacy policy texts that imply collection of the data type.
+            { # Evidence based on information from the privacy policy.
+              "policyFragment": { # Information about a policy fragment. # The privacy policy fragment that implies collection of the data type.
+                "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content.
+                "sourceUri": "A String", # Policy URL.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+          "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "endpoints": [ # Endpoints that were found by dynamic analysis of your app.
+      { # Information about an endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+        "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # The endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+          "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+        },
+        "hitCount": 42, # The number of times this endpoint was contacted by your app.
+        "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+          "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "permissions": [ # Permissions that your app uses.
+      { # Information about a permission that was found in your app.
+        "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+          "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+        },
+        "permission": { # Information about a permission. # The permission that was found in your app.
+          "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "sdks": [ # SDKs that your app uses.
+      { # Information about an SDK that was found in your app.
+        "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+          "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+          "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+        },
+        "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK that was found in your app.
+          "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name of the report.
+  "resultsUri": "A String", # A URL to view results.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, checksFilter=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists reports for the specified app. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=reports(name,checks)` will return the name and checks fields.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the app. Example: `accounts/123/apps/456` (required)
+  checksFilter: string, Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter checks within reports. Only checks that match the filter string are included in the response. Example: `state = FAILED`
+  filter: string, Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter reports. Example: `appBundle.releaseType = PRE_RELEASE`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of reports to return. If unspecified, at most 10 reports will be returned. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous `ListReports` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListReports` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for ReportService.ListReports.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "reports": [ # The reports for the specified app.
+    { # Privacy report.
+      "appBundle": { # Information about the analyzed app bundle. # Information about the analyzed app bundle.
+        "bundleId": "A String", # Unique id of the bundle. For example: "com.google.Gmail".
+        "codeReferenceId": "A String", # Git commit hash or changelist number associated with the release.
+        "releaseType": "A String", # Identifies the type of release.
+        "version": "A String", # The user-visible version of the bundle such as the Android `versionName` or iOS `CFBundleShortVersionString`. For example: "7.21.1".
+        "versionId": "A String", # The version used throughout the operating system and store to identify the build such as the Android `versionCode` or iOS `CFBundleVersion`.
+      },
+      "baseReport": "A String", # Resource name of the base report used for comparison. May be absent if this is the first report generated for the app.
+      "checks": [ # List of checks that were run on the app bundle.
+        { # A check that was run on your app.
+          "citations": [ # Regulations and policies that serve as the legal basis for the check.
+            { # Regulation or policy that serves as the legal basis for the check.
+              "type": "A String", # Citation type.
+            },
+          ],
+          "evidence": { # Evidence for a check. # Evidence that substantiates the check result.
+            "dataSecurity": { # Evidence concerning data security. # Evidence concerning data security.
+              "dataInTransitInfo": [ # Evidence related to data in transit.
+                { # Evidence related to data in transit detected in your app.
+                  "uri": "A String", # The URL contacted by your app. This includes the protocol, domain, and URL parameters.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "dataTypes": [ # Evidence concerning data types found in your app.
+              { # Evidence concerning a data type that was found in your app.
+                "dataType": "A String", # The data type that was found in your app.
+                "dataTypeEvidence": { # Evidence collected about a data type. # Evidence collected about the data type.
+                  "endpoints": [ # List of endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                    { # Evidence based on an endpoint that data was sent to.
+                      "attributedSdks": [ # Set of SDKs that are attributed to the exfiltration.
+                        { # Details of SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                          "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                            "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "endpointDetails": [ # Endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                        { # Details of the endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                          "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # Endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                            "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                          },
+                        },
+                      ],
+                      "exfiltratedDataType": "A String", # Type of data that was exfiltrated.
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "permissions": [ # List of included permissions that imply collection of the data type.
+                    { # Evidence based on the inclusion of a permission.
+                      "permission": { # Information about a permission. # Permission declared by your app.
+                        "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "privacyPolicyTexts": [ # List of privacy policy texts that imply collection of the data type.
+                    { # Evidence based on information from the privacy policy.
+                      "policyFragment": { # Information about a policy fragment. # The privacy policy fragment that implies collection of the data type.
+                        "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content.
+                        "sourceUri": "A String", # Policy URL.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "endpointRestrictionViolations": [ # Evidence collected from endpoint restriction violation analysis.
+              { # Evidence collected from endpoint restriction violation analysis.
+                "endpointDetails": [ # Endpoints in violation.
+                  { # Details of the endpoint in violation.
+                    "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # The endpoint in violation.
+                      "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+            "endpoints": [ # Evidence concerning endpoints that were contacted by your app.
+              { # Evidence concerning an endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+                "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # The endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+                  "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "permissionRestrictionViolations": [ # Evidence collected from permission restriction violation analysis.
+              { # Evidence collected from permission restriction violation analysis.
+                "permissionDetails": [ # Permissions in violation.
+                  { # Details of the permission in violation.
+                    "permission": { # Information about a permission. # The permission in violation.
+                      "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+            "permissions": [ # Evidence concerning permissions that were found in your app.
+              { # Evidence concerning a permission that was found in your app.
+                "permission": { # Information about a permission. # The permission that was found in your app.
+                  "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "privacyPolicyTexts": [ # Evidence collected from your privacy policy(s).
+              { # Evidence collected from your privacy policy(s).
+                "policyFragment": { # Information about a policy fragment. # The privacy policy fragment that was used during the check.
+                  "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content.
+                  "sourceUri": "A String", # Policy URL.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            "sdkIssues": [ # Evidence concerning SDK issues.
+              { # Evidence concerning an SDK issue.
+                "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK with an issue.
+                  "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                },
+                "sdkVersion": "A String", # The SDK version.
+              },
+            ],
+            "sdkRestrictionViolations": [ # Evidence collected from SDK restriction violation analysis.
+              { # Evidence collected from SDK restriction violation analysis.
+                "sdkDetails": [ # SDKs in violation.
+                  { # Details of the SDK in violation.
+                    "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK in violation.
+                      "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                    },
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+            ],
+            "sdks": [ # Evidence concerning SDKs that were found in your app.
+              { # Evidence conerning an SDK that was found in your app.
+                "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK that was found in your app.
+                  "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "regionCodes": [ # Regions that are impacted by the check. For more info, see https://google.aip.dev/143#countries-and-regions.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "severity": "A String", # The urgency or risk level of the check.
+          "state": "A String", # The result after running the check.
+          "stateMetadata": { # Additional information about the check state in relation to past reports. # Additional information about the check state in relation to past reports.
+            "badges": [ # Indicators related to the check state.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "firstFailingTime": "A String", # The time when the check first started failing.
+            "lastFailingTime": "A String", # The last time the check failed.
+          },
+          "type": "A String", # The type of check that was run. A type will only appear once in a report's list of checks.
+        },
+      ],
+      "dataMonitoring": { # Represents the data monitoring section of the report. # Information related to data monitoring.
+        "dataTypes": [ # Data types that your app shares or collects.
+          { # Information about a data type that was found in your app.
+            "dataType": "A String", # The data type that was shared or collected by your app.
+            "dataTypeEvidence": { # Evidence collected about a data type. # Evidence collected about the data type.
+              "endpoints": [ # List of endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                { # Evidence based on an endpoint that data was sent to.
+                  "attributedSdks": [ # Set of SDKs that are attributed to the exfiltration.
+                    { # Details of SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                      "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.
+                        "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "endpointDetails": [ # Endpoints the data type was sent to.
+                    { # Details of the endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                      "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # Endpoint the data type was sent to.
+                        "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+                      },
+                    },
+                  ],
+                  "exfiltratedDataType": "A String", # Type of data that was exfiltrated.
+                },
+              ],
+              "permissions": [ # List of included permissions that imply collection of the data type.
+                { # Evidence based on the inclusion of a permission.
+                  "permission": { # Information about a permission. # Permission declared by your app.
+                    "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+              "privacyPolicyTexts": [ # List of privacy policy texts that imply collection of the data type.
+                { # Evidence based on information from the privacy policy.
+                  "policyFragment": { # Information about a policy fragment. # The privacy policy fragment that implies collection of the data type.
+                    "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content.
+                    "sourceUri": "A String", # Policy URL.
+                  },
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+              "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "endpoints": [ # Endpoints that were found by dynamic analysis of your app.
+          { # Information about an endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+            "endpoint": { # Information about an endpoint. # The endpoint that was contacted by your app.
+              "domain": "A String", # Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).
+            },
+            "hitCount": 42, # The number of times this endpoint was contacted by your app.
+            "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+              "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "permissions": [ # Permissions that your app uses.
+          { # Information about a permission that was found in your app.
+            "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+              "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+            },
+            "permission": { # Information about a permission. # The permission that was found in your app.
+              "id": "A String", # Permission identifier.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "sdks": [ # SDKs that your app uses.
+          { # Information about an SDK that was found in your app.
+            "metadata": { # Information about a data monitoring result. # Metadata about the result.
+              "badges": [ # Badges that apply to this result.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "firstDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedAppVersion": "A String", # Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+              "lastDetectedTime": "A String", # The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.
+            },
+            "sdk": { # Information about an SDK. # The SDK that was found in your app.
+              "id": "A String", # SDK identifier.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name of the report.
+      "resultsUri": "A String", # A URL to view results.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.html index b647868e239..9a9e37c7347 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.html +++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the accounts Resource.

+

+ media() +

+

Returns the media Resource.

+

privacypolicy()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.media.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.media.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1bd55713f4e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.media.html @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + + + +

Checks API . media

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Analyzes the uploaded app bundle and returns a google.longrunning.Operation containing the generated Report. ## Example (upload only) Send a regular POST request with the header `X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: raw`. ``` POST https://checks.googleapis.com/upload/v1alpha/{parent=accounts/*/apps/*}/reports:analyzeUpload HTTP/1.1 X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: raw Content-Length: Content-Type: application/octet-stream ``` ## Example (upload with metadata) Send a multipart POST request where the first body part contains the metadata JSON and the second body part contains the binary upload. Include the header `X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: multipart`. ``` POST https://checks.googleapis.com/upload/v1alpha/{parent=accounts/*/apps/*}/reports:analyzeUpload HTTP/1.1 X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: multipart Content-Length: ? Content-Type: multipart/related; boundary=BOUNDARY --BOUNDARY Content-Type: application/json {"code_reference_id":"db5bcc20f94055fb5bc08cbb9b0e7a5530308786"} --BOUNDARY --BOUNDARY-- ``` *Note:* Metadata-only requests are not supported.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Analyzes the uploaded app bundle and returns a google.longrunning.Operation containing the generated Report. ## Example (upload only) Send a regular POST request with the header `X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: raw`. ``` POST https://checks.googleapis.com/upload/v1alpha/{parent=accounts/*/apps/*}/reports:analyzeUpload HTTP/1.1 X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: raw Content-Length: Content-Type: application/octet-stream ``` ## Example (upload with metadata) Send a multipart POST request where the first body part contains the metadata JSON and the second body part contains the binary upload. Include the header `X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: multipart`. ``` POST https://checks.googleapis.com/upload/v1alpha/{parent=accounts/*/apps/*}/reports:analyzeUpload HTTP/1.1 X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: multipart Content-Length: ? Content-Type: multipart/related; boundary=BOUNDARY --BOUNDARY Content-Type: application/json {"code_reference_id":"db5bcc20f94055fb5bc08cbb9b0e7a5530308786"} --BOUNDARY --BOUNDARY-- ``` *Note:* Metadata-only requests are not supported. 
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the app. Example: `accounts/123/apps/456` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for ReportService.AnalyzeUpload.
+  "codeReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Git commit hash or changelist number associated with the upload.
+}
+
+  media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.privacypolicy.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.privacypolicy.html index da522082d06..aa12bee7497 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.privacypolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.privacypolicy.html @@ -76,22 +76,22 @@

Checks API . analyze(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Analyzes the privacy policy of the given policy URL or content.

+

Performs a synchronous analysis of a privacy policy, where the policy content is mapped to privacy categories, data types, and purposes.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

Method Details

analyze(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Analyzes the privacy policy of the given policy URL or content.
+  
Performs a synchronous analysis of a privacy policy, where the policy content is mapped to privacy categories, data types, and purposes.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request proto for AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method.
-  "privacyPolicyPageContent": "A String", # Web page raw HTML content for the privacy policy page to be analyzed. Useful when the client wants to analyze a privacy policy already fetched.
-  "privacyPolicyUri": "A String", # URL for the privacy policy page to be analyzed. https://linter.aip.dev/140/uri (Use `uri` instead of `url` in field name)
+{ # Request for the AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method.
+  "privacyPolicyPageContent": "A String", # The HTML content of the privacy policy. This is useful if you'd like to manage the crawling and rendering of the privacy policy.
+  "privacyPolicyUri": "A String", # The URI that points to the web page for the privacy policy.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -102,17 +102,17 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The response proto for AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method. - "dataPurposeAnnotations": [ # List of all data types in the privacy policy. + { # Response containing the analyzed privacy policy for the AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method. + "dataPurposeAnnotations": [ # A list of detected purposes in the privacy policy. { "endOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the end of the purpose of use sentence inside the full text. "purposeOfUse": "A String", # Purpose of use mentioned in the policy. "score": 3.14, # Score given by the model representing how confident it was regarding this `text_content` being of `purpose_of_use`. "startOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the start of the purpose of use sentence inside the full text. - "textContent": "A String", # The bytes of actual text content in the sentence that mentions the purpose of use. This makes it much easier to consume the information. NOTE: This field might contain HTML and does not guarantee a SafeHtml security contract go/safehtmltypecontracts#safehtml. + "textContent": "A String", # The bytes of actual text content in the sentence that mentions the purpose of use. This makes it much easier to consume the information. }, ], - "dataTypeAnnotations": [ # List of all data types in the privacy policy. + "dataTypeAnnotations": [ # A list of detected data types in the privacy policy. { "dataType": "A String", # Type of the data mentioned in the policy. "endOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the end of the data type sentence inside the full text. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"textContent": "A String", # Actual text content in the section. This makes it much easier to consume the information. NOTE: This field might contain HTML and does not guarantee a SafeHtml security contract go/safehtmltypecontracts#safehtml. }, ], - "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content for the privacy policy page. + "htmlContent": "A String", # HTML content for the privacy policy page. The byte offsets in each annotated section will match this content. "lastUpdatedDateInfo": { # Information about the date when the privacy policy was last updated. # Information about the date when the privacy policy was last updated. "endOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the end of the date text inside the full text. "lastUpdatedDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Date when the privacy policy was last updated. @@ -130,15 +130,15 @@

Method Details

"year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. }, "startOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the start of the date text inside the full text. - "textContent": "A String", # The bytes of actual text content in the section. NOTE: - This will correspond to the whole sentence that includes the date. - This field might contain HTML and it is not sanitized. + "textContent": "A String", # The bytes of actual text content in the section. Note: - This will correspond to the whole sentence that includes the date. - This field might contain HTML and it is not sanitized. }, - "sectionAnnotations": [ # List of all sections in the privacy policy. + "sectionAnnotations": [ # A list of detected topics in the privacy policy. { "endOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the end of the section inside the full text. "score": 3.14, # Score given by the model representing how confident it was regarding this `text_content` being of `section_type`. - "sectionType": "A String", # Type of the high-level category in the policy. + "sectionType": "A String", # Detected type of the high-level topic in the policy. "startOffset": "A String", # Byte offsets for the start of the section inside the full text. - "textContent": "A String", # Actual text content in the section. This makes it much easier to consume the information. NOTE: This field might contain HTML and does not guarantee a SafeHtml security contract go/safehtmltypecontracts#safehtml. + "textContent": "A String", # Actual text content in the section. }, ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.users.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.users.html index f264502de90..555554b4d44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.users.html @@ -124,6 +124,12 @@

Method Details

"reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the sample was collected on device. }, ], + "deviceActivityReport": [ # Output only. Device activity reports collected periodically sorted in a decreasing order of report_time. + { # Device activity report. * Granular permission needed: TELEMETRY_API_DEVICE_ACTIVITY_REPORT + "deviceActivityState": "A String", # Output only. Device activity state. + "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the report was collected. + }, + ], "deviceId": "A String", # The unique Directory API ID of the device. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Directory API ID in the ChromeOS Devices tab. "peripheralsReport": [ # Output only. Peripherals reports collected periodically sorted in a decreasing order of report_time. { # Peripherals report. * Granular permission needed: TELEMETRY_API_PERIPHERALS_REPORT @@ -189,6 +195,12 @@

Method Details

"reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the sample was collected on device. }, ], + "deviceActivityReport": [ # Output only. Device activity reports collected periodically sorted in a decreasing order of report_time. + { # Device activity report. * Granular permission needed: TELEMETRY_API_DEVICE_ACTIVITY_REPORT + "deviceActivityState": "A String", # Output only. Device activity state. + "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the report was collected. + }, + ], "deviceId": "A String", # The unique Directory API ID of the device. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Directory API ID in the ChromeOS Devices tab. "peripheralsReport": [ # Output only. Peripherals reports collected periodically sorted in a decreasing order of report_time. { # Peripherals report. * Granular permission needed: TELEMETRY_API_PERIPHERALS_REPORT diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html index bc5e6a1784a..9ef9f0c1953 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

This method creates [billing subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts#subaccounts). Google Cloud resellers should use the Channel Services APIs, [accounts.customers.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers/create) and [accounts.customers.entitlements.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers.entitlements/create). When creating a subaccount, the current authenticated user must have the `billing.accounts.update` IAM permission on the parent account, which is typically given to billing account [administrators](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access). This method will return an error if the parent account has not been provisioned as a reseller account.

+

This method creates [billing subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts#subaccounts). Google Cloud resellers should use the Channel Services APIs, [accounts.customers.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers/create) and [accounts.customers.entitlements.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers.entitlements/create). When creating a subaccount, the current authenticated user must have the `billing.accounts.update` IAM permission on the parent account, which is typically given to billing account [administrators](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access). This method will return an error if the parent account has not been provisioned for subaccounts.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a billing account. The current authenticated user must be a [viewer of the billing account](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access).

@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
This method creates [billing subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts#subaccounts). Google Cloud resellers should use the Channel Services APIs, [accounts.customers.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers/create) and [accounts.customers.entitlements.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers.entitlements/create). When creating a subaccount, the current authenticated user must have the `billing.accounts.update` IAM permission on the parent account, which is typically given to billing account [administrators](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access). This method will return an error if the parent account has not been provisioned as a reseller account.
+  
This method creates [billing subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts#subaccounts). Google Cloud resellers should use the Channel Services APIs, [accounts.customers.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers/create) and [accounts.customers.entitlements.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers.entitlements/create). When creating a subaccount, the current authenticated user must have the `billing.accounts.update` IAM permission on the parent account, which is typically given to billing account [administrators](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access). This method will return an error if the parent account has not been provisioned for subaccounts.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ 

Method Details

Lists the billing accounts that the current authenticated user has permission to [view](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access).
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Options for how to filter the returned billing accounts. Currently this only supports filtering for [subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts) under a single provided reseller billing account. (e.g. "master_billing_account=billingAccounts/012345-678901-ABCDEF"). Boolean algebra and other fields are not currently supported.
+  filter: string, Options for how to filter the returned billing accounts. This only supports filtering for [subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts) under a single provided parent billing account. (e.g. "master_billing_account=billingAccounts/012345-678901-ABCDEF"). Boolean algebra and other fields are not currently supported.
   pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The maximum page size is 100; this is also the default.
   pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results to return. This should be a `next_page_token` value returned from a previous `ListBillingAccounts` call. If unspecified, the first page of results is returned.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.skus.price.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.skus.price.html
index 96d0c24aa0e..6a5a4a7cc8c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.skus.price.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1beta.billingAccounts.skus.price.html
@@ -129,13 +129,7 @@ 

Method Details

"mergedPrice": { # Encapsulates a price after merging from multiple sources. With merged tiers, each individual tier can be from a different source with different discount types. # Price after merging from multiple sources. }, "migratedPrice": { # Encapsulates a price migrated from other SKUs. # Price migrated from other SKUs. - "sourceDiscountOnTargetPrice": { # Encapsulates a type of MigratedPrice where the source SKU floating discount is applied on the target SKU's default price. # The source SKU floating discount is applied on the target SKU's default price. - "migratedDiscountPercent": { # A representation of a decimal value, such as 2.5. Clients may convert values into language-native decimal formats, such as Java's BigDecimal or Python's decimal.Decimal. [BigDecimal]: https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/javase/11/docs/api/java.base/java/math/BigDecimal.html [decimal.Decimal]: https://docs.python.org/3/library/decimal.html # Discount percent of the source SKU that is applied on the target SKU's default price. - "value": "A String", # The decimal value, as a string. The string representation consists of an optional sign, `+` (`U+002B`) or `-` (`U+002D`), followed by a sequence of zero or more decimal digits ("the integer"), optionally followed by a fraction, optionally followed by an exponent. An empty string **should** be interpreted as `0`. The fraction consists of a decimal point followed by zero or more decimal digits. The string must contain at least one digit in either the integer or the fraction. The number formed by the sign, the integer and the fraction is referred to as the significand. The exponent consists of the character `e` (`U+0065`) or `E` (`U+0045`) followed by one or more decimal digits. Services **should** normalize decimal values before storing them by: - Removing an explicitly-provided `+` sign (`+2.5` -> `2.5`). - Replacing a zero-length integer value with `0` (`.5` -> `0.5`). - Coercing the exponent character to upper-case, with explicit sign (`2.5e8` -> `2.5E+8`). - Removing an explicitly-provided zero exponent (`2.5E0` -> `2.5`). Services **may** perform additional normalization based on its own needs and the internal decimal implementation selected, such as shifting the decimal point and exponent value together (example: `2.5E-1` <-> `0.25`). Additionally, services **may** preserve trailing zeroes in the fraction to indicate increased precision, but are not required to do so. Note that only the `.` character is supported to divide the integer and the fraction; `,` **should not** be supported regardless of locale. Additionally, thousand separators **should not** be supported. If a service does support them, values **must** be normalized. The ENBF grammar is: DecimalString = '' | [Sign] Significand [Exponent]; Sign = '+' | '-'; Significand = Digits '.' | [Digits] '.' Digits; Exponent = ('e' | 'E') [Sign] Digits; Digits = { '0' | '1' | '2' | '3' | '4' | '5' | '6' | '7' | '8' | '9' }; Services **should** clearly document the range of supported values, the maximum supported precision (total number of digits), and, if applicable, the scale (number of digits after the decimal point), as well as how it behaves when receiving out-of-bounds values. Services **may** choose to accept values passed as input even when the value has a higher precision or scale than the service supports, and **should** round the value to fit the supported scale. Alternatively, the service **may** error with `400 Bad Request` (`INVALID_ARGUMENT` in gRPC) if precision would be lost. Services **should** error with `400 Bad Request` (`INVALID_ARGUMENT` in gRPC) if the service receives a value outside of the supported range. - }, - }, - "sourceSku": "A String", # Source SKU where the discount is migrated from. - "type": "A String", # Type of the migrated price. It can have values such as 'source-discount-on-target-price'. + "sourceSku": "A String", # Source SKU where the discount is migrated from. Format: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/skus/{sku} }, "type": "A String", # Type of the price reason. It can values such as 'default-price', 'fixed-price', 'fixed-discount', 'floating-discount', 'migrated-price', 'merged-price', 'list-price-as-ceiling'. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html index 77664ef8f23..df7f7986005 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html index a82fa285075..c3d5c7c9967 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

"languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} "orgDisplayName": "A String", # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents. - "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. + "orgPostalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code. "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas). "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html index cbaea980e4d..8ea2535d8d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -239,9 +239,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -337,9 +337,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -421,9 +421,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -513,9 +513,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -587,9 +587,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -673,9 +673,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -759,9 +759,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -845,9 +845,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html index 532724eb59b..677c3058b0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -167,9 +167,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -241,9 +241,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -341,9 +341,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -428,9 +428,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -521,9 +521,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -596,9 +596,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -683,9 +683,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -770,9 +770,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. @@ -858,9 +858,9 @@

Method Details

"maxDoublings": 42, # The time between retries will double `max_doublings` times. A job's retry interval starts at min_backoff_duration, then doubles `max_doublings` times, then increases linearly, and finally retries at intervals of max_backoff_duration up to retry_count times. For example, if min_backoff_duration is 10s, max_backoff_duration is 300s, and `max_doublings` is 3, then the job will first be retried in 10s. The retry interval will double three times, and then increase linearly by 2^3 * 10s. Finally, the job will retry at intervals of max_backoff_duration until the job has been attempted retry_count times. Thus, the requests will retry at 10s, 20s, 40s, 80s, 160s, 240s, 300s, 300s, .... The default value of this field is 5. "maxRetryDuration": "A String", # The time limit for retrying a failed job, measured from time when an execution was first attempted. If specified with retry_count, the job will be retried until both limits are reached. The default value for max_retry_duration is zero, which means retry duration is unlimited. "minBackoffDuration": "A String", # The minimum amount of time to wait before retrying a job after it fails. The default value of this field is 5 seconds. - "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. + "retryCount": 42, # The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed. }, - "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. + "schedule": "A String", # Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. "scheduleTime": "A String", # Output only. The next time the job is scheduled. Note that this may be a retry of a previously failed attempt or the next execution time according to the schedule. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the job. "status": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The response from the target for the last attempted execution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.html index d4e50aef5e1..e547f15cb67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2.cases.html @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close the specified case. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell case="projects/some-project/cases/43595344" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$case:close" ```

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Create a new case and associate it with the given Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```

+

Create a new case and associate it with a Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. If you're just testing the API and don't want to route your case to an agent, set `testCase=true`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```

escalate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Escalate a case. Escalating a case initiates the Google Cloud Support escalation management process. This operation is only available to certain Customer Care support services. Go to https://cloud.google.com/support and look for 'Technical support escalations' in the feature list to find out which support services let you perform escalations. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell case="projects/some-project/cases/43595344" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header "Content-Type: application/json" \ --data '{ "escalation": { "reason": "BUSINESS_IMPACT", "justification": "This is a test escalation." } }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$case:escalate" ```

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Create a new case and associate it with the given Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```
+  
Create a new case and associate it with a Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. If you're just testing the API and don't want to route your case to an agent, set `testCase=true`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the Google Cloud Resource under which the case should be created. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
index fc4fdc4c230..abfa487c4bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.cases.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close the specified case. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell case="projects/some-project/cases/43595344" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$case:close" ```

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Create a new case and associate it with the given Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```

+

Create a new case and associate it with a Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. If you're just testing the API and don't want to route your case to an agent, set `testCase=true`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```

escalate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Escalate a case. Escalating a case initiates the Google Cloud Support escalation management process. This operation is only available to certain Customer Care support services. Go to https://cloud.google.com/support and look for 'Technical support escalations' in the feature list to find out which support services let you perform escalations. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell case="projects/some-project/cases/43595344" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header "Content-Type: application/json" \ --data '{ "escalation": { "reason": "BUSINESS_IMPACT", "justification": "This is a test escalation." } }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$case:escalate" ```

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Create a new case and associate it with the given Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```
+  
Create a new case and associate it with a Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. If you're just testing the API and don't want to route your case to an agent, set `testCase=true`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent="projects/some-project" curl \ --request POST \ --header "Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)" \ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \ --data '{ "display_name": "Test case created by me.", "description": "a random test case, feel free to close", "classification": { "id": "100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8" }, "time_zone": "-07:00", "subscriber_email_addresses": [ "foo@domain.com", "bar@domain.com" ], "testCase": true, "priority": "P3" }' \ "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases" ```
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The name of the Google Cloud Resource under which the case should be created. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
index 92461fa589c..3e42ede0f4f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.projects.locations.queues.html
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html index acf18ea767e..3de5e06ed7d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.projects.locations.queues.html @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html index d481a9a0d74..2acceb9e328 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta3.projects.locations.queues.html @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html index d5f79344557..da29d5d9e35 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 5086196b872..754137ca46f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -3358,7 +3358,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index 800cb05a913..42b116f5494 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2737,7 +2737,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html index 000eb1ed3fb..bf97533c454 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html index f84c035e1dd..818efbdfcef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html @@ -142,13 +142,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -395,13 +396,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -467,13 +469,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -669,13 +672,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -771,13 +775,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html index 91733645fb2..a7fc24ba571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -256,13 +256,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -327,13 +328,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -528,13 +530,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. @@ -629,13 +632,14 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ForwardingRule. Include the fingerprint in patch request to ensure that you do not overwrite changes that were applied from another concurrent request. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a ForwardingRule. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name + "ipCollection": "A String", # Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name "ipVersion": "A String", # The IP Version that will be used by this forwarding rule. Valid options are IPV4 or IPV6. "isMirroringCollector": True or False, # Indicates whether or not this load balancer can be used as a collector for packet mirroring. To prevent mirroring loops, instances behind this load balancer will not have their traffic mirrored even if a PacketMirroring rule applies to them. This can only be set to true for load balancers that have their loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL. "kind": "compute#forwardingRule", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#forwardingRule for Forwarding Rule resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index 1597326bfca..d886ffecd64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 27e2dc5a399..902f613309a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -386,10 +386,11 @@

Method Details

}, "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. }, + "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. { @@ -469,10 +470,11 @@

Method Details

}, "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. }, + "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. { @@ -682,10 +684,11 @@

Method Details

}, "validUntilTime": "A String", # Absolute deadline for waiting for capacity in RFC3339 text format. }, + "resizeBy": 42, # The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html index e2f0f53f2d0..1a2a0f91181 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html @@ -109,10 +109,10 @@

Method Details

"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for instance settings, which is essentially a hash of the instance settings resource's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance settings resource. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change the resource, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. "kind": "compute#instanceSettings", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings. "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to all the instances in the corresponding scope. - "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. - "metadatas": { # A metadata key/value map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB. + "items": { # A metadata key/value items map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB. "a_key": "A String", }, + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. }, "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. }
@@ -133,10 +133,10 @@

Method Details

"fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for instance settings, which is essentially a hash of the instance settings resource's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance settings resource. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change the resource, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. "kind": "compute#instanceSettings", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings. "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to all the instances in the corresponding scope. - "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. - "metadatas": { # A metadata key/value map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB. + "items": { # A metadata key/value items map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB. "a_key": "A String", }, + "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. }, "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 5195c4bc988..f2e7ae6193b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 50370848b60..9f20f628db2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -2876,7 +2876,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -5108,7 +5108,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -5203,7 +5203,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html index 01e45bc290c..19bcc16695e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html index 43a07a31ff7..e40a26cf155 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -182,9 +182,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -440,9 +440,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -621,9 +621,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -829,9 +829,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -936,9 +936,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html index e79be062524..2d2ed96e397 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenseCodes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenseCodes.html index f7648b27217..3e7db3ecb75 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenseCodes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenseCodes.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html index bb28d481808..1d2a48fc98f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index f4e4b43fd48..ce238083c69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2252,7 +2252,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html index 36c6a11f207..908933ee109 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -943,7 +943,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html index e4acfe5e5b1..e71642648ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -113,6 +113,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified policy with the data included in the request.

+

+ patchAssociation(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an association for the specified network firewall policy.

patchRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches a rule of the specified priority.

@@ -883,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1665,6 +1668,143 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ patchAssociation(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an association for the specified network firewall policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  firewallPolicy: string, Name of the firewall policy to update. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "attachmentTarget": "A String", # The target that the firewall policy is attached to.
+  "displayName": "A String", # [Output Only] Deprecated, please use short name instead. The display name of the firewall policy of the association.
+  "firewallPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] The firewall policy ID of the association.
+  "name": "A String", # The name for an association.
+  "priority": 42, # An integer indicating the priority of an association. The priority must be a positive value between 1 and 2147483647. Firewall Policies are evaluated from highest to lowest priority where 1 is the highest priority and 2147483647 is the lowest priority. The default value is `1000`. If two associations have the same priority then lexicographical order on association names is applied.
+  "shortName": "A String", # [Output Only] The short name of the firewall policy of the association.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
patchRule(project, firewallPolicy, body=None, priority=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Patches a rule of the specified priority.
@@ -2145,7 +2285,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2240,7 +2380,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html index f21097cda58..394381c7f69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html index c7599abfc86..697dd44021e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index b0949dadbb0..26eae9af5dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2520,7 +2520,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 516710bd011..ff46a90172b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@

Method Details

"satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 341b09452cf..50aa20e9f65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index c98c24a98f1..b7e7bead38a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html index b0affbce649..2b36f8a8d56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html index a067da942e7..6c595ffaec8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@

Instance Methods

getIamPolicy(project, region, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.

+

+ getNetworkCapacityConstraints(project, region, resourcePolicies=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the network capacity constraints for the specified placement policies.

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new resource policy.

@@ -148,6 +151,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "maxDistance": 42, # Specifies the number of max logical switches. "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. + "sliceCount": 42, # Specifies the number of slices in a multislice workload. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. @@ -431,6 +435,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "maxDistance": 42, # Specifies the number of max logical switches. "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. + "sliceCount": 42, # Specifies the number of slices in a multislice workload. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. @@ -529,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -616,6 +621,45 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getNetworkCapacityConstraints(project, region, resourcePolicies=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the network capacity constraints for the specified placement policies.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resourcePolicies: string, Partial or full URL of the resource policies for which to retrieve the network capacity constraints. (repeated)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "capacityConstraints": [ # Set of capacity constraints that describe network adjacency.
+    { # Represents the network information between workload placements.
+      "constraintMetadata": "A String",
+      "maxSumGbps": 3.14, # Weighted sum of BandwidthTerms (each term is coefficient * term) must be less than or equal to max_sum.
+      "terms": [
+        {
+          "coefficient": 3.14, # Coefficient of this term in the linear expression. The value of the term will be coefficient * (demand from src to dst in Gbps).
+          "destinationNode": {
+            "aggregationBlockId": "A String", # Aggregation block id of the placement group.
+            "resourcePolicy": "A String", # Partial or full URL of the resource policy for the placement group.
+          },
+          "sourceNode": { # Source and destination nodes.
+            "aggregationBlockId": "A String", # Aggregation block id of the placement group.
+            "resourcePolicy": "A String", # Partial or full URL of the resource policy for the placement group.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a new resource policy.
@@ -637,6 +681,7 @@ 

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "maxDistance": 42, # Specifies the number of max logical switches. "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. + "sliceCount": 42, # Specifies the number of slices in a multislice workload. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. @@ -870,6 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "maxDistance": 42, # Specifies the number of max logical switches. "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. + "sliceCount": 42, # Specifies the number of slices in a multislice workload. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. @@ -1002,6 +1048,7 @@

Method Details

"locality": "A String", # Specifies network locality "maxDistance": 42, # Specifies the number of max logical switches. "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the availability domain to which the VMs should be spread. + "sliceCount": 42, # Specifies the number of slices in a multislice workload. "style": "A String", # Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship "tpuTopology": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the TPU slice "vmCount": 42, # Number of VMs in this placement group. Google does not recommend that you use this field unless you use a compact policy and you want your policy to work only if it contains this exact number of VMs. @@ -1230,7 +1277,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1325,7 +1372,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html index 358a05da593..29c4ff69903 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ilbRouteBehaviorOnUnhealthy": "A String", # ILB route behavior when ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ilbRouteBehaviorOnUnhealthy": "A String", # ILB route behavior when ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ilbRouteBehaviorOnUnhealthy": "A String", # ILB route behavior when ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -2114,7 +2114,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html index 403fc7e5c53..b023cc6ff4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ilbRouteBehaviorOnUnhealthy": "A String", # ILB route behavior when ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ilbRouteBehaviorOnUnhealthy": "A String", # ILB route behavior when ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ilbRouteBehaviorOnUnhealthy": "A String", # ILB route behavior when ILB is deemed unhealthy based on user specified threshold on the Backend Service of the internal load balancing. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index 11784b18e24..2597581d682 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -178,6 +178,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, }, ], "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty. @@ -414,6 +418,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, }
@@ -434,7 +442,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -573,6 +581,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -758,6 +770,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, }, ], "kind": "compute#serviceAttachmentList", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments. @@ -843,6 +859,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -991,7 +1011,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1086,7 +1106,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 011ff09e71d..758c1256f29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html index efa09cd6d6b..c1140ab5edc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index ac61c88d5b3..e95b103fa14 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html index d459ca26399..fd188ace8b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html index 3b8e6556779..6a318943af2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index 7ebab1683e6..61bafc7e360 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 1575d96c5a4..e8b6b8233b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2704,7 +2704,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html index 6f800352e7d..a1fe6730d23 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewallPolicies.html @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html index a7ee844c827..3b484fe7c73 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.forwardingRules.html @@ -142,6 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -392,6 +393,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -462,6 +464,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -661,6 +664,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -761,6 +765,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7e80cc4b20a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html @@ -0,0 +1,1380 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . futureReservations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves an aggregated list of future reservations.

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ cancel(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancel the specified future reservation.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified future reservation.

+

+ get(project, zone, futureReservation, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves information about the specified future reservation.

+

+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Future Reservation.

+

+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

A list of all the future reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ update(project, zone, futureReservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified future reservation.

+

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves an aggregated list of future reservations.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of future reservations.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of Future reservation resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations.
+      "futureReservations": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope.
+        {
+          "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by GCE. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value.
+          "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by GCE. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution.
+            "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+            "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+          },
+          "autoDeleteAutoCreatedReservations": True or False, # Setting for enabling or disabling automatic deletion for auto-created reservation. If omitted or set to true, auto-created reservations will be deleted at Future Reservation's end time (default) or at user's defined timestamp if any of the [auto_created_reservations_delete_time, auto_created_reservations_duration] values is specified. For keeping auto-created reservation indefinitely, this value should be set to false.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+          "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+          "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+          "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+          "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+          "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation
+          "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+          "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+          "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+            "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+              "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+              },
+            },
+            "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+          },
+          "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+            "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+              "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+                { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+                  "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+                  "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+                },
+              ],
+              "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+                {
+                  "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+                  "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+                },
+              ],
+              "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+              "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+              "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+              "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+              "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+            },
+            "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+            "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+          },
+          "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+            "amendmentStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of the requested amendment.
+            "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+            "lastKnownGoodState": { # The state that the future reservation will be reverted to should the amendment be declined. # [Output Only] This field represents the future reservation before an amendment was requested. If the amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be reverted to the last known good state. The last known good state is not set when updating a future reservation whose Procurement Status is DRAFTING.
+              "description": "A String", # [Output Only] The description of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+              "futureReservationSpecs": { # The properties of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+                "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # [Output Only] The previous share settings of the Future Reservation.
+                  "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+                    "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                      "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+                    },
+                  },
+                  "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+                },
+                "specificSkuProperties": { # [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the Future Reservation.
+                  "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+                    "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+                      { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+                        "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+                        "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+                      {
+                        "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+                        "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+                      },
+                    ],
+                    "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+                    "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+                    "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+                    "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+                    "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+                  },
+                  "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+                  "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+                },
+                "timeWindow": { # [Output Only] The previous time window of the Future Reservation.
+                  "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+                    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+                    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+                  },
+                  "endTime": "A String",
+                  "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+                },
+              },
+              "lockTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The lock time of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+              "namePrefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The name prefix of the Future Reservation before an amendment was requested.
+              "procurementStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+            },
+            "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.
+            "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+            "specificSkuProperties": { # Properties to be set for the Future Reservation.
+              "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate the Future Reservation properties.
+            },
+          },
+          "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+            "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+              "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+              "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+            },
+            "endTime": "A String",
+            "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+          },
+          "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of future reservations when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#futureReservationsAggregatedListResponse", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#futureReservationsAggregatedListResponse for future resevation aggregated list response.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ cancel(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancel the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  futureReservation: string, Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, zone, futureReservation, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  futureReservation: string, Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, futureReservation, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves information about the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  futureReservation: string, Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by GCE. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value.
+  "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by GCE. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution.
+    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+  },
+  "autoDeleteAutoCreatedReservations": True or False, # Setting for enabling or disabling automatic deletion for auto-created reservation. If omitted or set to true, auto-created reservations will be deleted at Future Reservation's end time (default) or at user's defined timestamp if any of the [auto_created_reservations_delete_time, auto_created_reservations_duration] values is specified. For keeping auto-created reservation indefinitely, this value should be set to false.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+  "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+  "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+    "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
+    "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+    "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+      "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+        { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+          "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+          "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+        },
+      ],
+      "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+        {
+          "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+          "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+        },
+      ],
+      "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+      "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+      "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+      "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+    },
+    "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+    "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+  },
+  "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+    "amendmentStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of the requested amendment.
+    "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+    "lastKnownGoodState": { # The state that the future reservation will be reverted to should the amendment be declined. # [Output Only] This field represents the future reservation before an amendment was requested. If the amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be reverted to the last known good state. The last known good state is not set when updating a future reservation whose Procurement Status is DRAFTING.
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] The description of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "futureReservationSpecs": { # The properties of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+        "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # [Output Only] The previous share settings of the Future Reservation.
+          "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+            "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+              "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+            },
+          },
+          "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+        },
+        "specificSkuProperties": { # [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the Future Reservation.
+          "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+            "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+              { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+                "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+                "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+              },
+            ],
+            "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+              {
+                "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+                "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+              },
+            ],
+            "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+            "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+            "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+            "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+            "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+          },
+          "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+          "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+        },
+        "timeWindow": { # [Output Only] The previous time window of the Future Reservation.
+          "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+            "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+            "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String",
+          "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+        },
+      },
+      "lockTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The lock time of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "namePrefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The name prefix of the Future Reservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "procurementStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+    },
+    "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.
+    "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+    "specificSkuProperties": { # Properties to be set for the Future Reservation.
+      "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate the Future Reservation properties.
+    },
+  },
+  "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+    "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+      "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+      "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+    },
+    "endTime": "A String",
+    "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Future Reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by GCE. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value.
+  "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by GCE. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution.
+    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+  },
+  "autoDeleteAutoCreatedReservations": True or False, # Setting for enabling or disabling automatic deletion for auto-created reservation. If omitted or set to true, auto-created reservations will be deleted at Future Reservation's end time (default) or at user's defined timestamp if any of the [auto_created_reservations_delete_time, auto_created_reservations_duration] values is specified. For keeping auto-created reservation indefinitely, this value should be set to false.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+  "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+  "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+    "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
+    "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+    "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+      "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+        { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+          "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+          "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+        },
+      ],
+      "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+        {
+          "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+          "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+        },
+      ],
+      "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+      "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+      "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+      "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+    },
+    "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+    "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+  },
+  "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+    "amendmentStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of the requested amendment.
+    "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+    "lastKnownGoodState": { # The state that the future reservation will be reverted to should the amendment be declined. # [Output Only] This field represents the future reservation before an amendment was requested. If the amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be reverted to the last known good state. The last known good state is not set when updating a future reservation whose Procurement Status is DRAFTING.
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] The description of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "futureReservationSpecs": { # The properties of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+        "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # [Output Only] The previous share settings of the Future Reservation.
+          "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+            "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+              "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+            },
+          },
+          "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+        },
+        "specificSkuProperties": { # [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the Future Reservation.
+          "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+            "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+              { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+                "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+                "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+              },
+            ],
+            "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+              {
+                "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+                "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+              },
+            ],
+            "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+            "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+            "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+            "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+            "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+          },
+          "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+          "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+        },
+        "timeWindow": { # [Output Only] The previous time window of the Future Reservation.
+          "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+            "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+            "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String",
+          "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+        },
+      },
+      "lockTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The lock time of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "namePrefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The name prefix of the Future Reservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "procurementStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+    },
+    "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.
+    "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+    "specificSkuProperties": { # Properties to be set for the Future Reservation.
+      "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate the Future Reservation properties.
+    },
+  },
+  "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+    "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+      "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+      "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+    },
+    "endTime": "A String",
+    "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, zone, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
A list of all the future reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq "double quoted literal"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance", you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources.
+    {
+      "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by GCE. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value.
+      "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by GCE. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution.
+        "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+        "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+      },
+      "autoDeleteAutoCreatedReservations": True or False, # Setting for enabling or disabling automatic deletion for auto-created reservation. If omitted or set to true, auto-created reservations will be deleted at Future Reservation's end time (default) or at user's defined timestamp if any of the [auto_created_reservations_delete_time, auto_created_reservations_duration] values is specified. For keeping auto-created reservation indefinitely, this value should be set to false.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+      "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+      "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+      "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+      "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation
+      "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+      "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+        "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+          "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+            "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+          },
+        },
+        "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+      },
+      "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+        "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+          "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+            { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+              "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+              "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+            },
+          ],
+          "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+            {
+              "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+              "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+            },
+          ],
+          "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+          "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+          "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+          "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+          "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+        },
+        "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+        "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+      },
+      "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+        "amendmentStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of the requested amendment.
+        "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+        "lastKnownGoodState": { # The state that the future reservation will be reverted to should the amendment be declined. # [Output Only] This field represents the future reservation before an amendment was requested. If the amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be reverted to the last known good state. The last known good state is not set when updating a future reservation whose Procurement Status is DRAFTING.
+          "description": "A String", # [Output Only] The description of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+          "futureReservationSpecs": { # The properties of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+            "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # [Output Only] The previous share settings of the Future Reservation.
+              "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+                "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+                  "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+                },
+              },
+              "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+            },
+            "specificSkuProperties": { # [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the Future Reservation.
+              "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+                "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+                  { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+                    "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+                    "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+                  {
+                    "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+                    "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+                "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+                "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+                "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+                "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+              },
+              "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+              "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+            },
+            "timeWindow": { # [Output Only] The previous time window of the Future Reservation.
+              "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+                "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+                "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+              },
+              "endTime": "A String",
+              "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+            },
+          },
+          "lockTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The lock time of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+          "namePrefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The name prefix of the Future Reservation before an amendment was requested.
+          "procurementStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+        },
+        "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.
+        "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+        "specificSkuProperties": { # Properties to be set for the Future Reservation.
+          "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate the Future Reservation properties.
+        },
+      },
+      "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+        "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+          "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+          "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+        },
+        "endTime": "A String",
+        "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+      },
+      "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#futureReservationsListResponse", # [Output Only] Type of resource.Always compute#FutureReservationsListResponse for lists of reservations
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ update(project, zone, futureReservation, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified future reservation.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  futureReservation: string, Name of the reservation to update. Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": "A String", # Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by GCE. Format of this field must be a valid href="https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt">RFC3339 value.
+  "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by GCE. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution.
+    "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+    "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+  },
+  "autoDeleteAutoCreatedReservations": True or False, # Setting for enabling or disabling automatic deletion for auto-created reservation. If omitted or set to true, auto-created reservations will be deleted at Future Reservation's end time (default) or at user's defined timestamp if any of the [auto_created_reservations_delete_time, auto_created_reservations_duration] values is specified. For keeping auto-created reservation indefinitely, this value should be set to false.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.
+  "kind": "compute#futureReservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.
+  "name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+  "namePrefix": "A String", # Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.
+  "planningStatus": "A String", # Planning state before being submitted for evaluation
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # List of Projects/Folders to share with.
+    "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+      },
+    },
+    "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  "specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count.
+    "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+      "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+        { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+          "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+          "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+        },
+      ],
+      "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+        {
+          "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+          "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+        },
+      ],
+      "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+      "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+      "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+      "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+    },
+    "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+    "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+  },
+  "status": { # [Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation. # [Output only] Status of the Future Reservation
+    "amendmentStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of the requested amendment.
+    "autoCreatedReservations": [ # Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "fulfilledCount": "A String", # This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during "PROVISIONING" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.
+    "lastKnownGoodState": { # The state that the future reservation will be reverted to should the amendment be declined. # [Output Only] This field represents the future reservation before an amendment was requested. If the amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be reverted to the last known good state. The last known good state is not set when updating a future reservation whose Procurement Status is DRAFTING.
+      "description": "A String", # [Output Only] The description of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "futureReservationSpecs": { # The properties of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+        "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # [Output Only] The previous share settings of the Future Reservation.
+          "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+            "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+              "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the parent map.
+            },
+          },
+          "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+        },
+        "specificSkuProperties": { # [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the Future Reservation.
+          "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. Next ID: 9 # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.
+            "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count.
+              { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance.
+                "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance.
+                "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types.
+              },
+            ],
+            "localSsds": [ # Specifies amount of local ssd to reserve with each instance. The type of disk is local-ssd.
+              {
+                "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB.
+                "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance.
+              },
+            ],
+            "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the allocation close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API.
+            "machineType": "A String", # Specifies type of machine (name only) which has fixed number of vCPUs and fixed amount of memory. This also includes specifying custom machine type following custom-NUMBER_OF_CPUS-AMOUNT_OF_MEMORY pattern.
+            "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after reservation creation where instances using the reservation won't be scheduled for maintenance.
+            "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # Specifies the frequency of planned maintenance events. The accepted values are: `PERIODIC`.
+            "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu platform the reservation.
+          },
+          "sourceInstanceTemplate": "A String", # The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation
+          "totalCount": "A String", # Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.
+        },
+        "timeWindow": { # [Output Only] The previous time window of the Future Reservation.
+          "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+            "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+            "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+          },
+          "endTime": "A String",
+          "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+        },
+      },
+      "lockTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The lock time of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "namePrefix": "A String", # [Output Only] The name prefix of the Future Reservation before an amendment was requested.
+      "procurementStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.
+    },
+    "lockTime": "A String", # Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.
+    "procurementStatus": "A String", # Current state of this Future Reservation
+    "specificSkuProperties": { # Properties to be set for the Future Reservation.
+      "sourceInstanceTemplateId": "A String", # ID of the instance template used to populate the Future Reservation properties.
+    },
+  },
+  "timeWindow": { # Time window for this Future Reservation.
+    "duration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years.
+      "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive.
+      "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years
+    },
+    "endTime": "A String",
+    "startTime": "A String", # Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.
+}
+
+  paths: string, A parameter (repeated)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html index e62360740e8..de34781dc44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -255,6 +255,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -324,6 +325,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -522,6 +524,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. @@ -621,6 +624,7 @@

Method Details

"allPorts": True or False, # This field can only be used: - If IPProtocol is one of TCP, UDP, or SCTP. - By internal TCP/UDP load balancers, backend service-based network load balancers, and internal and external protocol forwarding. Set this field to true to allow packets addressed to any port or packets lacking destination port information (for example, UDP fragments after the first fragment) to be forwarded to the backends configured with this forwarding rule. The ports, port_range, and allPorts fields are mutually exclusive. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If set to true, clients can access the Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancer, Internal HTTP(S) and TCP Proxy Load Balancer from all regions. If false, only allows access from the local region the load balancer is located at. Note that for INTERNAL_MANAGED forwarding rules, this field cannot be changed after the forwarding rule is created. "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. + "allowPscPacketInjection": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "baseForwardingRule": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for the corresponding base Forwarding Rule. By base Forwarding Rule, we mean the Forwarding Rule that has the same IP address, protocol, and port settings with the current Forwarding Rule, but without sourceIPRanges specified. Always empty if the current Forwarding Rule does not have sourceIPRanges specified. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html index 682c2ddeb1b..5598b046554 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html @@ -129,6 +129,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the forwardingRules Resource.

+

+ futureReservations() +

+

Returns the futureReservations Resource.

+

globalAddresses()

@@ -199,6 +204,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the instanceGroups Resource.

+

+ instanceSettings() +

+

Returns the instanceSettings Resource.

+

instanceTemplates()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html index d23a9f0784f..927206ac307 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index c031a5f272b..dc8af63cce2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. { @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. { @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "state": "A String", # [Output only] Current state of the request. - "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued. + "status": { # [Output only] Status of the request. "error": { # Errors encountered during the queueing or provisioning phases of the ResizeRequest. "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. { diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceSettings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce019141153 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceSettings.html @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . instanceSettings

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(project, zone, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get Instance settings.

+

+ patch(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Patch Instance settings

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(project, zone, x__xgafv=None) +
Get Instance settings.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Instance Settings resource. You can use instance settings to configure default settings for Compute Engine VM instances. For example, you can use it to configure default machine type of Compute Engine VM instances.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for instance settings, which is essentially a hash of the instance settings resource's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance settings resource. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change the resource, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.
+  "kind": "compute#instanceSettings", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings.
+  "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to all the instances in the corresponding scope.
+    "items": { # A metadata key/value items map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(project, zone, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Patch Instance settings
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The zone scoping this request. It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Instance Settings resource. You can use instance settings to configure default settings for Compute Engine VM instances. For example, you can use it to configure default machine type of Compute Engine VM instances.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for instance settings, which is essentially a hash of the instance settings resource's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance settings resource. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change the resource, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.
+  "kind": "compute#instanceSettings", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings.
+  "metadata": { # The metadata key/value pairs assigned to all the instances in the corresponding scope.
+    "items": { # A metadata key/value items map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys should match /[a-zA-Z0-9-_]/ and be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated.
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index dd2ed7ab89a..270feee49cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index b3771473147..40464b33e86 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -4428,7 +4428,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -4523,7 +4523,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html index 202951e162a..f7922886deb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html index 53e935237c6..81f5d9c984c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -176,9 +176,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -432,9 +432,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -508,9 +508,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -714,9 +714,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -820,9 +820,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html index fa9cfd0fc2d..a6a6c40c39e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.licenses.html @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 07fd14ef7a2..8f715c5c95d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html index 81df111b864..d9ae9e38524 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkAttachments.html @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html index b79c1bc2311..20bdf1f9d47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html index 67cd319f345..9fb280522ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeGroups.html @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTemplates.html index c633a76a9a8..fa82972a456 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.nodeTemplates.html @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index 9c7851f2e8b..5db47906b3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html index 60e80a281e3..19474210755 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html @@ -153,6 +153,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -312,6 +317,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -416,6 +426,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -649,6 +664,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -815,6 +835,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -1020,6 +1045,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html index 5a6cd14f1ed..30edea54e44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 13fc5cd2a00..b93b30c8a65 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 3e23340d527..4fadadd2ebc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html index 6eb7e284f76..7a664d2f7a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html @@ -142,6 +142,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -391,6 +396,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -464,7 +474,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -564,6 +574,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -762,6 +777,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. @@ -1007,7 +1027,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1102,7 +1122,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1235,6 +1255,11 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a reservation resource. A reservation ensures that capacity is held in a specific zone even if the reserved VMs are not running. For more information, read Reserving zonal resources. "commitment": "A String", # [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. + "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. # Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "deleteAtTime": "A String", # Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#reservation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#reservations for reservations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.resourcePolicies.html index d37a85ea7da..9a5d95c5557 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.resourcePolicies.html @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html index 96083d13f7d..a3f240c666b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html index be2e93d5766..13bd148e4d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routes.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ "nextHopInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL to an InterconnectAttachment which is the next hop for the route. This field will only be populated for the dynamic routes generated by Cloud Router with a linked interconnectAttachment. - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html index 813912e9301..5317c718feb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html @@ -178,6 +178,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, }, ], "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of service attachments when the list is empty. @@ -413,6 +417,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, }
@@ -433,7 +441,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -572,6 +580,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -756,6 +768,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, }, ], "kind": "compute#serviceAttachmentList", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#serviceAttachment for service attachments. @@ -841,6 +857,10 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the service attachment resides. This field applies only to the region resource. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. + "tunnelingConfig": { # Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner. # When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - + "encapsulationProfile": "A String", # Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers. + "routingMode": "A String", # How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network. + }, } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). @@ -988,7 +1008,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1083,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index 8f91b2cc8bd..b00ab0f1d40 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html index 41f8188ac6a..1cc99d7a963 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnTunnels.html index d11f8e1a046..8ed806199ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.vpnTunnels.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html index 3c229ed0c46..c207df0fe6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.addresses.html @@ -275,6 +275,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -462,6 +473,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -664,6 +686,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -788,6 +821,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.autoscalers.html index f518ee0421d..43d3ca6be72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.autoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.autoscalers.html @@ -315,6 +315,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -582,6 +593,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -886,6 +908,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1070,6 +1103,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html index fbd27d7af24..309f2c94de2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html @@ -183,6 +183,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -301,6 +312,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -415,6 +437,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -642,6 +675,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -906,6 +950,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1026,6 +1081,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1190,6 +1256,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index e58e74cf516..acce074a7fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -201,6 +201,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -581,6 +592,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -695,6 +717,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1010,7 +1043,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1358,6 +1391,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1910,6 +1954,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2030,6 +2085,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2103,7 +2169,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2198,7 +2264,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2359,6 +2425,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2667,6 +2744,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index e6dcb3bdd2d..29e0cacd172 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -215,6 +215,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -362,7 +373,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -513,6 +524,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -688,6 +710,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -802,6 +835,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -940,7 +984,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -990,7 +1034,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1163,7 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1256,6 +1300,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1401,7 +1456,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1540,6 +1595,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1661,6 +1727,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1735,7 +1812,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1830,7 +1907,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1995,6 +2072,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2116,6 +2204,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2230,6 +2329,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2350,6 +2460,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2515,7 +2636,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -2609,6 +2730,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html index 4a140f4be04..22e22d813cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html @@ -171,6 +171,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -342,6 +353,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -537,6 +559,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html index 9c05d6bf32f..ab871e0e63b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html @@ -213,6 +213,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -398,6 +409,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -511,6 +533,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -628,6 +661,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -824,7 +868,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1162,6 +1206,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1450,6 +1505,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1661,6 +1727,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1847,6 +1924,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1960,6 +2048,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2073,6 +2172,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2145,7 +2255,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2240,7 +2350,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html index 9c2fadfae72..6bc5e758dd7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html @@ -171,6 +171,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -404,6 +415,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -674,6 +696,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -841,6 +874,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html index a8c1fc7cb82..3685559ff87 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.forwardingRules.html @@ -310,6 +310,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -561,6 +572,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -849,6 +871,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -973,6 +1006,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1094,6 +1138,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html index b0f57852e8d..e81458f927f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalAddresses.html @@ -171,6 +171,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -356,6 +367,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -556,6 +578,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -678,6 +711,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html index 77ba45a54ca..e5ba7be8f6f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -174,6 +174,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -423,6 +434,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -709,6 +731,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -831,6 +864,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -951,6 +995,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 75eace353e9..79b5202d8d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -189,6 +189,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -307,6 +318,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -437,6 +459,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -646,6 +679,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOperations.html index f03dab9c852..463bf54b0c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOperations.html @@ -175,6 +175,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -350,6 +361,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -469,6 +491,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -610,6 +643,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOrganizationOperations.html index 9f95ce899fd..9905a07fe5c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOrganizationOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalOrganizationOperations.html @@ -175,6 +175,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -294,6 +305,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 9b995fd6486..eb08473fb8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -168,6 +168,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -351,6 +362,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -571,6 +593,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html index 9c26a074f03..f6e26b7abce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.healthChecks.html @@ -314,6 +314,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -579,6 +590,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -881,6 +903,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1064,6 +1097,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html index 4ca61ed0823..f9363bb35ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpHealthChecks.html @@ -171,6 +171,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -334,6 +345,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -534,6 +556,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -666,6 +699,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html index 34ac7c91fbf..a33a8151c4a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.httpsHealthChecks.html @@ -171,6 +171,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -334,6 +345,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -534,6 +556,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -666,6 +699,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html index 29c232e1754..a5d1e2b34de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html @@ -186,6 +186,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -310,6 +321,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -612,7 +634,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -873,6 +895,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1249,6 +1282,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1322,7 +1366,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1417,7 +1461,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1580,6 +1624,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index 27e27595b1f..d62fdcfab64 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -230,6 +230,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -533,6 +544,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -677,6 +699,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -791,6 +824,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -915,6 +959,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1037,6 +1092,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1386,6 +1452,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2024,6 +2101,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2163,6 +2251,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2286,6 +2385,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2401,6 +2511,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2522,6 +2643,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2646,6 +2778,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2785,6 +2928,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroups.html index 786cd3013b5..4fe9ae667bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroups.html @@ -193,6 +193,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -403,6 +414,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -578,6 +600,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -849,6 +882,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -976,6 +1020,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index 8eb85ebf2b4..8b149ec385f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -507,6 +507,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -845,7 +856,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1261,6 +1272,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1646,7 +1668,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1741,7 +1763,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index d4a52e771c7..97217776c9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -309,6 +309,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -432,6 +443,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1000,6 +1022,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1379,6 +1412,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1498,6 +1542,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1614,6 +1669,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1729,6 +1795,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2281,7 +2358,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2802,6 +2879,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3323,6 +3411,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3437,6 +3536,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3551,6 +3661,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3681,6 +3802,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3797,6 +3929,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3871,7 +4014,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -3966,7 +4109,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -4131,6 +4274,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4257,6 +4411,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4378,6 +4543,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4506,6 +4682,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4627,6 +4814,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4749,6 +4947,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4889,6 +5098,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5013,6 +5233,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5134,6 +5365,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5258,6 +5500,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5372,6 +5625,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5486,6 +5750,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5618,6 +5893,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5733,6 +6019,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -5848,6 +6145,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -6293,6 +6601,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -6423,6 +6742,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -6544,6 +6874,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -6710,6 +7051,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -6833,6 +7185,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html index 9007a77698a..de9b05d7e09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -173,9 +173,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -313,6 +313,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -418,9 +429,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -494,9 +505,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -577,6 +588,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -689,9 +711,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -795,9 +817,9 @@

Method Details

"mtu": 42, # Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), in bytes, of packets passing through this interconnect attachment. Only 1440 and 1500 are allowed. If not specified, the value will default to 1440. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "operationalStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] The current status of whether or not this interconnect attachment is functional, which can take one of the following values: - OS_ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - OS_UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" + "pairingKey": "A String", # [Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form "XXXXX/region/domain" "partnerAsn": "A String", # Optional BGP ASN for the router supplied by a Layer 3 Partner if they configured BGP on behalf of the customer. Output only for PARTNER type, input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. - "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. + "partnerMetadata": { # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. These fields are propagated from PARTNER_PROVIDER attachments to their corresponding PARTNER attachments. # Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED. "interconnectName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Interconnect this attachment is connected to, as displayed in the Partner's portal. For instance "Chicago 1". This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "partnerName": "A String", # Plain text name of the Partner providing this attachment. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. "portalUrl": "A String", # URL of the Partner's portal for this Attachment. Partners may customise this to be a deep link to the specific resource on the Partner portal. This value may be validated to match approved Partner values. @@ -877,6 +899,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1001,6 +1034,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html index 7417ebc4b7b..91cc34459d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html @@ -174,6 +174,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -465,6 +476,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -737,6 +759,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -859,6 +892,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html index ac22c484dc5..d842e1246a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.licenses.html @@ -174,6 +174,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -268,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -440,6 +451,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -580,7 +602,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -675,7 +697,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index b748a957837..3fa450e796d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -174,6 +174,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -680,7 +691,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1265,6 +1276,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1818,7 +1840,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1913,7 +1935,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html index 2b7e500c2bc..b8011c3b241 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkAttachments.html @@ -282,6 +282,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -396,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -587,6 +598,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -748,7 +770,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -843,7 +865,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html index e1a0e1f2ffe..303f08ac9f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html @@ -253,6 +253,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -413,6 +424,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -545,6 +567,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html index 362e69018f2..4dcf4c53c39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -308,6 +308,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -427,6 +438,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -558,6 +580,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -769,6 +802,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html index 1ee20ce52a5..0dcd79b3bda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -208,6 +208,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -396,6 +407,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -510,6 +532,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -628,6 +661,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -827,7 +871,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1166,6 +1210,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1525,6 +1580,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1712,6 +1778,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1826,6 +1903,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1940,6 +2028,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2013,7 +2112,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2108,7 +2207,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html index b407c9c4099..0415dbbcfb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html @@ -207,6 +207,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -325,6 +336,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -686,6 +708,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1001,6 +1034,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1121,6 +1165,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1234,6 +1289,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1367,6 +1433,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html index d6137ea5022..698b480f708 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeGroups.html @@ -204,6 +204,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -429,6 +440,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -552,6 +574,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -668,7 +701,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -862,6 +895,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1209,6 +1253,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1283,7 +1338,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1378,7 +1433,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1540,6 +1595,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1663,6 +1729,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeTemplates.html index f43afb207df..ad222ebd3dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.nodeTemplates.html @@ -289,6 +289,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -407,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -602,6 +613,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -767,7 +789,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -862,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.packetMirrorings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.packetMirrorings.html index dd654a6870c..4d76c3d98d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.packetMirrorings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.packetMirrorings.html @@ -294,6 +294,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -519,6 +530,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -781,6 +803,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html index 0edc5f6680c..e7d3d70f6a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.projects.html @@ -194,6 +194,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -316,6 +327,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -428,6 +450,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -550,6 +583,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -918,6 +962,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1038,6 +1093,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1164,6 +1230,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1283,6 +1360,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1403,6 +1491,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index 9a2fb9b39ea..40cd9ec1674 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -168,6 +168,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -345,6 +356,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -559,6 +581,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 24c365a1742..936b760d647 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -271,6 +271,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -456,6 +467,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -678,6 +700,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html index 8963c1ca438..27daf0b321c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -172,6 +172,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -439,6 +450,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -743,6 +765,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -927,6 +960,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index c6a32ad49e1..b05c4dc8cde 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -181,6 +181,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -499,7 +510,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -848,6 +859,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1402,6 +1424,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1476,7 +1509,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1571,7 +1604,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1921,6 +1954,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html index 29bc804c51d..fdccb9ff4c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html @@ -525,6 +525,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -873,6 +884,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html index 5f18dbe34c7..2700343c4d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html @@ -209,6 +209,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -329,6 +340,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -503,6 +525,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -617,6 +650,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -755,7 +799,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -805,7 +849,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -978,7 +1022,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1071,6 +1115,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1216,7 +1271,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -1355,6 +1410,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1476,6 +1542,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1550,7 +1627,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1645,7 +1722,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1810,6 +1887,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1931,6 +2019,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2045,6 +2144,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2165,6 +2275,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2330,7 +2451,7 @@

Method Details

}, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicyId": "A String", # [Output Only] ID of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for a secondary disk that was created using a consistency group. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this disk. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk @@ -2424,6 +2545,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html index 32a249dff8c..a3e6889c848 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthCheckServices.html @@ -169,6 +169,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -344,6 +355,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -556,6 +578,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html index 37cada554e0..a7b177ad5b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -172,6 +172,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -439,6 +450,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -743,6 +765,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -927,6 +960,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 6612fde5123..45c26ab613b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -224,6 +224,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -349,6 +360,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -493,6 +515,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -607,6 +640,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -731,6 +775,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -853,6 +908,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1202,6 +1268,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1840,6 +1917,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1979,6 +2067,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2102,6 +2201,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2217,6 +2327,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2338,6 +2459,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2462,6 +2594,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2601,6 +2744,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroups.html index f088df57a85..d7163b8f748 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroups.html @@ -367,6 +367,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 14b82b978a9..cfa70900e02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -166,6 +166,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -819,6 +830,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 0c389b5d204..f5a2376c755 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -414,6 +414,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 53537913d41..648207d2717 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -166,6 +166,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -377,6 +388,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index bd21d0b17c2..65e567d9c91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -212,6 +212,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -401,6 +412,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -516,6 +538,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -635,6 +668,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -987,7 +1031,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1328,6 +1372,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1689,6 +1744,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1877,6 +1943,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1992,6 +2069,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2107,6 +2195,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2181,7 +2280,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2276,7 +2375,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index a03d52acfb2..2c6d10f1bbf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -166,6 +166,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -339,6 +350,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionOperations.html index 3761db605a3..5ee1d328516 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionOperations.html @@ -180,6 +180,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -300,6 +311,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -442,6 +464,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html index ef0573905a5..e291bc2c4da 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -169,6 +169,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -583,6 +594,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1032,6 +1054,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html index 7339072a226..8966a75c721 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -166,6 +166,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -359,6 +370,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslPolicies.html index b8097d0f5bf..8342c627cc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslPolicies.html @@ -172,6 +172,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -367,6 +378,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -626,6 +648,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpProxies.html index d45caf1bd2e..7e28d54c6d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpProxies.html @@ -169,6 +169,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -330,6 +341,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -518,6 +540,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 3d0236127a4..66439ea8fe9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -175,6 +175,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -352,6 +363,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -566,6 +588,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -689,6 +722,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -810,6 +854,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetTcpProxies.html index eb77421e69e..9d02fec533e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetTcpProxies.html @@ -166,6 +166,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -325,6 +336,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html index 2cedd96df14..08a8ae1dcda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -175,6 +175,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1420,6 +1431,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2702,6 +2724,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3375,6 +3408,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html index 83793b983ed..fc966347b43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html @@ -310,6 +310,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -443,7 +454,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -653,6 +664,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -880,6 +902,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -954,7 +987,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1049,7 +1082,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1294,6 +1327,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.resourcePolicies.html index bedc5b6fd57..58de8bc23cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.resourcePolicies.html @@ -327,6 +327,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -479,7 +490,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -708,6 +719,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1024,6 +1046,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1098,7 +1131,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1193,7 +1226,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html index 6f063436bc9..5f7e891dc43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -402,6 +402,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -544,7 +555,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -754,7 +765,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -763,7 +774,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -800,7 +811,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -809,7 +820,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -848,7 +859,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -857,7 +868,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -1089,7 +1100,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1208,6 +1219,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1357,7 +1379,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1537,7 +1559,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1656,6 +1678,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1793,7 +1826,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -1941,7 +1974,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -2093,7 +2126,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. - "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used. "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], @@ -2212,6 +2245,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html index ac2fd90a4d3..608ad9c4705 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routes.html @@ -165,6 +165,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -237,7 +248,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -246,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -292,7 +303,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -301,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. @@ -386,6 +397,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -465,7 +487,7 @@

Method Details

], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource. - "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. + "destRange": "A String", # The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "kind": "compute#route", # [Output Only] Type of this resource. Always compute#routes for Route resources. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. @@ -474,7 +496,7 @@

Method Details

"nextHopHub": "A String", # [Output Only] The full resource name of the Network Connectivity Center hub that will handle matching packets. "nextHopIlb": "A String", # The URL to a forwarding rule of type loadBalancingScheme=INTERNAL that should handle matching packets or the IP address of the forwarding Rule. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - 10.128.0.56 - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /forwardingRules/forwardingRule - regions/region/forwardingRules/forwardingRule "nextHopInstance": "A String", # The URL to an instance that should handle matching packets. You can specify this as a full or partial URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone/instances/ - "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported. + "nextHopIp": "A String", # The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address. "nextHopNetwork": "A String", # The URL of the local network if it should handle matching packets. "nextHopPeering": "A String", # [Output Only] The network peering name that should handle matching packets, which should conform to RFC1035. "nextHopVpnTunnel": "A String", # The URL to a VpnTunnel that should handle matching packets. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html index 5a2d0dd50fd..2021044f746 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.securityPolicies.html @@ -283,6 +283,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -612,6 +623,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1134,6 +1156,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1622,6 +1655,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1832,6 +1876,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1945,6 +2000,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2067,6 +2133,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html index eaba54b5537..10afa835fd3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html @@ -298,6 +298,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -422,7 +433,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -623,6 +634,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -881,6 +903,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -955,7 +988,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1050,7 +1083,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index d8aa1ebdc48..b5839e424b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -177,6 +177,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -307,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -515,6 +526,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -692,7 +714,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -787,7 +809,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -950,6 +972,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html index 2972e2b8ccb..30cf955a5bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html @@ -271,6 +271,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -462,6 +473,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslPolicies.html index dd60996848a..ab098d0e5bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslPolicies.html @@ -279,6 +279,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -472,6 +483,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -728,6 +750,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html index b42b79ec5be..91483be2f41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html @@ -307,6 +307,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -428,6 +439,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -549,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -747,6 +769,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1070,6 +1103,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1144,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1239,7 +1283,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1401,6 +1445,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html index 38751f98df4..2eed480c386 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -168,6 +168,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -325,6 +336,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -519,6 +541,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html index 374bf1476cf..55f749b8d29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -251,6 +251,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -410,6 +421,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -606,6 +628,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -726,6 +759,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html index 14d69ef2b0a..585f121f51c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -281,6 +281,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -456,6 +467,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -668,6 +690,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -788,6 +821,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -908,6 +952,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1030,6 +1085,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1150,6 +1216,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1270,6 +1347,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html index 280d0cff153..ba9c40ce44d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetInstances.html @@ -255,6 +255,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -414,6 +425,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetPools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetPools.html index d8ab3f7f18a..85cc4a223f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetPools.html @@ -196,6 +196,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -321,6 +332,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -529,6 +551,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -743,6 +776,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -940,6 +984,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1065,6 +1120,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1187,6 +1253,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html index 7790a127e33..6f1325cfebb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetSslProxies.html @@ -180,6 +180,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -343,6 +354,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -531,6 +553,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -651,6 +684,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -771,6 +815,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -893,6 +948,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1013,6 +1079,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html index 0db0a40f729..051b1d4378e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetTcpProxies.html @@ -260,6 +260,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -417,6 +428,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -602,6 +624,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -722,6 +755,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html index c029dbdefef..e665be8561f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html @@ -267,6 +267,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -444,6 +455,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -643,6 +665,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html index 4b6342471bd..25c6c16e9b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.urlMaps.html @@ -809,6 +809,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2052,6 +2063,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -2173,6 +2195,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -3453,6 +3486,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -4125,6 +4169,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html index 8110c3714c5..a1a08325325 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html @@ -274,6 +274,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -492,6 +503,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -692,6 +714,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html index 5a2abef00f8..612510aa991 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -278,6 +278,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -357,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -401,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -477,6 +488,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -563,7 +585,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway. "peerExternalGatewayInterface": 42, # The interface ID of the external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. Possible values are: `0`, `1`, `2`, `3`. The number of IDs in use depends on the external VPN gateway redundancy type. - "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway. + "peerGcpGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway. "peerIp": "A String", # IP address of the peer VPN gateway. Only IPv4 is supported. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN tunnel resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. "remoteTrafficSelector": [ # Remote traffic selectors to use when establishing the VPN tunnel with the peer VPN gateway. The value should be a CIDR formatted string, for example: 192.168.0.0/16. The ranges should be disjoint. Only IPv4 is supported. @@ -687,6 +709,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html index 076c981dbda..32b4cfc2123 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.zoneOperations.html @@ -180,6 +180,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -300,6 +311,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -442,6 +464,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index cddbde32201..a2b541602df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -229,8 +229,20 @@

Method Details

"connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. "connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. + "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd. "ratelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests. + "resourceLimits": { # Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource limits. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU limit. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory limit. + }, + "resourceRequests": { # Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource requests. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU request. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory request. + }, }, "connectorVersionLaunchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. @@ -592,8 +604,20 @@

Method Details

"connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. "connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. + "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd. "ratelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests. + "resourceLimits": { # Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource limits. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU limit. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory limit. + }, + "resourceRequests": { # Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource requests. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU request. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory request. + }, }, "connectorVersionLaunchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. @@ -973,8 +997,20 @@

Method Details

"connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. "connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. + "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd. "ratelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests. + "resourceLimits": { # Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource limits. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU limit. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory limit. + }, + "resourceRequests": { # Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource requests. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU request. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory request. + }, }, "connectorVersionLaunchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. @@ -1282,8 +1318,20 @@

Method Details

"connectionRevision": "A String", # Output only. Connection revision. This field is only updated when the connection is created or updated by User. "connectorVersion": "A String", # Required. Connector version on which the connection is created. The format is: projects/*/locations/*/providers/*/connectors/*/versions/* Only global location is supported for ConnectorVersion resource. "connectorVersionInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector Version. + "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # Output only. HPA autoscaling config. + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd. "ratelimitThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests. + "resourceLimits": { # Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource limits. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU limit. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory limit. + }, + "resourceRequests": { # Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # Output only. System resource requests. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU request. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory request. + }, }, "connectorVersionLaunchStage": "A String", # Output only. Flag to mark the version indicating the launch stage. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html index b730c3ad39b..f241d712e2b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html @@ -230,8 +230,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], "connectorInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector. + "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # HPA autoscaling config. + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": "A String", # Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd. "ratelimitThreshold": "A String", # Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests. + "resourceLimits": { # Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # System resource limits. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU limit. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory limit. + }, + "resourceRequests": { # Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # System resource requests. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU request. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory request. + }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigTemplates": [ # Output only. List of destination configs needed to create a connection. @@ -679,8 +691,20 @@

Method Details

}, ], "connectorInfraConfig": { # This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version # Output only. Infra configs supported by Connector. + "hpaConfig": { # Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics. # HPA autoscaling config. + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": "A String", # Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling. + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": "A String", # Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd. "ratelimitThreshold": "A String", # Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests. + "resourceLimits": { # Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # System resource limits. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU limit. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory limit. + }, + "resourceRequests": { # Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type. # System resource requests. + "cpu": "A String", # Output only. CPU request. + "memory": "A String", # Output only. Memory request. + }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. "destinationConfigTemplates": [ # Output only. List of destination configs needed to create a connection. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html index 66381960432..f60913d197d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.contactCenters.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html index 807665dfdd4..98a11662ab0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenteraiplatform_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index bbe8c82ff5a..061d90ea505 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -899,6 +899,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -1777,6 +1778,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -2558,6 +2560,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index f7ddfbefd2a..df8a202e619 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -338,6 +338,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -717,6 +718,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -962,6 +964,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -1345,6 +1348,8 @@

Method Details

"confidentialNodes": { # ConfidentialNodes is configuration for the confidential nodes feature, which makes nodes run on confidential VMs. # Confidential nodes config. All the nodes in the node pool will be Confidential VM once enabled. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk size for nodes in the node pool specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk size. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk type (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk type. "etag": "A String", # The current etag of the node pool. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the node pool, update will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. "fastSocket": { # Configuration of Fast Socket feature. # Enable or disable NCCL fast socket for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Fast Socket features are enabled in the node pool. @@ -1382,6 +1387,7 @@

Method Details

"variant": "A String", # Logging variant deployed on nodes. }, }, + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired [Google Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type. "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`. "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index c441ef132ec..a3f5d286661 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -975,6 +975,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -1853,6 +1854,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -2678,6 +2680,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index bd0a1b73423..76891b58a78 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -403,6 +403,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -782,6 +783,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -1027,6 +1029,7 @@

Method Details

}, "placementPolicy": { # PlacementPolicy defines the placement policy used by the node pool. # Specifies the node placement policy. "policyName": "A String", # If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned. + "tpuTopology": "A String", # Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies "type": "A String", # The type of placement. }, "podIpv4CidrSize": 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool. @@ -1335,6 +1338,8 @@

Method Details

"confidentialNodes": { # ConfidentialNodes is configuration for the confidential nodes feature, which makes nodes run on confidential VMs. # Confidential nodes config. All the nodes in the node pool will be Confidential VM once enabled. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk size for nodes in the node pool specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk size. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk type (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk type. "etag": "A String", # The current etag of the node pool. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the node pool, update will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. "fastSocket": { # Configuration of Fast Socket feature. # Enable or disable NCCL fast socket for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Fast Socket features are enabled in the node pool. @@ -1372,6 +1377,7 @@

Method Details

"variant": "A String", # Logging variant deployed on nodes. }, }, + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired [Google Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type. "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`. "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 347305a3723..08de51a002f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -351,6 +351,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -962,6 +964,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1294,6 +1298,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1905,6 +1911,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -2140,6 +2148,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -2751,6 +2761,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -3834,6 +3846,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index c4954ab955c..0affb85c44f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -370,6 +370,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -760,6 +762,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1016,6 +1020,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1378,6 +1384,8 @@

Method Details

"confidentialNodes": { # ConfidentialNodes is configuration for the confidential nodes feature, which makes nodes run on confidential VMs. # Confidential nodes config. All the nodes in the node pool will be Confidential VM once enabled. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk size for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk size. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk type. "etag": "A String", # The current etag of the node pool. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the node pool, update will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. "fastSocket": { # Configuration of Fast Socket feature. # Enable or disable NCCL fast socket for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Fast Socket features are enabled in the node pool. @@ -1415,6 +1423,7 @@

Method Details

"variant": "A String", # Logging variant deployed on nodes. }, }, + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired machine type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type. "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`. "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface @@ -1469,6 +1478,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index d0cf631c62a..5d2ecda2f92 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -434,6 +434,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1045,6 +1047,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1377,6 +1381,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1988,6 +1994,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -2267,6 +2275,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -2878,6 +2888,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -3861,6 +3873,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index e6df3cf83af..d1cc0940e25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -435,6 +435,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -825,6 +827,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1081,6 +1085,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. @@ -1368,6 +1374,8 @@

Method Details

"confidentialNodes": { # ConfidentialNodes is configuration for the confidential nodes feature, which makes nodes run on confidential VMs. # Confidential nodes config. All the nodes in the node pool will be Confidential VM once enabled. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Confidential Nodes feature is enabled. }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk size for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk size. + "diskType": "A String", # Optional. The desired disk type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk type. "etag": "A String", # The current etag of the node pool. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the node pool, update will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned. "fastSocket": { # Configuration of Fast Socket feature. # Enable or disable NCCL fast socket for the node pool. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Fast Socket features are enabled in the node pool. @@ -1405,6 +1413,7 @@

Method Details

"variant": "A String", # Logging variant deployed on nodes. }, }, + "machineType": "A String", # Optional. The desired machine type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type. "name": "A String", # The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`. "nodeNetworkConfig": { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Node network config. "additionalNodeNetworkConfigs": [ # We specify the additional node networks for this node pool using this list. Each node network corresponds to an additional interface @@ -1459,6 +1468,8 @@

Method Details

}, "upgradeSettings": { # These upgrade settings configure the upgrade strategy for the node pool. Use strategy to switch between the strategies applied to the node pool. If the strategy is SURGE, use max_surge and max_unavailable to control the level of parallelism and the level of disruption caused by upgrade. 1. maxSurge controls the number of additional nodes that can be added to the node pool temporarily for the time of the upgrade to increase the number of available nodes. 2. maxUnavailable controls the number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable. 3. (maxUnavailable + maxSurge) determines the level of parallelism (how many nodes are being upgraded at the same time). If the strategy is BLUE_GREEN, use blue_green_settings to configure the blue-green upgrade related settings. 1. standard_rollout_policy is the default policy. The policy is used to control the way blue pool gets drained. The draining is executed in the batch mode. The batch size could be specified as either percentage of the node pool size or the number of nodes. batch_soak_duration is the soak time after each batch gets drained. 2. node_pool_soak_duration is the soak time after all blue nodes are drained. After this period, the blue pool nodes will be deleted. # Upgrade settings control disruption and speed of the upgrade. "blueGreenSettings": { # Settings for blue-green upgrade. # Settings for blue-green upgrade strategy. + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { # Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools. # Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade. + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": "A String", # Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up. "standardRolloutPolicy": { # Standard rollout policy is the default policy for blue-green. # Standard policy for the blue-green upgrade. "batchNodeCount": 42, # Number of blue nodes to drain in a batch. diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html index fab69f5921f..3ddf97a258a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.html @@ -139,6 +139,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the localinventory Resource.

+

+ merchantsupport() +

+

Returns the merchantsupport Resource.

+

orderinvoices()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.merchantsupport.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.merchantsupport.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e5cda8e01b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.merchantsupport.html @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ + + + +

Content API for Shopping . merchantsupport

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ renderaccountissues(merchantId, body=None, languageCode=None, timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Provide a list of merchant's issues with a support content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.

+

+ renderproductissues(merchantId, productId, body=None, languageCode=None, timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Provide a list of issues for merchant's product with a support content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ renderaccountissues(merchantId, body=None, languageCode=None, timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Provide a list of merchant's issues with a support content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.
+
+Args:
+  merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account to fetch issues for. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The payload for configuring how the content should be rendered.
+  "contentOption": "A String", # Optional. How the detailed content should be returned. Default option is to return the content as a pre-rendered HTML text.
+}
+
+  languageCode: string, Optional. The [IETF BCP-47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language code used to localize support content. If not set, the result will be in default language ('en-US').
+  timeZone: string, Optional. The [IANA](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) timezone used to localize times in support content. For example 'America/Los_Angeles'. If not set, results will use as a default UTC.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing support content and actions for listed account issues.
+  "alternateDisputeResolution": { # The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) that may be available to merchants in some regions. If present, the link should be shown on the same page as the list of issues. # The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) contains a link to a page where merchant can bring their appeal to an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501). If the ADR is present, it MUST be available to the merchant on the page that shows the list with their account issues.
+    "label": "A String", # The label for the alternate dispute resolution link.
+    "uri": "A String", # The URL pointing to a page, where merchant can request alternative dispute resolution with an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501).
+  },
+  "issues": [ # List of account issues for a given account. This list can be shown with compressed, expandable items. In the compressed form, the title and impact should be shown for each issue. Once the issue is expanded, the detailed content and available actions should be rendered.
+    { # An issue affecting specific merchant.
+      "actions": [ # A list of actionable steps that can be executed to solve the issue. An example is requesting a re-review or providing arguments when merchant disagrees with the issue. Actions that are supported in (your) third-party application can be rendered as buttons and should be available to merchant when they expand the issue.
+        { # An actionable step that can be executed to solve the issue.
+          "builtinSimpleAction": { # Action that is implemented and performed in (your) third-party application. Represents various functionality that is expected to be available to merchant and will help them with resolving the issue. The application should point the merchant to the place, where they can access the corresponding functionality. If the functionality is not supported, it is recommended to explain the situation to merchant and provide them with instructions how to solve the issue. # Action implemented and performed in (your) third-party application. The application should point the merchant to the place, where they can access the corresponding functionality or provide instructions, if the specific functionality is not available.
+            "attributeCode": "A String", # The attribute that needs to be updated. Present when the type is `EDIT_ITEM_ATTRIBUTE`. This field contains a code for attribute, represented in snake_case. You can find a list of product's attributes, with their codes [here](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
+            "type": "A String", # The type of action that represents a functionality that is expected to be available in third-party application.
+          },
+          "buttonLabel": "A String", # Label of the action button.
+          "externalAction": { # Action that is implemented and performed outside of the third-party application. It should redirect the merchant to the provided URL of an external system where they can perform the action. For example to request a review in the Merchant Center. # Action that is implemented and performed outside of (your) third-party application. The application needs to redirect the merchant to the external location where they can perform the action.
+            "type": "A String", # The type of external action.
+            "uri": "A String", # URL to external system, for example Merchant Center, where the merchant can perform the action.
+          },
+          "isAvailable": True or False, # Controlling whether the button is active or disabled. The value is 'false' when the action was already requested or is not available. If the action is not available then a reason will be present. If (your) third-party application shows a disabled button for action that is not available, then it should also show reasons.
+          "reasons": [ # List of reasons why the action is not available. The list of reasons is empty if the action is available. If there is only one reason, it can be displayed next to the disabled button. If there are more reasons, all of them should be displayed, for example in a pop-up dialog.
+            { # A single reason why the action is not available.
+              "action": # Object with schema name: Action # Optional. An action that needs to be performed to solve the problem represented by this reason. This action will always be available. Should be rendered as a link or button next to the summarizing message. For example, the review may be available only once merchant configure all required attributes. In such a situation this action can be a link to the form, where they can fill the missing attribute to unblock the main action.
+              "detail": "A String", # Detailed explanation of the reason. Should be displayed as a hint if present.
+              "message": "A String", # Messages summarizing the reason, why the action is not available. For example: "Review requested on Jan 03. Review requests can take a few days to complete."
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "impact": { # Overall impact of the issue. # Clarifies the severity of the issue. The summarizing message, if present, should be shown right under the title for each issue. It helps merchants to quickly understand the impact of the issue. The detailed breakdown helps the merchant to fully understand the impact of the issue. It can be rendered as dialog that opens when the merchant mouse over the summarized impact statement. Issues with different severity can be styled differently. They may use a different color or icon to signal the difference between `ERROR`, `WARNING` and `INFO`.
+        "breakdowns": [ # Detailed impact breakdown. Explains the types of restriction the issue has in different shopping destinations and territory. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. Can be shown as a mouse over dropdown or a dialog. Each breakdown item represents a group of regions with the same impact details.
+          { # A detailed impact breakdown for a group of regions where the impact of the issue on different shopping destinations is the same.
+            "details": [ # Human readable, localized description of issue's effect on different targets. Should be rendered as a list. For example: * "Products not showing in ads" * "Products not showing organically"
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "regions": [ # Lists of regions. Should be rendered as a title for this group of details. The full list should be shown to merchant. If the list is too long, it is recommended to make it expandable.
+              { # Region with code and localized name.
+                "code": "A String", # The [CLDR territory code] (http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)
+                "name": "A String", # The localized name of the region. For region with code='001' the value is 'All countries' or the equivalent in other languages.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # Optional. Message summarizing the overall impact of the issue. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. For example: "Disapproves 90k offers in 25 countries"
+        "severity": "A String", # The severity of the issue.
+      },
+      "prerenderedContent": "A String", # Details of the issue as a pre-rendered HTML. HTML elements contain CSS classes that can be used to customize the style of the content. Always sanitize the HTML before embedding it directly to your application. The sanitizer needs to allow basic HTML tags, such as: `div`, `span`, `p`, `a`, `ul`, `li`, `table`, `tr`, `td`. For example, you can use [DOMPurify](https://www.npmjs.com/package/dompurify). CSS classes: * `issue-detail` - top level container for the detail of the issue * `callout-banners` - section of the `issue-detail` with callout banners * `callout-banner` - single callout banner, inside `callout-banners` * `callout-banner-info` - callout with important information (default) * `callout-banner-warning` - callout with a warning * `callout-banner-error` - callout informing about an error (most severe) * `issue-content` - section of the `issue-detail`, contains multiple `content-element` * `content-element` - content element such as a list, link or paragraph, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes` - unordered list with items describing root causes of the issue, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes-intro` - intro text before the `root-causes` list, inside `issue-content` * `segment` - section of the text, `span` inside paragraph * `segment-attribute` - section of the text that represents a product attribute, for example 'image\_link' * `segment-literal` - section of the text that contains a special value, for example '0-1000 kg' * `segment-bold` - section of the text that should be rendered as bold * `segment-italic` - section of the text that should be rendered as italic * `tooltip` - used on paragraphs that should be rendered with a tooltip. A section of the text in such a paragraph will have a class `tooltip-text` and is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. If the style is not used, the `tooltip-text` section would be shown on a new line, after the main part of the text. * `tooltip-text` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. * `tooltip-icon` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that can be replaced with a tooltip icon, for example '?' or 'i'. By default, this section contains a `br` tag, that is separating the main text and the tooltip text when the style is not used. * `tooltip-style-question` - the tooltip shows helpful information, can use the '?' as an icon. * `tooltip-style-info` - the tooltip adds additional information fitting to the context, can use the 'i' as an icon. * `content-moderation` - marks the paragraph that explains how the issue was identified. * `overlay` - wrapper for the `popup` dialog. It should be set to hidden by default. When the dialog is opened, the overlay should switch to be visible and cover the rest of the screen to highlight the dialog. * `popup` - dialog for showing a long block of content * `popup-close` - a button to close the `popup` dialog * `new-element` - Present for new elements added to the pre-rendered content in the future. To make sure that a new content element does not break your style, you can hide everything with this class.
+      "title": "A String", # Title of the issue.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ renderproductissues(merchantId, productId, body=None, languageCode=None, timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Provide a list of issues for merchant's product with a support content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.
+
+Args:
+  merchantId: string, Required. The ID of the account that contains the product. (required)
+  productId: string, Required. The [REST_ID](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/reference/rest/v2.1/products#Product.FIELDS.id) of the product to fetch issues for. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The payload for configuring how the content should be rendered.
+  "contentOption": "A String", # Optional. How the detailed content should be returned. Default option is to return the content as a pre-rendered HTML text.
+}
+
+  languageCode: string, Optional. The [IETF BCP-47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language code used to localize support content. If not set, the result will be in default language ('en-US').
+  timeZone: string, Optional. The [IANA](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) timezone used to localize times in support content. For example 'America/Los_Angeles'. If not set, results will use as a default UTC.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response containing support content and actions for listed product issues.
+  "alternateDisputeResolution": { # The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) that may be available to merchants in some regions. If present, the link should be shown on the same page as the list of issues. # The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) contains a link to a page where merchant can bring their appeal to an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501). If present, the link should be shown on the same page as the list of issues.
+    "label": "A String", # The label for the alternate dispute resolution link.
+    "uri": "A String", # The URL pointing to a page, where merchant can request alternative dispute resolution with an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501).
+  },
+  "issues": [ # List of issues for a given product. This list can be shown with compressed, expandable items. In the compressed form, the title and impact should be shown for each issue. Once the issue is expanded, the detailed content and available actions should be rendered.
+    { # An issue affecting specific product.
+      "actions": [ # A list of actionable steps that can be executed to solve the issue. An example is requesting a re-review or providing arguments when merchant disagrees with the issue. Actions that are supported in (your) third-party application can be rendered as buttons and should be available to merchant when they expand the issue.
+        { # An actionable step that can be executed to solve the issue.
+          "builtinSimpleAction": { # Action that is implemented and performed in (your) third-party application. Represents various functionality that is expected to be available to merchant and will help them with resolving the issue. The application should point the merchant to the place, where they can access the corresponding functionality. If the functionality is not supported, it is recommended to explain the situation to merchant and provide them with instructions how to solve the issue. # Action implemented and performed in (your) third-party application. The application should point the merchant to the place, where they can access the corresponding functionality or provide instructions, if the specific functionality is not available.
+            "attributeCode": "A String", # The attribute that needs to be updated. Present when the type is `EDIT_ITEM_ATTRIBUTE`. This field contains a code for attribute, represented in snake_case. You can find a list of product's attributes, with their codes [here](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
+            "type": "A String", # The type of action that represents a functionality that is expected to be available in third-party application.
+          },
+          "buttonLabel": "A String", # Label of the action button.
+          "externalAction": { # Action that is implemented and performed outside of the third-party application. It should redirect the merchant to the provided URL of an external system where they can perform the action. For example to request a review in the Merchant Center. # Action that is implemented and performed outside of (your) third-party application. The application needs to redirect the merchant to the external location where they can perform the action.
+            "type": "A String", # The type of external action.
+            "uri": "A String", # URL to external system, for example Merchant Center, where the merchant can perform the action.
+          },
+          "isAvailable": True or False, # Controlling whether the button is active or disabled. The value is 'false' when the action was already requested or is not available. If the action is not available then a reason will be present. If (your) third-party application shows a disabled button for action that is not available, then it should also show reasons.
+          "reasons": [ # List of reasons why the action is not available. The list of reasons is empty if the action is available. If there is only one reason, it can be displayed next to the disabled button. If there are more reasons, all of them should be displayed, for example in a pop-up dialog.
+            { # A single reason why the action is not available.
+              "action": # Object with schema name: Action # Optional. An action that needs to be performed to solve the problem represented by this reason. This action will always be available. Should be rendered as a link or button next to the summarizing message. For example, the review may be available only once merchant configure all required attributes. In such a situation this action can be a link to the form, where they can fill the missing attribute to unblock the main action.
+              "detail": "A String", # Detailed explanation of the reason. Should be displayed as a hint if present.
+              "message": "A String", # Messages summarizing the reason, why the action is not available. For example: "Review requested on Jan 03. Review requests can take a few days to complete."
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "impact": { # Overall impact of product issue. # Clarifies the severity of the issue. The summarizing message, if present, should be shown right under the title for each issue. It helps merchants to quickly understand the impact of the issue. The detailed breakdown helps the merchant to fully understand the impact of the issue. It can be rendered as dialog that opens when the merchant mouse over the summarized impact statement. Issues with different severity can be styled differently. They may use a different color or icon to signal the difference between `ERROR`, `WARNING` and `INFO`.
+        "breakdowns": [ # Detailed impact breakdown. Explains the types of restriction the issue has in different shopping destinations and territory. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. Can be shown as a mouse over dropdown or a dialog. Each breakdown item represents a group of regions with the same impact details.
+          { # A detailed impact breakdown for a group of regions where the impact of the issue on different shopping destinations is the same.
+            "details": [ # Human readable, localized description of issue's effect on different targets. Should be rendered as a list. For example: * "Products not showing in ads" * "Products not showing organically"
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "regions": [ # Lists of regions. Should be rendered as a title for this group of details. The full list should be shown to merchant. If the list is too long, it is recommended to make it expandable.
+              { # Region with code and localized name.
+                "code": "A String", # The [CLDR territory code] (http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)
+                "name": "A String", # The localized name of the region. For region with code='001' the value is 'All countries' or the equivalent in other languages.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # Optional. Message summarizing the overall impact of the issue. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. For example: "Limits visibility in France"
+        "severity": "A String", # The severity of the issue.
+      },
+      "prerenderedContent": "A String", # Details of the issue as a pre-rendered HTML. HTML elements contain CSS classes that can be used to customize the style of the content. Always sanitize the HTML before embedding it directly to your application. The sanitizer needs to allow basic HTML tags, such as: `div`, `span`, `p`, `a`, `ul`, `li`, `table`, `tr`, `td`. For example, you can use [DOMPurify](https://www.npmjs.com/package/dompurify). CSS classes: * `issue-detail` - top level container for the detail of the issue * `callout-banners` - section of the `issue-detail` with callout banners * `callout-banner` - single callout banner, inside `callout-banners` * `callout-banner-info` - callout with important information (default) * `callout-banner-warning` - callout with a warning * `callout-banner-error` - callout informing about an error (most severe) * `issue-content` - section of the `issue-detail`, contains multiple `content-element` * `content-element` - content element such as a list, link or paragraph, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes` - unordered list with items describing root causes of the issue, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes-intro` - intro text before the `root-causes` list, inside `issue-content` * `segment` - section of the text, `span` inside paragraph * `segment-attribute` - section of the text that represents a product attribute, for example 'image\_link' * `segment-literal` - section of the text that contains a special value, for example '0-1000 kg' * `segment-bold` - section of the text that should be rendered as bold * `segment-italic` - section of the text that should be rendered as italic * `tooltip` - used on paragraphs that should be rendered with a tooltip. A section of the text in such a paragraph will have a class `tooltip-text` and is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. If the style is not used, the `tooltip-text` section would be shown on a new line, after the main part of the text. * `tooltip-text` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. * `tooltip-icon` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that can be replaced with a tooltip icon, for example '?' or 'i'. By default, this section contains a `br` tag, that is separating the main text and the tooltip text when the style is not used. * `tooltip-style-question` - the tooltip shows helpful information, can use the '?' as an icon. * `tooltip-style-info` - the tooltip adds additional information fitting to the context, can use the 'i' as an icon. * `content-moderation` - marks the paragraph that explains how the issue was identified. * `overlay` - wrapper for the `popup` dialog. It should be set to hidden by default. When the dialog is opened, the overlay should switch to be visible and cover the rest of the screen to highlight the dialog. * `popup` - dialog for showing a long block of content * `popup-close` - a button to close the `popup` dialog * `new-element` - Present for new elements added to the pre-rendered content in the future. To make sure that a new content element does not break your style, you can hide everything with this class.
+      "title": "A String", # Title of the issue.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html index 83b37267175..b1fb9909273 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.entries.html @@ -199,6 +199,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -257,6 +263,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html index 0cab751ef65..8f7e48e66f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -231,6 +231,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -289,6 +295,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. @@ -480,6 +500,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -538,6 +564,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. @@ -753,6 +793,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -811,6 +857,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. @@ -1099,6 +1159,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -1157,6 +1223,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. @@ -1432,6 +1512,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -1490,6 +1576,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. @@ -1681,6 +1781,12 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Type of this table. }, + "datasetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type. # Specification that applies to a dataset. + "vertexDatasetSpec": { # Specification for vertex dataset resources. # Vertex AI Dataset specific fields + "dataItemCount": "A String", # The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset. + "dataType": "A String", # Type of the dataset. + }, + }, "description": "A String", # Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "displayName": "A String", # Display name of an entry. The maximum size is 500 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string. "filesetSpec": { # Specification that applies to a fileset. Valid only for entries with the 'FILESET' type. # Specification that applies to a fileset resource. Valid only for entries with the `FILESET` type. @@ -1739,6 +1845,20 @@

Method Details

"parentViewDisplayName": "A String", # Name of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. "parentViewId": "A String", # ID of the parent View. Empty if it does not exist. }, + "modelSpec": { # Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type. # Model specification. + "vertexModelSpec": { # Specification for vertex model resources. # Specification for vertex model resources. + "containerImageUri": "A String", # URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. + "versionAliases": [ # User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias + "A String", + ], + "versionDescription": "A String", # The description of this version. + "versionId": "A String", # The version ID of the model. + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { # Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model. # Source of a Vertex model. + "copy": True or False, # If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original. + "sourceType": "A String", # Type of the model source. + }, + }, + }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name. "personalDetails": { # Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them. # Output only. Additional information related to the entry. Private to the current user. "starTime": "A String", # Set if the entry is starred; unset otherwise. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.html index 27792aac0ed..a8a024a3a80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -93,6 +93,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ processOpenLineageRunEvent(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates new lineage events together with their parents: process and run. Updates the process and run if they already exist. Mapped from Open Lineage specification: https://github.com/OpenLineage/OpenLineage/blob/main/spec/OpenLineage.json.

searchLinks(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieve a list of links connected to a specific asset. Links represent the data flow between **source** (upstream) and **target** (downstream) assets in transformation pipelines. Links are stored in the same project as the Lineage Events that create them. You can retrieve links in every project where you have the `datalineage.events.get` permission. The project provided in the URL is used for Billing and Quota.

@@ -161,6 +164,26 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ processOpenLineageRunEvent(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates new lineage events together with their parents: process and run. Updates the process and run if they already exist. Mapped from Open Lineage specification: https://github.com/OpenLineage/OpenLineage/blob/main/spec/OpenLineage.json.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the project and its location that should own the process, run, and lineage event. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+  requestId: string, A unique identifier for this request. Restricted to 36 ASCII characters. A random UUID is recommended. This request is idempotent only if a `request_id` is provided.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ProcessOpenLineageRunEvent.
+}
+
+
searchLinks(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieve a list of links connected to a specific asset. Links represent the data flow between **source** (upstream) and **target** (downstream) assets in transformation pipelines. Links are stored in the same project as the Lineage Events that create them. You can retrieve links in every project where you have the `datalineage.events.get` permission. The project provided in the URL is used for Billing and Quota.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 3c4a3587a36..f9ded277052 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html index a10bb208c6e..3f27955d2a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.html @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.runs.html b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.runs.html index 86ed6fd9358..cc3529249e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.runs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datalineage_v1.projects.locations.processes.runs.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html index c4005484d7a..82dee20ca3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

"creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch. "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution. "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload. - "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 4 hours if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first. + "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first. "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption. "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control. "A String", @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch. "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution. "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload. - "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 4 hours if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first. + "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first. "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption. "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control. "A String", @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@

Method Details

"creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the batch. "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the batch execution. "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload. - "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 4 hours if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first. + "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first. "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption. "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html index 9e73f221983..fa729ce8d36 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -89,6 +89,16 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ sessionTemplates() +

+

Returns the sessionTemplates Resource.

+ +

+ sessions() +

+

Returns the sessions Resource.

+

workflowTemplates()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70976999aa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.html @@ -0,0 +1,462 @@ + + + +

Cloud Dataproc API . projects . locations . sessionTemplates

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an session template, synchronously.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a session template.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the resource representation for a session template.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists session templates.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the session template, synchronously.Disable check for update_mask, because all updates will be full replacements.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an session template, synchronously.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this session template will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the template was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session template.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time template was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the template was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session template.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time template was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a session template.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the session template resource to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the resource representation for a session template.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the session template to retrieve. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the template was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session template.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time template was last updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists session templates.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of session templates. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter for the session templates to return in the response. Filters are case sensitive and have the following syntax:field = value AND field = value ...
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of sessions to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous ListSessions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A list of session templates.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "sessionTemplates": [ # Output only. Session template list
+    { # A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the template was created.
+      "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
+      "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
+        "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+          "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+          "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+          "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+          "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+          "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+          "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+        },
+        "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+          "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+          "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+            "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+        "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+      },
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session template.
+      "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution.
+        "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+        "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time template was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the session template, synchronously.Disable check for update_mask, because all updates will be full replacements.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the session template. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the template was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session template.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time template was last updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the template was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. Brief description of the template.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session template.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time template was last updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5fa484284c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.sessions.html @@ -0,0 +1,533 @@ + + + +

Cloud Dataproc API . projects . locations . sessions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, sessionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an interactive session asynchronously.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the interactive session resource. If the session is not in terminal state, it will be terminated and deleted afterwards.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the resource representation for an interactive session.

+

+ injectCredentials(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Inject Credentials in the interactive session.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists interactive sessions.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ terminate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Terminates the interactive session.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, sessionId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an interactive session asynchronously.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this session will be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A representation of a session in the service. Next ID: 18
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with this session. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for the session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "runtimeInfo": { # Runtime information about workload execution. # Output only. Runtime information about session execution.
+    "approximateUsage": { # Usage metrics represent approximate total resources consumed by a workload. # Output only. Approximate workload resource usage, calculated when the workload completes (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).Note: This metric calculation may change in the future, for example, to capture cumulative workload resource consumption during workload execution (see the Dataproc Serverless release notes (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/docs/release-notes) for announcements, changes, fixes and other Dataproc developments).
+      "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+    },
+    "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
+      "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
+      "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
+      "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
+    },
+    "diagnosticOutputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.
+    "endpoints": { # Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "outputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.
+  },
+  "sessionTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The session template used by the session.Only resource names including project ID and location are valid.Example: * https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id] * projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id]Note that the template must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. A state of the session.
+  "stateHistory": [ # Output only. Historical state information for the session.
+    { # Historical state information.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the session at this point in history.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.
+      "stateStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session entered the historical state.
+    },
+  ],
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Session state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.
+  "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session entered a current state.
+  "user": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the user who owns the session.
+  "uuid": "A String", # Output only. A session UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the session.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the second request is ignored and the first Session is created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.
+  sessionId: string, Required. The ID to use for the session, which becomes the final component of the session's resource name.This value must be 4-63 characters. Valid characters are /a-z-/.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the interactive session resource. If the session is not in terminal state, it will be terminated and deleted afterwards.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the session resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two DeleteSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.DeleteSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the second request is ignored.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the resource representation for an interactive session.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the session to retrieve. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A representation of a session in the service. Next ID: 18
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session was created.
+  "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.
+  "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution.
+    "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+      "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+      "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+      "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+      "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+      "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+      "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+    },
+    "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+      "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+      "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+        "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+    "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+  },
+  "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with this session. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session.
+  "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for the session execution.
+    "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+    "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+  },
+  "runtimeInfo": { # Runtime information about workload execution. # Output only. Runtime information about session execution.
+    "approximateUsage": { # Usage metrics represent approximate total resources consumed by a workload. # Output only. Approximate workload resource usage, calculated when the workload completes (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).Note: This metric calculation may change in the future, for example, to capture cumulative workload resource consumption during workload execution (see the Dataproc Serverless release notes (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/docs/release-notes) for announcements, changes, fixes and other Dataproc developments).
+      "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+    },
+    "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
+      "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+      "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
+      "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
+      "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
+    },
+    "diagnosticOutputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.
+    "endpoints": { # Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "outputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.
+  },
+  "sessionTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The session template used by the session.Only resource names including project ID and location are valid.Example: * https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id] * projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id]Note that the template must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. A state of the session.
+  "stateHistory": [ # Output only. Historical state information for the session.
+    { # Historical state information.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the session at this point in history.
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.
+      "stateStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session entered the historical state.
+    },
+  ],
+  "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Session state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.
+  "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session entered a current state.
+  "user": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the user who owns the session.
+  "uuid": "A String", # Output only. A session UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the session.
+}
+
+ +
+ injectCredentials(session, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Inject Credentials in the interactive session.
+
+Args:
+  session: string, Required. The name of the session resource to inject credentials to. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A request to inject credentials to a session.
+  "credentialsCiphertext": "A String", # Required. The encrypted credentials being injected in to the session.The client is responsible for encrypting the credentials in a way that is supported by the session.A wrapped value is used here so that the actual contents of the encrypted credentials are not written to audit logs.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two TerminateSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.TerminateSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the first request is ignored to ensure the most recent credentials are injected.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists interactive sessions.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of sessions. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A filter for the sessions to return in the response.A filter is a logical expression constraining the values of various fields in each session resource. Filters are case sensitive, and may contain multiple clauses combined with logical operators (AND/OR). Supported fields are session_id, session_uuid, state, and create_time.e.g. state = ACTIVE and create_time < "2023-01-01T00:00:00Z" filters for sessions in state ACTIVE that were created before 2023-01-01See https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt for a detailed description of the filter syntax and a list of supported comparisons.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of sessions to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous ListSessions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A list of interactive sessions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "sessions": [ # Output only. The sessions from the specified collection.
+    { # A representation of a session in the service. Next ID: 18
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session was created.
+      "creator": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.
+      "environmentConfig": { # Environment configuration for a workload. # Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution.
+        "executionConfig": { # Execution configuration for a workload. # Optional. Execution configuration for a workload.
+          "idleTtl": "A String", # Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+          "kmsKey": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key to use for encryption.
+          "networkTags": [ # Optional. Tags used for network traffic control.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "networkUri": "A String", # Optional. Network URI to connect workload to.
+          "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account that used to execute workload.
+          "stagingBucket": "A String", # Optional. A Cloud Storage bucket used to stage workload dependencies, config files, and store workload output and other ephemeral data, such as Spark history files. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud Dataproc will determine a Cloud Storage location according to the region where your workload is running, and then create and manage project-level, per-location staging and temporary buckets. This field requires a Cloud Storage bucket name, not a gs://... URI to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+          "subnetworkUri": "A String", # Optional. Subnetwork URI to connect workload to.
+          "ttl": "A String", # Optional. The duration after which the workload will be terminated. When the workload exceeds this duration, it will be unconditionally terminated without waiting for ongoing work to finish. If ttl is not specified for a batch workload, the workload will be allowed to run until it exits naturally (or runs forever without exiting). If ttl is not specified for an interactive session, it defaults to 24h. If ttl is not specified for a batch that uses 2.1+ runtime version, it defaults to 4h. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified (for an interactive session), the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.
+        },
+        "peripheralsConfig": { # Auxiliary services configuration for a workload. # Optional. Peripherals configuration that workload has access to.
+          "metastoreService": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Metastore service.Example: projects/[project_id]/locations/[region]/services/[service_id]
+          "sparkHistoryServerConfig": { # Spark History Server configuration for the workload. # Optional. The Spark History Server configuration for the workload.
+            "dataprocCluster": "A String", # Optional. Resource name of an existing Dataproc Cluster to act as a Spark History Server for the workload.Example: projects/[project_id]/regions/[region]/clusters/[cluster_name]
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "jupyterSession": { # Jupyter configuration for an interactive session. # Optional. Jupyter session config.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.
+        "kernel": "A String", # Optional. Kernel
+      },
+      "labels": { # Optional. The labels to associate with this session. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the session.
+      "runtimeConfig": { # Runtime configuration for a workload. # Optional. Runtime configuration for the session execution.
+        "containerImage": "A String", # Optional. Optional custom container image for the job runtime environment. If not specified, a default container image will be used.
+        "properties": { # Optional. A mapping of property names to values, which are used to configure workload execution.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. Version of the batch runtime.
+      },
+      "runtimeInfo": { # Runtime information about workload execution. # Output only. Runtime information about session execution.
+        "approximateUsage": { # Usage metrics represent approximate total resources consumed by a workload. # Output only. Approximate workload resource usage, calculated when the workload completes (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).Note: This metric calculation may change in the future, for example, to capture cumulative workload resource consumption during workload execution (see the Dataproc Serverless release notes (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/docs/release-notes) for announcements, changes, fixes and other Dataproc developments).
+          "milliDcuSeconds": "A String", # Optional. DCU (Dataproc Compute Units) usage in (milliDCU x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "shuffleStorageGbSeconds": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle storage usage in (GB x seconds) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+        },
+        "currentUsage": { # The usage snapshot represents the resources consumed by a workload at a specified time. # Output only. Snapshot of current workload resource usage.
+          "milliDcu": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "milliDcuPremium": "A String", # Optional. Milli (one-thousandth) Dataproc Compute Units (DCUs) charged at premium tier (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing)).
+          "shuffleStorageGb": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB). (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
+          "shuffleStorageGbPremium": "A String", # Optional. Shuffle Storage in gigabytes (GB) charged at premium tier. (see Dataproc Serverless pricing (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc-serverless/pricing))
+          "snapshotTime": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp of the usage snapshot.
+        },
+        "diagnosticOutputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the diagnostics tarball.
+        "endpoints": { # Output only. Map of remote access endpoints (such as web interfaces and APIs) to their URIs.
+          "a_key": "A String",
+        },
+        "outputUri": "A String", # Output only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout and stderr of the workload.
+      },
+      "sessionTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The session template used by the session.Only resource names including project ID and location are valid.Example: * https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id] * projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id]Note that the template must be in the same project and Dataproc region.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. A state of the session.
+      "stateHistory": [ # Output only. Historical state information for the session.
+        { # Historical state information.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the session at this point in history.
+          "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.
+          "stateStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session entered the historical state.
+        },
+      ],
+      "stateMessage": "A String", # Output only. Session state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.
+      "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the session entered a current state.
+      "user": "A String", # Optional. The email address of the user who owns the session.
+      "uuid": "A String", # Output only. A session UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the session.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ terminate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Terminates the interactive session.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the session resource to terminate. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A request to terminate an interactive session.
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two TerminateSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.TerminateSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the second request is ignored.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html index 81deae2f154..23a220f80eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html @@ -259,41 +259,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "update": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path. @@ -312,41 +278,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The update time of the entity that this mutation is being applied to. If this does not match the current update time on the server, the mutation conflicts. @@ -366,41 +298,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, }, @@ -645,41 +543,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set. @@ -706,41 +570,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set. @@ -876,7 +706,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -944,7 +792,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -984,7 +850,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -1056,7 +940,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -1135,7 +1037,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -1217,7 +1137,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -1257,7 +1195,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -1320,7 +1276,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -1419,41 +1393,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "updateTime": "A String", # The time at which the entity was last changed. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. If this entity is missing, this field will not be set. @@ -1494,7 +1434,25 @@

Method Details

"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 4 bytes. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "databaseId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the database to which the entities belong. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. Legacy values that are not valid UTF-8 are encoded as `__bytes__` where `` is the base-64 encoding of the bytes. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html index 45cc1845adc..f22d1a6c091 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -154,6 +154,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -161,12 +172,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -207,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -225,6 +253,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -232,12 +271,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -282,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -300,6 +356,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -307,12 +374,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -369,7 +453,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -424,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -442,6 +526,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -449,12 +544,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -507,7 +619,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -525,6 +637,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -532,12 +655,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -587,7 +727,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -605,6 +745,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -612,12 +763,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -698,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -716,6 +884,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -723,12 +902,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -785,7 +981,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -803,6 +999,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -810,12 +1017,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -858,7 +1082,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -899,7 +1123,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -954,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -972,6 +1196,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -979,12 +1214,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -1055,7 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -1073,6 +1325,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1080,12 +1343,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -1142,7 +1422,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -1160,6 +1440,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1167,12 +1458,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html index 75ea3f2f887..636fb02cf3d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -125,6 +125,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -132,12 +143,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -175,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A response containing a partial list of operations and a page token used to build the next request if the request has been truncated. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Output only. A token used to continue a truncated list request. "operations": [ # Output only. Operations contained in this list response. - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -193,6 +221,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -200,12 +239,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html index 1d45d300436..c2c286f88e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", "insertTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "name": "A String", # Name of the type. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -132,6 +132,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -139,12 +150,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html index 23233d08fd4..5f1d8f5bb50 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -137,6 +137,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -144,12 +155,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -192,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the composite type, must follow the expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9_.]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -210,6 +238,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -217,12 +256,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -274,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the composite type, must follow the expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9_.]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -292,6 +348,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -299,12 +366,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -343,7 +427,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -361,6 +445,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -368,12 +463,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -421,7 +533,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the composite type, must follow the expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9_.]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -439,6 +551,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -446,12 +569,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -521,7 +661,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the composite type, must follow the expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9_.]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -539,6 +679,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -546,12 +697,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -590,7 +758,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -608,6 +776,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -615,12 +794,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -658,7 +854,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the composite type, must follow the expression: `[a-z]([-a-z0-9_.]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this composite type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -676,6 +872,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -683,12 +890,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -727,7 +951,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -745,6 +969,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -752,12 +987,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html index c31a81b8eed..54ea4a06687 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -154,6 +154,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -161,12 +172,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -207,7 +235,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -225,6 +253,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -232,12 +271,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -282,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -300,6 +356,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -307,12 +374,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -369,7 +453,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -424,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -442,6 +526,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -449,12 +544,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -508,7 +620,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -526,6 +638,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -533,12 +656,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -588,7 +728,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -606,6 +746,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -613,12 +764,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -699,7 +867,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -717,6 +885,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -724,12 +903,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -787,7 +983,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -805,6 +1001,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -812,12 +1019,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -860,7 +1084,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format. Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -901,7 +1125,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -956,7 +1180,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -974,6 +1198,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -981,12 +1216,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -1057,7 +1309,7 @@

Method Details

], "manifest": "A String", # Output only. URL of the manifest representing the last manifest that was successfully deployed. If no manifest has been successfully deployed, this field will be absent. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this deployment. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -1075,6 +1327,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1082,12 +1345,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -1145,7 +1425,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -1163,6 +1443,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1170,12 +1461,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html index d6342826418..1d53a501a77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -125,6 +125,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -132,12 +143,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -175,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A response containing a partial list of operations and a page token used to build the next request if the request has been truncated. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Output only. A token used to continue a truncated list request. "operations": [ # Output only. Operations contained in this list response. - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -193,6 +221,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -200,12 +239,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html index 863c7947ca9..c1c13aad448 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -146,6 +146,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -153,12 +164,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -252,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -270,6 +298,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -277,12 +316,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -434,7 +490,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -452,6 +508,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -459,12 +526,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -522,7 +606,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -540,6 +624,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -547,12 +642,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -652,7 +764,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -670,6 +782,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -677,12 +800,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -873,7 +1013,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -891,6 +1031,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -898,12 +1049,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -961,7 +1129,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -979,6 +1147,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -986,12 +1165,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -1080,7 +1276,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type provider. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -1098,6 +1294,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1105,12 +1312,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. @@ -1168,7 +1392,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -1186,6 +1410,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -1193,12 +1428,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html index c7191f9fc37..c2e641d2eec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html +++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "name": "A String", # Name of the type. - "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type. + "operation": { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. # Output only. The Operation that most recently ran, or is currently running, on this type. "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. @@ -221,6 +221,17 @@

Method Details

"httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. @@ -228,12 +239,29 @@

Method Details

"progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. { "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html index d371129b9be..7a7f8bcc1b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -118,6 +118,7 @@

Method Details

"latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: "projects//answerRecords/" + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html index ad0b469c5d5..e2dccb91296 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -118,6 +118,7 @@

Method Details

"latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: "projects//answerRecords/" + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html index 2d99ffb2d89..e899f28e22f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html @@ -290,6 +290,7 @@

Method Details

"contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation. "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. The format is specific to the user and the names of the messages provided. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html index 24e9933e09a..cf0eedf39aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html @@ -290,6 +290,7 @@

Method Details

"contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation. "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. The format is specific to the user and the names of the messages provided. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html index 19541636a24..1a7876b2793 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -118,6 +118,7 @@

Method Details

"latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: "projects//answerRecords/" + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html index ce041a314b5..8e680b0d9d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html @@ -118,6 +118,7 @@

Method Details

"latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: "projects//answerRecords/" + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html index c0ef4e36df4..22322437825 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html @@ -296,6 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation. "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. The format is specific to the user and the names of the messages provided. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html index 7c0491030d7..76e97b15b67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html @@ -296,6 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation. "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. The format is specific to the user and the names of the messages provided. "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary. + "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary. "text": "A String", # The summary content that is concatenated into one string. "textSections": { # The summary content that is divided into sections. The key is the section's name and the value is the section's content. There is no specific format for the key or value. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.html index bd5353c9646..92bf4fe48f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Discovery Engine API

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

projects()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11e9340e16b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,608 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ lookupWidgetConfig(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the Widget Config using the uuid.

+

+ widgetCompleteQuery(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Performs a user input completion with keyword suggestion. Similar to the CompletionService.CompleteQuery method, but a widget version that allows CompleteQuery without API Key. It supports CompleteQuery with or without JWT token.

+

+ widgetConverseConversation(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converse a conversation with Widget.

+

+ widgetSearch(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Performs a search. Similar to the SearchService.Search method, but a widget version that allows search without API Key. It supports search with or without JWT token.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ lookupWidgetConfig(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the Widget Config using the uuid.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location resource where lookup widget will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for WidgetService.LookupWidgetConfig method.
+  "widgetConfigId": "A String", # Required. The UUID of the Widget Config.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for WidgetService.LookupWidgetConfig method.
+  "anonymousWidgetConfig": { # WidgetConfig captures configs at the Widget level. # The Anonymous Widget Config associated with the UUID.
+    "allowPublicAccess": True or False, # Whether allow no-auth integration with widget. If set true, public access to search or other solutions from widget is allowed without authenication token provided by customer hosted backend server.
+    "allowlistedDomains": [ # Allowlisted domains that can load this widget.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "configId": "A String", # Output only. Unique obfuscated identifier of a WidgetConfig.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # The content search spec that configs the desired behavior of content search.
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.
+      },
+    },
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the WidgetConfig was created.
+    "dataStoreType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the parent data store.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human readable widget config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+    "enableAutocomplete": True or False, # Whether or not to enable autocomplete.
+    "enableConversationalSearch": True or False, # Whether to allow conversational search (LLM, multi-turn) or not (non-LLM, single-turn).
+    "enableQualityFeedback": True or False, # Turn on or off collecting the search result quality feedback from end users.
+    "enableResultScore": True or False, # Whether to show the result score.
+    "enableSafeSearch": True or False, # Whether to enable safe search.
+    "enableSnippetResultSummary": True or False, # Turn on or off summary for each snippets result.
+    "enableSummarization": True or False, # Turn on or off summarization for the search response.
+    "facetField": [ # The configuration and appearance of facets in the end user view.
+      { # Facet fields that store the mapping of fields to end user widget appearance.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The field name that end users will see.
+        "field": "A String", # Required. Registered field name. The format is `field.abc`.
+      },
+    ],
+    "fieldsUiComponentsMap": { # The key is the UI component. Mock. Currently supported `title`, `thumbnail`, `url`, `custom1`, `custom2`, `custom3`. The value is the name of the field along with its device visibility. The 3 custom fields are optional and can be added or removed. `title`, `thumbnail`, `url` are required UI components that cannot be removed.
+      "a_key": { # Facet field that maps to a UI Component.
+        "deviceVisibility": [ # The field visibility on different types of devices.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "displayTemplate": "A String", # The template to customize how the field is displayed. An example value would be a string that looks like: "Price: {value}".
+        "field": "A String", # Required. Registered field name. The format is `field.abc`.
+      },
+    },
+    "llmEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Whether LLM is enabled in the corresponding data store.
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the widget config. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/widgetConfigs/{widget_config_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+    "solutionType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that this WidgetConfig can be used for.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the WidgetConfig was updated.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ widgetCompleteQuery(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Performs a user input completion with keyword suggestion. Similar to the CompletionService.CompleteQuery method, but a widget version that allows CompleteQuery without API Key. It supports CompleteQuery with or without JWT token.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location resource where widget complete query will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for WidgetService.WidgetCompleteQuery method.
+  "additionalParams": { # AdditionalParams message for WidgetService methods for security and privacy enhancement. # Additional params for security and privacy enhancement.
+    "token": "A String", # Token that used for non-human user check.
+  },
+  "completeQueryRequest": { # Request message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method. # Required. The CompleteQuery request to perform auto-complete suggestion query.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.
+    "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.
+    "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.
+    "queryModel": "A String", # Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  },
+  "configId": "A String", # Required. The UUID of the WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the widget configuration, set of models used to make the auto complete query.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for WidgetService.WidgetCompleteQuery method.
+  "uToken": "A String", # The token in response.
+  "widgetQuerySuggestions": [ # Results of the matched query suggestions in widget. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.
+    { # Suggestions as search queries.
+      "suggestion": "A String", # The suggestion for the query.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ widgetConverseConversation(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converse a conversation with Widget.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location resource where widget converse conversation will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for WidgetService.WidgetConverseConversation method.
+  "additionalParams": { # AdditionalParams message for WidgetService methods for security and privacy enhancement. # Additional params for security and privacy enhancement.
+    "token": "A String", # Token that used for non-human user check.
+  },
+  "configId": "A String", # Required. The UUID of the WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the widget configuration, set of models used to make the user event collection.
+  "conversationId": "A String", # The id of the Conversation to get. Use "-" to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.
+  "converseConversationRequest": { # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method. # Required. The ConverseConversationRequest request to perform converse a conversation. The ServingConfig id will be `default_search` by default.
+    "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+      "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+        { # Defines a conversation message.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+          "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+            "references": [ # References in the reply.
+              { # Defines reference in reply.
+                "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+                "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+                "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+            "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+              "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+            },
+          },
+          "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+            "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+              "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+              "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "input": "A String", # Text input.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+      "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.
+    "query": { # Defines text input. # Required. Current user input.
+      "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+        "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+        "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "input": "A String", # Text input.
+    },
+    "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search.
+    "servingConfig": "A String", # The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.
+    "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for WidgetService.WidgetConverseConversation method.
+  "conversationId": "A String", # The id of the Conversation returned.
+  "converseConversationResponse": { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method. # ConverseConversationResponse returned from ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation.
+    "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # Updated conversation including the answer.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+      "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+        { # Defines a conversation message.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+          "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+            "references": [ # References in the reply.
+              { # Defines reference in reply.
+                "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+                "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+                "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+            "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+              "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+            },
+          },
+          "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+            "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+              "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+              "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "input": "A String", # Text input.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+      "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+    },
+    "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Answer to the current query.
+      "references": [ # References in the reply.
+        { # Defines reference in reply.
+          "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+          "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+          "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+          "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+        },
+      ],
+      "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+      "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+        "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+      },
+    },
+    "searchResults": [ # Search Results.
+      { # Represents the search results.
+        "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+          "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+            "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+            "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+          },
+          "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+          "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+          "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+          "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+        "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+          "a_key": { # Double list.
+            "values": [ # Double values.
+              3.14,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "uToken": "A String", # The token in response.
+}
+
+ +
+ widgetSearch(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Performs a search. Similar to the SearchService.Search method, but a widget version that allows search without API Key. It supports search with or without JWT token.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location resource where widget search will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for WidgetService.WidgetSearch method.
+  "additionalParams": { # AdditionalParams message for WidgetService methods for security and privacy enhancement. # Additional params for security and privacy enhancement.
+    "token": "A String", # Token that used for non-human user check.
+  },
+  "configId": "A String", # Required. The UUID of the Search WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the search widget configuration, set of models used to make the search.
+  "searchRequest": { # Request message for SearchService.Search method. # Required. The search request to perform search.
+    "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+      "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+        { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+          "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
+          "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red","Blue"))
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "branch": "A String", # The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.
+    "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.
+      "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+        "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.
+        "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+        "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+        "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+        "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.
+      },
+      "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+        "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+        "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+        "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+      },
+      "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+        "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+        "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+        "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.
+        "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.
+      },
+    },
+    "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths.
+      "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.
+        { # Embedding vector.
+          "fieldPath": "A String", # Embedding field path in schema.
+          "vector": [ # Query embedding vector.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "facetSpecs": [ # Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+      { # A facet specification to perform faceted search.
+        "enableDynamicPosition": True or False, # Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * "rating", enable_dynamic_position = true * "price", enable_dynamic_position = false * "brands", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be ("price", "brands", "rating", "gender") or ("price", "brands", "gender", "rating") depends on how API orders "gender" and "rating" facets. However, notice that "price" and "brands" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.
+        "excludedFilterKeys": [ # List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet "Red" and 200 documents with the color facet "Blue". A query containing the filter "color:ANY("Red")" and having "color" as FacetKey.key would by default return only "Red" documents in the search results, and also return "Red" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, "Blue" would not be shown as an available facet value. If "color" is listed in "excludedFilterKeys", then the query returns the facet values "Red" with count 100 and "Blue" with count 200, because the "color" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only "Red" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "facetKey": { # Specifies how a facet is computed. # Required. The facet key specification.
+          "caseInsensitive": True or False, # True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.
+          "contains": [ # Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "contains" to "2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "intervals": [ # Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.
+            { # A floating point interval.
+              "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+              "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+              "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+              "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+            },
+          ],
+          "key": "A String", # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.
+          "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * "count desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * "value desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+          "prefixes": [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "prefixes" to "Action", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Action > 2021". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "restrictedValues": [ # Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "restricted_values" to "Action > 2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "limit": 42, # Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+      },
+    ],
+    "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    "imageQuery": { # Specifies the image query input. # Raw image query.
+      "imageBytes": "A String", # Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.
+    },
+    "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    "pageToken": "A String", # A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+    "params": { # Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.
+      "a_key": "",
+    },
+    "query": "A String", # Raw search query.
+    "queryExpansionSpec": { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs.
+      "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+      "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
+    },
+    "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+    "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.
+    "servingConfig": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.
+    "spellCorrectionSpec": { # The specification for query spell correction. # The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect.
+      "mode": "A String", # The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.
+    },
+    "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if UserEvent.direct_user_request is set.
+      "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+    },
+    "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for WidgetService.WidgetSearch method.
+  "searchResponse": { # Response message for SearchService.Search method. # The search response after performing search.
+    "appliedControls": [ # Controls applied as part of the Control service.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.
+    "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
+    "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user.
+      { # A facet result.
+        "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated.
+        "key": "A String", # The key for this facet. E.g., "colors" or "price". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.
+        "values": [ # The facet values for this field.
+          { # A facet value which contains value names and their count.
+            "count": "A String", # Number of items that have this facet value.
+            "interval": { # A floating point interval. # Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet "price". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+              "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+              "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+              "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+              "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+            },
+            "value": "A String", # Text value of a facet, such as "Black" for facet "colors".
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "guidedSearchResult": { # Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results. # Guided search result.
+      "followUpQuestions": [ # Suggested follow-up questions.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "refinementAttributes": [ # A list of ranked refinement attributes.
+        { # Useful attribute for search result refinements.
+          "attributeKey": "A String", # Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.
+          "attributeValue": "A String", # Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+    "queryExpansionInfo": { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
+      "expandedQuery": True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+      "pinnedResultCount": "A String", # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
+    },
+    "redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.
+    "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.
+      { # Represents the search results.
+        "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+          "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+            "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+            "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+          },
+          "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+          "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+          "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+          "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+          "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+        "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+          "a_key": { # Double list.
+            "values": [ # Double values.
+              3.14,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set.
+      "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+    },
+    "totalSize": 42, # The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.
+  },
+  "uToken": "A String", # The token in response.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 03181b9ddc5..6a6f988ac98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -117,6 +117,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -137,6 +145,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -181,6 +197,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -228,6 +252,14 @@

Method Details

"inlineSource": { # The inline source for the input config for ImportDocuments method. # The Inline source for the input content for documents. "documents": [ # Required. A list of documents to update/create. Each document must have a valid Document.id. Recommended max of 100 items. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -290,6 +322,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method. "documents": [ # The Documents. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -328,6 +368,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -348,6 +396,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..878226c288e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . dataStores . conversations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converses a conversation.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Conversation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converses a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.
+  "query": { # Defines text input. # Required. Current user input.
+    "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+      "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+      "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "input": "A String", # Text input.
+  },
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search.
+  "servingConfig": "A String", # The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # Updated conversation including the answer.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Answer to the current query.
+    "references": [ # References in the reply.
+      { # Defines reference in reply.
+        "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+        "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+        "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+        "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+      },
+    ],
+    "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+    "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+      "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+    },
+  },
+  "searchResults": [ # Search Results.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id"
+  orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time"
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListConversations method.
+  "conversations": [ # All the Conversations for a given data store.
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+      "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+        { # Defines a conversation message.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+          "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+            "references": [ # References in the reply.
+              { # Defines reference in reply.
+                "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+                "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+                "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+            "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+              "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+            },
+          },
+          "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+            "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+              "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+              "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "input": "A String", # Text input.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+      "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 20f0f0ac12e..4adda7f30f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the branches Resource.

+

+ conversations() +

+

Returns the conversations Resource.

+

models()

@@ -112,10 +117,44 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.
+
+Args:
+  dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required)
+  includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.
+  query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.
+  queryModel: string, Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.
+  userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.
+  "querySuggestions": [ # Results of the matched query suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.
+    { # Suggestions as search queries.
+      "completableFieldPath": [ # The unique document field paths that serve as the source of this suggestion if it was generated from completable fields. This field is only populated for the document-completable model.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "suggestion": "A String", # The suggestion for the query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "tailMatchTriggered": True or False, # True if the returned suggestions are all tail suggestions. For tail matching to be triggered, include_tail_suggestions in the request must be true and there must be no suggestions that match the full query.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html index 30779026cf0..674fbf8bb0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html @@ -82,10 +82,276 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Schema.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Schema.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Schema.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a list of Schemas.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Schema.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+    { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+      "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+      "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+      "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+      "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+      "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+    },
+  ],
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  schemaId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+    { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+      "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+      "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+      "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+      "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+      "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+    },
+  ],
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a list of Schemas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SchemaService.ListSchemas method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListSchemasRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "schemas": [ # The Schemas.
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+      "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+        { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+          "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+          "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+          "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+          "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+          "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+        },
+      ],
+      "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+      "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+    { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+      "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+      "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+      "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+      "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+      "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+    },
+  ],
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index ecd01da8645..77a8011019f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@

Instance Methods

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

+

+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Performs a search.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -196,6 +202,14 @@

Method Details

"results": [ # A list of recommended Documents. The order represents the ranking (from the most relevant Document to the least). { # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -215,4 +229,220 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Performs a search.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+      { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+        "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
+        "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red","Blue"))
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "branch": "A String", # The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.
+  "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.
+    "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+      "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.
+      "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+      "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+      "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+      "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.
+    },
+    "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+      "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+      "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+      "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+    },
+    "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+      "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.
+      "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.
+    },
+  },
+  "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths.
+    "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.
+      { # Embedding vector.
+        "fieldPath": "A String", # Embedding field path in schema.
+        "vector": [ # Query embedding vector.
+          3.14,
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "facetSpecs": [ # Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+    { # A facet specification to perform faceted search.
+      "enableDynamicPosition": True or False, # Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * "rating", enable_dynamic_position = true * "price", enable_dynamic_position = false * "brands", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be ("price", "brands", "rating", "gender") or ("price", "brands", "gender", "rating") depends on how API orders "gender" and "rating" facets. However, notice that "price" and "brands" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.
+      "excludedFilterKeys": [ # List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet "Red" and 200 documents with the color facet "Blue". A query containing the filter "color:ANY("Red")" and having "color" as FacetKey.key would by default return only "Red" documents in the search results, and also return "Red" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, "Blue" would not be shown as an available facet value. If "color" is listed in "excludedFilterKeys", then the query returns the facet values "Red" with count 100 and "Blue" with count 200, because the "color" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only "Red" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "facetKey": { # Specifies how a facet is computed. # Required. The facet key specification.
+        "caseInsensitive": True or False, # True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.
+        "contains": [ # Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "contains" to "2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "intervals": [ # Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.
+          { # A floating point interval.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+        ],
+        "key": "A String", # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.
+        "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * "count desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * "value desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+        "prefixes": [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "prefixes" to "Action", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Action > 2021". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "restrictedValues": [ # Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "restricted_values" to "Action > 2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "limit": 42, # Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    },
+  ],
+  "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "imageQuery": { # Specifies the image query input. # Raw image query.
+    "imageBytes": "A String", # Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.
+  },
+  "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "params": { # Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.
+    "a_key": "",
+  },
+  "query": "A String", # Raw search query.
+  "queryExpansionSpec": { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs.
+    "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
+  },
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.
+  "servingConfig": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.
+  "spellCorrectionSpec": { # The specification for query spell correction. # The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect.
+    "mode": "A String", # The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.
+  },
+  "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if UserEvent.direct_user_request is set.
+    "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  },
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "appliedControls": [ # Controls applied as part of the Control service.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.
+  "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
+  "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user.
+    { # A facet result.
+      "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated.
+      "key": "A String", # The key for this facet. E.g., "colors" or "price". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.
+      "values": [ # The facet values for this field.
+        { # A facet value which contains value names and their count.
+          "count": "A String", # Number of items that have this facet value.
+          "interval": { # A floating point interval. # Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet "price". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+          "value": "A String", # Text value of a facet, such as "Black" for facet "colors".
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "guidedSearchResult": { # Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results. # Guided search result.
+    "followUpQuestions": [ # Suggested follow-up questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "refinementAttributes": [ # A list of ranked refinement attributes.
+      { # Useful attribute for search result refinements.
+        "attributeKey": "A String", # Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.
+        "attributeValue": "A String", # Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "queryExpansionInfo": { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
+    "expandedQuery": True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    "pinnedResultCount": "A String", # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
+  },
+  "redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.
+  "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set.
+    "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+  },
+  "totalSize": 42, # The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 89905597411..a7f4e25fff7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -117,6 +117,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -137,6 +145,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -181,6 +197,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -228,6 +252,14 @@

Method Details

"inlineSource": { # The inline source for the input config for ImportDocuments method. # The Inline source for the input content for documents. "documents": [ # Required. A list of documents to update/create. Each document must have a valid Document.id. Recommended max of 100 items. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -290,6 +322,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method. "documents": [ # The Documents. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -328,6 +368,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -348,6 +396,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cdaeb487470 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . dataStores . conversations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converses a conversation.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Conversation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converses a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.
+  "query": { # Defines text input. # Required. Current user input.
+    "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+      "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+      "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "input": "A String", # Text input.
+  },
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search.
+  "servingConfig": "A String", # The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # Updated conversation including the answer.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Answer to the current query.
+    "references": [ # References in the reply.
+      { # Defines reference in reply.
+        "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+        "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+        "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+        "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+      },
+    ],
+    "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+    "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+      "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+    },
+  },
+  "searchResults": [ # Search Results.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id"
+  orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time"
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListConversations method.
+  "conversations": [ # All the Conversations for a given data store.
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+      "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+        { # Defines a conversation message.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+          "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+            "references": [ # References in the reply.
+              { # Defines reference in reply.
+                "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+                "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+                "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+            "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+              "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+            },
+          },
+          "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+            "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+              "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+              "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "input": "A String", # Text input.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+      "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 890e933854d..5d21ae3fcda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the branches Resource.

+

+ conversations() +

+

Returns the conversations Resource.

+

models()

@@ -89,6 +94,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ schemas() +

+

Returns the schemas Resource.

+

servingConfigs()

@@ -102,10 +112,44 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.
+
+Args:
+  dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required)
+  includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.
+  query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.
+  queryModel: string, Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.
+  userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.
+  "querySuggestions": [ # Results of the matched query suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.
+    { # Suggestions as search queries.
+      "completableFieldPath": [ # The unique document field paths that serve as the source of this suggestion if it was generated from completable fields. This field is only populated for the document-completable model.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "suggestion": "A String", # The suggestion for the query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "tailMatchTriggered": True or False, # True if the returned suggestions are all tail suggestions. For tail matching to be triggered, include_tail_suggestions in the request must be true and there must be no suggestions that match the full query.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8d3bc982aa --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.html @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . dataStores . schemas

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Schema.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Schema.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Schema.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a list of Schemas.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Schema.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+    { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+      "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+      "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+      "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+      "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+      "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+    },
+  ],
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  schemaId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+    { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+      "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+      "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+      "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+      "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+      "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+    },
+  ],
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a list of Schemas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SchemaService.ListSchemas method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListSchemasRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "schemas": [ # The Schemas.
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+      "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+        { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+          "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+          "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+          "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+          "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+          "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+          "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+        },
+      ],
+      "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+      "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "fieldConfigs": [ # Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.
+    { # Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.
+      "completableOption": "A String", # If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "dynamicFacetableOption": "A String", # If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "fieldPath": "A String", # Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.
+      "fieldType": "A String", # Output only. Raw type of the field.
+      "indexableOption": "A String", # If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "keyPropertyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.
+      "recsFilterableOption": "A String", # If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.
+      "retrievableOption": "A String", # If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+      "searchableOption": "A String", # If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
+    },
+  ],
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 30d16ed7fe9..02ae0941f94 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@

Instance Methods

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

+

+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Performs a search.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -196,6 +202,14 @@

Method Details

"results": [ # A list of recommended Documents. The order represents the ranking (from the most relevant Document to the least). { # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -215,4 +229,220 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Performs a search.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+      { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+        "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
+        "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red","Blue"))
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "branch": "A String", # The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.
+  "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.
+    "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+      "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.
+      "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+      "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+      "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+      "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.
+    },
+    "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+      "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+      "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+      "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+    },
+    "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+      "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.
+      "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.
+    },
+  },
+  "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths.
+    "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.
+      { # Embedding vector.
+        "fieldPath": "A String", # Embedding field path in schema.
+        "vector": [ # Query embedding vector.
+          3.14,
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "facetSpecs": [ # Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+    { # A facet specification to perform faceted search.
+      "enableDynamicPosition": True or False, # Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * "rating", enable_dynamic_position = true * "price", enable_dynamic_position = false * "brands", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be ("price", "brands", "rating", "gender") or ("price", "brands", "gender", "rating") depends on how API orders "gender" and "rating" facets. However, notice that "price" and "brands" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.
+      "excludedFilterKeys": [ # List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet "Red" and 200 documents with the color facet "Blue". A query containing the filter "color:ANY("Red")" and having "color" as FacetKey.key would by default return only "Red" documents in the search results, and also return "Red" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, "Blue" would not be shown as an available facet value. If "color" is listed in "excludedFilterKeys", then the query returns the facet values "Red" with count 100 and "Blue" with count 200, because the "color" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only "Red" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "facetKey": { # Specifies how a facet is computed. # Required. The facet key specification.
+        "caseInsensitive": True or False, # True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.
+        "contains": [ # Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "contains" to "2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "intervals": [ # Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.
+          { # A floating point interval.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+        ],
+        "key": "A String", # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.
+        "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * "count desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * "value desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+        "prefixes": [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "prefixes" to "Action", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Action > 2021". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "restrictedValues": [ # Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "restricted_values" to "Action > 2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "limit": 42, # Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    },
+  ],
+  "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "imageQuery": { # Specifies the image query input. # Raw image query.
+    "imageBytes": "A String", # Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.
+  },
+  "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "params": { # Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.
+    "a_key": "",
+  },
+  "query": "A String", # Raw search query.
+  "queryExpansionSpec": { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs.
+    "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
+  },
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.
+  "servingConfig": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.
+  "spellCorrectionSpec": { # The specification for query spell correction. # The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect.
+    "mode": "A String", # The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.
+  },
+  "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if UserEvent.direct_user_request is set.
+    "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  },
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "appliedControls": [ # Controls applied as part of the Control service.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.
+  "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
+  "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user.
+    { # A facet result.
+      "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated.
+      "key": "A String", # The key for this facet. E.g., "colors" or "price". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.
+      "values": [ # The facet values for this field.
+        { # A facet value which contains value names and their count.
+          "count": "A String", # Number of items that have this facet value.
+          "interval": { # A floating point interval. # Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet "price". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+          "value": "A String", # Text value of a facet, such as "Black" for facet "colors".
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "guidedSearchResult": { # Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results. # Guided search result.
+    "followUpQuestions": [ # Suggested follow-up questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "refinementAttributes": [ # A list of ranked refinement attributes.
+      { # Useful attribute for search result refinements.
+        "attributeKey": "A String", # Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.
+        "attributeValue": "A String", # Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "queryExpansionInfo": { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
+    "expandedQuery": True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    "pinnedResultCount": "A String", # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
+  },
+  "redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.
+  "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set.
+    "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+  },
+  "totalSize": 42, # The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 8115c434c11..c928f4875b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -117,6 +117,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -137,6 +145,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -181,6 +197,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -228,6 +252,14 @@

Method Details

"inlineSource": { # The inline source for the input config for ImportDocuments method. # The Inline source for the input content for documents. "documents": [ # Required. A list of documents to update/create. Each document must have a valid Document.id. Recommended max of 100 items. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -290,6 +322,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method. "documents": [ # The Documents. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -328,6 +368,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -348,6 +396,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e6362ef48c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -0,0 +1,613 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . dataStores . conversations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converses a conversation.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Conversation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converses a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines text input. # Required. Current user input.
+    "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+      "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+      "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "input": "A String", # Text input.
+  },
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search.
+  "servingConfig": "A String", # The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # Updated conversation including the answer.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Answer to the current query.
+    "references": [ # References in the reply.
+      { # Defines reference in reply.
+        "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+        "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+        "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+        "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+      },
+    ],
+    "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+    "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+      "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+    },
+  },
+  "searchResults": [ # Search Results.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id"
+  orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time"
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListConversations method.
+  "conversations": [ # All the Conversations for a given data store.
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+      "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+        { # Defines a conversation message.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+          "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+            "references": [ # References in the reply.
+              { # Defines reference in reply.
+                "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+                "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+                "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+            "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+              "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+            },
+          },
+          "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+            "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+              "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+              "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "input": "A String", # Text input.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+      "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 0c261e074dd..0cac5bb0fe6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the branches Resource.

+

+ conversations() +

+

Returns the conversations Resource.

+

models()

@@ -112,10 +117,44 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.
+
+Args:
+  dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required)
+  includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.
+  query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.
+  queryModel: string, Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.
+  userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.
+  "querySuggestions": [ # Results of the matched query suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.
+    { # Suggestions as search queries.
+      "completableFieldPath": [ # The unique document field paths that serve as the source of this suggestion if it was generated from completable fields. This field is only populated for the document-completable model.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "suggestion": "A String", # The suggestion for the query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "tailMatchTriggered": True or False, # True if the returned suggestions are all tail suggestions. For tail matching to be triggered, include_tail_suggestions in the request must be true and there must be no suggestions that match the full query.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html index d8d61a81459..4f2a87fa0dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.html @@ -82,10 +82,224 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Schema.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Schema.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Schema.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a list of Schemas.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Schema.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  schemaId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a list of Schemas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SchemaService.ListSchemas method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListSchemasRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "schemas": [ # The Schemas.
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+      "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+      "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index fa88d2580cf..c8a01c744d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@

Instance Methods

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

+

+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Performs a search.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -196,6 +202,14 @@

Method Details

"results": [ # A list of recommended Documents. The order represents the ranking (from the most relevant Document to the least). { # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -215,4 +229,219 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Performs a search.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+      { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+        "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
+        "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red","Blue"))
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "branch": "A String", # The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.
+  "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.
+    "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+      "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.
+      "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+      "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+      "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+      "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.
+    },
+    "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+      "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+      "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+      "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+    },
+    "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+      "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.
+      "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.
+    },
+  },
+  "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths.
+    "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.
+      { # Embedding vector.
+        "fieldPath": "A String", # Embedding field path in schema.
+        "vector": [ # Query embedding vector.
+          3.14,
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "facetSpecs": [ # Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+    { # A facet specification to perform faceted search.
+      "enableDynamicPosition": True or False, # Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * "rating", enable_dynamic_position = true * "price", enable_dynamic_position = false * "brands", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be ("price", "brands", "rating", "gender") or ("price", "brands", "gender", "rating") depends on how API orders "gender" and "rating" facets. However, notice that "price" and "brands" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.
+      "excludedFilterKeys": [ # List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet "Red" and 200 documents with the color facet "Blue". A query containing the filter "color:ANY("Red")" and having "color" as FacetKey.key would by default return only "Red" documents in the search results, and also return "Red" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, "Blue" would not be shown as an available facet value. If "color" is listed in "excludedFilterKeys", then the query returns the facet values "Red" with count 100 and "Blue" with count 200, because the "color" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only "Red" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "facetKey": { # Specifies how a facet is computed. # Required. The facet key specification.
+        "caseInsensitive": True or False, # True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.
+        "contains": [ # Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "contains" to "2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "intervals": [ # Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.
+          { # A floating point interval.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+        ],
+        "key": "A String", # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.
+        "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * "count desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * "value desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+        "prefixes": [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "prefixes" to "Action", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Action > 2021". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "restrictedValues": [ # Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "restricted_values" to "Action > 2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "limit": 42, # Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    },
+  ],
+  "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "imageQuery": { # Specifies the image query input. # Raw image query.
+    "imageBytes": "A String", # Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.
+  },
+  "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "params": { # Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.
+    "a_key": "",
+  },
+  "query": "A String", # Raw search query.
+  "queryExpansionSpec": { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs.
+    "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
+  },
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.
+  "spellCorrectionSpec": { # The specification for query spell correction. # The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect.
+    "mode": "A String", # The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.
+  },
+  "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if UserEvent.direct_user_request is set.
+    "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  },
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "appliedControls": [ # Controls applied as part of the Control service.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.
+  "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
+  "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user.
+    { # A facet result.
+      "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated.
+      "key": "A String", # The key for this facet. E.g., "colors" or "price". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.
+      "values": [ # The facet values for this field.
+        { # A facet value which contains value names and their count.
+          "count": "A String", # Number of items that have this facet value.
+          "interval": { # A floating point interval. # Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet "price". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+          "value": "A String", # Text value of a facet, such as "Black" for facet "colors".
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "guidedSearchResult": { # Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results. # Guided search result.
+    "followUpQuestions": [ # Suggested follow-up questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "refinementAttributes": [ # A list of ranked refinement attributes.
+      { # Useful attribute for search result refinements.
+        "attributeKey": "A String", # Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.
+        "attributeValue": "A String", # Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "queryExpansionInfo": { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
+    "expandedQuery": True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    "pinnedResultCount": "A String", # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
+  },
+  "redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.
+  "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set.
+    "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+  },
+  "totalSize": 42, # The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index cddacd11f76..28afec6d846 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -117,6 +117,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -137,6 +145,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -181,6 +197,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -228,6 +252,14 @@

Method Details

"inlineSource": { # The inline source for the input config for ImportDocuments method. # The Inline source for the input content for documents. "documents": [ # Required. A list of documents to update/create. Each document must have a valid Document.id. Recommended max of 100 items. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -290,6 +322,14 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method. "documents": [ # The Documents. { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -328,6 +368,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -348,6 +396,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca6d0f888ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -0,0 +1,613 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . dataStores . conversations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converses a conversation.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Conversation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ converse(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converses a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "query": { # Defines text input. # Required. Current user input.
+    "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+      "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+      "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "input": "A String", # Text input.
+  },
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search.
+  "servingConfig": "A String", # The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.
+  "conversation": { # External conversation proto definition. # Updated conversation including the answer.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+    "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+      { # Defines a conversation message.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+        "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+          "references": [ # References in the reply.
+            { # Defines reference in reply.
+              "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+              "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+              "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+              "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+            },
+          ],
+          "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+          "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+            "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+          },
+        },
+        "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+          "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+            "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+            "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "input": "A String", # Text input.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+    "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+    "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+  },
+  "relatedQuestions": [ # Suggested related questions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Answer to the current query.
+    "references": [ # References in the reply.
+      { # Defines reference in reply.
+        "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+        "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+        "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+        "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+      },
+    ],
+    "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+    "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+      "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+    },
+  },
+  "searchResults": [ # Search Results.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: "user_pseudo_id = some_id"
+  orderBy: string, A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use "desc" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: "update_time desc" "create_time"
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for ListConversations method.
+  "conversations": [ # All the Conversations for a given data store.
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+      "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+        { # Defines a conversation message.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+          "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+            "references": [ # References in the reply.
+              { # Defines reference in reply.
+                "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+                "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+                "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+                "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+            "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+              "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+            },
+          },
+          "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+            "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+              "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+              "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "input": "A String", # Text input.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+      "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+      "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # External conversation proto definition.
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation finished.
+  "messages": [ # Conversation messages.
+    { # Defines a conversation message.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Message creation timestamp.
+      "reply": { # Defines a reply message to user. # Search reply.
+        "references": [ # References in the reply.
+          { # Defines reference in reply.
+            "anchorText": "A String", # Anchor text.
+            "end": 42, # Anchor text end index.
+            "start": 42, # Anchor text start index.
+            "uri": "A String", # URI link reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        "reply": "A String", # DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.
+        "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # Summary based on search results.
+          "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+        },
+      },
+      "userInput": { # Defines text input. # User text input.
+        "context": { # Defines context of the conversation # Conversation context of the input.
+          "activeDocument": "A String", # The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.
+          "contextDocuments": [ # The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "input": "A String", # Text input.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the conversation started.
+  "state": "A String", # The state of the Conversation.
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking users.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html index e2faa35999d..7889763b92f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -79,6 +79,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the branches Resource.

+

+ conversations() +

+

Returns the conversations Resource.

+

models()

@@ -89,6 +94,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ schemas() +

+

Returns the schemas Resource.

+

servingConfigs()

@@ -102,10 +112,44 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ completeQuery(dataStore, includeTailSuggestions=None, query=None, queryModel=None, userPseudoId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.
+
+Args:
+  dataStore: string, Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`. (required)
+  includeTailSuggestions: boolean, Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.
+  query: string, Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.
+  queryModel: string, Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.
+  userPseudoId: string, A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.
+  "querySuggestions": [ # Results of the matched query suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.
+    { # Suggestions as search queries.
+      "completableFieldPath": [ # The unique document field paths that serve as the source of this suggestion if it was generated from completable fields. This field is only populated for the document-completable model.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "suggestion": "A String", # The suggestion for the query.
+    },
+  ],
+  "tailMatchTriggered": True or False, # True if the returned suggestions are all tail suggestions. For tail matching to be triggered, include_tail_suggestions in the request must be true and there must be no suggestions that match the full query.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a823ab87df --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.html @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . dataStores . schemas

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Schema.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a Schema.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a Schema.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a list of Schemas.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a Schema.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, schemaId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  schemaId: string, Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a list of Schemas.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SchemaService.ListSchemas method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListSchemasRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "schemas": [ # The Schemas.
+    { # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+      "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+      "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a Schema.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.
+  "jsonSchema": "A String", # The JSON representation of the schema.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+  "structSchema": { # The structured representation of the schema.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  allowMissing: boolean, If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 2ceee818137..f71a3b27a0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -80,6 +80,12 @@

Instance Methods

recommend(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.

+

+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Performs a search.

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

close() @@ -196,6 +202,14 @@

Method Details

"results": [ # A list of recommended Documents. The order represents the ranking (from the most relevant Document to the least). { # RecommendationResult represents a generic recommendation result with associated metadata. "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params. + "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB. + }, + "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. @@ -215,4 +229,219 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ search(servingConfig, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Performs a search.
+
+Args:
+  servingConfig: string, Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "boostSpec": { # Boost specification to boost certain documents. # Boost specification to boost certain documents.
+    "conditionBoostSpecs": [ # Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.
+      { # Boost applies to documents which match a condition.
+        "boost": 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
+        "condition": "A String", # An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID "doc_1" or "doc_2", and color "Red" or "Blue": * (id: ANY("doc_1", "doc_2")) AND (color: ANY("Red","Blue"))
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "branch": "A String", # The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.
+  "contentSearchSpec": { # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search. # A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.
+    "extractiveContentSpec": { # A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response. # If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response.
+      "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": 42, # The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.
+      "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": 42, # The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.
+      "numNextSegments": 42, # Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.
+      "numPreviousSegments": 42, # Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.
+      "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": True or False, # Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.
+    },
+    "snippetSpec": { # A specification for configuring snippets in a search response. # If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response.
+      "maxSnippetCount": 42, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.
+      "referenceOnly": True or False, # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.
+      "returnSnippet": True or False, # If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return "No snippet is available for this page." A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.
+    },
+    "summarySpec": { # A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response. # If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response.
+      "ignoreAdversarialQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": True or False, # Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.
+      "includeCitations": True or False, # Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.
+      "summaryResultCount": 42, # The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.
+    },
+  },
+  "embeddingSpec": { # The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval. # Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths.
+    "embeddingVectors": [ # The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.
+      { # Embedding vector.
+        "fieldPath": "A String", # Embedding field path in schema.
+        "vector": [ # Query embedding vector.
+          3.14,
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "facetSpecs": [ # Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+    { # A facet specification to perform faceted search.
+      "enableDynamicPosition": True or False, # Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * "rating", enable_dynamic_position = true * "price", enable_dynamic_position = false * "brands", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be ("price", "brands", "rating", "gender") or ("price", "brands", "gender", "rating") depends on how API orders "gender" and "rating" facets. However, notice that "price" and "brands" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.
+      "excludedFilterKeys": [ # List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet "Red" and 200 documents with the color facet "Blue". A query containing the filter "color:ANY("Red")" and having "color" as FacetKey.key would by default return only "Red" documents in the search results, and also return "Red" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, "Blue" would not be shown as an available facet value. If "color" is listed in "excludedFilterKeys", then the query returns the facet values "Red" with count 100 and "Blue" with count 200, because the "color" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only "Red" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "facetKey": { # Specifies how a facet is computed. # Required. The facet key specification.
+        "caseInsensitive": True or False, # True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.
+        "contains": [ # Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "contains" to "2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "intervals": [ # Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.
+          { # A floating point interval.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+        ],
+        "key": "A String", # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.
+        "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * "count desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * "value desc", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+        "prefixes": [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "prefixes" to "Action", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022" and "Action > 2021". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "restrictedValues": [ # Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose "category" has three values "Action > 2022", "Action > 2021" and "Sci-Fi > 2022". If set "restricted_values" to "Action > 2022", the "category" facet only contains "Action > 2022". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "limit": 42, # Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+    },
+  ],
+  "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "imageQuery": { # Specifies the image query input. # Raw image query.
+    "imageBytes": "A String", # Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.
+  },
+  "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  "params": { # Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.
+    "a_key": "",
+  },
+  "query": "A String", # Raw search query.
+  "queryExpansionSpec": { # Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur. # The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs.
+    "condition": "A String", # The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.
+    "pinUnexpandedResults": True or False, # Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.
+  },
+  "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
+  "safeSearch": True or False, # Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.
+  "spellCorrectionSpec": { # The specification for query spell correction. # The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect.
+    "mode": "A String", # The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.
+  },
+  "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if UserEvent.direct_user_request is set.
+    "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+  },
+  "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "userPseudoId": "A String", # A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for SearchService.Search method.
+  "appliedControls": [ # Controls applied as part of the Control service.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "attributionToken": "A String", # A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.
+  "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
+  "facets": [ # Results of facets requested by user.
+    { # A facet result.
+      "dynamicFacet": True or False, # Whether the facet is dynamically generated.
+      "key": "A String", # The key for this facet. E.g., "colors" or "price". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.
+      "values": [ # The facet values for this field.
+        { # A facet value which contains value names and their count.
+          "count": "A String", # Number of items that have this facet value.
+          "interval": { # A floating point interval. # Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet "price". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.
+            "exclusiveMaximum": 3.14, # Exclusive upper bound.
+            "exclusiveMinimum": 3.14, # Exclusive lower bound.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Inclusive upper bound.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
+          },
+          "value": "A String", # Text value of a facet, such as "Black" for facet "colors".
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "guidedSearchResult": { # Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results. # Guided search result.
+    "followUpQuestions": [ # Suggested follow-up questions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "refinementAttributes": [ # A list of ranked refinement attributes.
+      { # Useful attribute for search result refinements.
+        "attributeKey": "A String", # Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.
+        "attributeValue": "A String", # Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "queryExpansionInfo": { # Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred. # Query expansion information for the returned results.
+    "expandedQuery": True or False, # Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.
+    "pinnedResultCount": "A String", # Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.
+  },
+  "redirectUri": "A String", # The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.
+  "results": [ # A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.
+    { # Represents the search results.
+      "document": { # Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched. # The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated.
+        "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.
+          "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.
+          "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.
+        },
+        "derivedStructData": { # Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "jsonData": "A String", # The JSON string representation of the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+        "name": "A String", # Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.
+        "parentDocumentId": "A String", # The identifier of the parent document. Currently supports at most two level document hierarchy. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.
+        "schemaId": "A String", # The identifier of the schema located in the same data store.
+        "structData": { # The structured JSON data for the document. It should conform to the registered Schema or an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is thrown.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
+      "modelScores": { # Google provided available scores.
+        "a_key": { # Double list.
+          "values": [ # Double values.
+            3.14,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "summary": { # Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec. # A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set.
+    "summarySkippedReasons": [ # Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "summaryText": "A String", # The summary content.
+  },
+  "totalSize": 42, # The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html index 69e27587521..a42b3ab6b35 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -1984,7 +1984,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. @@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "youtubeAndPartnersSettings": { # Settings for YouTube and Partners line items. # Output only. Settings specific to YouTube and Partners line items. - "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. + "biddingStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy for YouTube and Partners resources. # Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaSource": "A String", # Output only. Source of the effective targetCpa value for AdGroup. "adGroupEffectiveTargetCpaValue": "A String", # Output only. The effective targetCpa for AdGroup, in micros of advertiser's currency. "type": "A String", # The type of the bidding strategy. @@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@

Method Details

"timeUnit": "A String", # The unit of time in which the target frequency will be applied. The following time unit is applicable: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` "timeUnitCount": 42, # The number of time_unit the target frequency will last. The following restrictions apply based on the value of time_unit: * `TIME_UNIT_WEEKS` - must be 1 }, - "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # The third-party measurement settings of the line item. + "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { # Settings that control what third-party vendors are measuring specific line item metrics. # Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item. "brandLiftVendorConfigs": [ # The third-party vendors measuring brand lift. The following third-party vendors are applicable: * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_DYNATA` * `THIRD_PARTY_VENDOR_KANTAR` { # Settings that control how third-party measurement vendors are configured. "placementId": "A String", # The ID used by the platform of the third-party vendor to identify the line item. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html index f3c6f5b0fc1..3a26da49785 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html @@ -104,10 +104,10 @@

Method Details

Args: advertiserId: string, Required. The ID of the advertiser the line items belongs to. (required) - filter: string, Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `targetingType` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources of targeting type `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` or `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`: `targetingType="TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO" OR targetingType="TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. - orderBy: string, Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `youtubeAdGroupId` (default) * `assignedTargetingOption.targetingType` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `targetingType desc`. - pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The size must be an integer between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, the default is `5000`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. - pageToken: string, A token that lets the client fetch the next page of results. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to the `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. + filter: string, Optional. Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `targetingType` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources of targeting type `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` or `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`: `targetingType="TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO" OR targetingType="TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information. + orderBy: string, Optional. Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `youtubeAdGroupId` (acceptable in v2) * `adGroupId` (acceptable in v3) * `assignedTargetingOption.targetingType` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix "desc" should be added to the field name. Example: `targetingType desc`. + pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. The size must be an integer between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, the default is `5000`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified. + pageToken: string, Optional. A token that lets the client fetch the next page of results. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to the `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { - "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying the next page of results. This value should be specified as the pageToken in a subsequent call to `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` to fetch the next page of results. This token will be absent if there are no more youtube_ad_group_assigned_targeting_options to return. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying the next page of results. This value should be specified as the pageToken in a subsequent call to `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` to fetch the next page of results. This token will be absent if there are no more youtube_ad_group_assigned_targeting_options or ad_group_assigned_targeting_options to return. "youtubeAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions": [ # The list of wrapper objects, each providing an assigned targeting option and the youtube ad group it is assigned to. This list will be absent if empty. { # Wrapper object associating an assigned_targeting_option resource and the youtube ad group it is assigned to. "assignedTargetingOption": { # A single assigned targeting option, which defines the state of a targeting option for an entity with targeting settings. # The assigned targeting option resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html index 98454260ebe..2da92ec2ffa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.managedZones.html @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html index 2eedcdba3d6..fd6a3039a5f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.managedZones.html @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html index 831d3449364..2e2c4b913d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html @@ -199,6 +199,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -1190,6 +1196,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -1240,6 +1252,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html index 1184826d4e4..92ea49fe0c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html @@ -183,6 +183,49 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "schemaOverride": { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # Optional. Override the schema of the ProcessorVersion. Will return an Invalid Argument error if this field is set when the underlying ProcessorVersion doesn't support schema override. + "description": "A String", # Description of the schema. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name to show to users. + "entityTypes": [ # Entity types of the schema. + { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types. + "baseTypes": [ # The entity type that this type is derived from. For now, one and only one should be set. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the type. + "entityTypeMetadata": { # Metadata about an entity type. # Metadata for the entity type. + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the entity type should be considered inactive. + }, + "enumValues": { # Defines the a list of enum values. # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file. + "values": [ # The individual values that this enum values type can include. + "A String", + ], + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing`. - Name matching is case-sensitive. - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character.) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility. + "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. + { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. + "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. + "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. + "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". + }, + "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema. + "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it. + "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification). + "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents. + "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked. + }, + }, }, "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether human review should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`. } @@ -2197,6 +2240,49 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "schemaOverride": { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # Optional. Override the schema of the ProcessorVersion. Will return an Invalid Argument error if this field is set when the underlying ProcessorVersion doesn't support schema override. + "description": "A String", # Description of the schema. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name to show to users. + "entityTypes": [ # Entity types of the schema. + { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types. + "baseTypes": [ # The entity type that this type is derived from. For now, one and only one should be set. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the type. + "entityTypeMetadata": { # Metadata about an entity type. # Metadata for the entity type. + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the entity type should be considered inactive. + }, + "enumValues": { # Defines the a list of enum values. # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file. + "values": [ # The individual values that this enum values type can include. + "A String", + ], + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing`. - Name matching is case-sensitive. - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character.) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility. + "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. + { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. + "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. + "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. + "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". + }, + "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema. + "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it. + "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification). + "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents. + "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked. + }, + }, }, "rawDocument": { # Payload message of raw document content (bytes). # A raw document content (bytes). "content": "A String", # Inline document content. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 43ad3f0129b..04709eb32be 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -965,6 +965,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index d495e13c168..5693342d2d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -173,6 +173,49 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "schemaOverride": { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # Optional. Override the schema of the ProcessorVersion. Will return an Invalid Argument error if this field is set when the underlying ProcessorVersion doesn't support schema override. + "description": "A String", # Description of the schema. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name to show to users. + "entityTypes": [ # Entity types of the schema. + { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types. + "baseTypes": [ # The entity type that this type is derived from. For now, one and only one should be set. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the type. + "entityTypeMetadata": { # Metadata about an entity type. # Metadata for the entity type. + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the entity type should be considered inactive. + }, + "enumValues": { # Defines the a list of enum values. # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file. + "values": [ # The individual values that this enum values type can include. + "A String", + ], + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing`. - Name matching is case-sensitive. - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character.) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility. + "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. + { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. + "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. + "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. + "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". + }, + "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema. + "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it. + "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification). + "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents. + "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked. + }, + }, }, "skipHumanReview": True or False, # Whether human review should be skipped for this request. Default to `false`. } @@ -385,6 +428,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -532,6 +581,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -2322,6 +2377,49 @@

Method Details

], }, }, + "schemaOverride": { # The schema defines the output of the processed document by a processor. # Optional. Override the schema of the ProcessorVersion. Will return an Invalid Argument error if this field is set when the underlying ProcessorVersion doesn't support schema override. + "description": "A String", # Description of the schema. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name to show to users. + "entityTypes": [ # Entity types of the schema. + { # EntityType is the wrapper of a label of the corresponding model with detailed attributes and limitations for entity-based processors. Multiple types can also compose a dependency tree to represent nested types. + "baseTypes": [ # The entity type that this type is derived from. For now, one and only one should be set. + "A String", + ], + "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the type. + "entityTypeMetadata": { # Metadata about an entity type. # Metadata for the entity type. + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the entity type should be considered inactive. + }, + "enumValues": { # Defines the a list of enum values. # If specified, lists all the possible values for this entity. This should not be more than a handful of values. If the number of values is >10 or could change frequently use the `EntityType.value_ontology` field and specify a list of all possible values in a value ontology file. + "values": [ # The individual values that this enum values type can include. + "A String", + ], + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of the type. It must be unique within the schema file and cannot be a "Common Type". The following naming conventions are used: - Use `snake_casing`. - Name matching is case-sensitive. - Maximum 64 characters. - Must start with a letter. - Allowed characters: ASCII letters `[a-z0-9_-]`. (For backward compatibility internal infrastructure and tooling can handle any ascii character.) - The `/` is sometimes used to denote a property of a type. For example `line_item/amount`. This convention is deprecated, but will still be honored for backward compatibility. + "properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. + { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. + "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. + "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. + "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, + "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". + }, + "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. + }, + ], + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Metadata for global schema behavior. # Metadata of the schema. + "documentAllowMultipleLabels": True or False, # If true, on a given page, there can be multiple `document` annotations covering it. + "documentSplitter": True or False, # If true, a `document` entity type can be applied to subdocument (splitting). Otherwise, it can only be applied to the entire document (classification). + "prefixedNamingOnProperties": True or False, # If set, all the nested entities must be prefixed with the parents. + "skipNamingValidation": True or False, # If set, we will skip the naming format validation in the schema. So the string values in `DocumentSchema.EntityType.name` and `DocumentSchema.EntityType.Property.name` will not be checked. + }, + }, }, "rawDocument": { # Payload message of raw document content (bytes). # A raw document content (bytes). "content": "A String", # Inline document content. @@ -3232,6 +3330,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -3304,6 +3408,12 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { # Metadata for how this field value is extracted. # Field extraction metadata on the property. + "summaryOptions": { # Metadata for document summarization. # Summary options config. + "format": "A String", # What format the summary should be in. + "length": "A String", # How long the summary should be. + }, + }, "inactive": True or False, # Whether the property should be considered as "inactive". }, "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.apps.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.apps.html index 502401b9a74..41752ced85f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.apps.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The apps resource provides a list of the apps that a user has installed, with information about each app's supported MIME types, file extensions, and other details. + { # The apps resource provides a list of the apps that a user has installed, with information about each app's supported MIME types, file extensions, and other details. Some resource methods (such as `apps.get`) require an `appId`. Use the `apps.list` method to retrieve the ID for an installed application. "authorized": True or False, # Whether the app is authorized to access data on the user's Drive. "createInFolderTemplate": "A String", # The template url to create a new file with this app in a given folder. The template will contain {folderId} to be replaced by the folder to create the new file in. "createUrl": "A String", # The url to create a new file with this app. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Method Details

], "etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "items": [ # The list of apps. - { # The apps resource provides a list of the apps that a user has installed, with information about each app's supported MIME types, file extensions, and other details. + { # The apps resource provides a list of the apps that a user has installed, with information about each app's supported MIME types, file extensions, and other details. Some resource methods (such as `apps.get`) require an `appId`. Use the `apps.list` method to retrieve the ID for an installed application. "authorized": True or False, # Whether the app is authorized to access data on the user's Drive. "createInFolderTemplate": "A String", # The template url to create a new file with this app in a given folder. The template will contain {folderId} to be replaced by the folder to create the new file in. "createUrl": "A String", # The url to create a new file with this app. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html index 824656cb4e5..c29a373c128 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Representation of a change to a file or shared drive. "changeType": "A String", # The type of the change. Possible values are `file` and `drive`. "deleted": True or False, # Whether the file or shared drive has been removed from this list of changes, for example by deletion or loss of access. - "drive": { # Representation of a shared drive. # The updated state of the shared drive. Present if the changeType is drive, the user is still a member of the shared drive, and the shared drive has not been deleted. + "drive": { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. # The updated state of the shared drive. Present if the changeType is drive, the user is still a member of the shared drive, and the shared drive has not been deleted. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"themeId": "A String", # The ID of the theme from which the background image and color will be set. The set of possible `driveThemes` can be retrieved from a `drive.about.get` response. When not specified on a `drive.drives.insert` request, a random theme is chosen from which the background image and color are set. This is a write-only field; it can only be set on requests that don't set `colorRgb` or `backgroundImageFile`. }, "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the shared drive associated with this change. - "file": { # The metadata for a file. # The updated state of the file. Present if the type is file and the file has not been removed from this list of changes. + "file": { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. # The updated state of the file. Present if the type is file and the file has not been removed from this list of changes. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Representation of a change to a file or shared drive. "changeType": "A String", # The type of the change. Possible values are `file` and `drive`. "deleted": True or False, # Whether the file or shared drive has been removed from this list of changes, for example by deletion or loss of access. - "drive": { # Representation of a shared drive. # The updated state of the shared drive. Present if the changeType is drive, the user is still a member of the shared drive, and the shared drive has not been deleted. + "drive": { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. # The updated state of the shared drive. Present if the changeType is drive, the user is still a member of the shared drive, and the shared drive has not been deleted. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@

Method Details

"themeId": "A String", # The ID of the theme from which the background image and color will be set. The set of possible `driveThemes` can be retrieved from a `drive.about.get` response. When not specified on a `drive.drives.insert` request, a random theme is chosen from which the background image and color are set. This is a write-only field; it can only be set on requests that don't set `colorRgb` or `backgroundImageFile`. }, "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the shared drive associated with this change. - "file": { # The metadata for a file. # The updated state of the file. Present if the type is file and the file has not been removed from this list of changes. + "file": { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. # The updated state of the file. Present if the type is file and the file has not been removed from this list of changes. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.children.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.children.html index 6a887ae6661..d9856640aa1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.children.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.children.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reference to a folder's child. + { # A reference to a folder's child. Some resource methods (such as `children.get`) require a `childId`. Use the `children.list` method to retrieve the ID of the child. "childLink": "A String", # Output only. A link to the child. "id": "A String", # The ID of the child. "kind": "drive#childReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#childReference`. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A reference to a folder's child. +{ # A reference to a folder's child. Some resource methods (such as `children.get`) require a `childId`. Use the `children.list` method to retrieve the ID of the child. "childLink": "A String", # Output only. A link to the child. "id": "A String", # The ID of the child. "kind": "drive#childReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#childReference`. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reference to a folder's child. + { # A reference to a folder's child. Some resource methods (such as `children.get`) require a `childId`. Use the `children.list` method to retrieve the ID of the child. "childLink": "A String", # Output only. A link to the child. "id": "A String", # The ID of the child. "kind": "drive#childReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#childReference`. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of children of a file. "etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "items": [ # The list of children. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A reference to a folder's child. + { # A reference to a folder's child. Some resource methods (such as `children.get`) require a `childId`. Use the `children.list` method to retrieve the ID of the child. "childLink": "A String", # Output only. A link to the child. "id": "A String", # The ID of the child. "kind": "drive#childReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#childReference`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html index 0288e1f68b9..3759284fe69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. +{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of comments on a file in Google Drive. "items": [ # The list of comments. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. +{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. +{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Add comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v2/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#comment", # Output only. This is always `drive#comment`. "modifiedDate": "A String", # The date when this comment or any of its replies were last modified. "replies": [ # Output only. Replies to this post. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html index 8f0ca1f0ad2..5c2f9e3affc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.drives.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

delete(driveId, allowItemDeletion=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an organizer. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.

+

Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an `organizer`. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.

get(driveId, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a shared drive's metadata by ID.

@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

delete(driveId, allowItemDeletion=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an organizer. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.
+  
Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an `organizer`. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.
 
 Args:
   driveId: string, The ID of the shared drive. (required)
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Representation of a shared drive. +{ # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of shared drives. "items": [ # The list of shared drives. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Representation of a shared drive. +{ # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html index a7c874b6b14..285f104a681 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a copy of the specified file.

delete(fileId, enforceSingleParent=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Permanently deletes a file by ID. Skips the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be an organizer on the parent for shared drive files.

+

Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.

emptyTrash(driveId=None, enforceSingleParent=None, x__xgafv=None)

Permanently deletes all of the user's trashed files.

@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@

Instance Methods

Set the file's updated time to the current server time.

trash(fileId, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Moves a file to the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files. Only the owner may trash a file. The trashed item is excluded from all `files.list` responses returned for any user who doesn't own the file. However, all users with access to the file can see the trashed item metadata in an API response. All users with access can copy, download, export, and share the file. *Note:* Files moved to the trash still appear by default in results from the `files.list` method. To permanently remove a file, use `files.delete`.

+

Moves a file to the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.

untrash(fileId, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files. Only the owner may untrash a file.

+

Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.

update(fileId, addParents=None, body=None, convert=None, enforceSingleParent=None, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, modifiedDateBehavior=None, newRevision=None, ocr=None, ocrLanguage=None, pinned=None, removeParents=None, setModifiedDate=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, timedTextLanguage=None, timedTextTrackName=None, updateViewedDate=None, useContentAsIndexableText=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a file's metadata and/or content. When calling this method, only populate fields in the request that you want to modify. When updating fields, some fields might be changed automatically, such as `modifiedDate`. This method supports patch semantics. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads).

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -936,7 +936,7 @@

Method Details

delete(fileId, enforceSingleParent=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Permanently deletes a file by ID. Skips the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be an organizer on the parent for shared drive files.
+  
Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file to delete. (required)
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "incompleteSearch": True or False, # Whether the search process was incomplete. If true, then some search results may be missing, since all documents were not searched. This may occur when searching multiple drives with the "allDrives" corpora, but all corpora could not be searched. When this happens, it is suggested that clients narrow their query by choosing a different corpus such as "default" or "drive". "items": [ # The list of files. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -2506,7 +2506,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -2606,7 +2606,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the labels on a file.
 
 Args:
-  fileId: string, The ID for the file or shared drive. (required)
+  fileId: string, The ID for the file. (required)
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of labels to return per page. When not set, defaults to 100.
   pageToken: string, The token for continuing a previous list request on the next page. This should be set to the value of `nextPageToken` from the previous response.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@ 

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -3070,7 +3070,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -3082,7 +3082,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -3128,7 +3128,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -3182,7 +3182,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -3494,7 +3494,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -3540,7 +3540,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -3594,7 +3594,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -3668,7 +3668,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -3880,7 +3880,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -3892,7 +3892,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -3938,7 +3938,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -4050,7 +4050,7 @@

Method Details

trash(fileId, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
 Moves a file to the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files. Only the owner may trash a file. The trashed item is excluded from all `files.list` responses returned for any user who doesn't own the file. However, all users with access to the file can see the trashed item metadata in an API response. All users with access can copy, download, export, and share the file. *Note:* Files moved to the trash still appear by default in results from the `files.list` method. To permanently remove a file, use `files.delete`.
+  
Moves a file to the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file to trash. (required)
@@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -4278,7 +4278,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -4290,7 +4290,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -4336,7 +4336,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -4390,7 +4390,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -4448,7 +4448,7 @@

Method Details

untrash(fileId, includeLabels=None, includePermissionsForView=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files. Only the owner may untrash a file.
+  
Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file to untrash. (required)
@@ -4464,7 +4464,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -4676,7 +4676,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -4688,7 +4688,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -4734,7 +4734,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -4788,7 +4788,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -4853,7 +4853,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -5065,7 +5065,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -5077,7 +5077,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -5123,7 +5123,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -5177,7 +5177,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -5267,7 +5267,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "alternateLink": "A String", # Output only. A link for opening the file in a relevant Google editor or viewer. "appDataContents": True or False, # Output only. Whether this file is in the Application Data folder. "canComment": True or False, # Output only. Deprecated: Use `capabilities/canComment` instead. @@ -5479,7 +5479,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "parents": [ # Collection of parent folders which contain this file. If not specified as part of an insert request, the file will be placed directly in the user's My Drive folder. If not specified as part of a copy request, the file will inherit any discoverable parents of the source file. Update requests can also use the `addParents` and `removeParents` parameters to modify the parents list. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -5491,7 +5491,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The list of permissions for users with access to this file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -5537,7 +5537,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "properties": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -5591,7 +5591,7 @@

Method Details

"url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, - "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. + "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.parents.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.parents.html index 26557a0549f..28698de66df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.parents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.parents.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A reference to a file's parent. +{ # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of a file's parents. "etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "items": [ # The list of parents. - { # A reference to a file's parent. + { # A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent. "id": "A String", # The ID of the parent. "isRoot": True or False, # Output only. Whether or not the parent is the root folder. "kind": "drive#parentReference", # Output only. This is always `drive#parentReference`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html index e001de33979..a7a9acd90e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A permission for a file. +{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of permissions associated with a file. "etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "items": [ # The list of permissions. - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A permission for a file. +{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A permission for a file. +{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only `commenter` is currently allowed, though more may be supported in the future. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.properties.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.properties.html index 897d5a3d25e..b1459dbd78e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.properties.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.properties.html @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property +{ # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A collection of properties, key-value pairs that are either public or private to an application. "etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "items": [ # The list of properties. - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property +{ # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property +{ # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property + { # A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property. "etag": "A String", # Output only. ETag of the property. "key": "A String", # The key of this property. "kind": "drive#property", # Output only. This is always `drive#property`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html index 515555fbb73..78d58d2d553 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. +{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of replies to a comment on a file in Google Drive. "items": [ # The list of replies. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. +{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. +{ # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. + { # A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. "emailAddress": "A String", # Output only. The email address of the user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html index 3c7b5ea6d7f..514bb891dd9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A revision of a file. + { # A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "downloadUrl": "A String", # Output only. Short term download URL for the file. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive. "etag": "A String", # Output only. The ETag of the revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of revisions of a file. "etag": "A String", # The ETag of the list. "items": [ # The list of revisions. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A revision of a file. + { # A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "downloadUrl": "A String", # Output only. Short term download URL for the file. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive. "etag": "A String", # Output only. The ETag of the revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A revision of a file. +{ # A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "downloadUrl": "A String", # Output only. Short term download URL for the file. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive. "etag": "A String", # Output only. The ETag of the revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A revision of a file. + { # A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "downloadUrl": "A String", # Output only. Short term download URL for the file. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive. "etag": "A String", # Output only. The ETag of the revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A revision of a file. +{ # A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "downloadUrl": "A String", # Output only. Short term download URL for the file. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive. "etag": "A String", # Output only. The ETag of the revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A revision of a file. + { # A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "downloadUrl": "A String", # Output only. Short term download URL for the file. This will only be populated on files with content stored in Drive. "etag": "A String", # Output only. The ETag of the revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html index e4a962c41d7..82a47892e62 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"changes": [ # The list of changes. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. { # A change to a file or shared drive. "changeType": "A String", # The type of the change. Possible values are `file` and `drive`. - "drive": { # Representation of a shared drive. # The updated state of the shared drive. Present if the changeType is drive, the user is still a member of the shared drive, and the shared drive has not been deleted. + "drive": { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. # The updated state of the shared drive. Present if the changeType is drive, the user is still a member of the shared drive, and the shared drive has not been deleted. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

"themeId": "A String", # The ID of the theme from which the background image and color will be set. The set of possible `driveThemes` can be retrieved from a `drive.about.get` response. When not specified on a `drive.drives.create` request, a random theme is chosen from which the background image and color are set. This is a write-only field; it can only be set on requests that don't set `colorRgb` or `backgroundImageFile`. }, "driveId": "A String", # The ID of the shared drive associated with this change. - "file": { # The metadata for a file. # The updated state of the file. Present if the type is file and the file has not been removed from this list of changes. + "file": { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. # The updated state of the file. Present if the type is file and the file has not been removed from this list of changes. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html index 01ee660b0f2..a6c90ba7938 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.comments.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file. +{ # A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The quoted content itself. This is interpreted as plain text if set through the API. }, "replies": [ # Output only. The full list of replies to the comment in chronological order. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file. + { # A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The quoted content itself. This is interpreted as plain text if set through the API. }, "replies": [ # Output only. The full list of replies to the comment in chronological order. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file. + { # A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The quoted content itself. This is interpreted as plain text if set through the API. }, "replies": [ # Output only. The full list of replies to the comment in chronological order. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of comments on a file. "comments": [ # The list of comments. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A comment on a file. + { # A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The quoted content itself. This is interpreted as plain text if set through the API. }, "replies": [ # Output only. The full list of replies to the comment in chronological order. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A comment on a file. +{ # A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The quoted content itself. This is interpreted as plain text if set through the API. }, "replies": [ # Output only. The full list of replies to the comment in chronological order. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A comment on a file. + { # A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file. "anchor": "A String", # A region of the document represented as a JSON string. For details on defining anchor properties, refer to [Manage comments and replies](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/manage-comments). "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the comment. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The quoted content itself. This is interpreted as plain text if set through the API. }, "replies": [ # Output only. The full list of replies to the comment in chronological order. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html index f2e5afc9dce..6936314f845 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.drives.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a shared drive.

delete(driveId, allowItemDeletion=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an organizer. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.

+

Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an `organizer`. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.

get(driveId, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a shared drive's metadata by ID.

@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Representation of a shared drive. +{ # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

delete(driveId, allowItemDeletion=None, useDomainAdminAccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an organizer. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.
+  
Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an `organizer`. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.
 
 Args:
   driveId: string, The ID of the shared drive. (required)
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of shared drives. "drives": [ # The list of shared drives. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -458,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Representation of a shared drive. +{ # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Representation of a shared drive. + { # Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive. "backgroundImageFile": { # An image file and cropping parameters from which a background image for this shared drive is set. This is a write only field; it can only be set on `drive.drives.update` requests that don't set `themeId`. When specified, all fields of the `backgroundImageFile` must be set. "id": "A String", # The ID of an image file in Google Drive to use for the background image. "width": 3.14, # The width of the cropped image in the closed range of 0 to 1. This value represents the width of the cropped image divided by the width of the entire image. The height is computed by applying a width to height aspect ratio of 80 to 9. The resulting image must be at least 1280 pixels wide and 144 pixels high. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html index 316cdd3c6ce..0f3ffa25aa7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Creates a new file. This method supports an */upload* URI and accepts uploaded media with the following characteristics: - *Maximum file size:* 5,120 GB - *Accepted Media MIME types:*`*/*` Note: Specify a valid MIME type, rather than the literal `*/*` value. The literal `*/*` is only used to indicate that any valid MIME type can be uploaded. For more information on uploading files, see [Upload file data](/drive/api/guides/manage-uploads). Apps creating shortcuts with `files.create` must specify the MIME type `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Apps should specify a file extension in the `name` property when inserting files with the API. For example, an operation to insert a JPEG file should specify something like `"name": "cat.jpg"` in the metadata. Subsequent `GET` requests include the read-only `fileExtension` property populated with the extension originally specified in the `title` property. When a Google Drive user requests to download a file, or when the file is downloaded through the sync client, Drive builds a full filename (with extension) based on the title. In cases where the extension is missing, Drive attempts to determine the extension based on the file's MIME type.

delete(fileId, enforceSingleParent=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive the user must be an organizer on the parent. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.

+

Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.

emptyTrash(driveId=None, enforceSingleParent=None, x__xgafv=None)

Permanently deletes all of the user's trashed files.

@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@

Method Details

delete(fileId, enforceSingleParent=None, supportsAllDrives=None, supportsTeamDrives=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive the user must be an organizer on the parent. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.
+  
Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.
 
 Args:
   fileId: string, The ID of the file. (required)
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A list of files. "files": [ # The list of files. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@

Method Details

Lists the labels on a file.
 
 Args:
-  fileId: string, The ID for the file or shared drive. (required)
+  fileId: string, The ID for the file. (required)
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of labels to return per page. When not set, defaults to 100.
   pageToken: string, The token for continuing a previous list request on the next page. This should be set to the value of 'nextPageToken' from the previous response.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ 

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a file. +{ # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a file. + { # The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file. "appProperties": { # A collection of arbitrary key-value pairs which are private to the requesting app. # Entries with null values are cleared in update and copy requests. These properties can only be retrieved using an authenticated request. An authenticated request uses an access token obtained with a OAuth 2 client ID. You cannot use an API key to retrieve private properties. "a_key": "A String", @@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "permissions": [ # Output only. The full list of permissions for the file. This is only available if the requesting user can share the file. Not populated for items in shared drives. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html index fd80fa48cb6..99e09163482 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. +{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#permissionList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#permissionList"`. "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of permissions. This field will be absent if the end of the permissions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "permissions": [ # The list of permissions. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. +{ # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. + { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. "allowFileDiscovery": True or False, # Whether the permission allows the file to be discovered through search. This is only applicable for permissions of type `domain` or `anyone`. "deleted": True or False, # Output only. Whether the account associated with this permission has been deleted. This field only pertains to user and group permissions. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The "pretty" name of the value of the permission. The following is a list of examples for each type of permission: * `user` - User's full name, as defined for their Google account, such as "Joe Smith." * `group` - Name of the Google Group, such as "The Company Administrators." * `domain` - String domain name, such as "thecompany.com." * `anyone` - No `displayName` is present. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html index 30b6c8fe6a8..1dd6c7c5a3d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.replies.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A reply to a comment on a file. +{ # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#replyList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#replyList"`. "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of replies. This will be absent if the end of the replies list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "replies": [ # The list of replies. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A reply to a comment on a file. +{ # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A reply to a comment on a file. + { # A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply. "action": "A String", # The action the reply performed to the parent comment. Valid values are: * `resolve` * `reopen` "author": { # Information about a Drive user. # Output only. The author of the reply. The author's email address and permission ID will not be populated. "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html index c76a78c7a71..68bf2fd7080 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.revisions.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a revision to a file. + { # The metadata for a revision to a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#revisionList", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string `"drive#revisionList"`. "nextPageToken": "A String", # The page token for the next page of revisions. This will be absent if the end of the revisions list has been reached. If the token is rejected for any reason, it should be discarded, and pagination should be restarted from the first page of results. The page token is typically valid for several hours. However, if new items are added or removed, your expected results might differ. "revisions": [ # The list of revisions. If nextPageToken is populated, then this list may be incomplete and an additional page of results should be fetched. - { # The metadata for a revision to a file. + { # The metadata for a revision to a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The metadata for a revision to a file. +{ # The metadata for a revision to a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # The metadata for a revision to a file. + { # The metadata for a revision to a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision. "exportLinks": { # Output only. Links for exporting Docs Editors files to specific formats. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html index e6a80e25c79..0047b664ce7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1beta.oauthClients.html @@ -83,6 +83,9 @@

Instance Methods

exchangeAppAttestAttestation(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Accepts an App Attest CBOR attestation and verifies it with Apple using your preconfigured team and bundle IDs. If valid, returns an attestation artifact that can later be exchanged for an AppCheckToken using ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. For convenience and performance, this method's response object will also contain an AppCheckToken (if the verification is successful).

+

+ exchangeDebugToken(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Validates a debug token secret that you have previously created using CreateDebugToken. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken. Note that a restrictive quota is enforced on this method to prevent accidental exposure of the app to abuse.

generateAppAttestChallenge(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generates a challenge that protects the integrity of an immediately following call to ExchangeAppAttestAttestation or ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. A challenge should not be reused for multiple calls.

@@ -161,6 +164,35 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ exchangeDebugToken(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Validates a debug token secret that you have previously created using CreateDebugToken. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken. Note that a restrictive quota is enforced on this method to prevent accidental exposure of the app to abuse.
+
+Args:
+  app: string, Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for the ExchangeDebugToken method.
+  "debugToken": "A String", # Required. A debug token secret. This string must match a debug token secret previously created using CreateDebugToken.
+  "limitedUse": True or False, # Forces a short-lived token with a 5 minute TTL. Useful when the client wishes to impose stricter TTL requirements for this exchange. Default: false.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Encapsulates an *App Check token*, which are used to access Firebase services protected by App Check.
+  "attestationToken": "A String", # An App Check token. App Check tokens are signed [JWTs](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519) containing claims that identify the attested app and Firebase project. This token is used to access Firebase services protected by App Check.
+  "token": "A String", # An App Check token. App Check tokens are signed [JWTs](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519) containing claims that identify the attested app and Firebase project. This token is used to access Firebase services protected by App Check.
+  "ttl": "A String", # The duration from the time this token is minted until its expiration. This field is intended to ease client-side token management, since the client may have clock skew, but is still able to accurately measure a duration.
+}
+
+
generateAppAttestChallenge(app, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generates a challenge that protects the integrity of an immediately following call to ExchangeAppAttestAttestation or ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. A challenge should not be reused for multiple calls.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/games_v1.achievements.html b/docs/dyn/games_v1.achievements.html
index 94c376f27c5..1f764b2244d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/games_v1.achievements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/games_v1.achievements.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 

Method Details

Args: achievementId: string, The ID of the achievement used by this method. (required) - stepsToIncrement: integer, The number of steps to increment. (required) + stepsToIncrement: integer, Required. The number of steps to increment. (required) requestId: string, A randomly generated numeric ID for each request specified by the caller. This number is used at the server to ensure that the request is handled correctly across retries. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

Args: achievementId: string, The ID of the achievement used by this method. (required) - steps: integer, The minimum value to set the steps to. (required) + steps: integer, Required. The minimum value to set the steps to. (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/games_v1.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/games_v1.revisions.html index 3a854ccba42..e0ef9dad1c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/games_v1.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/games_v1.revisions.html @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Method Details

Checks whether the games client is out of date.
 
 Args:
-  clientRevision: string, The revision of the client SDK used by your application. Format: `[PLATFORM_TYPE]:[VERSION_NUMBER]`. Possible values of `PLATFORM_TYPE` are: * `ANDROID` - Client is running the Android SDK. * `IOS` - Client is running the iOS SDK. * `WEB_APP` - Client is running as a Web App. (required)
+  clientRevision: string, Required. The revision of the client SDK used by your application. Format: `[PLATFORM_TYPE]:[VERSION_NUMBER]`. Possible values of `PLATFORM_TYPE` are: * `ANDROID` - Client is running the Android SDK. * `IOS` - Client is running the iOS SDK. * `WEB_APP` - Client is running as a Web App. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/games_v1.scores.html b/docs/dyn/games_v1.scores.html
index da0d19daca9..4838a2ae21e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/games_v1.scores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/games_v1.scores.html
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ 

Method Details

PUBLIC - List all scores in the public leaderboard. SOCIAL - (Obsolete) Legacy G+ social scores. FRIENDS - List only scores of friends. - timeSpan: string, The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting. (required) + timeSpan: string, Required. The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting. (required) Allowed values SCORE_TIME_SPAN_UNSPECIFIED - Default value. This value is unused. ALL_TIME - The score is an all-time score. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

PUBLIC - List all scores in the public leaderboard. SOCIAL - (Obsolete) Legacy G+ social scores. FRIENDS - List only scores of friends. - timeSpan: string, The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting. (required) + timeSpan: string, Required. The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting. (required) Allowed values SCORE_TIME_SPAN_UNSPECIFIED - Default value. This value is unused. ALL_TIME - The score is an all-time score. @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@

Method Details

Args: leaderboardId: string, The ID of the leaderboard. (required) - score: string, The score you're submitting. The submitted score is ignored if it is worse than a previously submitted score, where worse depends on the leaderboard sort order. The meaning of the score value depends on the leaderboard format type. For fixed-point, the score represents the raw value. For time, the score represents elapsed time in milliseconds. For currency, the score represents a value in micro units. (required) + score: string, Required. The score you're submitting. The submitted score is ignored if it is worse than a previously submitted score, where worse depends on the leaderboard sort order. The meaning of the score value depends on the leaderboard format type. For fixed-point, the score represents the raw value. For time, the score represents elapsed time in milliseconds. For currency, the score represents a value in micro units. (required) language: string, The preferred language to use for strings returned by this method. scoreTag: string, Additional information about the score you're submitting. Values must contain no more than 64 URI-safe characters as defined by section 2.3 of RFC 3986. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html index 8d6dbce4bcd..132fe1ad760 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -208,7 +207,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -244,7 +242,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -287,7 +284,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 5ac8a238a4e..b41fb8ba699 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -343,6 +343,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state. + "fleet": "A String", # Project number or id of the fleet. It is set only for Memberships that are part of fleet-based Rollout Sequencing. "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. @@ -718,6 +719,25 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec. + "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade. + { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0. + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. + "A String", + ], + }, "fleetobservability": { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec. "loggingConfig": { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet. "defaultConfig": { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs. @@ -746,6 +766,43 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed. }, }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state. + "downstreamFleets": [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. + "A String", + ], + "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters. + "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature. + { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status. + "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready". + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated. + }, + ], + "upgradeState": [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`. + { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level. + "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade. + "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade. + "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`. + "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. + "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. + }, + }, + }, "fleetobservability": { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state. "logging": { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging. "defaultLog": { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log. @@ -1115,6 +1172,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state. + "fleet": "A String", # Project number or id of the fleet. It is set only for Memberships that are part of fleet-based Rollout Sequencing. "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. @@ -1490,6 +1548,25 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec. + "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade. + { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0. + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. + "A String", + ], + }, "fleetobservability": { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec. "loggingConfig": { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet. "defaultConfig": { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs. @@ -1518,6 +1595,43 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed. }, }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state. + "downstreamFleets": [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. + "A String", + ], + "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters. + "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature. + { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status. + "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready". + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated. + }, + ], + "upgradeState": [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`. + { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level. + "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade. + "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade. + "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`. + "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. + "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. + }, + }, + }, "fleetobservability": { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state. "logging": { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging. "defaultLog": { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log. @@ -1875,6 +1989,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state. + "fleet": "A String", # Project number or id of the fleet. It is set only for Memberships that are part of fleet-based Rollout Sequencing. "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. @@ -2250,6 +2365,25 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec. + "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade. + { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0. + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. + "A String", + ], + }, "fleetobservability": { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec. "loggingConfig": { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet. "defaultConfig": { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs. @@ -2278,6 +2412,43 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed. }, }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state. + "downstreamFleets": [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. + "A String", + ], + "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters. + "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature. + { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status. + "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready". + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated. + }, + ], + "upgradeState": [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`. + { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level. + "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade. + "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade. + "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`. + "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. + "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. + }, + }, + }, "fleetobservability": { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state. "logging": { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging. "defaultLog": { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log. @@ -2591,6 +2762,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, "clusterupgrade": { # Per-membership state for this feature. # ClusterUpgrade state. + "fleet": "A String", # Project number or id of the fleet. It is set only for Memberships that are part of fleet-based Rollout Sequencing. "ignored": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. # Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. @@ -2966,6 +3138,25 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec. + "gkeUpgradeOverrides": [ # Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade. + { # Properties of a GKE upgrade that can be overridden by the user. For example, a user can skip soaking by overriding the soaking to 0. + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to override for the specified upgrade (name + version). Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Required. Which upgrade to override. Required. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + "postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. + "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. + }, + "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. + "A String", + ], + }, "fleetobservability": { # **Fleet Observability**: The Hub-wide input for the FleetObservability feature. # FleetObservability feature spec. "loggingConfig": { # LoggingConfig defines the configuration for different types of logs. # Specified if fleet logging feature is enabled for the entire fleet. If UNSPECIFIED, fleet logging feature is disabled for the entire fleet. "defaultConfig": { # RoutingConfig configures the behaviour of fleet logging feature. # Specified if applying the default routing config to logs not specified in other configs. @@ -2994,6 +3185,43 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Description is populated if Code is Failed, explaining why it has failed. }, }, + "clusterupgrade": { # **ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature. # ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state. + "downstreamFleets": [ # This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. + "A String", + ], + "gkeState": { # GKEUpgradeFeatureState contains feature states for GKE clusters in the scope. # Feature state for GKE clusters. + "conditions": [ # Current conditions of the feature. + { # GKEUpgradeFeatureCondition describes the condition of the feature for GKE clusters at a certain point of time. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the feature is in this status. + "status": "A String", # Status of the condition, one of True, False, Unknown. + "type": "A String", # Type of the condition, for example, "ready". + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the condition was updated. + }, + ], + "upgradeState": [ # Upgrade state. It will eventually replace `state`. + { # GKEUpgradeState is a GKEUpgrade and its state at the scope and fleet level. + "stats": { # Number of GKE clusters in each status code. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "status": { # UpgradeStatus provides status information for each upgrade. # Status of the upgrade. + "code": "A String", # Status code of the upgrade. + "reason": "A String", # Reason for this status. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last timestamp the status was updated. + }, + "upgrade": { # GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade. # Which upgrade to track the state. + "name": "A String", # Name of the upgrade, e.g., "k8s_control_plane". It should be a valid upgrade name. It must not exceet 99 characters. + "version": "A String", # Version of the upgrade, e.g., "1.22.1-gke.100". It should be a valid version. It must not exceet 99 characters. + }, + }, + ], + }, + "ignored": { # A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`. + "a_key": { # IgnoredMembership represents a membership ignored by the feature. A membership can be ignored because it was manually upgraded to a newer version than RC default. + "ignoredTime": "A String", # Time when the membership was first set to ignored. + "reason": "A String", # Reason why the membership is ignored. + }, + }, + }, "fleetobservability": { # **FleetObservability**: Hub-wide Feature for FleetObservability feature. state. # FleetObservability feature state. "logging": { # Feature state for logging feature. # The feature state of default logging. "defaultLog": { # Base state for fleet observability feature. # The base feature state of fleet default log. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html index 60817c8bf78..29f2aec6bde 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -208,7 +207,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -244,7 +242,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -287,7 +284,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html index 53bf6eb63eb..49f774f6f92 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.bindings.html @@ -113,7 +113,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -208,7 +207,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -244,7 +242,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -287,7 +284,6 @@

Method Details

{ # MembershipBinding is a subresource of a Membership, representing what Fleet Scopes (or other, future Fleet resources) a Membership is bound to. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. When the membership binding was deleted. - "fleet": True or False, # Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet. "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this MembershipBinding. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html index 97504fc18e8..9334b5e899b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.html @@ -135,6 +135,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for the bare metal admin cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # BareMetalAdminClusterOperationsConfig specifies the admin cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -145,8 +148,8 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the arg as it will be passed to the API Server command line. }, ], - "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. - "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. + "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Required. Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. + "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # Required. The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. "kubeletConfig": { # KubeletConfig defines the modifiable kubelet configurations for bare metal machines. Note: this list includes fields supported in GKE (see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/node-system-config#kubelet-options). # The modifiable kubelet configurations for the bare metal machines. "registryBurst": 42, # The maximum size of bursty pulls, temporarily allows pulls to burst to this number, while still not exceeding registry_pull_qps. The value must not be a negative number. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 10. "registryPullQps": 42, # The limit of registry pulls per second. Setting this value to 0 means no limit. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 5. @@ -320,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -393,6 +396,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for the bare metal admin cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # BareMetalAdminClusterOperationsConfig specifies the admin cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -403,8 +409,8 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the arg as it will be passed to the API Server command line. }, ], - "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. - "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. + "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Required. Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. + "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # Required. The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. "kubeletConfig": { # KubeletConfig defines the modifiable kubelet configurations for bare metal machines. Note: this list includes fields supported in GKE (see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/node-system-config#kubelet-options). # The modifiable kubelet configurations for the bare metal machines. "registryBurst": 42, # The maximum size of bursty pulls, temporarily allows pulls to burst to this number, while still not exceeding registry_pull_qps. The value must not be a negative number. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 10. "registryPullQps": 42, # The limit of registry pulls per second. Setting this value to 0 means no limit. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 5. @@ -569,7 +575,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -617,6 +623,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for the bare metal admin cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # BareMetalAdminClusterOperationsConfig specifies the admin cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -627,8 +636,8 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the arg as it will be passed to the API Server command line. }, ], - "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. - "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. + "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Required. Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. + "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # Required. The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. "kubeletConfig": { # KubeletConfig defines the modifiable kubelet configurations for bare metal machines. Note: this list includes fields supported in GKE (see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/node-system-config#kubelet-options). # The modifiable kubelet configurations for the bare metal machines. "registryBurst": 42, # The maximum size of bursty pulls, temporarily allows pulls to burst to this number, while still not exceeding registry_pull_qps. The value must not be a negative number. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 10. "registryPullQps": 42, # The limit of registry pulls per second. Setting this value to 0 means no limit. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 5. @@ -812,6 +821,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for the bare metal admin cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # BareMetalAdminClusterOperationsConfig specifies the admin cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -822,8 +834,8 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the arg as it will be passed to the API Server command line. }, ], - "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. - "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. + "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig specifies the control plane node pool configuration. We have a control plane specific node pool config so that we can flexible about supporting control plane specific fields in the future. # Required. Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster. + "nodePoolConfig": { # BareMetalNodePoolConfig describes the configuration of all nodes within a given bare metal node pool. # Required. The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane. "kubeletConfig": { # KubeletConfig defines the modifiable kubelet configurations for bare metal machines. Note: this list includes fields supported in GKE (see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/node-system-config#kubelet-options). # The modifiable kubelet configurations for the bare metal machines. "registryBurst": 42, # The maximum size of bursty pulls, temporarily allows pulls to burst to this number, while still not exceeding registry_pull_qps. The value must not be a negative number. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 10. "registryPullQps": 42, # The limit of registry pulls per second. Setting this value to 0 means no limit. Updating this field may impact scalability by changing the amount of traffic produced by image pulls. Defaults to 5. @@ -997,7 +1009,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -1046,7 +1058,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1074,7 +1086,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1157,7 +1169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.operations.html index fc669b1a351..a0004fc8868 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalAdminClusters.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html index 704ed3c04e1..7925d0fbc1a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.html @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.operations.html index 065dad2eaf8..e493fa3cbda 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.bareMetalNodePools.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html index 74a88079a81..d22d2cb386a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.html @@ -145,6 +145,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # Required. The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for your user cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # Specifies the bare metal user cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -432,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -472,7 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -516,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -548,6 +551,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # Required. The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for your user cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # Specifies the bare metal user cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -826,7 +832,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -877,6 +883,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # Required. The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for your user cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # Specifies the bare metal user cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -1176,6 +1185,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "bareMetalVersion": "A String", # Required. The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for your user cluster. + "binaryAuthorization": { # Configuration for Binary Authorization. # Binary Authorization related configurations. + "evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. + }, "clusterOperations": { # Specifies the bare metal user cluster's observability infrastructure. # Cluster operations configuration. "enableApplicationLogs": True or False, # Whether collection of application logs/metrics should be enabled (in addition to system logs/metrics). }, @@ -1464,7 +1476,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1515,7 +1527,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1543,7 +1555,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1626,7 +1638,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.operations.html index e4bb640c33d..e597d744dd7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.bareMetalClusters.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 2b67ec3f886..f717d4245ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html index 978ea48ff14..a384e926e4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -237,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "masterIp": "A String", # MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. "A String", ], @@ -375,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -482,6 +483,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "masterIp": "A String", # MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. "A String", ], @@ -690,6 +692,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "masterIp": "A String", # MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. "A String", ], @@ -837,7 +840,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -853,7 +856,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -881,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -963,7 +966,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.operations.html index 93883af1f0b..6b1b66dc3d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareAdminClusters.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.html index a1638f4c9c4..6b9115d2507 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.html @@ -166,6 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"replicas": "A String", # The number of control plane nodes for this VMware user cluster. (default: 1 replica). "vsphereConfig": { # Specifies control plane node config. # Vsphere-specific config. "datastore": "A String", # The Vsphere datastore used by the control plane Node. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The Vsphere storage policy used by the control plane Node. }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was created. @@ -176,6 +177,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was deleted. "description": "A String", # A human readable description of this VMware user cluster. + "disableBundledIngress": True or False, # Disable bundled ingress. "enableControlPlaneV2": True or False, # Enable control plane V2. Default to false. "endpoint": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of VMware user cluster's API server. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. Allows clients to perform consistent read-modify-writes through optimistic concurrency control. @@ -206,6 +208,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "seesawConfig": { # VmwareSeesawConfig represents configuration parameters for an already existing Seesaw load balancer. IMPORTANT: Please note that the Anthos On-Prem API will not generate or update Seesaw configurations it can only bind a pre-existing configuration to a new user cluster. IMPORTANT: When attempting to create a user cluster with a pre-existing Seesaw load balancer you will need to follow some preparation steps before calling the 'CreateVmwareCluster' API method. First you will need to create the user cluster's namespace via kubectl. The namespace will need to use the following naming convention : -gke-onprem-mgmt or -gke-onprem-mgmt depending on whether you used the 'VmwareCluster.local_name' to disambiguate collisions; for more context see the documentation of 'VmwareCluster.local_name'. Once the namespace is created you will need to create a secret resource via kubectl. This secret will contain copies of your Seesaw credentials. The Secret must be called 'user-cluster-creds' and contain Seesaw's SSH and Cert credentials. The credentials must be keyed with the following names: 'seesaw-ssh-private-key', 'seesaw-ssh-public-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-cert'. # Output only. Configuration for Seesaw typed load balancers. + "enableHa": True or False, # Enable two load balancer VMs to achieve a highly-available Seesaw load balancer. + "group": "A String", # Required. In general the following format should be used for the Seesaw group name: seesaw-for-[cluster_name]. + "ipBlocks": [ # Required. The IP Blocks to be used by the Seesaw load balancer + { # Represents a collection of IP addresses to assign to nodes. + "gateway": "A String", # The network gateway used by the VMware user cluster. + "ips": [ # The node's network configurations used by the VMware user cluster. + { # Represents VMware user cluster node's network configuration. + "hostname": "A String", # Hostname of the machine. VM's name will be used if this field is empty. + "ip": "A String", # IP could be an IP address (like 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR (like 1.2.3.0/24). + }, + ], + "netmask": "A String", # The netmask used by the VMware user cluster. + }, + ], + "masterIp": "A String", # Required. MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. + "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. + "A String", + ], + }, "vipConfig": { # Specifies the VIP config for the VMware user cluster load balancer. # The VIPs used by the load balancer. "controlPlaneVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for the Kubernetes API of this cluster. "ingressVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for ingress traffic into this cluster. @@ -282,6 +305,9 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the VMware user cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was last updated. + "upgradePolicy": { # VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy defines the cluster upgrade policy. # Specifies upgrade policy for the cluster. + "controlPlaneOnly": True or False, # Controls whether the upgrade applies to the control plane only. + }, "validationCheck": { # ValidationCheck represents the result of preflight check. # Output only. ValidationCheck represents the result of the preflight check job. "option": "A String", # Options used for the validation check "scenario": "A String", # Output only. The scenario when the preflight checks were run. @@ -305,6 +331,7 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # The name of the vCenter datastore for the user cluster. "folder": "A String", # The name of the vCenter folder for the user cluster. "resourcePool": "A String", # The name of the vCenter resource pool for the user cluster. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The name of the vCenter storage policy for the user cluster. }, "vmTrackingEnabled": True or False, # Enable VM tracking. } @@ -334,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -374,7 +401,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -419,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -472,6 +499,7 @@

Method Details

"replicas": "A String", # The number of control plane nodes for this VMware user cluster. (default: 1 replica). "vsphereConfig": { # Specifies control plane node config. # Vsphere-specific config. "datastore": "A String", # The Vsphere datastore used by the control plane Node. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The Vsphere storage policy used by the control plane Node. }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was created. @@ -482,6 +510,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was deleted. "description": "A String", # A human readable description of this VMware user cluster. + "disableBundledIngress": True or False, # Disable bundled ingress. "enableControlPlaneV2": True or False, # Enable control plane V2. Default to false. "endpoint": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of VMware user cluster's API server. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. Allows clients to perform consistent read-modify-writes through optimistic concurrency control. @@ -512,6 +541,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "seesawConfig": { # VmwareSeesawConfig represents configuration parameters for an already existing Seesaw load balancer. IMPORTANT: Please note that the Anthos On-Prem API will not generate or update Seesaw configurations it can only bind a pre-existing configuration to a new user cluster. IMPORTANT: When attempting to create a user cluster with a pre-existing Seesaw load balancer you will need to follow some preparation steps before calling the 'CreateVmwareCluster' API method. First you will need to create the user cluster's namespace via kubectl. The namespace will need to use the following naming convention : -gke-onprem-mgmt or -gke-onprem-mgmt depending on whether you used the 'VmwareCluster.local_name' to disambiguate collisions; for more context see the documentation of 'VmwareCluster.local_name'. Once the namespace is created you will need to create a secret resource via kubectl. This secret will contain copies of your Seesaw credentials. The Secret must be called 'user-cluster-creds' and contain Seesaw's SSH and Cert credentials. The credentials must be keyed with the following names: 'seesaw-ssh-private-key', 'seesaw-ssh-public-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-cert'. # Output only. Configuration for Seesaw typed load balancers. + "enableHa": True or False, # Enable two load balancer VMs to achieve a highly-available Seesaw load balancer. + "group": "A String", # Required. In general the following format should be used for the Seesaw group name: seesaw-for-[cluster_name]. + "ipBlocks": [ # Required. The IP Blocks to be used by the Seesaw load balancer + { # Represents a collection of IP addresses to assign to nodes. + "gateway": "A String", # The network gateway used by the VMware user cluster. + "ips": [ # The node's network configurations used by the VMware user cluster. + { # Represents VMware user cluster node's network configuration. + "hostname": "A String", # Hostname of the machine. VM's name will be used if this field is empty. + "ip": "A String", # IP could be an IP address (like 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR (like 1.2.3.0/24). + }, + ], + "netmask": "A String", # The netmask used by the VMware user cluster. + }, + ], + "masterIp": "A String", # Required. MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. + "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. + "A String", + ], + }, "vipConfig": { # Specifies the VIP config for the VMware user cluster load balancer. # The VIPs used by the load balancer. "controlPlaneVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for the Kubernetes API of this cluster. "ingressVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for ingress traffic into this cluster. @@ -588,6 +638,9 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the VMware user cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was last updated. + "upgradePolicy": { # VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy defines the cluster upgrade policy. # Specifies upgrade policy for the cluster. + "controlPlaneOnly": True or False, # Controls whether the upgrade applies to the control plane only. + }, "validationCheck": { # ValidationCheck represents the result of preflight check. # Output only. ValidationCheck represents the result of the preflight check job. "option": "A String", # Options used for the validation check "scenario": "A String", # Output only. The scenario when the preflight checks were run. @@ -611,6 +664,7 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # The name of the vCenter datastore for the user cluster. "folder": "A String", # The name of the vCenter folder for the user cluster. "resourcePool": "A String", # The name of the vCenter resource pool for the user cluster. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The name of the vCenter storage policy for the user cluster. }, "vmTrackingEnabled": True or False, # Enable VM tracking. } @@ -631,7 +685,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -707,6 +761,7 @@

Method Details

"replicas": "A String", # The number of control plane nodes for this VMware user cluster. (default: 1 replica). "vsphereConfig": { # Specifies control plane node config. # Vsphere-specific config. "datastore": "A String", # The Vsphere datastore used by the control plane Node. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The Vsphere storage policy used by the control plane Node. }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was created. @@ -717,6 +772,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was deleted. "description": "A String", # A human readable description of this VMware user cluster. + "disableBundledIngress": True or False, # Disable bundled ingress. "enableControlPlaneV2": True or False, # Enable control plane V2. Default to false. "endpoint": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of VMware user cluster's API server. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. Allows clients to perform consistent read-modify-writes through optimistic concurrency control. @@ -747,6 +803,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "seesawConfig": { # VmwareSeesawConfig represents configuration parameters for an already existing Seesaw load balancer. IMPORTANT: Please note that the Anthos On-Prem API will not generate or update Seesaw configurations it can only bind a pre-existing configuration to a new user cluster. IMPORTANT: When attempting to create a user cluster with a pre-existing Seesaw load balancer you will need to follow some preparation steps before calling the 'CreateVmwareCluster' API method. First you will need to create the user cluster's namespace via kubectl. The namespace will need to use the following naming convention : -gke-onprem-mgmt or -gke-onprem-mgmt depending on whether you used the 'VmwareCluster.local_name' to disambiguate collisions; for more context see the documentation of 'VmwareCluster.local_name'. Once the namespace is created you will need to create a secret resource via kubectl. This secret will contain copies of your Seesaw credentials. The Secret must be called 'user-cluster-creds' and contain Seesaw's SSH and Cert credentials. The credentials must be keyed with the following names: 'seesaw-ssh-private-key', 'seesaw-ssh-public-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-cert'. # Output only. Configuration for Seesaw typed load balancers. + "enableHa": True or False, # Enable two load balancer VMs to achieve a highly-available Seesaw load balancer. + "group": "A String", # Required. In general the following format should be used for the Seesaw group name: seesaw-for-[cluster_name]. + "ipBlocks": [ # Required. The IP Blocks to be used by the Seesaw load balancer + { # Represents a collection of IP addresses to assign to nodes. + "gateway": "A String", # The network gateway used by the VMware user cluster. + "ips": [ # The node's network configurations used by the VMware user cluster. + { # Represents VMware user cluster node's network configuration. + "hostname": "A String", # Hostname of the machine. VM's name will be used if this field is empty. + "ip": "A String", # IP could be an IP address (like 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR (like 1.2.3.0/24). + }, + ], + "netmask": "A String", # The netmask used by the VMware user cluster. + }, + ], + "masterIp": "A String", # Required. MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. + "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. + "A String", + ], + }, "vipConfig": { # Specifies the VIP config for the VMware user cluster load balancer. # The VIPs used by the load balancer. "controlPlaneVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for the Kubernetes API of this cluster. "ingressVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for ingress traffic into this cluster. @@ -823,6 +900,9 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the VMware user cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was last updated. + "upgradePolicy": { # VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy defines the cluster upgrade policy. # Specifies upgrade policy for the cluster. + "controlPlaneOnly": True or False, # Controls whether the upgrade applies to the control plane only. + }, "validationCheck": { # ValidationCheck represents the result of preflight check. # Output only. ValidationCheck represents the result of the preflight check job. "option": "A String", # Options used for the validation check "scenario": "A String", # Output only. The scenario when the preflight checks were run. @@ -846,6 +926,7 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # The name of the vCenter datastore for the user cluster. "folder": "A String", # The name of the vCenter folder for the user cluster. "resourcePool": "A String", # The name of the vCenter resource pool for the user cluster. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The name of the vCenter storage policy for the user cluster. }, "vmTrackingEnabled": True or False, # Enable VM tracking. }, @@ -904,6 +985,7 @@

Method Details

"replicas": "A String", # The number of control plane nodes for this VMware user cluster. (default: 1 replica). "vsphereConfig": { # Specifies control plane node config. # Vsphere-specific config. "datastore": "A String", # The Vsphere datastore used by the control plane Node. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The Vsphere storage policy used by the control plane Node. }, }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was created. @@ -914,6 +996,7 @@

Method Details

}, "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was deleted. "description": "A String", # A human readable description of this VMware user cluster. + "disableBundledIngress": True or False, # Disable bundled ingress. "enableControlPlaneV2": True or False, # Enable control plane V2. Default to false. "endpoint": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of VMware user cluster's API server. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. Allows clients to perform consistent read-modify-writes through optimistic concurrency control. @@ -944,6 +1027,27 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "seesawConfig": { # VmwareSeesawConfig represents configuration parameters for an already existing Seesaw load balancer. IMPORTANT: Please note that the Anthos On-Prem API will not generate or update Seesaw configurations it can only bind a pre-existing configuration to a new user cluster. IMPORTANT: When attempting to create a user cluster with a pre-existing Seesaw load balancer you will need to follow some preparation steps before calling the 'CreateVmwareCluster' API method. First you will need to create the user cluster's namespace via kubectl. The namespace will need to use the following naming convention : -gke-onprem-mgmt or -gke-onprem-mgmt depending on whether you used the 'VmwareCluster.local_name' to disambiguate collisions; for more context see the documentation of 'VmwareCluster.local_name'. Once the namespace is created you will need to create a secret resource via kubectl. This secret will contain copies of your Seesaw credentials. The Secret must be called 'user-cluster-creds' and contain Seesaw's SSH and Cert credentials. The credentials must be keyed with the following names: 'seesaw-ssh-private-key', 'seesaw-ssh-public-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-cert'. # Output only. Configuration for Seesaw typed load balancers. + "enableHa": True or False, # Enable two load balancer VMs to achieve a highly-available Seesaw load balancer. + "group": "A String", # Required. In general the following format should be used for the Seesaw group name: seesaw-for-[cluster_name]. + "ipBlocks": [ # Required. The IP Blocks to be used by the Seesaw load balancer + { # Represents a collection of IP addresses to assign to nodes. + "gateway": "A String", # The network gateway used by the VMware user cluster. + "ips": [ # The node's network configurations used by the VMware user cluster. + { # Represents VMware user cluster node's network configuration. + "hostname": "A String", # Hostname of the machine. VM's name will be used if this field is empty. + "ip": "A String", # IP could be an IP address (like 1.2.3.4) or a CIDR (like 1.2.3.0/24). + }, + ], + "netmask": "A String", # The netmask used by the VMware user cluster. + }, + ], + "masterIp": "A String", # Required. MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group. + "stackdriverName": "A String", # Name to be used by Stackdriver. + "vms": [ # Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group. + "A String", + ], + }, "vipConfig": { # Specifies the VIP config for the VMware user cluster load balancer. # The VIPs used by the load balancer. "controlPlaneVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for the Kubernetes API of this cluster. "ingressVip": "A String", # The VIP which you previously set aside for ingress traffic into this cluster. @@ -1020,6 +1124,9 @@

Method Details

}, "uid": "A String", # Output only. The unique identifier of the VMware user cluster. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which VMware user cluster was last updated. + "upgradePolicy": { # VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy defines the cluster upgrade policy. # Specifies upgrade policy for the cluster. + "controlPlaneOnly": True or False, # Controls whether the upgrade applies to the control plane only. + }, "validationCheck": { # ValidationCheck represents the result of preflight check. # Output only. ValidationCheck represents the result of the preflight check job. "option": "A String", # Options used for the validation check "scenario": "A String", # Output only. The scenario when the preflight checks were run. @@ -1043,6 +1150,7 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # The name of the vCenter datastore for the user cluster. "folder": "A String", # The name of the vCenter folder for the user cluster. "resourcePool": "A String", # The name of the vCenter resource pool for the user cluster. + "storagePolicyName": "A String", # The name of the vCenter storage policy for the user cluster. }, "vmTrackingEnabled": True or False, # Enable VM tracking. } @@ -1072,7 +1180,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1116,7 +1224,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1144,7 +1252,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -1227,7 +1335,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.operations.html index 6da3f522885..8b32376f118 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html index dcc1f0c7df9..cc19d57d208 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.html @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.operations.html b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.operations.html index 08c042be428..98df90ad121 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkeonprem_v1.projects.locations.vmwareClusters.vmwareNodePools.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html index 4d4befbdc8e..e7639b9085e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index 153af426cbe..16960121225 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html index db65ff0241e..980142d4bbb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html index 6c45c2c6fa3..f6808b381a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index b999ff49908..6f24ccbf66b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html index bf975e0bf99..55c00a448a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -845,7 +845,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 73cdb1f9988..f7c2f81b77e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html index 327cf110284..4075d4cc5ac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html index 0d19d550964..f7b1290513e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html index ab9453efed4..46756c49a7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index 8fb55b82531..ec7e04804ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html index 8e09b86f94d..c1a6069784c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html index 5c3c7f165f4..fefbea6b3b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.studies.series.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index 15980d3078b..1bbc939d9bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -2306,7 +2306,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html index 0c85b20c2ff..f2114f1b5f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 4b00aab11f3..13a7971e48f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html index a04bf0d9a5b..7df4714d482 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 08bf0ca32a5..9abece2bf1e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -601,11 +601,6 @@ * [v1management](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gamesManagement_v1management.html) -## gameservices -* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.html) -* [v1beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.html) - - ## gkebackup * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html index 19566f6a079..0d852dc1160 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The parameters to ListLogEntries. "filter": "A String", # Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return. For more information, see Logging query language (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/logging-query-language).Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries in the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no results. The maximum length of a filter is 20,000 characters. "orderBy": "A String", # Optional. How the results should be sorted. Presently, the only permitted values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first option returns entries in order of increasing values of LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first). Entries with equal timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values. - "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Default is 50. If the value is negative or exceeds 1000, the request is rejected. The presence of next_page_token in the response indicates that more results might be available. + "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Default is 50. If the value is negative, the request is rejected.The presence of next_page_token in the response indicates that more results might be available. "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. page_token must be the value of next_page_token from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call. "projectIds": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Use resource_names instead. One or more project identifiers or project numbers from which to retrieve log entries. Example: "my-project-1A". "A String", @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

}, "textPayload": "A String", # The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8). "timestamp": "A String", # Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred. This time is used to compute the log entry's age and to enforce the logs retention period. If this field is omitted in a new log entry, then Logging assigns it the current time. Timestamps have nanosecond accuracy, but trailing zeros in the fractional seconds might be omitted when the timestamp is displayed.Incoming log entries must have timestamps that don't exceed the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas#logs_retention_periods) in the past, and that don't exceed 24 hours in the future. Log entries outside those time boundaries are rejected by Logging. - "trace": "A String", # Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project "my-trace-project" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID "12345", then the service should use "projects/my-tracing-project/traces/12345".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace. + "trace": "A String", # Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project "my-trace-project" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID "12345", then the service should use "projects/my-trace-project/traces/12345".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace. "traceSampled": True or False, # Optional. The sampling decision of the trace associated with the log entry.True means that the trace resource name in the trace field was sampled for storage in a trace backend. False means that the trace was not sampled for storage when this log entry was written, or the sampling decision was unknown at the time. A non-sampled trace value is still useful as a request correlation identifier. The default is False. }, ], @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@

Method Details

}, "textPayload": "A String", # The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8). "timestamp": "A String", # Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred. This time is used to compute the log entry's age and to enforce the logs retention period. If this field is omitted in a new log entry, then Logging assigns it the current time. Timestamps have nanosecond accuracy, but trailing zeros in the fractional seconds might be omitted when the timestamp is displayed.Incoming log entries must have timestamps that don't exceed the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas#logs_retention_periods) in the past, and that don't exceed 24 hours in the future. Log entries outside those time boundaries are rejected by Logging. - "trace": "A String", # Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project "my-trace-project" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID "12345", then the service should use "projects/my-tracing-project/traces/12345".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace. + "trace": "A String", # Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project "my-trace-project" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID "12345", then the service should use "projects/my-trace-project/traces/12345".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace. "traceSampled": True or False, # Optional. The sampling decision of the trace associated with the log entry.True means that the trace resource name in the trace field was sampled for storage in a trace backend. False means that the trace was not sampled for storage when this log entry was written, or the sampling decision was unknown at the time. A non-sampled trace value is still useful as a request correlation identifier. The default is False. }, ], @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

}, "textPayload": "A String", # The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8). "timestamp": "A String", # Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred. This time is used to compute the log entry's age and to enforce the logs retention period. If this field is omitted in a new log entry, then Logging assigns it the current time. Timestamps have nanosecond accuracy, but trailing zeros in the fractional seconds might be omitted when the timestamp is displayed.Incoming log entries must have timestamps that don't exceed the logs retention period (https://cloud.google.com/logging/quotas#logs_retention_periods) in the past, and that don't exceed 24 hours in the future. Log entries outside those time boundaries are rejected by Logging. - "trace": "A String", # Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project "my-trace-project" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID "12345", then the service should use "projects/my-tracing-project/traces/12345".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace. + "trace": "A String", # Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project "my-trace-project" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID "12345", then the service should use "projects/my-trace-project/traces/12345".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace. "traceSampled": True or False, # Optional. The sampling decision of the trace associated with the log entry.True means that the trace resource name in the trace field was sampled for storage in a trace backend. False means that the trace was not sampled for storage when this log entry was written, or the sampling decision was unknown at the time. A non-sampled trace value is still useful as a request correlation identifier. The default is False. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.federations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.federations.html index 92280552ea4..ef9e48eb5d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.federations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.federations.html @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html index 3e53328bedb..3f4c68b64f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html index 7c4e2fbf4f8..c8856d4bd47 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html index b2bf8630bd3..718d4a8e1b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html index ef552bde29f..582b2857139 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html index a803632bd6c..1c3b3a5ccc7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.jobs.html @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 5cadec43528..fed218e5948 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.html index e55956f5dc4..8287c63e8bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.html @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.html index 1cd41ab180c..9428a5851f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.html @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -792,7 +792,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.versions.html index 0daf5059fe8..1e37b2af4d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.models.versions.html @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html index 23285b39316..1550b3ac092 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html index 110b83e6f26..303419fc2c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html @@ -144,6 +144,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -504,6 +591,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -857,6 +1031,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -1212,31 +1473,118 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. - "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. - }, - "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. - "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. - "upperBound": 3.14, # The upper bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be less than or equal to this. - }, - "sparkChartView": { # A sparkChart is a small chart suitable for inclusion in a table-cell or inline in text. This message contains the configuration for a sparkChart to show up on a Scorecard, showing recent trends of the scorecard's timeseries. # Will cause the scorecard to show a spark chart. - "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # The lower bound on data point frequency in the chart implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes it would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. This field is optional and exists only as a hint. - "sparkChartType": "A String", # Required. The type of sparkchart to show in this chartView. - }, - "thresholds": [ # The thresholds used to determine the state of the scorecard given the time series' current value. For an actual value x, the scorecard is in a danger state if x is less than or equal to a danger threshold that triggers below, or greater than or equal to a danger threshold that triggers above. Similarly, if x is above/below a warning threshold that triggers above/below, then the scorecard is in a warning state - unless x also puts it in a danger state. (Danger trumps warning.)As an example, consider a scorecard with the following four thresholds: { value: 90, category: 'DANGER', trigger: 'ABOVE', }, { value: 70, category: 'WARNING', trigger: 'ABOVE', }, { value: 10, category: 'DANGER', trigger: 'BELOW', }, { value: 20, category: 'WARNING', trigger: 'BELOW', } Then: values less than or equal to 10 would put the scorecard in a DANGER state, values greater than 10 but less than or equal to 20 a WARNING state, values strictly between 20 and 70 an OK state, values greater than or equal to 70 but less than 90 a WARNING state, and values greater than or equal to 90 a DANGER state. - { # Defines a threshold for categorizing time series values. - "color": "A String", # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart. - "direction": "A String", # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart. - "label": "A String", # A label for the threshold. - "targetAxis": "A String", # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard. - "value": 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric. - }, - ], - "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. - "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart - "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. - "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. - "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, + "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. + "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. + }, + "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. + "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. + "upperBound": 3.14, # The upper bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be less than or equal to this. + }, + "sparkChartView": { # A sparkChart is a small chart suitable for inclusion in a table-cell or inline in text. This message contains the configuration for a sparkChart to show up on a Scorecard, showing recent trends of the scorecard's timeseries. # Will cause the scorecard to show a spark chart. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # The lower bound on data point frequency in the chart implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes it would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. This field is optional and exists only as a hint. + "sparkChartType": "A String", # Required. The type of sparkchart to show in this chartView. + }, + "thresholds": [ # The thresholds used to determine the state of the scorecard given the time series' current value. For an actual value x, the scorecard is in a danger state if x is less than or equal to a danger threshold that triggers below, or greater than or equal to a danger threshold that triggers above. Similarly, if x is above/below a warning threshold that triggers above/below, then the scorecard is in a warning state - unless x also puts it in a danger state. (Danger trumps warning.)As an example, consider a scorecard with the following four thresholds: { value: 90, category: 'DANGER', trigger: 'ABOVE', }, { value: 70, category: 'WARNING', trigger: 'ABOVE', }, { value: 10, category: 'DANGER', trigger: 'BELOW', }, { value: 20, category: 'WARNING', trigger: 'BELOW', } Then: values less than or equal to 10 would put the scorecard in a DANGER state, values greater than 10 but less than or equal to 20 a WARNING state, values strictly between 20 and 70 an OK state, values greater than or equal to 70 but less than 90 a WARNING state, and values greater than or equal to 90 a DANGER state. + { # Defines a threshold for categorizing time series values. + "color": "A String", # The state color for this threshold. Color is not allowed in a XyChart. + "direction": "A String", # The direction for the current threshold. Direction is not allowed in a XyChart. + "label": "A String", # A label for the threshold. + "targetAxis": "A String", # The target axis to use for plotting the threshold. Target axis is not allowed in a Scorecard. + "value": 3.14, # The value of the threshold. The value should be defined in the native scale of the metric. + }, + ], + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. Fields for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. @@ -1576,6 +1924,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -1936,6 +2371,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -2289,6 +2811,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -2644,6 +3253,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -3019,18 +3715,105 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone". "a_key": "A String", }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + }, + ], + "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. + "A String", + ], + }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, }, ], - "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. - "A String", - ], - }, - "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. - "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. - "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. - "A String", - ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -3392,6 +4175,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -3745,6 +4615,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -4087,18 +5044,105 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone". "a_key": "A String", }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + }, + ], + "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. + "A String", + ], + }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, }, ], - "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. - "A String", - ], - }, - "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. - "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. - "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. - "A String", - ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -4474,6 +5518,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -4834,6 +5965,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -5174,18 +6392,105 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone". "a_key": "A String", }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + }, + ], + "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. + "A String", + ], + }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, }, ], - "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. - "A String", - ], - }, - "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. - "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. - "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. - "A String", - ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -5542,6 +6847,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -5924,6 +7316,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -6271,18 +7750,105 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone". "a_key": "A String", }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + }, + ], + "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. + "A String", + ], + }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, }, ], - "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. - "A String", - ], - }, - "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. - "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. - "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. - "A String", - ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -6637,6 +8203,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -6992,6 +8645,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -7343,18 +9083,105 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels "project_id", "instance_id", and "zone". "a_key": "A String", }, - "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + "type": "A String", # Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match the type field of a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object. For example, the type of a Compute Engine VM instance is gce_instance. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list). + }, + ], + "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. + "A String", + ], + }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. + "A String", + ], + }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, }, ], - "policyNames": [ # Optional. A list of alert policy names to filter the incident list by. Don't include the project ID prefix in the policy name. For example, use alertPolicies/utilization. - "A String", - ], - }, - "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. - "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. - "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Currently only projects are supported. If empty, the widget will default to the host project. - "A String", - ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. @@ -7716,6 +9543,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -8069,6 +9983,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, @@ -8424,6 +10425,93 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "pieChart": { # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut. # A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart. + "chartType": "A String", # Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart. + "dataSets": [ # Required. The queries for the chart's data. + { # Groups a time series query definition. + "minAlignmentPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals. + "sliceNameTemplate": "A String", # Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name. + "timeSeriesQuery": { # TimeSeriesQuery collects the set of supported methods for querying time series data from the Stackdriver metrics API. # Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery. + "outputFullDuration": True or False, # Optional. If set, Cloud Monitoring will treat the full query duration as the alignment period so that there will be only 1 output value.*Note: This could override the configured alignment period except for the cases where a series of data points are expected, like - XyChart - Scorecard's spark chart + "prometheusQuery": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with PromQL. + "timeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that defines a subset of time series data that is displayed in a widget. Time series data is fetched using the ListTimeSeries (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.timeSeries/list) method. # Filter parameters to fetch time series. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after aggregation is applied. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesFilterRatio": { # A pair of time series filters that define a ratio computation. The output time series is the pair-wise division of each aligned element from the numerator and denominator time series. # Parameters to fetch a ratio between two time series filters. + "denominator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The denominator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "numerator": { # Describes a query to build the numerator or denominator of a TimeSeriesFilterRatio. # The numerator of the ratio. + "aggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # By default, the raw time series data is returned. Use this field to combine multiple time series for different views of the data. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "filter": "A String", # Required. The monitoring filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) that identifies the metric types, resources, and projects to query. + }, + "pickTimeSeriesFilter": { # Describes a ranking-based time series filter. Each input time series is ranked with an aligner. The filter will allow up to num_time_series time series to pass through it, selecting them based on the relative ranking.For example, if ranking_method is METHOD_MEAN,direction is BOTTOM, and num_time_series is 3, then the 3 times series with the lowest mean values will pass through the filter. # Ranking based time series filter. + "direction": "A String", # How to use the ranking to select time series that pass through the filter. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to allow to pass through the filter. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # ranking_method is applied to each time series independently to produce the value which will be used to compare the time series to other time series. + }, + "secondaryAggregation": { # Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide a different view of the data. Aggregation of time series is done in two steps. First, each time series in the set is aligned to the same time interval boundaries, then the set of time series is optionally reduced in number.Alignment consists of applying the per_series_aligner operation to each time series after its data has been divided into regular alignment_period time intervals. This process takes all of the data points in an alignment period, applies a mathematical transformation such as averaging, minimum, maximum, delta, etc., and converts them into a single data point per period.Reduction is when the aligned and transformed time series can optionally be combined, reducing the number of time series through similar mathematical transformations. Reduction involves applying a cross_series_reducer to all the time series, optionally sorting the time series into subsets with group_by_fields, and applying the reducer to each subset.The raw time series data can contain a huge amount of information from multiple sources. Alignment and reduction transforms this mass of data into a more manageable and representative collection of data, for example "the 95% latency across the average of all tasks in a cluster". This representative data can be more easily graphed and comprehended, and the individual time series data is still available for later drilldown. For more details, see Filtering and aggregation (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/aggregation). # Apply a second aggregation after the ratio is computed. + "alignmentPeriod": "A String", # The alignment_period specifies a time interval, in seconds, that is used to divide the data in all the time series into consistent blocks of time. This will be done before the per-series aligner can be applied to the data.The value must be at least 60 seconds. If a per-series aligner other than ALIGN_NONE is specified, this field is required or an error is returned. If no per-series aligner is specified, or the aligner ALIGN_NONE is specified, then this field is ignored.The maximum value of the alignment_period is 2 years, or 104 weeks. + "crossSeriesReducer": "A String", # The reduction operation to be used to combine time series into a single time series, where the value of each data point in the resulting series is a function of all the already aligned values in the input time series.Not all reducer operations can be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and the value_type of the original time series. Reduction can yield a time series with a different metric_kind or value_type than the input time series.Time series data must first be aligned (see per_series_aligner) in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified, and must not be ALIGN_NONE. An alignment_period must also be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + "groupByFields": [ # The set of fields to preserve when cross_series_reducer is specified. The group_by_fields determine how the time series are partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation operation. Each subset contains time series that have the same value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time series is a member of exactly one subset. The cross_series_reducer is applied to each subset of time series. It is not possible to reduce across different resource types, so this field implicitly contains resource.type. Fields not specified in group_by_fields are aggregated away. If group_by_fields is not specified and all the time series have the same resource type, then the time series are aggregated into a single output time series. If cross_series_reducer is not defined, this field is ignored. + "A String", + ], + "perSeriesAligner": "A String", # An Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment. Except for ALIGN_NONE, all alignments cause all the data points in an alignment_period to be mathematically grouped together, resulting in a single data point for each alignment_period with end timestamp at the end of the period.Not all alignment operations may be applied to all time series. The valid choices depend on the metric_kind and value_type of the original time series. Alignment can change the metric_kind or the value_type of the time series.Time series data must be aligned in order to perform cross-time series reduction. If cross_series_reducer is specified, then per_series_aligner must be specified and not equal to ALIGN_NONE and alignment_period must be specified; otherwise, an error is returned. + }, + "statisticalTimeSeriesFilter": { # A filter that ranks streams based on their statistical relation to other streams in a request. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. # Statistics based time series filter. Note: This field is deprecated and completely ignored by the API. + "numTimeSeries": 42, # How many time series to output. + "rankingMethod": "A String", # rankingMethod is applied to a set of time series, and then the produced value for each individual time series is used to compare a given time series to others. These are methods that cannot be applied stream-by-stream, but rather require the full context of a request to evaluate time series. + }, + }, + "timeSeriesQueryLanguage": "A String", # A query used to fetch time series with MQL. + "unitOverride": "A String", # The unit of data contained in fetched time series. If non-empty, this unit will override any unit that accompanies fetched data. The format is the same as the unit (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors) field in MetricDescriptor. + }, + }, + ], + "showLabels": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels + "showTotal": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "blankView": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } # Will cause the Scorecard to show only the value, with no indicator to its value relative to its thresholds. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html index e6ef86b6166..8a8adfda35d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.policyBasedRoutes.html @@ -77,9 +77,24 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, policyBasedRouteId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new PolicyBasedRoute in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single PolicyBasedRoute.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single PolicyBasedRoute.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists PolicyBasedRoutes in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.

@@ -92,6 +107,175 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, policyBasedRouteId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new PolicyBasedRoute in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource's name of the PolicyBasedRoute. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Policy Based Routes (PBR) are more powerful routes that allows GCP customers to route their L4 network traffic based on not just destination IP, but also source IP, protocol and more. A PBR always take precedence when it conflicts with other types of routes. Next id: 22
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
+  "filter": { # Filter matches L4 traffic. # Required. The filter to match L4 traffic.
+    "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
+    "ipProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The IP protocol that this policy based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.
+    "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.
+    "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
+  },
+  "interconnectAttachment": { # InterconnectAttachment to which this route applies to. # Optional. The interconnect attachments to which this route applies to.
+    "region": "A String", # Optional. Cloud region to install this policy based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for Policy Based Route resources.
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to. e.g. projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.
+  "nextHopIlbIp": "A String", # Optional. The IP of a global access enabled L4 ILB that should be the next hop to handle matching packets. For this version, only next_hop_ilb_ip is supported.
+  "nextHopOtherRoutes": "A String", # Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.
+  "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this policy based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy based routes found. In cases where multiple policy based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was updated.
+  "virtualMachine": { # VM instances to which this policy based route applies to. # Optional. VM instances to which this policy based route applies to.
+    "tags": [ # Optional. A list of VM instance tags to which this policy based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "warnings": [ # Output only. If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.
+    { # Informational warning message.
+      "code": "A String", # Output only. A warning code, if applicable.
+      "data": { # Output only. Metadata about this warning in key: value format. The key should provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "warningMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  policyBasedRouteId: string, Required. Unique id for the Policy Based Route to create.
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single PolicyBasedRoute.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the PolicyBasedRoute resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single PolicyBasedRoute.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the PolicyBasedRoute resource to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Policy Based Routes (PBR) are more powerful routes that allows GCP customers to route their L4 network traffic based on not just destination IP, but also source IP, protocol and more. A PBR always take precedence when it conflicts with other types of routes. Next id: 22
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
+  "filter": { # Filter matches L4 traffic. # Required. The filter to match L4 traffic.
+    "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
+    "ipProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The IP protocol that this policy based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.
+    "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.
+    "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
+  },
+  "interconnectAttachment": { # InterconnectAttachment to which this route applies to. # Optional. The interconnect attachments to which this route applies to.
+    "region": "A String", # Optional. Cloud region to install this policy based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.
+  },
+  "kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for Policy Based Route resources.
+  "labels": { # User-defined labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to. e.g. projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.
+  "nextHopIlbIp": "A String", # Optional. The IP of a global access enabled L4 ILB that should be the next hop to handle matching packets. For this version, only next_hop_ilb_ip is supported.
+  "nextHopOtherRoutes": "A String", # Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.
+  "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this policy based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy based routes found. In cases where multiple policy based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was updated.
+  "virtualMachine": { # VM instances to which this policy based route applies to. # Optional. VM instances to which this policy based route applies to.
+    "tags": [ # Optional. A list of VM instance tags to which this policy based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "warnings": [ # Output only. If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.
+    { # Informational warning message.
+      "code": "A String", # Output only. A warning code, if applicable.
+      "data": { # Output only. Metadata about this warning in key: value format. The key should provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "warningMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -140,6 +324,86 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists PolicyBasedRoutes in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource's name. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters the results listed in the response.
+  orderBy: string, Sort the results by a certain order.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+  pageToken: string, The page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for PolicyBasedRouting.ListPolicyBasedRoutes method.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The next pagination token in the List response. It should be used as page_token for the following request. An empty value means no more result.
+  "policyBasedRoutes": [ # Policy based routes to be returned.
+    { # Policy Based Routes (PBR) are more powerful routes that allows GCP customers to route their L4 network traffic based on not just destination IP, but also source IP, protocol and more. A PBR always take precedence when it conflicts with other types of routes. Next id: 22
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.
+      "filter": { # Filter matches L4 traffic. # Required. The filter to match L4 traffic.
+        "destRange": "A String", # Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
+        "ipProtocol": "A String", # Optional. The IP protocol that this policy based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.
+        "protocolVersion": "A String", # Required. Internet protocol versions this policy based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.
+        "srcRange": "A String", # Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is "0.0.0.0/0" if protocol version is IPv4.
+      },
+      "interconnectAttachment": { # InterconnectAttachment to which this route applies to. # Optional. The interconnect attachments to which this route applies to.
+        "region": "A String", # Optional. Cloud region to install this policy based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.
+      },
+      "kind": "A String", # Output only. Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for Policy Based Route resources.
+      "labels": { # User-defined labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`
+      "network": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to. e.g. projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.
+      "nextHopIlbIp": "A String", # Optional. The IP of a global access enabled L4 ILB that should be the next hop to handle matching packets. For this version, only next_hop_ilb_ip is supported.
+      "nextHopOtherRoutes": "A String", # Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.
+      "priority": 42, # Optional. The priority of this policy based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy based routes found. In cases where multiple policy based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was updated.
+      "virtualMachine": { # VM instances to which this policy based route applies to. # Optional. VM instances to which this policy based route applies to.
+        "tags": [ # Optional. A list of VM instance tags to which this policy based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "warnings": [ # Output only. If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.
+        { # Informational warning message.
+          "code": "A String", # Output only. A warning code, if applicable.
+          "data": { # Output only. Metadata about this warning in key: value format. The key should provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement.
+            "a_key": "A String",
+          },
+          "warningMessage": "A String", # Output only. A human-readable description of the warning code.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html
index b94e4e60b0b..56983d8848d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html index 88a6d0ce61c..dc46778dc76 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html index 970bad48d3d..e7610731c5f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html index 5f76bb56a9f..1ab71d86e96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html index 4ef5bc957f9..5ccdec3eb38 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html index ad08eaead34..0aed5e949a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html index 8c62cc7e2f6..47e08d139e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index 908df1c1988..44bf501869e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html index 841b8728617..af705a89fdc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html index fffcb4d0262..41a3e952a88 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.urlLists.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.urlLists.html index d2bc825f1fb..16e5db4052e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.urlLists.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.urlLists.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html index 672a59b332e..65cf5f825c9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.addressGroups.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html index 538f04742a1..c10055d3428 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.firewallEndpoints.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html index 5c0e818d526..c7bfc4f68d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html index e5516c7ae0a..a9fa8c99e67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html index 5a127754f0c..a3384a3cea8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html index 47e8b116e08..6499d11d0d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.addressGroups.html @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html index e8871eca468..7ed680f4a6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.authorizationPolicies.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html index 4af47b99014..8f841555405 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.clientTlsPolicies.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html index ff6cac5e837..7d959d7d0fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.firewallEndpointAssociations.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html index 3c909a93212..6acd5d7cfcf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html index 3371796c962..529dde64aab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.gatewaySecurityPolicies.rules.html @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index c6184f119ba..72a712c6b8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html index 63a3c752dd5..644b51b0e18 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html index 13e65d843f0..a8f74676c5a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.html @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.urlLists.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.urlLists.html index f0ee9a19521..1b38a4bf53b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.urlLists.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1beta1.projects.locations.urlLists.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html index f83b01e26a8..4da2e9f08a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html @@ -116,6 +116,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], @@ -231,6 +234,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], @@ -287,6 +293,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], @@ -349,6 +358,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html index 5994a5edf7b..3ae2dded782 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html @@ -116,6 +116,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], @@ -231,6 +234,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], @@ -287,6 +293,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], @@ -349,6 +358,9 @@

Method Details

"gateways": [ # Optional. Gateways defines a list of gateways this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the gateway. Each gateway reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/gateways/` "A String", ], + "labels": { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "meshes": [ # Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.Text.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.Text.html index cf80367b2bf..10390a4f689 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.Text.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.Text.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"min": 42, # Lower bound. If unset, behavior is documented on the range field. }, "rankPreference": "A String", # How results will be ranked in the response. - "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. It is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported. + "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported. "strictTypeFiltering": True or False, # Used to set strict type filtering for included_type. If set to true, only results of the same type will be returned. Default to false. "textQuery": "A String", # Required. The text query for textual search. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index 804dc4218c3..04a9f2c8631 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

"min": 42, # Lower bound. If unset, behavior is documented on the range field. }, "rankPreference": "A String", # How results will be ranked in the response. - "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. It is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported. + "regionCode": "A String", # The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported. "strictTypeFiltering": True or False, # Used to set strict type filtering for included_type. If set to true, only results of the same type will be returned. Default to false. "textQuery": "A String", # Required. The text query for textual search. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html index e9ad955a910..6b024bdc609 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.html @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html index 6cf808f0d30..1b68b4a0ab7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificates.html @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # Required. A public key. The padding and encoding must match with the `KeyFormat` value specified for the `format` field. }, "subjectConfig": { # These values are used to create the distinguished name and subject alternative name fields in an X.509 certificate. # Required. Specifies some of the values in a certificate that are related to the subject. - "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. + "subject": { # Subject describes parts of a distinguished name that, in turn, describes the subject of the certificate. # Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization. "commonName": "A String", # The "common name" of the subject. "countryCode": "A String", # The country code of the subject. "locality": "A String", # The locality or city of the subject. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html index 8027a7dacfd..f57811a3c44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html @@ -135,6 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, + "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`. "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values. "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions. @@ -330,6 +331,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, + "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`. "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values. "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions. @@ -513,6 +515,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, + "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`. "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values. "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions. @@ -657,6 +660,7 @@

Method Details

"labels": { # Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, + "maximumLifetime": "A String", # Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`. "passthroughExtensions": { # Describes a set of X.509 extensions that may be part of some certificate issuance controls. # Optional. Describes the set of X.509 extensions that may appear in a Certificate issued using this CertificateTemplate. If a certificate request sets extensions that don't appear in the passthrough_extensions, those extensions will be dropped. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy defines baseline_values that don't appear here, the certificate issuance request will fail. If this is omitted, then this template will not add restrictions on a certificate's X.509 extensions. These constraints do not apply to X.509 extensions set in this CertificateTemplate's predefined_values. "additionalExtensions": [ # Optional. A set of ObjectIds identifying custom X.509 extensions. Will be combined with known_extensions to determine the full set of X.509 extensions. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html index eb490a82c9c..257194f979c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html index 3415dbe2ecb..afbc6ba0505 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index 5eb236ca39b..4e27b8f18a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html index dd208bb380b..dd0c1975ae4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. diff --git a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html index 69e3c2c344b..7620890efe0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/prod_tt_sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html @@ -113,6 +113,9 @@

Instance Methods

provisionDeployment(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new SAS deployment through the GCP workflow. Creates a SAS organization if an organization match is not found.

+

+ setupSasAnalytics(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Setups the a GCP Project to receive SAS Analytics messages via GCP Pub/Sub with a subscription to BigQuery. All the Pub/Sub topics and BigQuery tables are created automatically as part of this service.

Method Details

checkHasProvisionedDeployment(x__xgafv=None) @@ -306,4 +309,44 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setupSasAnalytics(body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Setups the a GCP Project to receive SAS Analytics messages via GCP Pub/Sub with a subscription to BigQuery. All the Pub/Sub topics and BigQuery tables are created automatically as part of this service.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.html b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.html index 3648ca79e30..ed17b40b70c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a buyer account by its name.

getRemarketingTag(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.

+

Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.

list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all buyer account information the calling buyer user or service account is permissioned to manage.

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Method Details

getRemarketingTag(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.
+  
Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. To fetch remarketing tag for an account, name must follow the pattern `buyers/{accountId}` where `{accountId}` represents ID of a buyer that owns the remarketing tag. For a bidder accessing remarketing tag on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{accountId}` should represent the ID of the child seat buyer. To fetch remarketing tag for a specific user list, name must follow the pattern `buyers/{accountId}/userLists/{userListId}`. See UserList.name. (required)
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response for a request to get remarketing tag. + { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Response for a request to get remarketing tag. "snippet": "A String", # A HTML tag that can be placed on the advertiser's page to add users to a user list. For more information and code samples on using snippet on your website refer to [Tag your site for remarketing]( https://support.google.com/google-ads/answer/2476688). }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.userLists.html b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.userLists.html index dd7fd14ab08..3c9d7f86275 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.userLists.html +++ b/docs/dyn/realtimebidding_v1.buyers.userLists.html @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a user list by its name.

getRemarketingTag(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.

+

Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists the user lists visible to the current user.

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@

Method Details

getRemarketingTag(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.
+  
Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. To fetch remarketing tag for an account, name must follow the pattern `buyers/{accountId}` where `{accountId}` represents ID of a buyer that owns the remarketing tag. For a bidder accessing remarketing tag on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{accountId}` should represent the ID of the child seat buyer. To fetch remarketing tag for a specific user list, name must follow the pattern `buyers/{accountId}/userLists/{userListId}`. See UserList.name. (required)
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Response for a request to get remarketing tag. + { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Response for a request to get remarketing tag. "snippet": "A String", # A HTML tag that can be placed on the advertiser's page to add users to a user list. For more information and code samples on using snippet on your website refer to [Tag your site for remarketing]( https://support.google.com/google-ads/answer/2476688). }
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Method Details

"membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Required. The number of days a user's cookie stays on the user list. The field must be between 0 and 540 inclusive. "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list that must follow the pattern `buyers/{buyer}/userLists/{user_list}`, where `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the buyer who owns the user list. For a bidder accessing user lists on behalf of a child seat buyer, `{buyer}` represents the account ID of the child seat buyer. `{user_list}` is an int64 identifier assigned by Google to uniquely identify a user list. "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the user list. A new user list starts out as open. - "urlRestriction": { # Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. The URL restriction for the user list. + "urlRestriction": { # Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list. # Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list. "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # End date (if specified) of the URL restriction. End date should be later than the start date for the date range to be valid. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html index 3462fc8e609..72174bb0022 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.catalogItems.html @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.operations.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.operations.html index 8972ef4dc2e..fb73f84ab32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html index 36052b862a8..af2a1c7455a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.eventStores.userEvents.html @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.operations.html index ba5f3c4a153..4b4d2dd7f44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommendationengine_v1beta1.projects.locations.catalogs.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html index a2195629ab4..09f86049355 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sasportal_v1alpha1.customers.html @@ -113,6 +113,9 @@

Instance Methods

provisionDeployment(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a new SAS deployment through the GCP workflow. Creates a SAS organization if an organization match is not found.

+

+ setupSasAnalytics(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Setups the a GCP Project to receive SAS Analytics messages via GCP Pub/Sub with a subscription to BigQuery. All the Pub/Sub topics and BigQuery tables are created automatically as part of this service.

Method Details

checkHasProvisionedDeployment(x__xgafv=None) @@ -306,4 +309,44 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setupSasAnalytics(body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Setups the a GCP Project to receive SAS Analytics messages via GCP Pub/Sub with a subscription to BigQuery. All the Pub/Sub topics and BigQuery tables are created automatically as part of this service.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/searchads360_v0.customers.searchAds360.html b/docs/dyn/searchads360_v0.customers.searchAds360.html index a1989fa9491..0beb8a45a67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/searchads360_v0.customers.searchAds360.html +++ b/docs/dyn/searchads360_v0.customers.searchAds360.html @@ -210,6 +210,18 @@

Method Details

"label": "A String", # Immutable. The label assigned to the ad group ad. "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the ad group ad label. Ad group ad label resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAdLabels/{ad_group_id}~{ad_id}~{label_id}` }, + "adGroupAsset": { # A link between an ad group and an asset. # The ad group asset referenced in the query. + "adGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The ad group to which the asset is linked. + "asset": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The asset which is linked to the ad group. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the ad group asset. AdGroupAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAssets/{ad_group_id}~{asset_id}~{field_type}` + "status": "A String", # Status of the ad group asset. + }, + "adGroupAssetSet": { # AdGroupAssetSet is the linkage between an ad group and an asset set. Creating an AdGroupAssetSet links an asset set with an ad group. # The ad group asset set referenced in the query. + "adGroup": "A String", # Immutable. The ad group to which this asset set is linked. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the ad group. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the ad group asset set. Ad group asset set resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAssetSets/{ad_group_id}~{asset_set_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the ad group asset set. Read-only. + }, "adGroupAudienceView": { # An ad group audience view. Includes performance data from interests and remarketing lists for Display Network and YouTube Network ads, and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA), aggregated at the audience level. # The ad group audience view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the ad group audience view. Ad group audience view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAudienceViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, @@ -250,10 +262,13 @@

Method Details

"listingGroup": { # A listing group criterion. # Immutable. Listing group. "type": "A String", # Type of the listing group. }, - "location": { # A location criterion. # Output only. Location. + "location": { # A location criterion. # Immutable. Location. "geoTargetConstant": "A String", # The geo target constant resource name. }, "negative": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to target (`false`) or exclude (`true`) the criterion. This field is immutable. To switch a criterion from positive to negative, remove then re-add it. + "positionEstimates": { # Estimates for criterion bids at various positions. # Output only. Estimates for criterion bids at various positions. + "topOfPageCpcMicros": "A String", # Output only. The estimate of the CPC bid required for ad to be displayed at the top of the first page of search results. + }, "qualityInfo": { # A container for ad group criterion quality information. # Output only. Information regarding the quality of the criterion. "qualityScore": 42, # Output only. The quality score. This field may not be populated if Google does not have enough information to determine a value. }, @@ -290,6 +305,41 @@

Method Details

"resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the age range view. Age range view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/ageRangeViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, "asset": { # Asset is a part of an ad which can be shared across multiple ads. It can be an image (ImageAsset), a video (YoutubeVideoAsset), etc. Assets are immutable and cannot be removed. To stop an asset from serving, remove the asset from the entity that is using it. # The asset referenced in the query. + "callAsset": { # A unified call asset. # Output only. A unified call asset. + "adScheduleTargets": [ # List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total. + { # Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day. + "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endHour": 42, # Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startHour": 42, # Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + }, + ], + "callConversionAction": "A String", # The conversion action to attribute a call conversion to. If not set, the default conversion action is used. This field only has effect if call_conversion_reporting_state is set to USE_RESOURCE_LEVEL_CALL_CONVERSION_ACTION. + "callConversionReportingState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether this CallAsset should use its own call conversion setting, follow the account level setting, or disable call conversion. + "callOnly": True or False, # Whether the call only shows the phone number without a link to the website. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + "callTrackingEnabled": True or False, # Whether the call should be enabled on call tracking. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + "countryCode": "A String", # Two-letter country code of the phone number. Examples: 'US', 'us'. + "endDate": "A String", # Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The advertiser's raw phone number. Examples: '1234567890', '(123)456-7890' + "startDate": "A String", # Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "useSearcherTimeZone": True or False, # Whether to show the call extension in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + }, + "calloutAsset": { # A unified callout asset. # Output only. A unified callout asset. + "adScheduleTargets": [ # List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total. + { # Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day. + "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endHour": 42, # Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startHour": 42, # Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + }, + ], + "calloutText": "A String", # The callout text. The length of this string should be between 1 and 25, inclusive. + "endDate": "A String", # Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "startDate": "A String", # Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "useSearcherTimeZone": True or False, # Whether to show the asset in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this asset was created. The timestamp is in the customer's time zone and in "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" format. "engineStatus": "A String", # Output only. The Engine Status for an asset. "finalUrls": [ # A list of possible final URLs after all cross domain redirects. @@ -297,11 +347,49 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the asset. "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The datetime when this asset was last modified. The datetime is in the customer's time zone and in "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.ssssss" format. + "locationAsset": { # A unified location asset. # Output only. A unified location asset. + "businessProfileLocations": [ # The list of business locations for the customer. This will only be returned if the Location Asset is syncing from the Business Profile account. It is possible to have multiple Business Profile listings under the same account that point to the same Place ID. + { # Business Profile location data synced from the linked Business Profile account. + "labels": [ # Advertiser specified label for the location on the Business Profile account. This is synced from the Business Profile account. + "A String", + ], + "listingId": "A String", # Listing ID of this Business Profile location. This is synced from the linked Business Profile account. + "storeCode": "A String", # Business Profile store code of this location. This is synced from the Business Profile account. + }, + ], + "locationOwnershipType": "A String", # The type of location ownership. If the type is BUSINESS_OWNER, it will be served as a location extension. If the type is AFFILIATE, it will be served as an affiliate location. + "placeId": "A String", # Place IDs uniquely identify a place in the Google Places database and on Google Maps. This field is unique for a given customer ID and asset type. See https://developers.google.com/places/web-service/place-id to learn more about Place ID. + }, "mobileAppAsset": { # An asset representing a mobile app. # A mobile app asset. "appId": "A String", # Required. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application. It should just contain the platform native id, like "com.android.ebay" for Android or "12345689" for iOS. "appStore": "A String", # Required. The application store that distributes this specific app. }, + "pageFeedAsset": { # A Unified Page Feed asset. # Output only. A unified page feed asset. + "labels": [ # Labels used to group the page urls. + "A String", + ], + "pageUrl": "A String", # The webpage that advertisers want to target. + }, "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the asset. Asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assets/{asset_id}` + "sitelinkAsset": { # A unified sitelink asset. # Output only. A unified sitelink asset. + "adScheduleTargets": [ # List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total. + { # Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day. + "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endHour": 42, # Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startHour": 42, # Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + }, + ], + "description1": "A String", # First line of the description for the sitelink. If set, the length should be between 1 and 35, inclusive, and description2 must also be set. + "description2": "A String", # Second line of the description for the sitelink. If set, the length should be between 1 and 35, inclusive, and description1 must also be set. + "endDate": "A String", # Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "linkText": "A String", # URL display text for the sitelink. The length of this string should be between 1 and 25, inclusive. + "mobilePreferred": True or False, # Whether the preference is for the sitelink asset to be displayed on mobile devices. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + "startDate": "A String", # Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "trackingId": "A String", # ID used for tracking clicks for the sitelink asset. This is a Yahoo! Japan only field. + "useSearcherTimeZone": True or False, # Whether to show the sitelink asset in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + }, "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the asset. "trackingUrlTemplate": "A String", # URL template for constructing a tracking URL. "type": "A String", # Output only. Type of the asset. @@ -310,6 +398,12 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the asset set. "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the asset set. Asset set resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assetSets/{asset_set_id}` }, + "assetSetAsset": { # AssetSetAsset is the link between an asset and an asset set. Adding an AssetSetAsset links an asset with an asset set. # The asset set asset referenced in the query. + "asset": "A String", # Immutable. The asset which this asset set asset is linking to. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which this asset set asset is linking to. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the asset set asset. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assetSetAssets/{asset_set_id}~{asset_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the asset set asset. Read-only. + }, "biddingStrategy": { # A bidding strategy. # The bidding strategy referenced in the query. "campaignCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of campaigns attached to this bidding strategy. This field is read-only. "currencyCode": "A String", # Immutable. The currency used by the bidding strategy (ISO 4217 three-letter code). For bidding strategies in manager customers, this currency can be set on creation and defaults to the manager customer's currency. For serving customers, this field cannot be set; all strategies in a serving customer implicitly use the serving customer's currency. In all cases the effective_currency_code field returns the currency used by the strategy. @@ -426,7 +520,7 @@

Method Details

"optIn": True or False, # Whether the campaign is opted in to real-time bidding. }, "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the campaign. Campaign resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaigns/{campaign_id}` - "selectiveOptimization": { # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. + "selectiveOptimization": { # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. This feature only applies to app campaigns that use MULTI_CHANNEL as AdvertisingChannelType and APP_CAMPAIGN or APP_CAMPAIGN_FOR_ENGAGEMENT as AdvertisingChannelSubType. # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. This feature only applies to app campaigns that use MULTI_CHANNEL as AdvertisingChannelType and APP_CAMPAIGN or APP_CAMPAIGN_FOR_ENGAGEMENT as AdvertisingChannelSubType. "conversionActions": [ # The selected set of conversion actions for optimizing this campaign. "A String", ], @@ -475,6 +569,18 @@

Method Details

], "urlExpansionOptOut": True or False, # Represents opting out of URL expansion to more targeted URLs. If opted out (true), only the final URLs in the asset group or URLs specified in the advertiser's Google Merchant Center or business data feeds are targeted. If opted in (false), the entire domain will be targeted. This field can only be set for Performance Max campaigns, where the default value is false. }, + "campaignAsset": { # A link between a Campaign and an Asset. # The campaign asset referenced in the query. + "asset": "A String", # Immutable. The asset which is linked to the campaign. + "campaign": "A String", # Immutable. The campaign to which the asset is linked. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the campaign asset. CampaignAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAssets/{campaign_id}~{asset_id}~{field_type}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the campaign asset. + }, + "campaignAssetSet": { # CampaignAssetSet is the linkage between a campaign and an asset set. Adding a CampaignAssetSet links an asset set with a campaign. # The campaign asset set referenced in the query. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the campaign. + "campaign": "A String", # Immutable. The campaign to which this asset set is linked. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the campaign asset set. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAssetSets/{campaign_id}~{asset_set_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the campaign asset set asset. Read-only. + }, "campaignAudienceView": { # A campaign audience view. Includes performance data from interests and remarketing lists for Display Network and YouTube Network ads, and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA), aggregated by campaign and audience criterion. This view only includes audiences attached at the campaign level. # The campaign audience view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the campaign audience view. Campaign audience view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAudienceViews/{campaign_id}~{criterion_id}` }, @@ -611,6 +717,17 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Immutable. The local timezone ID of the customer. "trackingUrlTemplate": "A String", # The URL template for constructing a tracking URL out of parameters. }, + "customerAsset": { # A link between a customer and an asset. # The customer asset referenced in the query. + "asset": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The asset which is linked to the customer. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the customer asset. CustomerAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/customerAssets/{asset_id}~{field_type}` + "status": "A String", # Status of the customer asset. + }, + "customerAssetSet": { # CustomerAssetSet is the linkage between a customer and an asset set. Adding a CustomerAssetSet links an asset set with a customer. # The customer asset set referenced in the query. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the customer. + "customer": "A String", # Immutable. The customer to which this asset set is linked. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the customer asset set. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/customerAssetSets/{asset_set_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the customer asset set asset. Read-only. + }, "customerClient": { # A link between the given customer and a client customer. CustomerClients only exist for manager customers. All direct and indirect client customers are included, as well as the manager itself. # The CustomerClient referenced in the query. "appliedLabels": [ # Output only. The resource names of the labels owned by the requesting customer that are applied to the client customer. Label resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/labels/{label_id}` "A String", @@ -640,6 +757,16 @@

Method Details

"genderView": { # A gender view. # The gender view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the gender view. Gender view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/genderViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, + "geoTargetConstant": { # A geo target constant. # The geo target constant referenced in the query. + "canonicalName": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified English name, consisting of the target's name and that of its parent and country. + "countryCode": "A String", # Output only. The ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that is associated with the target. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the geo target constant. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Geo target constant English name. + "parentGeoTarget": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the parent geo target constant. Geo target constant resource names have the form: `geoTargetConstants/{parent_geo_target_constant_id}` + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the geo target constant. Geo target constant resource names have the form: `geoTargetConstants/{geo_target_constant_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. Geo target constant status. + "targetType": "A String", # Output only. Geo target constant target type. + }, "keywordView": { # A keyword view. # The keyword view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the keyword view. Keyword view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/keywordViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, @@ -673,8 +800,8 @@

Method Details

"allConversionsValueByConversionDate": 3.14, # The value of all conversions. When this column is selected with date, the values in date column means the conversion date. Details for the by_conversion_date columns are available at https://support.google.com/sa360/answer/9250611. "allConversionsValuePerCost": 3.14, # The value of all conversions divided by the total cost of ad interactions (such as clicks for text ads or views for video ads). "averageCost": 3.14, # The average amount you pay per interaction. This amount is the total cost of your ads divided by the total number of interactions. - "averageCpc": 3.14, # The total cost of all clicks divided by the total number of clicks received. - "averageCpm": 3.14, # Average cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM). + "averageCpc": 3.14, # The total cost of all clicks divided by the total number of clicks received. This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause + "averageCpm": 3.14, # Average cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM). This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause "clicks": "A String", # The number of clicks. "clientAccountConversions": 3.14, # The number of client account conversions. This only includes conversion actions which include_in_client_account_conversions_metric attribute is set to true. If you use conversion-based bidding, your bid strategies will optimize for these conversions. "clientAccountConversionsValue": 3.14, # The value of client account conversions. This only includes conversion actions which include_in_client_account_conversions_metric attribute is set to true. If you use conversion-based bidding, your bid strategies will optimize for these conversions. @@ -689,7 +816,7 @@

Method Details

"conversionsValue": 3.14, # The sum of conversion values for the conversions included in the "conversions" field. This metric is useful only if you entered a value for your conversion actions. "conversionsValueByConversionDate": 3.14, # The sum of biddable conversions value by conversion date. When this column is selected with date, the values in date column means the conversion date. "conversionsValuePerCost": 3.14, # The value of biddable conversion divided by the total cost of conversion eligible interactions. - "costMicros": "A String", # The sum of your cost-per-click (CPC) and cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) costs during this period. + "costMicros": "A String", # The sum of your cost-per-click (CPC) and cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) costs during this period. This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause "costPerAllConversions": 3.14, # The cost of ad interactions divided by all conversions. "costPerConversion": 3.14, # Average conversion eligible cost per biddable conversion. "costPerCurrentModelAttributedConversion": 3.14, # The cost of ad interactions divided by current model attributed conversions. This only includes conversion actions which include_in_conversions_metric attribute is set to true. If you use conversion-based bidding, your bid strategies will optimize for these conversions. @@ -732,6 +859,10 @@

Method Details

}, "segments": { # Segment only fields. # The segments. "adNetworkType": "A String", # Ad network type. + "assetInteractionTarget": { # An AssetInteractionTarget segment. # Only used with CustomerAsset, CampaignAsset and AdGroupAsset metrics. Indicates whether the interaction metrics occurred on the asset itself or a different asset or ad unit. Interactions (for example, clicks) are counted across all the parts of the served ad (for example, Ad itself and other components like Sitelinks) when they are served together. When interaction_on_this_asset is true, it means the interactions are on this specific asset and when interaction_on_this_asset is false, it means the interactions is not on this specific asset but on other parts of the served ad this asset is served with. + "asset": "A String", # The asset resource name. + "interactionOnThisAsset": True or False, # Only used with CustomerAsset, CampaignAsset and AdGroupAsset metrics. Indicates whether the interaction metrics occurred on the asset itself or a different asset or ad unit. + }, "conversionAction": "A String", # Resource name of the conversion action. "conversionActionCategory": "A String", # Conversion action category. "conversionActionName": "A String", # Conversion action name. @@ -845,6 +976,18 @@

Method Details

"label": "A String", # Immutable. The label assigned to the ad group ad. "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the ad group ad label. Ad group ad label resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAdLabels/{ad_group_id}~{ad_id}~{label_id}` }, + "adGroupAsset": { # A link between an ad group and an asset. # The ad group asset referenced in the query. + "adGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The ad group to which the asset is linked. + "asset": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The asset which is linked to the ad group. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the ad group asset. AdGroupAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAssets/{ad_group_id}~{asset_id}~{field_type}` + "status": "A String", # Status of the ad group asset. + }, + "adGroupAssetSet": { # AdGroupAssetSet is the linkage between an ad group and an asset set. Creating an AdGroupAssetSet links an asset set with an ad group. # The ad group asset set referenced in the query. + "adGroup": "A String", # Immutable. The ad group to which this asset set is linked. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the ad group. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the ad group asset set. Ad group asset set resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAssetSets/{ad_group_id}~{asset_set_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the ad group asset set. Read-only. + }, "adGroupAudienceView": { # An ad group audience view. Includes performance data from interests and remarketing lists for Display Network and YouTube Network ads, and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA), aggregated at the audience level. # The ad group audience view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the ad group audience view. Ad group audience view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAudienceViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, @@ -885,10 +1028,13 @@

Method Details

"listingGroup": { # A listing group criterion. # Immutable. Listing group. "type": "A String", # Type of the listing group. }, - "location": { # A location criterion. # Output only. Location. + "location": { # A location criterion. # Immutable. Location. "geoTargetConstant": "A String", # The geo target constant resource name. }, "negative": True or False, # Immutable. Whether to target (`false`) or exclude (`true`) the criterion. This field is immutable. To switch a criterion from positive to negative, remove then re-add it. + "positionEstimates": { # Estimates for criterion bids at various positions. # Output only. Estimates for criterion bids at various positions. + "topOfPageCpcMicros": "A String", # Output only. The estimate of the CPC bid required for ad to be displayed at the top of the first page of search results. + }, "qualityInfo": { # A container for ad group criterion quality information. # Output only. Information regarding the quality of the criterion. "qualityScore": 42, # Output only. The quality score. This field may not be populated if Google does not have enough information to determine a value. }, @@ -925,6 +1071,41 @@

Method Details

"resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the age range view. Age range view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/ageRangeViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, "asset": { # Asset is a part of an ad which can be shared across multiple ads. It can be an image (ImageAsset), a video (YoutubeVideoAsset), etc. Assets are immutable and cannot be removed. To stop an asset from serving, remove the asset from the entity that is using it. # The asset referenced in the query. + "callAsset": { # A unified call asset. # Output only. A unified call asset. + "adScheduleTargets": [ # List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total. + { # Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day. + "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endHour": 42, # Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startHour": 42, # Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + }, + ], + "callConversionAction": "A String", # The conversion action to attribute a call conversion to. If not set, the default conversion action is used. This field only has effect if call_conversion_reporting_state is set to USE_RESOURCE_LEVEL_CALL_CONVERSION_ACTION. + "callConversionReportingState": "A String", # Output only. Indicates whether this CallAsset should use its own call conversion setting, follow the account level setting, or disable call conversion. + "callOnly": True or False, # Whether the call only shows the phone number without a link to the website. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + "callTrackingEnabled": True or False, # Whether the call should be enabled on call tracking. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + "countryCode": "A String", # Two-letter country code of the phone number. Examples: 'US', 'us'. + "endDate": "A String", # Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "phoneNumber": "A String", # The advertiser's raw phone number. Examples: '1234567890', '(123)456-7890' + "startDate": "A String", # Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "useSearcherTimeZone": True or False, # Whether to show the call extension in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + }, + "calloutAsset": { # A unified callout asset. # Output only. A unified callout asset. + "adScheduleTargets": [ # List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total. + { # Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day. + "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endHour": 42, # Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startHour": 42, # Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + }, + ], + "calloutText": "A String", # The callout text. The length of this string should be between 1 and 25, inclusive. + "endDate": "A String", # Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "startDate": "A String", # Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "useSearcherTimeZone": True or False, # Whether to show the asset in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + }, "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this asset was created. The timestamp is in the customer's time zone and in "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" format. "engineStatus": "A String", # Output only. The Engine Status for an asset. "finalUrls": [ # A list of possible final URLs after all cross domain redirects. @@ -932,11 +1113,49 @@

Method Details

], "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the asset. "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The datetime when this asset was last modified. The datetime is in the customer's time zone and in "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.ssssss" format. + "locationAsset": { # A unified location asset. # Output only. A unified location asset. + "businessProfileLocations": [ # The list of business locations for the customer. This will only be returned if the Location Asset is syncing from the Business Profile account. It is possible to have multiple Business Profile listings under the same account that point to the same Place ID. + { # Business Profile location data synced from the linked Business Profile account. + "labels": [ # Advertiser specified label for the location on the Business Profile account. This is synced from the Business Profile account. + "A String", + ], + "listingId": "A String", # Listing ID of this Business Profile location. This is synced from the linked Business Profile account. + "storeCode": "A String", # Business Profile store code of this location. This is synced from the Business Profile account. + }, + ], + "locationOwnershipType": "A String", # The type of location ownership. If the type is BUSINESS_OWNER, it will be served as a location extension. If the type is AFFILIATE, it will be served as an affiliate location. + "placeId": "A String", # Place IDs uniquely identify a place in the Google Places database and on Google Maps. This field is unique for a given customer ID and asset type. See https://developers.google.com/places/web-service/place-id to learn more about Place ID. + }, "mobileAppAsset": { # An asset representing a mobile app. # A mobile app asset. "appId": "A String", # Required. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application. It should just contain the platform native id, like "com.android.ebay" for Android or "12345689" for iOS. "appStore": "A String", # Required. The application store that distributes this specific app. }, + "pageFeedAsset": { # A Unified Page Feed asset. # Output only. A unified page feed asset. + "labels": [ # Labels used to group the page urls. + "A String", + ], + "pageUrl": "A String", # The webpage that advertisers want to target. + }, "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the asset. Asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assets/{asset_id}` + "sitelinkAsset": { # A unified sitelink asset. # Output only. A unified sitelink asset. + "adScheduleTargets": [ # List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total. + { # Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day. + "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endHour": 42, # Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "endMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startHour": 42, # Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + "startMinute": "A String", # Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations. + }, + ], + "description1": "A String", # First line of the description for the sitelink. If set, the length should be between 1 and 35, inclusive, and description2 must also be set. + "description2": "A String", # Second line of the description for the sitelink. If set, the length should be between 1 and 35, inclusive, and description1 must also be set. + "endDate": "A String", # Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "linkText": "A String", # URL display text for the sitelink. The length of this string should be between 1 and 25, inclusive. + "mobilePreferred": True or False, # Whether the preference is for the sitelink asset to be displayed on mobile devices. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + "startDate": "A String", # Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format. + "trackingId": "A String", # ID used for tracking clicks for the sitelink asset. This is a Yahoo! Japan only field. + "useSearcherTimeZone": True or False, # Whether to show the sitelink asset in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads. + }, "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the asset. "trackingUrlTemplate": "A String", # URL template for constructing a tracking URL. "type": "A String", # Output only. Type of the asset. @@ -945,6 +1164,12 @@

Method Details

"id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the asset set. "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the asset set. Asset set resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assetSets/{asset_set_id}` }, + "assetSetAsset": { # AssetSetAsset is the link between an asset and an asset set. Adding an AssetSetAsset links an asset with an asset set. # The asset set asset referenced in the query. + "asset": "A String", # Immutable. The asset which this asset set asset is linking to. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which this asset set asset is linking to. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the asset set asset. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assetSetAssets/{asset_set_id}~{asset_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the asset set asset. Read-only. + }, "biddingStrategy": { # A bidding strategy. # The bidding strategy referenced in the query. "campaignCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of campaigns attached to this bidding strategy. This field is read-only. "currencyCode": "A String", # Immutable. The currency used by the bidding strategy (ISO 4217 three-letter code). For bidding strategies in manager customers, this currency can be set on creation and defaults to the manager customer's currency. For serving customers, this field cannot be set; all strategies in a serving customer implicitly use the serving customer's currency. In all cases the effective_currency_code field returns the currency used by the strategy. @@ -1061,7 +1286,7 @@

Method Details

"optIn": True or False, # Whether the campaign is opted in to real-time bidding. }, "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the campaign. Campaign resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaigns/{campaign_id}` - "selectiveOptimization": { # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. + "selectiveOptimization": { # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. This feature only applies to app campaigns that use MULTI_CHANNEL as AdvertisingChannelType and APP_CAMPAIGN or APP_CAMPAIGN_FOR_ENGAGEMENT as AdvertisingChannelSubType. # Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. This feature only applies to app campaigns that use MULTI_CHANNEL as AdvertisingChannelType and APP_CAMPAIGN or APP_CAMPAIGN_FOR_ENGAGEMENT as AdvertisingChannelSubType. "conversionActions": [ # The selected set of conversion actions for optimizing this campaign. "A String", ], @@ -1110,6 +1335,18 @@

Method Details

], "urlExpansionOptOut": True or False, # Represents opting out of URL expansion to more targeted URLs. If opted out (true), only the final URLs in the asset group or URLs specified in the advertiser's Google Merchant Center or business data feeds are targeted. If opted in (false), the entire domain will be targeted. This field can only be set for Performance Max campaigns, where the default value is false. }, + "campaignAsset": { # A link between a Campaign and an Asset. # The campaign asset referenced in the query. + "asset": "A String", # Immutable. The asset which is linked to the campaign. + "campaign": "A String", # Immutable. The campaign to which the asset is linked. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the campaign asset. CampaignAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAssets/{campaign_id}~{asset_id}~{field_type}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of the campaign asset. + }, + "campaignAssetSet": { # CampaignAssetSet is the linkage between a campaign and an asset set. Adding a CampaignAssetSet links an asset set with a campaign. # The campaign asset set referenced in the query. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the campaign. + "campaign": "A String", # Immutable. The campaign to which this asset set is linked. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the campaign asset set. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAssetSets/{campaign_id}~{asset_set_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the campaign asset set asset. Read-only. + }, "campaignAudienceView": { # A campaign audience view. Includes performance data from interests and remarketing lists for Display Network and YouTube Network ads, and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA), aggregated by campaign and audience criterion. This view only includes audiences attached at the campaign level. # The campaign audience view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the campaign audience view. Campaign audience view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAudienceViews/{campaign_id}~{criterion_id}` }, @@ -1246,6 +1483,17 @@

Method Details

"timeZone": "A String", # Immutable. The local timezone ID of the customer. "trackingUrlTemplate": "A String", # The URL template for constructing a tracking URL out of parameters. }, + "customerAsset": { # A link between a customer and an asset. # The customer asset referenced in the query. + "asset": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The asset which is linked to the customer. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the customer asset. CustomerAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/customerAssets/{asset_id}~{field_type}` + "status": "A String", # Status of the customer asset. + }, + "customerAssetSet": { # CustomerAssetSet is the linkage between a customer and an asset set. Adding a CustomerAssetSet links an asset set with a customer. # The customer asset set referenced in the query. + "assetSet": "A String", # Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the customer. + "customer": "A String", # Immutable. The customer to which this asset set is linked. + "resourceName": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the customer asset set. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/customerAssetSets/{asset_set_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. The status of the customer asset set asset. Read-only. + }, "customerClient": { # A link between the given customer and a client customer. CustomerClients only exist for manager customers. All direct and indirect client customers are included, as well as the manager itself. # The CustomerClient referenced in the query. "appliedLabels": [ # Output only. The resource names of the labels owned by the requesting customer that are applied to the client customer. Label resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/labels/{label_id}` "A String", @@ -1275,6 +1523,16 @@

Method Details

"genderView": { # A gender view. # The gender view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the gender view. Gender view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/genderViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, + "geoTargetConstant": { # A geo target constant. # The geo target constant referenced in the query. + "canonicalName": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified English name, consisting of the target's name and that of its parent and country. + "countryCode": "A String", # Output only. The ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that is associated with the target. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the geo target constant. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Geo target constant English name. + "parentGeoTarget": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the parent geo target constant. Geo target constant resource names have the form: `geoTargetConstants/{parent_geo_target_constant_id}` + "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the geo target constant. Geo target constant resource names have the form: `geoTargetConstants/{geo_target_constant_id}` + "status": "A String", # Output only. Geo target constant status. + "targetType": "A String", # Output only. Geo target constant target type. + }, "keywordView": { # A keyword view. # The keyword view referenced in the query. "resourceName": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the keyword view. Keyword view resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/keywordViews/{ad_group_id}~{criterion_id}` }, @@ -1308,8 +1566,8 @@

Method Details

"allConversionsValueByConversionDate": 3.14, # The value of all conversions. When this column is selected with date, the values in date column means the conversion date. Details for the by_conversion_date columns are available at https://support.google.com/sa360/answer/9250611. "allConversionsValuePerCost": 3.14, # The value of all conversions divided by the total cost of ad interactions (such as clicks for text ads or views for video ads). "averageCost": 3.14, # The average amount you pay per interaction. This amount is the total cost of your ads divided by the total number of interactions. - "averageCpc": 3.14, # The total cost of all clicks divided by the total number of clicks received. - "averageCpm": 3.14, # Average cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM). + "averageCpc": 3.14, # The total cost of all clicks divided by the total number of clicks received. This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause + "averageCpm": 3.14, # Average cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM). This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause "clicks": "A String", # The number of clicks. "clientAccountConversions": 3.14, # The number of client account conversions. This only includes conversion actions which include_in_client_account_conversions_metric attribute is set to true. If you use conversion-based bidding, your bid strategies will optimize for these conversions. "clientAccountConversionsValue": 3.14, # The value of client account conversions. This only includes conversion actions which include_in_client_account_conversions_metric attribute is set to true. If you use conversion-based bidding, your bid strategies will optimize for these conversions. @@ -1324,7 +1582,7 @@

Method Details

"conversionsValue": 3.14, # The sum of conversion values for the conversions included in the "conversions" field. This metric is useful only if you entered a value for your conversion actions. "conversionsValueByConversionDate": 3.14, # The sum of biddable conversions value by conversion date. When this column is selected with date, the values in date column means the conversion date. "conversionsValuePerCost": 3.14, # The value of biddable conversion divided by the total cost of conversion eligible interactions. - "costMicros": "A String", # The sum of your cost-per-click (CPC) and cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) costs during this period. + "costMicros": "A String", # The sum of your cost-per-click (CPC) and cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) costs during this period. This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause "costPerAllConversions": 3.14, # The cost of ad interactions divided by all conversions. "costPerConversion": 3.14, # Average conversion eligible cost per biddable conversion. "costPerCurrentModelAttributedConversion": 3.14, # The cost of ad interactions divided by current model attributed conversions. This only includes conversion actions which include_in_conversions_metric attribute is set to true. If you use conversion-based bidding, your bid strategies will optimize for these conversions. @@ -1367,6 +1625,10 @@

Method Details

}, "segments": { # Segment only fields. # The segments. "adNetworkType": "A String", # Ad network type. + "assetInteractionTarget": { # An AssetInteractionTarget segment. # Only used with CustomerAsset, CampaignAsset and AdGroupAsset metrics. Indicates whether the interaction metrics occurred on the asset itself or a different asset or ad unit. Interactions (for example, clicks) are counted across all the parts of the served ad (for example, Ad itself and other components like Sitelinks) when they are served together. When interaction_on_this_asset is true, it means the interactions are on this specific asset and when interaction_on_this_asset is false, it means the interactions is not on this specific asset but on other parts of the served ad this asset is served with. + "asset": "A String", # The asset resource name. + "interactionOnThisAsset": True or False, # Only used with CustomerAsset, CampaignAsset and AdGroupAsset metrics. Indicates whether the interaction metrics occurred on the asset itself or a different asset or ad unit. + }, "conversionAction": "A String", # Resource name of the conversion action. "conversionActionCategory": "A String", # Conversion action category. "conversionActionName": "A String", # Conversion action name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html index e08465bd4c4..299f45c6c3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html @@ -162,6 +162,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is {container_type}/{container_number} + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key "region" and the value "us-east-1"; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * "project" is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * "user" is not a valid key; the API does not support quota polcies that apply only to a specific user. * If "region" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If "zone" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than "region" or "zone" appears in the map, then all valid keys other than "region" or "zone" must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the producer policy. An example name would be: `services/compute.googleapis.com/organizations/123/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -212,6 +222,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is {container_type}/{container_number} + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key "region" and the value "us-east-1"; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * "project" is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * "user" is not a valid key; the API does not support quota polcies that apply only to a specific user. * If "region" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If "zone" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than "region" or "zone" appears in the map, then all valid keys other than "region" or "zone" must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the producer policy. An example name would be: `services/compute.googleapis.com/organizations/123/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -352,6 +372,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is {container_type}/{container_number} + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key "region" and the value "us-east-1"; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * "project" is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * "user" is not a valid key; the API does not support quota polcies that apply only to a specific user. * If "region" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If "zone" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than "region" or "zone" appears in the map, then all valid keys other than "region" or "zone" must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the producer policy. An example name would be: `services/compute.googleapis.com/organizations/123/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -402,6 +432,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is {container_type}/{container_number} + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key "region" and the value "us-east-1"; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * "project" is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * "user" is not a valid key; the API does not support quota polcies that apply only to a specific user. * If "region" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If "zone" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than "region" or "zone" appears in the map, then all valid keys other than "region" or "zone" must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the producer policy. An example name would be: `services/compute.googleapis.com/organizations/123/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html index 9cfdcf89b73..86f835dca44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html @@ -151,6 +151,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is {container_type}/{container_number} + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit 1/{project}/{region} could contain an entry with the key "region" and the value "us-east-1"; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * "project" is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * "user" is not a valid key; the API does not support quota polcies that apply only to a specific user. * If "region" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If "zone" appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than "region" or "zone" appears in the map, then all valid keys other than "region" or "zone" must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the producer policy. An example name would be: `services/compute.googleapis.com/organizations/123/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html index 5d302360302..b22c7c8641c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html @@ -166,6 +166,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is `{container_type}/{container_number}` + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota policies that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the policy. This name is generated by the server when the policy is created. Example names would be: `organizations/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -217,6 +227,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is `{container_type}/{container_number}` + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota policies that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the policy. This name is generated by the server when the policy is created. Example names would be: `organizations/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -417,6 +437,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is `{container_type}/{container_number}` + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota policies that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the policy. This name is generated by the server when the policy is created. Example names would be: `organizations/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. @@ -468,6 +498,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is `{container_type}/{container_number}` + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota policies that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the policy. This name is generated by the server when the policy is created. Example names would be: `organizations/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html index c4aa57d1979..5a66ed15af5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html @@ -157,6 +157,16 @@

Method Details

"overrideValue": "A String", # The overriding quota limit value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this override applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { # Quota policy created by service producer. # Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer. + "container": "A String", # The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is `{container_type}/{container_number}` + "dimensions": { # If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota policies that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus` + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the policy. This name is generated by the server when the policy is created. Example names would be: `organizations/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d` + "policyValue": "A String", # The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota). + "unit": "A String", # The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. + }, }, ], "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html index 8e4ae1805d6..c43b01caff3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A single kind of update to apply to a spreadsheet. "addBanding": { # Adds a new banded range to the spreadsheet. # Adds a new banded range "bandedRange": { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. # The banded range to add. The bandedRangeId field is optional; if one is not set, an id will be randomly generated. (It is an error to specify the ID of a range that already exists.) - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -2166,11 +2166,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, }, "addSheet": { # Adds a new sheet. When a sheet is added at a given index, all subsequent sheets' indexes are incremented. To add an object sheet, use AddChartRequest instead and specify EmbeddedObjectPosition.sheetId or EmbeddedObjectPosition.newSheet. # Adds a sheet. @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -2967,7 +2967,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -3615,7 +3615,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -3984,7 +3984,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -4351,7 +4351,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -4551,7 +4551,7 @@

Method Details

}, "updateBanding": { # Updates properties of the supplied banded range. # Updates a banded range "bandedRange": { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. # The banded range to update with the new properties. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -4847,7 +4847,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -5216,7 +5216,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -5757,7 +5757,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -6173,7 +6173,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -6968,7 +6968,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -7187,7 +7187,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -7413,11 +7413,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -7639,7 +7639,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -7786,7 +7786,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, }, "updateSheetProperties": { # Updates properties of the sheet with the specified sheetId. # Updates a sheet's properties. @@ -7819,7 +7819,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -7861,7 +7861,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -8134,7 +8134,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A single response from an update. "addBanding": { # The result of adding a banded range. # A reply from adding a banded range. "bandedRange": { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. # The banded range that was added. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -8525,7 +8525,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -8941,7 +8941,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -9736,7 +9736,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -9962,11 +9962,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -10052,7 +10052,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -10197,7 +10197,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, }, "addSheet": { # The result of adding a sheet. # A reply from adding a sheet. @@ -10229,7 +10229,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -10286,7 +10286,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -10400,7 +10400,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -10699,7 +10699,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -10829,7 +10829,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -10905,7 +10905,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -11127,7 +11127,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -11358,11 +11358,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -11427,7 +11427,7 @@

Method Details

"spreadsheetId": "A String", # The spreadsheet the updates were applied to. "updatedSpreadsheet": { # Resource that represents a spreadsheet. # The spreadsheet after updates were applied. This is only set if BatchUpdateSpreadsheetRequest.include_spreadsheet_in_response is `true`. "dataSourceSchedules": [ # Output only. A list of data source refresh schedules. - { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8am , the refresh will take place between 8am and 12pm every day. + { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8 AM , the refresh will take place between 8 AM and 12 PM every day. "dailySchedule": { # A schedule for data to refresh every day in a given time interval. # Daily refresh schedule. "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -11438,7 +11438,7 @@

Method Details

}, "enabled": True or False, # True if the refresh schedule is enabled, or false otherwise. "monthlySchedule": { # A monthly schedule for data to refresh on specific days in the month in a given time interval. # Monthly refresh schedule. - "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At lesat one day must be specified. + "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At least one day must be specified. 42, ], "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. @@ -11480,11 +11480,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -11709,7 +11709,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A sheet in a spreadsheet. "bandedRanges": [ # The banded (alternating colors) ranges on this sheet. { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -11892,7 +11892,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -12246,7 +12246,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -12662,7 +12662,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -13457,7 +13457,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -13687,7 +13687,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -13958,7 +13958,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -14327,7 +14327,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -14740,7 +14740,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -14878,7 +14878,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -14930,7 +14930,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, ], "rowGroups": [ # All row groups on this sheet, ordered by increasing range start index, then by group depth. @@ -14980,7 +14980,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -15086,7 +15086,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Resource that represents a spreadsheet. "dataSourceSchedules": [ # Output only. A list of data source refresh schedules. - { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8am , the refresh will take place between 8am and 12pm every day. + { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8 AM , the refresh will take place between 8 AM and 12 PM every day. "dailySchedule": { # A schedule for data to refresh every day in a given time interval. # Daily refresh schedule. "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -15097,7 +15097,7 @@

Method Details

}, "enabled": True or False, # True if the refresh schedule is enabled, or false otherwise. "monthlySchedule": { # A monthly schedule for data to refresh on specific days in the month in a given time interval. # Monthly refresh schedule. - "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At lesat one day must be specified. + "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At least one day must be specified. 42, ], "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. @@ -15139,11 +15139,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -15368,7 +15368,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A sheet in a spreadsheet. "bandedRanges": [ # The banded (alternating colors) ranges on this sheet. { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -15551,7 +15551,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -15905,7 +15905,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -16321,7 +16321,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -17116,7 +17116,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -17346,7 +17346,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -17617,7 +17617,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -17986,7 +17986,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -18399,7 +18399,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -18537,7 +18537,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -18589,7 +18589,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, ], "rowGroups": [ # All row groups on this sheet, ordered by increasing range start index, then by group depth. @@ -18639,7 +18639,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -18738,7 +18738,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Resource that represents a spreadsheet. "dataSourceSchedules": [ # Output only. A list of data source refresh schedules. - { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8am , the refresh will take place between 8am and 12pm every day. + { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8 AM , the refresh will take place between 8 AM and 12 PM every day. "dailySchedule": { # A schedule for data to refresh every day in a given time interval. # Daily refresh schedule. "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -18749,7 +18749,7 @@

Method Details

}, "enabled": True or False, # True if the refresh schedule is enabled, or false otherwise. "monthlySchedule": { # A monthly schedule for data to refresh on specific days in the month in a given time interval. # Monthly refresh schedule. - "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At lesat one day must be specified. + "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At least one day must be specified. 42, ], "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. @@ -18791,11 +18791,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -19020,7 +19020,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A sheet in a spreadsheet. "bandedRanges": [ # The banded (alternating colors) ranges on this sheet. { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -19203,7 +19203,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -19557,7 +19557,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -19973,7 +19973,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -20768,7 +20768,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -20998,7 +20998,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -21269,7 +21269,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -21638,7 +21638,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -22051,7 +22051,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -22189,7 +22189,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -22241,7 +22241,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, ], "rowGroups": [ # All row groups on this sheet, ordered by increasing range start index, then by group depth. @@ -22291,7 +22291,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -22399,7 +22399,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Resource that represents a spreadsheet. "dataSourceSchedules": [ # Output only. A list of data source refresh schedules. - { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8am , the refresh will take place between 8am and 12pm every day. + { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8 AM , the refresh will take place between 8 AM and 12 PM every day. "dailySchedule": { # A schedule for data to refresh every day in a given time interval. # Daily refresh schedule. "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -22410,7 +22410,7 @@

Method Details

}, "enabled": True or False, # True if the refresh schedule is enabled, or false otherwise. "monthlySchedule": { # A monthly schedule for data to refresh on specific days in the month in a given time interval. # Monthly refresh schedule. - "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At lesat one day must be specified. + "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At least one day must be specified. 42, ], "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. @@ -22452,11 +22452,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -22681,7 +22681,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A sheet in a spreadsheet. "bandedRanges": [ # The banded (alternating colors) ranges on this sheet. { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -22864,7 +22864,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -23218,7 +23218,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -23634,7 +23634,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -24429,7 +24429,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -24659,7 +24659,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -24930,7 +24930,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -25299,7 +25299,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -25712,7 +25712,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -25850,7 +25850,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -25902,7 +25902,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, ], "rowGroups": [ # All row groups on this sheet, ordered by increasing range start index, then by group depth. @@ -25952,7 +25952,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -26096,7 +26096,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Resource that represents a spreadsheet. "dataSourceSchedules": [ # Output only. A list of data source refresh schedules. - { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8am , the refresh will take place between 8am and 12pm every day. + { # Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8 AM , the refresh will take place between 8 AM and 12 PM every day. "dailySchedule": { # A schedule for data to refresh every day in a given time interval. # Daily refresh schedule. "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. "hours": 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time. @@ -26107,7 +26107,7 @@

Method Details

}, "enabled": True or False, # True if the refresh schedule is enabled, or false otherwise. "monthlySchedule": { # A monthly schedule for data to refresh on specific days in the month in a given time interval. # Monthly refresh schedule. - "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At lesat one day must be specified. + "daysOfMonth": [ # Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At least one day must be specified. 42, ], "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # The start time of a time interval in which a data source refresh is scheduled. Only `hours` part is used. The time interval size defaults to that in the Sheets editor. @@ -26149,11 +26149,11 @@

Method Details

"sheetId": 42, # The ID of the Sheet connected with the data source. The field cannot be changed once set. When creating a data source, an associated DATA_SOURCE sheet is also created, if the field is not specified, the ID of the created sheet will be randomly generated. "spec": { # This specifies the details of the data source. For example, for BigQuery, this specifies information about the BigQuery source. # The DataSourceSpec for the data source connected with this spreadsheet. "bigQuery": { # The specification of a BigQuery data source that's connected to a sheet. # A BigQueryDataSourceSpec. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged. "querySpec": { # Specifies a custom BigQuery query. # A BigQueryQuerySpec. "rawQuery": "A String", # The raw query string. }, - "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. + "tableSpec": { # Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed. # A BigQueryTableSpec. "datasetId": "A String", # The BigQuery dataset id. "tableId": "A String", # The BigQuery table id. "tableProjectId": "A String", # The ID of a BigQuery project the table belongs to. If not specified, the project_id is assumed. @@ -26378,7 +26378,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A sheet in a spreadsheet. "bandedRanges": [ # The banded (alternating colors) ranges on this sheet. { # A banded (alternating colors) range in a sheet. - "bandedRangeId": 42, # The id of the banded range. + "bandedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the banded range. "columnProperties": { # Properties referring a single dimension (either row or column). If both BandedRange.row_properties and BandedRange.column_properties are set, the fill colors are applied to cells according to the following rules: * header_color and footer_color take priority over band colors. * first_band_color takes priority over second_band_color. * row_properties takes priority over column_properties. For example, the first row color takes priority over the first column color, but the first column color takes priority over the second row color. Similarly, the row header takes priority over the column header in the top left cell, but the column header takes priority over the first row color if the row header is not set. # Properties for column bands. These properties are applied on a column- by-column basis throughout all the columns in the range. At least one of row_properties or column_properties must be specified. "firstBandColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The first color that is alternating. (Required) Deprecated: Use first_band_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). @@ -26561,7 +26561,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -26915,7 +26915,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "index": 42, # Zero based index of the series data point. + "index": 42, # The zero-based index of the series data point. "pointStyle": { # The style of a point on the chart. # Point style of the series data point. Valid only if the chartType is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. COMBO charts are also supported if the series chart type is AREA, LINE, or SCATTER. If empty, the series default is used. "shape": "A String", # The point shape. If empty or unspecified, a default shape is used. "size": 3.14, # The point size. If empty, a default size is used. @@ -27331,7 +27331,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source data of the chart. Only supported for data source charts. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -28126,7 +28126,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A custom subtotal column for a waterfall chart series. "dataIsSubtotal": True or False, # True if the data point at subtotal_index is the subtotal. If false, the subtotal will be computed and appear after the data point. "label": "A String", # A label for the subtotal column. - "subtotalIndex": 42, # The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. + "subtotalIndex": 42, # The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with. }, ], "data": { # The data included in a domain or series. # The data being visualized in this series. @@ -28356,7 +28356,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color. + "format": { # The format of a cell. # The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color. "backgroundColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # The background color of the cell. Deprecated: Use background_color_style. "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. @@ -28627,7 +28627,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the data source table is associated with. "filterSpecs": [ # Filter specifications in the data source table. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -28996,7 +28996,7 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source the pivot table is reading data from. "filterSpecs": [ # The filters applied to the source columns before aggregating data for the pivot table. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The pivot table filter criteria associated with a specific source column offset. - "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The column offset of the source range. + "columnOffsetIndex": 42, # The zero-based column offset of the source range. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # The reference to the data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -29409,7 +29409,7 @@

Method Details

}, "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, @@ -29547,7 +29547,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. @@ -29599,7 +29599,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, ], - "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. + "warningOnly": True or False, # True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document. }, ], "rowGroups": [ # All row groups on this sheet, ordered by increasing range start index, then by group depth. @@ -29649,7 +29649,7 @@

Method Details

}, "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. }, - "columnIndex": 42, # The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. + "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to. "dataRange": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The data range of the slicer. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.sheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.sheets.html index fec269d2b78..1101ea54594 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.sheets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.sheets.html @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

"rowGroupControlAfter": True or False, # True if the row grouping control toggle is shown after the group. }, "hidden": True or False, # True if the sheet is hidden in the UI, false if it's visible. - "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. + "index": 42, # The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in "before the move" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1. "rightToLeft": True or False, # True if the sheet is an RTL sheet instead of an LTR sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet. Must be non-negative. This field cannot be changed once set. "sheetType": "A String", # The type of sheet. Defaults to GRID. This field cannot be changed once set. diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html index 4e37fd92c5d..25c03e41971 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html @@ -777,7 +777,1014 @@

Method Details

"isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + "layoutProperties": { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT. + "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the layout. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on. + "name": "A String", # The name of the layout. + }, + "masterProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER. + "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the master. + }, + "notesProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES. + "speakerNotesObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID. + }, + "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace. + "pageElements": [ # The page elements rendered on the page. + { # A visual element rendered on a page. + "description": "A String", # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements. + "elementGroup": { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit. + "children": [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2. + # Object with schema name: PageElement + ], + }, + "image": { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element. + "contentUrl": "A String", # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. + "imageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image. + "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only. + "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset. + "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height. + "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width. + "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width. + "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height. + }, + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only. + "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only. + "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only. + { # A color and position in a gradient band. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0]. + }, + ], + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. + }, + "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field. + "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values. + "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape. + "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder. + }, + "sourceUrl": "A String", # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty. + }, + "line": { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element. + "lineCategory": "A String", # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest. + "lineProperties": { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the line. + "endArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the end of the line. + "endConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have an `end_connection`. + "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line. + "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor. + }, + "lineFill": { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "startArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line. + "startConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have a `start_connection`. + "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line. + "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor. + }, + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "lineType": "A String", # The type of the line. + }, + "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace. + "shape": { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape. + "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field. + "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values. + "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape. + "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder. + }, + "shapeProperties": { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape. + "autofit": { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text. + "autofitType": "A String", # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values. + "fontScale": 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only. + "lineSpacingReduction": 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only. + }, + "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + "shapeBackgroundFill": { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. + "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + }, + "shapeType": "A String", # The type of the shape. + "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape. + "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID. + "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list. + "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive. + "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only. + { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell. + "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time. + "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text. + }, + "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units. + "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap. + "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to. + "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list. + }, + "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style + "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph. + "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited. + "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph. + }, + }, + "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units. + "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs. + "content": "A String", # The text of this run. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + "sheetsChart": { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images. + "chartId": 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded. + "contentUrl": "A String", # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. + "sheetsChartProperties": { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart. + "chartImageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image. + "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. + "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only. + "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset. + "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height. + "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width. + "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width. + "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height. + }, + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only. + "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only. + "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only. + { # A color and position in a gradient band. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0]. + }, + ], + }, + "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only. + "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. + "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. + }, + "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. + }, + }, + "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart. + }, + "size": { # A width and height. # The size of the page element. + "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. + "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. + "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. + { # Contents of each border row in a table. + "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response. + { # The properties of each border cell. + "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. + "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. + }, + "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border. + "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + "rows": 42, # Number of rows in the table. + "tableColumns": [ # Properties of each column. + { # Properties of each column in a table. + "columnWidth": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + ], + "tableRows": [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1. + { # Properties and contents of each row in a table. + "rowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "tableCells": [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table. + { # Properties and contents of each table cell. + "columnSpan": 42, # Column span of the cell. + "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. + "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. + }, + "rowSpan": 42, # Row span of the cell. + "tableCellProperties": { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell. + "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor. + "tableCellBackgroundFill": { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor. + "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + }, + "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell. + "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID. + "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list. + "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive. + "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only. + { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell. + "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time. + "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text. + }, + "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units. + "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap. + "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list. + "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph. + "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to. + "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list. + }, + "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style + "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph. + "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited. + "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph. + }, + }, + "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units. + "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs. + "content": "A String", # The text of this run. + "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run. + "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. + "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. + "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. + "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. + "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. + "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. + "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. + "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. + "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. + }, + "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. + "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. + "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. + "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. + "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. + "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). + }, + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + }, + ], + "tableRowProperties": { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row. + "minRowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row's cell(s). + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + ], + "verticalBorderRows": [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table's vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns. + { # Contents of each border row in a table. + "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response. + { # The properties of each border cell. + "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. + "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. + }, + "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border. + "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + ], + }, + ], + }, + "title": "A String", # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements. + "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element's transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform. + "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. + "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. + "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. + "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. + "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. + "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. + "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. + }, + "video": { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element. + "id": "A String", # The video source's unique identifier for this video. + "source": "A String", # The video source. + "url": "A String", # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change. + "videoProperties": { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video. + "autoPlay": True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false. + "end": 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length, the video will be played until its end. + "mute": True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false. + "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor. + "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. + "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + }, + "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + "start": 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning. + }, + }, + "wordArt": { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element. + "renderedText": "A String", # The text rendered as word art. + }, + }, + ], + "pageProperties": { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page. + "colorScheme": { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored. + "colors": [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs. + { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents. + "color": { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "type": "A String", # The type of the theme color. + }, + ], + }, + "pageBackgroundFill": { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor. + "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. + "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. + "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. + "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. + "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. + }, + }, + "stretchedPictureFill": { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill. + "contentUrl": "A String", # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length. + "size": { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only. + "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. + "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. + "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. + }, + }, + }, + }, + }, + "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + }, }, }, "updateSlidesPosition": { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation. @@ -2045,12 +3052,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -3061,12 +4063,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -4075,12 +5072,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -5101,12 +6093,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. @@ -6128,12 +7115,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -7144,12 +8126,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -8158,12 +9135,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -9184,12 +10156,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. @@ -10218,12 +11185,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -11234,12 +12196,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -12248,12 +13205,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -13274,12 +14226,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html index 7671a5028bb..d6c583bb80b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html @@ -1110,12 +1110,7 @@

Method Details

}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the presentation. Can be used in update requests to assert the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The revision ID is not a sequential number but an opaque string. The format of the revision ID might change over time. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated. However, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. - "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - }, + "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html index 4d4f3ef2874..e8517aafc5a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigOperations.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html index 9ff0a808d15..756ace53cf1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.operations.html index 6595ac3efa9..ca92b2de31d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.operations.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backupOperations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backupOperations.html index 8b2e915fddc..1ce9eb1d671 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backupOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backupOperations.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.html index dc5253c4bdd..476a2632d81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.html @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.operations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.operations.html index 1a5f08409e7..eca6d56a41c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.backups.operations.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databaseOperations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databaseOperations.html index 3ea0dcf3bd1..cc2e7d08dd0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databaseOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databaseOperations.html @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html index f3c1a205f43..49412efff24 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.html @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.operations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.operations.html index 1bc0797dff6..da792fec5f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.operations.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html index 0dc4db326cc..71e3ed15a67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html @@ -428,14 +428,7 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -496,7 +489,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -508,7 +507,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -583,14 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -660,7 +658,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -672,7 +676,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -736,14 +746,7 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -814,7 +817,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -826,7 +835,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -960,14 +975,7 @@

Method Details

"arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. }, }, @@ -1231,7 +1239,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1243,7 +1257,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1414,7 +1434,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1426,7 +1452,13 @@

Method Details

"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "protoTypeFqn": "A String", # If code == PROTO or code == ENUM, then `proto_type_fqn` is the fully qualified name of the proto type representing the proto/enum definition. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + "typeAnnotation": "A String", # The TypeAnnotationCode that disambiguates SQL type that Spanner will use to represent values of this type during query processing. This is necessary for some type codes because a single TypeCode can be mapped to different SQL types depending on the SQL dialect. type_annotation typically is not needed to process the content of a value (it doesn't affect serialization) and clients can ignore it on the read path. + }, }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html index 7d1afc893e2..6d2287311a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.html @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them. "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.operations.html index 8d8c99e5395..0946f0f3550 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitions.operations.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.operations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.operations.html index 8bbffabe81a..998acc645b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.operations.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html index 98111174e4c..237e7b3d88f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.projects.testMatrices.html @@ -322,6 +322,15 @@

Method Details

}, "disablePerformanceMetrics": True or False, # Disables performance metrics recording. May reduce test latency. "disableVideoRecording": True or False, # Disables video recording. May reduce test latency. + "iosRoboTest": { # A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device. # An iOS Robo test. + "appBundleId": "A String", # The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's "Info.plist" file. + "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + "roboScript": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + }, "iosTestLoop": { # A test of an iOS application that implements one or more game loop scenarios. This test type accepts an archived application (.ipa file) and a list of integer scenarios that will be executed on the app sequentially. # An iOS application with a test loop. "appBundleId": "A String", # Output only. The bundle id for the application under test. "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The .ipa of the application to test. @@ -522,6 +531,15 @@

Method Details

}, "disablePerformanceMetrics": True or False, # Disables performance metrics recording. May reduce test latency. "disableVideoRecording": True or False, # Disables video recording. May reduce test latency. + "iosRoboTest": { # A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device. # An iOS Robo test. + "appBundleId": "A String", # The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's "Info.plist" file. + "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + "roboScript": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + }, "iosTestLoop": { # A test of an iOS application that implements one or more game loop scenarios. This test type accepts an archived application (.ipa file) and a list of integer scenarios that will be executed on the app sequentially. # An iOS application with a test loop. "appBundleId": "A String", # Output only. The bundle id for the application under test. "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The .ipa of the application to test. @@ -827,6 +845,15 @@

Method Details

}, "disablePerformanceMetrics": True or False, # Disables performance metrics recording. May reduce test latency. "disableVideoRecording": True or False, # Disables video recording. May reduce test latency. + "iosRoboTest": { # A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device. # An iOS Robo test. + "appBundleId": "A String", # The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's "Info.plist" file. + "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + "roboScript": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + }, "iosTestLoop": { # A test of an iOS application that implements one or more game loop scenarios. This test type accepts an archived application (.ipa file) and a list of integer scenarios that will be executed on the app sequentially. # An iOS application with a test loop. "appBundleId": "A String", # Output only. The bundle id for the application under test. "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The .ipa of the application to test. @@ -1027,6 +1054,15 @@

Method Details

}, "disablePerformanceMetrics": True or False, # Disables performance metrics recording. May reduce test latency. "disableVideoRecording": True or False, # Disables video recording. May reduce test latency. + "iosRoboTest": { # A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device. # An iOS Robo test. + "appBundleId": "A String", # The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's "Info.plist" file. + "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + "roboScript": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + }, "iosTestLoop": { # A test of an iOS application that implements one or more game loop scenarios. This test type accepts an archived application (.ipa file) and a list of integer scenarios that will be executed on the app sequentially. # An iOS application with a test loop. "appBundleId": "A String", # Output only. The bundle id for the application under test. "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The .ipa of the application to test. @@ -1339,6 +1375,15 @@

Method Details

}, "disablePerformanceMetrics": True or False, # Disables performance metrics recording. May reduce test latency. "disableVideoRecording": True or False, # Disables video recording. May reduce test latency. + "iosRoboTest": { # A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device. # An iOS Robo test. + "appBundleId": "A String", # The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's "Info.plist" file. + "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + "roboScript": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + }, "iosTestLoop": { # A test of an iOS application that implements one or more game loop scenarios. This test type accepts an archived application (.ipa file) and a list of integer scenarios that will be executed on the app sequentially. # An iOS application with a test loop. "appBundleId": "A String", # Output only. The bundle id for the application under test. "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The .ipa of the application to test. @@ -1539,6 +1584,15 @@

Method Details

}, "disablePerformanceMetrics": True or False, # Disables performance metrics recording. May reduce test latency. "disableVideoRecording": True or False, # Disables video recording. May reduce test latency. + "iosRoboTest": { # A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device. # An iOS Robo test. + "appBundleId": "A String", # The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's "Info.plist" file. + "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + "roboScript": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts. + "gcsPath": "A String", # A path to a file in Google Cloud Storage. Example: gs://build-app-1414623860166/app%40debug-unaligned.apk These paths are expected to be url encoded (percent encoding) + }, + }, "iosTestLoop": { # A test of an iOS application that implements one or more game loop scenarios. This test type accepts an archived application (.ipa file) and a list of integer scenarios that will be executed on the app sequentially. # An iOS application with a test loop. "appBundleId": "A String", # Output only. The bundle id for the application under test. "appIpa": { # A reference to a file, used for user inputs. # Required. The .ipa of the application to test. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html index c66658f78fd..10ced9dd7e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html @@ -129,6 +129,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. @@ -281,6 +287,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. @@ -414,6 +426,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. @@ -514,6 +532,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html index 06d29ca2d7a..de813d3e8bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html @@ -174,6 +174,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. @@ -390,6 +396,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. @@ -544,6 +556,12 @@

Method Details

}, "acceleratorType": "A String", # The type of hardware accelerators associated with this node. "apiVersion": "A String", # Output only. The API version that created this Node. + "bootDiskConfig": { # Boot disk configurations. # Optional. Boot disk configuration. + "customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the node was created. "dataDisks": [ # The additional data disks for the Node. diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html index 7c3412d2adb..a711994db17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.matters.html @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html index 7796bbc7061..30a594efba0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vault_v1.operations.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v1.challenge.html b/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v1.challenge.html index 929bb6b46ad..dbf015ce07e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v1.challenge.html +++ b/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v1.challenge.html @@ -145,6 +145,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Result message for VerifiedAccess.VerifyChallengeResponse. + "attestedDeviceId": "A String", # Attested device id (ADID) of the device, read from the verified data. "deviceEnrollmentId": "A String", # Device enrollment id is returned in this field (for the machine response only). "devicePermanentId": "A String", # Device permanent id is returned in this field (for the machine response only). "signedPublicKeyAndChallenge": "A String", # Certificate Signing Request (in the SPKAC format, base64 encoded) is returned in this field. This field will be set only if device has included CSR in its challenge response. (the option to include CSR is now available for both user and machine responses) diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html index de580a1d56c..04de49e6d29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html @@ -148,9 +148,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -644,6 +641,17 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the MigratingVm. "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM state was updated. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, } migratingVmId: string, Required. The migratingVm identifier. @@ -783,9 +791,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -1279,6 +1284,17 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the MigratingVm. "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM state was updated. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, }
@@ -1318,9 +1334,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -1814,6 +1827,17 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the MigratingVm. "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM state was updated. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Output only. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -1857,9 +1881,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -2353,6 +2374,17 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. State of the MigratingVm. "stateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM state was updated. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, } requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html index 2eda17eccdc..24f34542110 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.sources.migratingVms.html @@ -148,9 +148,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -970,6 +967,17 @@

Method Details

"zone": "A String", # The zone in which to create the VM. }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, } migratingVmId: string, Required. The migratingVm identifier. @@ -1109,9 +1117,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -1931,6 +1936,17 @@

Method Details

"zone": "A String", # The zone in which to create the VM. }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, } @@ -1970,9 +1986,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -2792,6 +2805,17 @@

Method Details

"zone": "A String", # The zone in which to create the VM. }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Output only. A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -2835,9 +2859,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. - "vmCapabilities": [ # Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features. - "A String", - ], }, "computeEngineDisksTargetDefaults": { # ComputeEngineDisksTargetDefaults is a collection of details for creating Persistent Disks in a target Compute Engine project. # Details of the target Persistent Disks in Compute Engine. "disks": [ # The details of each Persistent Disk to create. @@ -3657,6 +3678,17 @@

Method Details

"zone": "A String", # The zone in which to create the VM. }, "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time the migrating VM resource was updated. + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { # Represent the source Vmware VM details. # Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source. + "committedStorageBytes": "A String", # The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes. + "disks": [ # The disks attached to the source VM. + { # The details of a Vmware VM disk. + "diskNumber": 42, # The ordinal number of the disk. + "label": "A String", # The disk label. + "sizeGb": "A String", # Size in GB. + }, + ], + "firmware": "A String", # The firmware type of the source VM. + }, } requestId: string, A request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.connectors.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.connectors.html index c4a6c46efa5..0fba5efa8b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.connectors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.connectors.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Serverless VPC Access connector, returns an operation.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project id and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ 

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both min-throughput and min-instances are provided, min-instances takes precedence over min-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -215,9 +215,9 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both min-throughput and min-instances are provided, min-instances takes precedence over min-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -253,9 +253,9 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both min-throughput and min-instances are provided, min-instances takes precedence over min-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -299,9 +299,9 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both min-throughput and min-instances are provided, min-instances takes precedence over min-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.operations.html index b051af1298e..328733dff0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectors.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectors.html index 84eeacb2991..ab207a63f4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.connectors.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@

Method Details

Creates a Serverless VPC Access connector, returns an operation.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The project and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The project id and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ 

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both maxThroughput and maxInstances are set, the value for maxInstances is utilzed. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -215,9 +215,9 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both maxThroughput and maxInstances are set, the value for maxInstances is utilzed. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -253,9 +253,9 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both maxThroughput and maxInstances are set, the value for maxInstances is utilzed. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -299,9 +299,9 @@

Method Details

"ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that follows RFC 4632 notation. Example: `10.132.0.0/28`. "machineType": "A String", # Machine type of VM Instance underlying connector. Default is e2-micro "maxInstances": 42, # Maximum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. + "maxThroughput": 42, # Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both maxThroughput and maxInstances are set, the value for maxInstances is utilzed. "minInstances": 42, # Minimum value of instances in autoscaling group underlying the connector. - "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. + "minThroughput": 42, # Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput. "name": "A String", # The resource name in the format `projects/*/locations/*/connectors/*`. "network": "A String", # Name of a VPC network. "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the VPC access connector. @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html index b2561a8bff6..53b849df6ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. - "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html index c63d8bc0a42..ae6fb8866d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.liveBroadcasts.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@

Method Details

"monetizationDetails": { # Monetization settings of a broadcast. # The monetizationDetails object contains information about the event's monetization details. "cuepointSchedule": { # Schedule to insert cuepoints into a broadcast by ads automator. "enabled": True or False, # This field is semantically required. If it is set false or not set, other fields in this message will be ignored. - "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). + "pauseAdsUntil": "A String", # If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp ("No Ad Zone"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format. "repeatInterval": "A String", # Interval frequency that api uses to insert cuepoints automatically. "scheduleStrategy": "A String", # The strategy to use when scheduling cuepoints. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.search.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.search.html index 5b79f4f5416..ebaa76283b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.search.html +++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.search.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(part, channelId=None, channelType=None, eventType=None, forContentOwner=None, forDeveloper=None, forMine=None, location=None, locationRadius=None, maxResults=None, onBehalfOfContentOwner=None, order=None, pageToken=None, publishedAfter=None, publishedBefore=None, q=None, regionCode=None, relatedToVideoId=None, relevanceLanguage=None, safeSearch=None, topicId=None, type=None, videoCaption=None, videoCategoryId=None, videoDefinition=None, videoDimension=None, videoDuration=None, videoEmbeddable=None, videoLicense=None, videoSyndicated=None, videoType=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(part, channelId=None, channelType=None, eventType=None, forContentOwner=None, forDeveloper=None, forMine=None, location=None, locationRadius=None, maxResults=None, onBehalfOfContentOwner=None, order=None, pageToken=None, publishedAfter=None, publishedBefore=None, q=None, regionCode=None, relatedToVideoId=None, relevanceLanguage=None, safeSearch=None, topicId=None, type=None, videoCaption=None, videoCategoryId=None, videoDefinition=None, videoDimension=None, videoDuration=None, videoEmbeddable=None, videoLicense=None, videoPaidProductPlacement=None, videoSyndicated=None, videoType=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of search resources

list_next()

@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Method Details

- list(part, channelId=None, channelType=None, eventType=None, forContentOwner=None, forDeveloper=None, forMine=None, location=None, locationRadius=None, maxResults=None, onBehalfOfContentOwner=None, order=None, pageToken=None, publishedAfter=None, publishedBefore=None, q=None, regionCode=None, relatedToVideoId=None, relevanceLanguage=None, safeSearch=None, topicId=None, type=None, videoCaption=None, videoCategoryId=None, videoDefinition=None, videoDimension=None, videoDuration=None, videoEmbeddable=None, videoLicense=None, videoSyndicated=None, videoType=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(part, channelId=None, channelType=None, eventType=None, forContentOwner=None, forDeveloper=None, forMine=None, location=None, locationRadius=None, maxResults=None, onBehalfOfContentOwner=None, order=None, pageToken=None, publishedAfter=None, publishedBefore=None, q=None, regionCode=None, relatedToVideoId=None, relevanceLanguage=None, safeSearch=None, topicId=None, type=None, videoCaption=None, videoCategoryId=None, videoDefinition=None, videoDimension=None, videoDuration=None, videoEmbeddable=None, videoLicense=None, videoPaidProductPlacement=None, videoSyndicated=None, videoType=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of search resources
 
 Args:
@@ -172,6 +172,11 @@ 

Method Details

any - Return all videos, regardless of which license they have, that match the query parameters. youtube - Only return videos that have the standard YouTube license. creativeCommon - Only return videos that have a Creative Commons license. Users can reuse videos with this license in other videos that they create. Learn more. + videoPaidProductPlacement: string, A parameter + Allowed values + videoPaidProductPlacementUnspecified - + any - Return all videos, paid product placement or not. + true - Restrict results to only videos with paid product placement. videoSyndicated: string, Filter on syndicated videos. Allowed values videoSyndicatedUnspecified - diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 08845d6e938..d7564d864d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json index 89ce9ca7e9b..e8d3728a24a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accessapproval.v1.json @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://accessapproval.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessApprovalServiceAccount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index e30b5c0fca5..b30d6bac07c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json index 016c01c6ccb..2294d19e260 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json index ad273840d25..ce4ae8ec7af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acmedns.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://acmedns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcmeChallengeSet": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index c2901b56a53..51a69f5c151 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json index f5cff0ada4d..8c723188160 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index 710bc3a47f7..8144ef96c35 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -3908,7 +3908,13 @@ "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "directory.users.insert", "parameterOrder": [], - "parameters": {}, + "parameters": { + "resolveConflictAccount": { + "description": "Optional. If set to `true`, the option selected for [handling unmanaged user accounts](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11112794) will apply. Default: `false`", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, "path": "admin/directory/v1/users", "request": { "$ref": "User" @@ -4637,7 +4643,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -5350,30 +5356,43 @@ "deprovisionReason": { "description": "(Read-only) Deprovision reason.", "enum": [ - "deprovisionReasonUnspecified", - "deprovisionReasonSameModelReplacement", - "deprovisionReasonUpgrade", - "deprovisionReasonDomainMove", - "deprovisionReasonServiceExpiration", - "deprovisionReasonOther", - "deprovisionReasonDifferentModelReplacement", - "deprovisionReasonRetiringDevice", - "deprovisionReasonUpgradeTransfer", - "deprovisionReasonNotRequired", - "deprovisionReasonRepairCenter" + "DEPROVISION_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_SAME_MODEL_REPLACEMENT", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_UPGRADE", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_DOMAIN_MOVE", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_SERVICE_EXPIRATION", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_OTHER", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_DIFFERENT_MODEL_REPLACEMENT", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_RETIRING_DEVICE", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_UPGRADE_TRANSFER", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_NOT_REQUIRED", + "DEPROVISION_REASON_REPAIR_CENTER" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + true, + true, + true, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The deprovision reason is unknown.", - "The device was replaced by a device with the same model.", + "Same model replacement. You have return materials authorization (RMA) or you are replacing a malfunctioning device under warranty with the same device model.", "The device was upgraded.", "The device's domain was changed.", "Service expired for the device.", "The device was deprovisioned for a legacy reason that is no longer supported.", - "The device was replaced by a device with a different model.", - "The device was retired.", - "The device's perpetual upgrade was transferred to a new device.", + "Different model replacement. You are replacing this device with an upgraded or newer device model.", + "Retiring from fleet. You are donating, discarding, or otherwise removing the device from use.", + "ChromeOS Flex upgrade transfer. This is a ChromeOS Flex device that you are replacing with a Chromebook within a year.", "A reason was not required. For example, the licenses were returned to the customer's license pool.", - "The device was deprovisioned by a repair service center." + "The device was deprovisioned by the Repair Service Center. Can only be set by Repair Service Center during RMA." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5415,17 +5434,15 @@ "enterpriseUpgrade", "educationUpgrade", "education", - "terminal", "kioskUpgrade" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "UNSPECIFIED type.", - "Indicating the device is a Chromebook/Chromebox/Chromebase enterprise, which is packaged with an upgrade(license).", - "Indicating the device is consuming standalone Chrome Enterprise Upgrade, a Chrome Enterprise license.", - "Indicating the device is consuming Chrome Education Upgrade(AKA Chrome EDU perpetual license).", - "Packaged with a license as education.", - "Packaged with a license as terminal.", - "Indicating the device is consuming standalone Chrome Kiosk Upgrade, a Chrome Kiosk (annual) license." + "The license type is unknown.", + "The device is bundled with a perpetual Chrome Enterprise Upgrade.", + "The device has an annual standalone Chrome Enterprise Upgrade.", + "The device has a perpetual standalone Chrome Education Upgrade.", + "The device is bundled with a perpetual Chrome Education Upgrade.", + "The device has an annual Kiosk Upgrade." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index 75f850651f4..08dbf4af07c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index 373f047cae1..9f07202524b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index 4128abc0e26..f5bcac8aa9b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -202,12 +202,115 @@ "response": { "$ref": "ListAdSourcesResponse" }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admob.readonly", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admob.report" + ], + "streamingType": "NONE" + } + }, + "resources": { + "adapters": { + "methods": { + "list": { + "description": "List the adapters of the ad source.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/adSources/{adSourcesId}/adapters", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "admob.accounts.adSources.adapters.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of adapters to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 10,000 adapters will be returned. The maximum value is 20,000; values above 20,000 will be coerced to 20,000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAdapters` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent which owns this collection of adapters. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adSources/{ad_source_id}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adSources/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/adapters", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListAdaptersResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admob.readonly" + ], + "streamingType": "NONE" + } + } + } + } + }, + "adUnitMappings": { + "methods": { + "batchCreate": { + "description": "Batch create the ad unit mappings under the specific AdMob account. The maximum allowed batch size is 100.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/adUnitMappings:batchCreate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.adUnitMappings.batchCreate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The AdMob account which owns this collection of ad unit mappings. Format: accounts/{publisher_id} See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/2784578 for instructions on how to find your AdMob publisher ID.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/adUnitMappings:batchCreate", + "request": { + "$ref": "BatchCreateAdUnitMappingsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "BatchCreateAdUnitMappingsResponse" + }, "streamingType": "NONE" } } }, "adUnits": { "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates an ad unit under the specified AdMob account.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/adUnits", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.adUnits.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the account to create the specified ad unit for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/adUnits", + "request": { + "$ref": "AdUnit" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "AdUnit" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, "list": { "description": "List the ad units under the specified AdMob account.", "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/adUnits", @@ -245,10 +348,110 @@ ], "streamingType": "NONE" } + }, + "resources": { + "adUnitMappings": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Create an ad unit mapping under the specific AdMob account and ad unit.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/adUnits/{adUnitsId}/adUnitMappings", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.adUnits.adUnitMappings.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent which owns the ad unit mapping. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adUnits/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/adUnitMappings", + "request": { + "$ref": "AdUnitMapping" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "AdUnitMapping" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, + "list": { + "description": "List ad unit mappings under the specified AdMob account and ad unit.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/adUnits/{adUnitsId}/adUnitMappings", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "admob.accounts.adUnits.adUnitMappings.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "The filter string that uses [EBNF grammar syntax](https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Possible field to filter by is: - \"DISPLAY_NAME\" Possible filter function is: - `IN`: Used to filter fields that represent a singleton including \"DISPLAY_NAME\". The filter functions can be added together using `AND`. `OR` functionality is not supported. Example: filter: IN(DISPLAY_NAME, \"Test Ad Unit Mapping 1\", \"Test Ad Unit Mapping 2\")", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of ad unit mappings to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 10,000 ad unit mappings will be returned. The maximum value is 20,000; values above 20,000 will be coerced to 20,000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListAdUnitMappings` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent which owns this collection of ad unit mappings. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/adUnits/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/adUnitMappings", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListAdUnitMappingsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admob.readonly" + ], + "streamingType": "NONE" + } + } + } } }, "apps": { "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates an app under the specified AdMob account.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/apps", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.apps.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the account for which the app is being created. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/apps", + "request": { + "$ref": "App" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "App" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, "list": { "description": "List the apps under the specified AdMob account.", "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/apps", @@ -288,6 +491,240 @@ } } }, + "campaigns": { + "methods": { + "batchUpdate": { + "description": "Batch update operation for campaigns under the specified AdMob publisher.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/campaigns:batchUpdate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.campaigns.batchUpdate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the account to list campaigns for. The `parent` field in the individual UpdateCampaignRequest messages should match the value set here. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/campaigns:batchUpdate", + "request": { + "$ref": "BatchUpdateCampaignsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "BatchUpdateCampaignsResponse" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, + "list": { + "description": "List the campaigns under the specified AdMob account.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/campaigns", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "admob.accounts.campaigns.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "The filter string that uses [EBNF grammar syntax](https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Possible field to filter by is: - \"CAMPAIGN_GOAL_TYPE\" Possible filter function is: - `IN`: Used to filter fields that represent a singleton including \"CAMPAIGN_GOAL_TYPE\". The filter functions can be added together using `AND`. `OR` functionality is not supported. Example: filter: IN(CAMPAIGN_GOAL_TYPE, \"NUMBER_OF_CLICKS\", \"MEDIATED_ADS\")", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of campaigns to return.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The value returned by the last `ListCampaignsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListGoogleBiddingAdUnits` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the account to list campaigns for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/campaigns", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListCampaignsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admob.readonly" + ], + "streamingType": "NONE" + } + } + }, + "mediationGroups": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Create a mediation group under the specific AdMob account.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/mediationGroups", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.mediationGroups.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent which owns the mediation group. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/mediationGroups", + "request": { + "$ref": "MediationGroup" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "MediationGroup" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, + "list": { + "description": "List mediation groups under the specified AdMob account.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/mediationGroups", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "admob.accounts.mediationGroups.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "The filter string that uses [EBNF grammar syntax](https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt). Possible fields to filter by are: - \"AD_SOURCE_IDS\" - \"AD_UNIT_IDS\" - \"APP_IDS\" - \"DISPLAY_NAME\" - \"FORMAT\" - \"MEDIATION_GROUP_ID\" - \"PLATFORM\" - \"STATE\" - \"TARGETED_REGION_CODES\" Possible filter functions are: - `IN`: Used to filter fields that represent a singleton including \"MEDIATION_GROUP_ID\", \"DISPLAY_NAME\", \"STATE\", \"PLATFORM\", and \"FORMAT\". - `CONTAINS_ANY`: Used to filter fields that represent a collection including \"AD_SOURCE_IDS\", \"AD_UNIT_IDS\", \"APP_IDS\", and \"TARGETED_REGION_CODES\". The filter functions can be added together using `AND`. `OR` functionality is not supported. Example: filter: IN(DISPLAY_NAME, \"Test Group 1\", \"Test Group 2\") AND IN(PLATFORM, \"ANDROID\") AND CONTAINS_ANY(AD_SOURCE_IDS, \"5450213213286189855\")", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of mediation groups to return. If unspecified or 0, at most 10,000 mediation groups will be returned. The maximum value is 20,000; values above 20,000 will be coerced to 20,000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The value returned by the last `ListMediationGroupsResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListMediationGroups` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the account to list mediation groups for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/mediationGroups", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListMediationGroupsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admob.readonly" + ], + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Update the specified mediation group under the specified AdMob account.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/mediationGroups/{mediationGroupsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "admob.accounts.mediationGroups.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/mediationGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "List of mediation group fields to be updated. Updates to repeated fields such as items in a list will fully replace the existing value(s) with the new value(s). Updates to individual values in a map can be done by indexing by the key. The following field masks are supported for mediation group updates: - \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"{mediation_group_line_id}\\\"]\" clang-format off - \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"{mediation_group_line_id}\\\"].ad_unit_mappings[\\\"{ad_unit_id}\\\"]\" clang-format on - \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"{mediation_group_line_id}\\\"].cpm_micros\" - \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"{mediation_group_line_id}\\\"].cpm_mode\" - \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"{mediation_group_line_id}\\\"].state\" - \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"{mediation_group_line_id}\\\"].display_name\" - \"targeting.ad_unit_ids\" To update a mediation group with a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative number for the \"mediation_group_line_id\". For Example: update_mask { paths: \"mediation_group_lines[\\\"123456789012345\\\"].cpm_micros\" }", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "MediationGroup" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "MediationGroup" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + } + }, + "resources": { + "mediationAbExperiments": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Create an A/B testing experiment for a specified AdMob account and a mediation group.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/mediationGroups/{mediationGroupsId}/mediationAbExperiments", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.mediationGroups.mediationAbExperiments.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent which owns the mediation group. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/mediationGroups/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/mediationAbExperiments", + "request": { + "$ref": "MediationAbExperiment" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "MediationAbExperiment" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + }, + "stop": { + "description": "Stop the mediation A/B experiment and choose a variant.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/mediationGroups/{mediationGroupsId}/mediationAbExperiments:stop", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "admob.accounts.mediationGroups.mediationAbExperiments.stop", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Name of the mediation group, the experiment for which to choose a variant for. Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789/ mediationAbExperiments", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/mediationGroups/[^/]+/mediationAbExperiments$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}:stop", + "request": { + "$ref": "StopMediationAbExperimentRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "MediationAbExperiment" + }, + "streamingType": "NONE" + } + } + } + } + }, "mediationReport": { "methods": { "generate": { @@ -359,7 +796,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdSource": { @@ -411,76 +848,350 @@ "name": { "description": "Resource name for this ad unit. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/adUnits/0123456789", "type": "string" + }, + "rewardSettings": { + "$ref": "AdUnitRewardSettings", + "description": "Optional. Settings for a rewarded ad unit. This can be set or unset only when the ad_format is \"REWARDED\"." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AdUnitMapping": { + "description": "Settings to map an AdMob ad unit to a 3rd party ad unit.", + "id": "AdUnitMapping", + "properties": { + "adUnitConfigurations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Settings for the specified ad unit to make an ad request to 3rd party ad network. Key-value pairs with values set by the user for the keys requested by the ad network. Please see https://support.google.com/admob/answer/3245073 for details on how to configure the network settings.", + "type": "object" + }, + "adapterId": { + "description": "The ID of mediation ad source adapter used by this ad unit mapping. The adapter determines the information needed in the ad_network_settings.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Optional. The display name of this ad unit mapping instance.", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Resource name of this ad unit mapping. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id_fragment}/adUnitMappings/{ad_unit_mapping_id} Example: accounts/pub-1234567890123456/adUnits/0123456789/adUnitMappings/987654321", + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. The status of this ad unit mapping.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ENABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The default value.", + "The ad unit mapping is active and used to serve ads or collecting stats." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AdUnitRewardSettings": { + "description": "Settings for a rewarded ad unit.", + "id": "AdUnitRewardSettings", + "properties": { + "unitAmount": { + "description": "Reward amount for this ad unit.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "unitType": { + "description": "Reward item for this ad unit.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "Adapter": { + "description": "Describes adapters supported by each mediation ad source. Adapters correspond to a specific SDK implementation of the ad source, and are each associated with a single platform and a list of supported ad unit formats. Adapters may also require setting some configurations to perform ad requests. Configurations can be specified in the AdUnitMapping by setting the [ad_unit_configurations](#AdUnitMapping.ad_unit_configurations) key/value pairs. For example, the ad_unit_configurations can be used to pass various IDs to the adapter's third-party SDK.", + "id": "Adapter", + "properties": { + "adapterConfigMetadata": { + "description": "Output only. Configuration metadata associated with this adapter.", + "items": { + "$ref": "AdapterAdapterConfigMetadata" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, + "adapterId": { + "description": "Output only. ID of this adapter. It is used to set [adapter_id](#AdUnitMapping.adapter_id).", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "formats": { + "description": "Output only. Indicates the formats of the ad units supported by this adapter.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Resource name of the adapter. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/adSources/{ad_source_id}/adapters/{adapter_id}.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "platform": { + "description": "Output only. Mobile application platform supported by this adapter. Supported values are: IOS, ANDROID, WINDOWS_PHONE", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "title": { + "description": "Output only. The display name of this adapter.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AdapterAdapterConfigMetadata": { + "description": "Configuration metadata associated with this adapter. They are used to define the ad_unit_configurations associated with AdUnitMappings for the this adapter.", + "id": "AdapterAdapterConfigMetadata", + "properties": { + "adapterConfigMetadataId": { + "description": "This is used to fill the key of the [ad_unit_configurations](#AdUnitMapping.ad_unit_configurations).", + "type": "string" + }, + "adapterConfigMetadataLabel": { + "description": "Name of the adapter configuration metadata.", + "type": "string" + }, + "isRequired": { + "description": "Whether this metadata is required for configuring the AdUnitMappings.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "App": { + "description": "Describes an AdMob app for a specific platform (For example: Android or iOS).", + "id": "App", + "properties": { + "appApprovalState": { + "description": "Output only. The approval state for the app. The field is read-only.", + "enum": [ + "APP_APPROVAL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ACTION_REQUIRED", + "IN_REVIEW", + "APPROVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "The app requires additional user action to be approved. Please refer to https://support.google.com/admob/answer/10564477 for details and next steps.", + "The app is pending review.", + "The app is approved and can serve ads." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "appId": { + "description": "The externally visible ID of the app which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789", + "type": "string" + }, + "linkedAppInfo": { + "$ref": "AppLinkedAppInfo", + "description": "Immutable. The information for an app that is linked to an app store. This field is present if and only if the app is linked to an app store." + }, + "manualAppInfo": { + "$ref": "AppManualAppInfo", + "description": "The information for an app that is not linked to any app store. After an app is linked, this information is still retrivable. If no name is provided for the app upon creation, a placeholder name will be used." + }, + "name": { + "description": "Resource name for this app. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/apps/{app_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/apps/0123456789", + "type": "string" + }, + "platform": { + "description": "Describes the platform of the app. Limited to \"IOS\" and \"ANDROID\".", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AppLinkedAppInfo": { + "description": "Information from the app store if the app is linked to an app store.", + "id": "AppLinkedAppInfo", + "properties": { + "androidAppStores": { + "description": "Optional. The app store information for published Android apps. This field is only used for apps on the Android platform and will be ignored if the PLATFORM is set to iOS. The default value is the Google Play App store. This field can be updated after app is created. If the app is not published, this field will not be included in the response.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "ANDROID_APP_STORE_UNSPECIFIED", + "GOOGLE_PLAY_APP_STORE", + "AMAZON_APP_STORE", + "OPPO_APP_STORE", + "SAMSUNG_APP_STORE", + "VIVO_APP_STORE", + "XIAOMI_APP_STORE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "Google Play Store.", + "Amazon Appstore.", + "Oppo App Market.", + "Samsung Galaxy Store.", + "VIVO App Store.", + "Xiaomi GetApps." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "appStoreId": { + "description": "The app store ID of the app; present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. If the app is added to the Google Play store, it will be the application ID of the app. For example: \"com.example.myapp\". See https://developer.android.com/studio/build/application-id. If the app is added to the Apple App Store, it will be app store ID. For example \"105169111\". Note that setting the app store id is considered an irreversible action. Once an app is linked, it cannot be unlinked.", + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Output only. Display name of the app as it appears in the app store. This is an output-only field, and may be empty if the app cannot be found in the store.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AppManualAppInfo": { + "description": "Information provided for manual apps which are not linked to an application store (Example: Google Play, App Store).", + "id": "AppManualAppInfo", + "properties": { + "displayName": { + "description": "The display name of the app as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateAdUnitMappingsRequest": { + "description": "Request to create a batch of ad unit mappings under the specific AdMob account.", + "id": "BatchCreateAdUnitMappingsRequest", + "properties": { + "requests": { + "description": "Required. The request message specifying the ad unit mappings to create. A maximum of 100 ad unit mappings can be created in a batch. If the number of ad unit mappings in the batch request exceed 100, the entire request will be rejected and no ad unit mappings will be created.", + "items": { + "$ref": "CreateAdUnitMappingRequest" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchCreateAdUnitMappingsResponse": { + "description": "Response containing a batch of created ad unit mappings.", + "id": "BatchCreateAdUnitMappingsResponse", + "properties": { + "adUnitMappings": { + "description": "The Ad units mappings created under the requested account.", + "items": { + "$ref": "AdUnitMapping" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchUpdateCampaignsRequest": { + "description": "The request for the BatchUpdateCampaigns API.", + "id": "BatchUpdateCampaignsRequest", + "properties": { + "requests": { + "description": "Required. The individual requests to update campaigns. Max 1000 allowed.", + "items": { + "$ref": "UpdateCampaignRequest" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BatchUpdateCampaignsResponse": { + "description": "The response for the BatchUpdateCampaigns API.", + "id": "BatchUpdateCampaignsResponse", + "properties": { + "campaigns": { + "description": "The updated campaigns per the request.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Campaign" + }, + "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, - "App": { - "description": "Describes an AdMob app for a specific platform (For example: Android or iOS).", - "id": "App", + "Campaign": { + "description": "Describes an AdMob campaign.", + "id": "Campaign", "properties": { - "appApprovalState": { - "description": "Output only. The approval state for the app. The field is read-only.", + "cpiSetting": { + "$ref": "CampaignCpiSetting", + "description": "The CPI setting of the campaign." + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Output only. The display name for the campaign.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "goalType": { + "description": "Output only. The Goal type of the campaign.", "enum": [ - "APP_APPROVAL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", - "ACTION_REQUIRED", - "IN_REVIEW", - "APPROVED" + "GOAL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "MEDIATED_ADS", + "NUMBER_OF_IMPRESSIONS", + "NUMBER_OF_CLICKS", + "PERCENTAGE_OF_IMPRESSIONS", + "MAX_CPI", + "TARGET_CPI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", - "The app requires additional user action to be approved. Please refer to https://support.google.com/admob/answer/10564477 for details and next steps.", - "The app is pending review.", - "The app is approved and can serve ads." + "The default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "Represents a goal where campaign competes in mediation chain based on a specified eCPM value.", + "Represents number of impressions goal.", + "Represents number of clicks goal.", + "Represents percentage of traffic goal measured in impressions.", + "Represents max cost per install goal.", + "Represents target cost per install goal." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, - "appId": { - "description": "The externally visible ID of the app which can be used to integrate with the AdMob SDK. This is a read only property. Example: ca-app-pub-9876543210987654~0123456789", - "type": "string" - }, - "linkedAppInfo": { - "$ref": "AppLinkedAppInfo", - "description": "Immutable. The information for an app that is linked to an app store. This field is present if and only if the app is linked to an app store." - }, - "manualAppInfo": { - "$ref": "AppManualAppInfo", - "description": "The information for an app that is not linked to any app store. After an app is linked, this information is still retrivable. If no name is provided for the app upon creation, a placeholder name will be used." - }, "name": { - "description": "Resource name for this app. Format is accounts/{publisher_id}/apps/{app_id_fragment} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/apps/0123456789", - "type": "string" - }, - "platform": { - "description": "Describes the platform of the app. Limited to \"IOS\" and \"ANDROID\".", + "description": "Output only. Resource name for this campaign. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/campaigns/{campaign_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/campaigns/0123456789", + "readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, - "AppLinkedAppInfo": { - "description": "Information from the app store if the app is linked to an app store.", - "id": "AppLinkedAppInfo", + "CampaignCpiSetting": { + "description": "CPI setting for AdMob campaign. Ignored unless campaign goal type is MAX_CPI or TARGET_CPI.", + "id": "CampaignCpiSetting", "properties": { - "appStoreId": { - "description": "The app store ID of the app; present if and only if the app is linked to an app store. If the app is added to the Google Play store, it will be the application ID of the app. For example: \"com.example.myapp\". See https://developer.android.com/studio/build/application-id. If the app is added to the Apple App Store, it will be app store ID. For example \"105169111\". Note that setting the app store id is considered an irreversible action. Once an app is linked, it cannot be unlinked.", - "type": "string" - }, - "displayName": { - "description": "Output only. Display name of the app as it appears in the app store. This is an output-only field, and may be empty if the app cannot be found in the store.", - "readOnly": true, + "cpiMicros": { + "description": "Cost-per-install for this campaign in micro units in the currency of the GoogleAds account linked to this AdMob publisher.", + "format": "int64", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, - "AppManualAppInfo": { - "description": "Information provided for manual apps which are not linked to an application store (Example: Google Play, App Store).", - "id": "AppManualAppInfo", + "CreateAdUnitMappingRequest": { + "description": "Request to create an ad unit mapping under the specific AdMob account and ad unit.", + "id": "CreateAdUnitMappingRequest", "properties": { - "displayName": { - "description": "The display name of the app as shown in the AdMob UI, which is provided by the user. The maximum length allowed is 80 characters.", + "adUnitMapping": { + "$ref": "AdUnitMapping", + "description": "Required. The ad unit mapping to create." + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent which owns the ad unit mapping. Format: accounts/{publisher_id}/adUnits/{ad_unit_id}", "type": "string" } }, @@ -601,6 +1312,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListAdUnitMappingsResponse": { + "description": "Response for the ListAdUnitMappingsRequest.", + "id": "ListAdUnitMappingsResponse", + "properties": { + "adUnitMappings": { + "description": "The ad unit mappings from the specified account and ad unit.", + "items": { + "$ref": "AdUnitMapping" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "Used to set the `page_token` in the `ListAdUnitMappingsRequest` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListAdUnitsResponse": { "description": "Response for the ad units list request.", "id": "ListAdUnitsResponse", @@ -619,6 +1348,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListAdaptersResponse": { + "description": "Response for the ListAdaptersRequest.", + "id": "ListAdaptersResponse", + "properties": { + "adapters": { + "description": "The adapter.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Adapter" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "Used to set the `page_token` in the `ListAdapterRequest` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListAppsResponse": { "description": "Response for the apps list request.", "id": "ListAppsResponse", @@ -637,6 +1384,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListCampaignsResponse": { + "description": "Response for the ListCampaignsRequest.", + "id": "ListCampaignsResponse", + "properties": { + "campaigns": { + "description": "The resulting mediation groups for the requested account.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Campaign" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "Used to set the `page_token` in the `ListCampaignsRequest` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ListMediationGroupsResponse": { + "description": "Response for the mediation groups list request.", + "id": "ListMediationGroupsResponse", + "properties": { + "mediationGroups": { + "description": "The resulting mediation groups for the requested account.", + "items": { + "$ref": "MediationGroup" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "If not empty, indicates that there may be more mediation groups for the request; this value should be passed in a new `ListMediationGroupsRequest`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListPublisherAccountsResponse": { "description": "Response for the publisher account list request.", "id": "ListPublisherAccountsResponse", @@ -670,6 +1453,265 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "MediationAbExperiment": { + "description": "The mediation A/B experiment. NEXT ID: 12", + "id": "MediationAbExperiment", + "properties": { + "controlMediationLines": { + "description": "Output only. The experiment mediation lines for control. They are inherited from the parent mediation group. It is an output only field.", + "items": { + "$ref": "MediationAbExperimentExperimentMediationLine" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "The display name for the mediation A/B experiment.", + "type": "string" + }, + "experimentId": { + "description": "Output only. Unique identifier for the mediation A/B experiment. It is an output only property.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Resource name for this experiment. The format is accounts/{publisher_id}/ mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id}/mediationAbExperiment/ {mediation_group_experiment_id}. For example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789/ mediationAbExperiment/12345", + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. The state of the experiment. It is an output only field.", + "enum": [ + "EXPERIMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "EXPIRED", + "RUNNING", + "ENDED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default for an unset field. Do not use.", + "The experiment has expired.", + "The experiment is running and thus used in serving.", + "The experiment is ended, but not yet expired. Serving continues in the original configurations while the experiment is ready to call an action." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "treatmentMediationLines": { + "description": "The experiment mediation lines created for the treatment. They will be used for serving when the experiment status is RUNNING.", + "items": { + "$ref": "MediationAbExperimentExperimentMediationLine" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "treatmentTrafficPercentage": { + "description": "The percentage of the mediation A/B experiment traffic that will be send to the treatment (variant B). The remainder is sent to the control (variant A). The percentage is expressed as an integer in the inclusive range of [1,99]. See https://support.google.com/admob/answer/9572326 for details.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "MediationAbExperimentExperimentMediationLine": { + "description": "The mediation group line for the experiment. It will be used for serving during the run of the experiment.", + "id": "MediationAbExperimentExperimentMediationLine", + "properties": { + "mediationGroupLine": { + "$ref": "MediationGroupMediationGroupLine", + "description": "The mediation group line used by the experiment." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "MediationGroup": { + "description": "Describes an AdMob mediation group.", + "id": "MediationGroup", + "properties": { + "displayName": { + "description": "User provided name for the mediation group. The maximum length allowed is 120 characters.", + "type": "string" + }, + "mediationAbExperimentState": { + "description": "Output only. The state of the mediation a/b experiment that belongs to this mediation group.", + "enum": [ + "EXPERIMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "RUNNING", + "NOT_RUNNING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "The mediation group has an experiment in the RUNNING state.", + "There is no experiment in the RUNNING state in the mediation group." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "mediationGroupId": { + "description": "The ID of the mediation group. Example: \"0123456789\". This is a read only property.", + "type": "string" + }, + "mediationGroupLines": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "MediationGroupMediationGroupLine" + }, + "description": "The mediation lines used for serving for this mediation group. Key is the ID of the mediation group line. For creation, use distinct negative values as placeholder.", + "type": "object" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Resource name for this mediation group. Format is: accounts/{publisher_id}/mediationGroups/{mediation_group_id} Example: accounts/pub-9876543210987654/mediationGroups/0123456789", + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "The status of the mediation group. Only enabled mediation groups will be served.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ENABLED", + "DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "The mediation group is active and used to serve ads or to collect stats.", + "The mediation group has been disabled and is no longer serving ads or collecting stats. Disabled mediation groups can be re-enabled." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "targeting": { + "$ref": "MediationGroupTargeting", + "description": "Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group, such as ad units and geo locations." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "MediationGroupMediationGroupLine": { + "description": "Settings for an ad network used by a mediation group.", + "id": "MediationGroupMediationGroupLine", + "properties": { + "adSourceId": { + "description": "The ID of the ad source this mediation line is associated with.", + "type": "string" + }, + "adUnitMappings": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "References of the ad unit mappings for each ad unit associated with this mediation line. Key is the ad unit ID, value is resource name of the ad unit mapping. For mediation lines where the ad source id is the AdMob Network, ad unit mappings will be ignored.", + "type": "object" + }, + "cpmMicros": { + "description": "The CPM for this allocation line. $0.01 is the minimum allowed amount. For LIVE CPM modes, the default amount is $0.01. This value is ignored if `cpm_mode` is `LIVE`. **Warning:** \"USD\" is the only supported currency at the moment. The unit is in micros.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "cpmMode": { + "description": "Indicates how the CPM for this mediation line is provided. Note that `MANUAL` and `LIVE` are the only fully-supported mode at the moment. Please use the AdMob UI (https://admob.google.com) if you wish to create or update to other cpm modes.", + "enum": [ + "CPM_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "LIVE", + "MANUAL", + "ANO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "CPM is calculated per ad request based on the ad auction.", + "CPM is set by the user manually.", + "CPM is retrieved from the ad network using the publisher specified credentials. Output only." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "User-provided label for this mediation line. The maximum length allowed is 255 characters.", + "type": "string" + }, + "experimentVariant": { + "description": "Output only. The Mediation A/B experiment variant to which the mediation group line belongs to.", + "enum": [ + "VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED", + "VARIANT_A", + "VARIANT_B", + "ORIGINAL" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "The mediation group line belongs to the variant A.", + "The mediation group line belongs to the variant B.", + "The mediation group line isn't a part of an experiment." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "The 16 digit ID for this mediation line e.g. 0123456789012345. When creating a new mediation group line, use a distinct negative integer as the ID place holder.", + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "The status of the mediation group line. Only enabled mediation group lines will be served.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ENABLED", + "DISABLED", + "REMOVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "The mediation group line is active and used to serve ads.", + "The mediation group line has been disabled and is no longer served. Disabled mediation group lines can be re-enabled.", + "The mediation group line will be removed and no longer served. Removed mediation group lines can not be re-enabled and will no longer be visible. This is an input only field." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "MediationGroupTargeting": { + "description": "Set of criteria targeted by this mediation group. For example, a mediation group can target specific ad unit IDs, platform, format and geo location.", + "id": "MediationGroupTargeting", + "properties": { + "adUnitIds": { + "description": "Ad units targeted by this mediation group. Example: \"ca-app-pub-1234/8790\".", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "excludedRegionCodes": { + "description": "The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as \"US\". Unset if this mediation group does not exclude any region.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "format": { + "description": "Ad format targeted by this mediation group. Examples: \"banner\", \"native\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "idfaTargeting": { + "description": "The parameter can be used to target ad requests based on the availability of the IDFA. If set to ALL, the mediation group applies to all ad requests (with or without IDFA). If set to AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests with IDFA. If set to NOT_AVAILABLE, the mediation group applies to ad requests without IDFA. Doesn't need to be specified for an ANDROID device.", + "enum": [ + "IDFA_TARGETING_UNSPECIFIED", + "ALL", + "AVAILABLE", + "NOT_AVAILABLE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. This value is unused.", + "All the devices are targeted, regardless of IDFA availability.", + "Only the devices with IDFA availability are targeted.", + "Only the devices without IDFA availability are targeted." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "platform": { + "description": "Describes the platform of the app. Examples: \"IOS\", \"Android\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "targetedRegionCodes": { + "description": "The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of a location, such as \"US\". Unset if this mediation group targets all available regions. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "MediationReportSpec": { "description": "The specification for generating an AdMob Mediation report. For example, the specification to get observed ECPM sliced by ad source and app for the 'US' and 'CN' countries can look like the following example: { \"date_range\": { \"start_date\": {\"year\": 2021, \"month\": 9, \"day\": 1}, \"end_date\": {\"year\": 2021, \"month\": 9, \"day\": 30} }, \"dimensions\": [\"AD_SOURCE\", \"APP\", \"COUNTRY\"], \"metrics\": [\"OBSERVED_ECPM\"], \"dimension_filters\": [ { \"dimension\": \"COUNTRY\", \"matches_any\": {\"values\": [{\"value\": \"US\", \"value\": \"CN\"}]} } ], \"sort_conditions\": [ {\"dimension\":\"APP\", order: \"ASCENDING\"} ], \"localization_settings\": { \"currency_code\": \"USD\", \"language_code\": \"en-US\" } } For a better understanding, you can treat the preceding specification like the following pseudo SQL: SELECT AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY, OBSERVED_ECPM FROM MEDIATION_REPORT WHERE DATE >= '2021-09-01' AND DATE <= '2021-09-30' AND COUNTRY IN ('US', 'CN') GROUP BY AD_SOURCE, APP, COUNTRY ORDER BY APP ASC;", "id": "MediationReportSpec", @@ -1306,6 +2348,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "StopMediationAbExperimentRequest": { + "description": "Request to end the mediation A/B experiment and choose a winning variant.", + "id": "StopMediationAbExperimentRequest", + "properties": { + "variantChoice": { + "description": "The choice for the winning variant.", + "enum": [ + "VARIANT_CHOICE_UNSPECIFIED", + "VARIANT_CHOICE_A", + "VARIANT_CHOICE_B" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value for an unset field. Do not use.", + "Use the mediation lines from Variant A and complete the experiment. Variant A contains the original serving lines before the experiment creation.", + "Use the mediation lines form Variant B and complete the experiment. Variant B contains the newly added serving lines." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "StringList": { "description": "List of string values.", "id": "StringList", @@ -1319,6 +2382,22 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "UpdateCampaignRequest": { + "description": "An update request for a singular campaign. Currently only cpi_micros of MAX_CPI and TARGET_CPI campaigns can be updated.", + "id": "UpdateCampaignRequest", + "properties": { + "campaign": { + "$ref": "Campaign", + "description": "Required. The campaign which is being updated." + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "List of campaign fields to be updated. Currently this field is not supported as only the cpi_micros field can be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json index 9d048956bd8..2f2dd4ee9f1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adsense.v2.json @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230824", "rootUrl": "https://adsense.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json index 6c8523b2397..cc386a36dfa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/advisorynotifications.v1.json @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://advisorynotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAdvisorynotificationsV1Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 289f699035b..2a37924def2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -18,6 +18,178 @@ "description": "Train high-quality custom machine learning models with minimal machine learning expertise and effort.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/", + "endpoints": [ + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-east1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-east2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-east2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-northeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-northeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-northeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-northeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-northeast3-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-northeast3" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-south1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-southeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-southeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-southeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-southeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://australia-southeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "australia-southeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://australia-southeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "australia-southeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-central2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-central2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-north1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-north1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-southwest1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-southwest1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west3-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west3" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west4" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west6-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west6" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west8-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west8" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west9-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west9" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://me-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "me-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://northamerica-northeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "northamerica-northeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://northamerica-northeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "northamerica-northeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://southamerica-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "southamerica-east1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://southamerica-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "southamerica-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-central1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-central1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-central2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-central2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-east1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-east4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-east4" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-south1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west3-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west3" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west4" + } + ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -12270,7 +12442,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -16001,13 +16173,6 @@ "Used for Feature that is bytes." ], "type": "string" - }, - "versionLabels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.", - "type": "object" } }, "type": "object" @@ -21628,6 +21793,10 @@ "description": "All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Scheduling", "properties": { + "disableRetries": { + "description": "Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": { "description": "Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job.", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index 027b9b87c0b..b174bcc9e61 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -18,6 +18,178 @@ "description": "Train high-quality custom machine learning models with minimal machine learning expertise and effort.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/", + "endpoints": [ + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-east1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-east2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-east2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-northeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-northeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-northeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-northeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-northeast3-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-northeast3" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-south1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-southeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-southeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://asia-southeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "asia-southeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://australia-southeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "australia-southeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://australia-southeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "australia-southeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-central2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-central2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-north1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-north1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-southwest1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-southwest1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west3-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west3" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west4" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west6-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west6" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west8-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west8" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://europe-west9-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "europe-west9" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://me-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "me-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://northamerica-northeast1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "northamerica-northeast1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://northamerica-northeast2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "northamerica-northeast2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://southamerica-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "southamerica-east1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://southamerica-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "southamerica-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-central1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-central1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-central2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-central2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-east1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-east1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-east4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-east4" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-south1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-south1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west1-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west1" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west2-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west2" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west3-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west3" + }, + { + "description": "Locational Endpoint", + "endpointUrl": "https://us-west4-aiplatform.googleapis.com/", + "location": "us-west4" + } + ], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -14749,7 +14921,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -18703,34 +18875,6 @@ "Used for Feature that is bytes." ], "type": "string" - }, - "versionCreateTime": { - "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this version was created.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "versionDescription": { - "description": "The description of this version.", - "type": "string" - }, - "versionId": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The version ID of the feature. It is an auto-incrementing decimal number in string representation. A new version is committed when a new model version is created under an existing feature id.", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "versionLabels": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "string" - }, - "description": "The labels with user-defined metadata to organize your versions. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.", - "type": "object" - }, - "versionUpdateTime": { - "description": "Output only. Timestamp when this version was most recently updated.", - "format": "google-datetime", - "readOnly": true, - "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -25054,6 +25198,10 @@ "description": "All parameters related to queuing and scheduling of custom jobs.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Scheduling", "properties": { + "disableRetries": { + "description": "Optional. Indicates if the job should retry for internal errors after the job starts running. If true, overrides `Scheduling.restart_job_on_worker_restart` to false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "restartJobOnWorkerRestart": { "description": "Restarts the entire CustomJob if a worker gets restarted. This feature can be used by distributed training jobs that are not resilient to workers leaving and joining a job.", "type": "boolean" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index 9925db86607..c2ea4558003 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseDetected": { @@ -459,6 +459,62 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AccessApproval": { + "description": "Alert that is triggered when Google support requests to access customer data.", + "id": "AccessApproval", + "properties": { + "justificationReason": { + "description": "Justification for data access based on justification enums.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "JUSTIFICATION_UNSPECIFIED", + "CUSTOMER_INITIATED_SUPPORT", + "GOOGLE_INITIATED_REVIEW", + "GOOGLE_INITIATED_SERVICE", + "THIRD_PARTY_DATA_REQUEST", + "GOOGLE_RESPONSE_TO_PRODUCTION_ALERT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Justification unspecified", + "Customer Initiated Support", + "Google Initiated Review", + "Google Initiated Service", + "Third Party Data Request", + "Google Response to Production Alert" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "officeLocation": { + "description": "Office location of Google staff requesting access such as \"US\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "products": { + "description": "Products within scope of the Access Approvals request.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "ID of the Access Approvals request. This is a helpful field when requesting support from Google.", + "type": "string" + }, + "scope": { + "description": "Scope of access, also known as a resource. This is further narrowed down by the product field.", + "type": "string" + }, + "tickets": { + "description": "Support tickets related to this Access Approvals request. Populated if there is an associated case number.", + "items": { + "$ref": "SupportTicket" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "AccountSuspensionDetails": { "description": "Details about why an account is receiving an account suspension warning.", "id": "AccountSuspensionDetails", @@ -1816,6 +1872,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SupportTicket": { + "description": "Support ticket related to Access Approvals request", + "id": "SupportTicket", + "properties": { + "ticketId": { + "description": "Support ticket ID", + "type": "string" + }, + "ticketUrl": { + "description": "Link to support ticket", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SuspiciousActivity": { "description": "A mobile suspicious activity alert. Derived from audit logs.", "id": "SuspiciousActivity", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index fe916dd4c2a..1f180affe56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -3192,6 +3192,160 @@ ] } } + }, + "sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource where this schema will be created. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes target SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemaId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema to delete. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{skadnetwork_conversion_value_schema}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Looks up a single SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemaId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of SKAdNetwork conversion value schema to look up. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{skadnetwork_conversion_value_schema}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema on a stream. Properties can have at most one SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, at most 50 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 200; (higher values will be coerced to the maximum)", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema` must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Format: properties/{property_id}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema Example: properties/1234/dataStreams/5678/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemasResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.readonly" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/properties/{propertiesId}/dataStreams/{dataStreamsId}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/{sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemaId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "analyticsadmin.properties.dataStreams.sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^properties/[^/]+/dataStreams/[^/]+/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Required. The list of fields to be updated. Omitted fields will not be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/analytics.edit" + ] + } + } } } }, @@ -4356,7 +4510,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccessBetweenFilter": { @@ -5623,10 +5777,6 @@ "description": "If set true, enables daily data export to the linked Google Cloud project.", "type": "boolean" }, - "enterpriseExportEnabled": { - "description": "If set true, enables enterprise export to the linked Google Cloud project.", - "type": "boolean" - }, "excludedEvents": { "description": "The list of event names that will be excluded from exports.", "items": { @@ -5641,6 +5791,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "freshDailyExportEnabled": { + "description": "If set true, enables fresh daily export to the linked Google Cloud project.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "includeAdvertisingId": { "description": "If set true, exported data will include advertising identifiers for mobile app streams.", "type": "boolean" @@ -5793,6 +5947,10 @@ "searchAds360Link": { "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSearchAds360Link", "description": "A snapshot of a SearchAds360Link resource in change history." + }, + "skadnetworkConversionValueSchema": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "description": "A snapshot of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema resource in change history." } }, "type": "object" @@ -6040,6 +6198,49 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaConversionValues": { + "description": "Conversion value settings for a postback window for SKAdNetwork conversion value schema.", + "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaConversionValues", + "properties": { + "coarseValue": { + "description": "Required. A coarse grained conversion value. This value is not guaranteed to be unique.", + "enum": [ + "COARSE_VALUE_UNSPECIFIED", + "COARSE_VALUE_LOW", + "COARSE_VALUE_MEDIUM", + "COARSE_VALUE_HIGH" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Coarse value not specified.", + "Coarse value of low.", + "Coarse value of medium.", + "Coarse value of high." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Display name of the SKAdNetwork conversion value. The max allowed display name length is 50 UTF-16 code units.", + "type": "string" + }, + "eventMappings": { + "description": "Event conditions that must be met for this Conversion Value to be achieved. The conditions in this list are ANDed together. It must have minimum of 1 entry and maximum of 3 entries, if the postback window is enabled.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaEventMapping" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "fineValue": { + "description": "The fine-grained conversion value. This is applicable only to the first postback window. Its valid values are [0,63], both inclusive. It must be set for postback window 1, and must not be set for postback window 2 & 3. This value is not guaranteed to be unique. If the configuration for the first postback window is re-used for second or third postback windows this field has no effect.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "lockEnabled": { + "description": "If true, the SDK should lock to this conversion value for the current postback window.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaCreateAccessBindingRequest": { "description": "Request message for CreateAccessBinding RPC.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaCreateAccessBindingRequest", @@ -6597,6 +6798,37 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaEventMapping": { + "description": "Event setting conditions to match an event.", + "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaEventMapping", + "properties": { + "eventName": { + "description": "Required. Name of the GA4 event. It must always be set. The max allowed display name length is 40 UTF-16 code units.", + "type": "string" + }, + "maxEventCount": { + "description": "The maximum number of times the event occurred. If not set, maximum event count won't be checked.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "maxEventValue": { + "description": "The maximum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, maximum event value won't be checked.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "minEventCount": { + "description": "At least one of the following four min/max values must be set. The values set will be ANDed together to qualify an event. The minimum number of times the event occurred. If not set, minimum event count won't be checked.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "minEventValue": { + "description": "The minimum revenue generated due to the event. Revenue currency will be defined at the property level. If not set, minimum event value won't be checked.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaExpandedDataSet": { "description": "A resource message representing a GA4 ExpandedDataSet.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaExpandedDataSet", @@ -7326,6 +7558,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemasResponse": { + "description": "Response message for ListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas RPC", + "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemasResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. Currently, Google Analytics supports only one SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema per dataStream, so this will never be populated.", + "type": "string" + }, + "skadnetworkConversionValueSchemas": { + "description": "List of SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchemas. This will have at most one value.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListSearchAds360LinksResponse": { "description": "Response message for ListSearchAds360Links RPC.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaListSearchAds360LinksResponse", @@ -7472,6 +7722,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaPostbackWindow": { + "description": "Settings for a SKAdNetwork conversion postback window.", + "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaPostbackWindow", + "properties": { + "conversionValues": { + "description": "Ordering of the repeated field will be used to prioritize the conversion value settings. Lower indexed entries are prioritized higher. The first conversion value setting that evaluates to true will be selected. It must have at least one entry if enable_postback_window_settings is set to true. It can have maximum of 128 entries.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaConversionValues" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "postbackWindowSettingsEnabled": { + "description": "If enable_postback_window_settings is true, conversion_values must be populated and will be used for determining when and how to set the Conversion Value on a client device and exporting schema to linked Ads accounts. If false, the settings are not used, but are retained in case they may be used in the future. This must always be true for postback_window_one.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaProperty": { "description": "A resource message representing a Google Analytics GA4 property.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaProperty", @@ -7780,6 +8048,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema": { + "description": "SKAdNetwork conversion value schema of an iOS stream.", + "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "properties": { + "applyConversionValues": { + "description": "If enabled, the GA SDK will set conversion values using this schema definition, and schema will be exported to any Google Ads accounts linked to this property. If disabled, the GA SDK will not automatically set conversion values, and also the schema will not be exported to Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Resource name of the schema. This will be child of ONLY an iOS stream, and there can be at most one such child under an iOS stream. Format: properties/{property}/dataStreams/{dataStream}/sKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "postbackWindowOne": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaPostbackWindow", + "description": "Required. The conversion value settings for the first postback window. These differ from values for postback window two and three in that they contain a \"Fine\" grained conversion value (a numeric value). Conversion values for this postback window must be set. The other windows are optional and may inherit this window's settings if unset or disabled." + }, + "postbackWindowThree": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaPostbackWindow", + "description": "The conversion value settings for the third postback window. This field should only be set if the user chose to define different conversion values for this postback window. It is allowed to configure window 3 without setting window 2. In case window 1 & 2 settings are set and enable_postback_window_settings for this postback window is set to false, the schema will inherit settings from postback_window_two." + }, + "postbackWindowTwo": { + "$ref": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaPostbackWindow", + "description": "The conversion value settings for the second postback window. This field should only be configured if there is a need to define different conversion values for this postback window. If enable_postback_window_settings is set to false for this postback window, the values from postback_window_one will be used." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSearchAds360Link": { "description": "A link between a GA4 property and a Search Ads 360 entity.", "id": "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaSearchAds360Link", @@ -7893,6 +8189,7 @@ "EXPANDED_DATA_SET", "CHANNEL_GROUP", "ENHANCED_MEASUREMENT_SETTINGS", + "SKADNETWORK_CONVERSION_VALUE_SCHEMA", "ADSENSE_LINK", "AUDIENCE", "EVENT_CREATE_RULE" @@ -7917,6 +8214,7 @@ "ExpandedDataSet resource", "ChannelGroup resource", "EnhancedMeasurementSettings resource", + "SKAdNetworkConversionValueSchema resource", "AdSenseLink resource", "Audience resource", "EventCreateRule resource" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json index f2d27a122b8..ef3251c0500 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1beta.json @@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1betaAccessBetweenFilter": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 4f7037c6573..ad242dd7cb8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json index 5579437035e..a6c36f8ef68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json index d4d71f3d5a5..64e11633358 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticshub.v1beta1.json @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://analyticshub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index b296e7511de..f0e3555d6b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index 43f12e39602..59b5d04e122 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index 1f2d9beca58..e6f65e8b9a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ApplicationPolicy": { - "description": "Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled.", + "description": "Policy for an individual app. Note: Application availability on a given device cannot be changed using this policy if installAppsDisabled is enabled. The maximum number of applications that you can specify per enterprise policy is 3,000.", "id": "ApplicationPolicy", "properties": { "accessibleTrackIds": { @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "delegatedScopes": { - "description": "The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy.", + "description": "The scopes delegated to the app from Android Device Policy. These provide additional privileges for the applications they are applied to.", "items": { "enum": [ "DELEGATED_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -1616,7 +1616,8 @@ "PACKAGE_ACCESS", "ENABLE_SYSTEM_APP", "NETWORK_ACTIVITY_LOGS", - "SECURITY_LOGS" + "SECURITY_LOGS", + "CERT_SELECTION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No delegation scope specified.", @@ -1627,7 +1628,8 @@ "Grants access to package access state.", "Grants access for enabling system apps.", "Grants access to network activity logs. Allows the delegated application to call setNetworkLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#setNetworkLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName,%20boolean%29), isNetworkLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#isNetworkLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName%29) and retrieveNetworkLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrieveNetworkLogs%28android.content.ComponentName,%20long%29) methods. This scope can be delegated to at most one application. Supported for fully managed devices on Android 10 and above. Supported for a work profile on Android 12 and above. When delegation is supported and set, NETWORK_ACTIVITY_LOGS is ignored.", - "Grants access to security logs. Allows the delegated application to call setSecurityLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#setSecurityLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName,%20boolean%29), isSecurityLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#isSecurityLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName%29), retrieveSecurityLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrieveSecurityLogs%28android.content.ComponentName%29) and retrievePreRebootSecurityLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrievePreRebootSecurityLogs%28android.content.ComponentName%29) methods. This scope can be delegated to at most one application. Supported for fully managed devices and company-owned devices with a work profile on Android 12 and above. When delegation is supported and set, SECURITY_LOGS is ignored." + "Grants access to security logs. Allows the delegated application to call setSecurityLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#setSecurityLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName,%20boolean%29), isSecurityLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#isSecurityLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName%29), retrieveSecurityLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrieveSecurityLogs%28android.content.ComponentName%29) and retrievePreRebootSecurityLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrievePreRebootSecurityLogs%28android.content.ComponentName%29) methods. This scope can be delegated to at most one application. Supported for fully managed devices and company-owned devices with a work profile on Android 12 and above. When delegation is supported and set, SECURITY_LOGS is ignored.", + "Grants access to selection of KeyChain certificates on behalf of requesting apps. Once granted, the delegated application will start receiving DelegatedAdminReceiver#onChoosePrivateKeyAlias(https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DelegatedAdminReceiver#onChoosePrivateKeyAlias(android.content.Context,%20android.content.Intent,%20int,%20android.net.Uri,%20java.lang.String)). Allows the delegated application to call grantKeyPairToApp(https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#grantKeyPairToApp(android.content.ComponentName,%20java.lang.String,%20java.lang.String)) and revokeKeyPairFromApp(https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#revokeKeyPairFromApp(android.content.ComponentName,%20java.lang.String,%20java.lang.String)) methods. There can be at most one app that has this delegation. choosePrivateKeyRules must be empty and privateKeySelectionEnabled has no effect if certificate selection is delegated to an application." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1656,7 +1658,7 @@ "Unspecified. Defaults to AVAILABLE.", "The app is automatically installed and can be removed by the user.", "The app is automatically installed and can't be removed by the user.", - "The app is blocked and can't be installed. If the app was installed under a previous policy, it will be uninstalled.", + "The app is blocked and can't be installed. If the app was installed under a previous policy, it will be uninstalled. This also blocks its instant app functionality.", "The app is available to install.", "The app is automatically installed and can't be removed by the user and will prevent setup from completion until installation is complete.", "The app is automatically installed in kiosk mode: it's set as the preferred home intent and whitelisted for lock task mode. Device setup won't complete until the app is installed. After installation, users won't be able to remove the app. You can only set this installType for one app per policy. When this is present in the policy, status bar will be automatically disabled." @@ -4510,7 +4512,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "choosePrivateKeyRules": { - "description": "Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details.", + "description": "Rules for determining apps' access to private keys. See ChoosePrivateKeyRule for details. This must be empty if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope.", "items": { "$ref": "ChoosePrivateKeyRule" }, @@ -4846,7 +4848,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "privateKeySelectionEnabled": { - "description": "Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable.", + "description": "Allows showing UI on a device for a user to choose a private key alias if there are no matching rules in ChoosePrivateKeyRules. For devices below Android P, setting this may leave enterprise keys vulnerable. This value will have no effect if any application has CERT_SELECTION delegation scope.", "type": "boolean" }, "recommendedGlobalProxy": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index 93ce633b63d..723f2d326a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -4047,7 +4047,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230815", + "revision": "20230824", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Abi": { @@ -7370,6 +7370,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SystemApkOptions": { + "description": "Options for system APKs.", + "id": "SystemApkOptions", + "properties": { + "rotated": { + "description": "Whether to use the rotated key for signing the system APK.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "uncompressedDexFiles": { + "description": "Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed dex files.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "uncompressedNativeLibraries": { + "description": "Whether system APK was generated with uncompressed native libraries.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SystemApksListResponse": { "description": "Response to list previously created system APK variants.", "id": "SystemApksListResponse", @@ -7927,6 +7946,10 @@ "$ref": "DeviceSpec", "description": "The device spec used to generate the APK." }, + "options": { + "$ref": "SystemApkOptions", + "description": "Optional. Options applied to the generated APK." + }, "variantId": { "description": "Output only. The ID of a previously created system APK variant.", "format": "uint32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index 3168438941b..1fa6f523a1a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index 4e662874bc2..5dcbc00f2c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index 9196fa3eb4c..39dfb9e2f53 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ "appgroups": { "methods": { "create": { - "description": "Creates an AppGroup. Once created, user can register apps under the AppGroup to obtain secret key and password. At creation time, the AppGroup's state is set as `active`. The attribute `Attribute` with key `attribute_name` as `__apigee_reserved__developer_details` can be used to store developers and their roles. The JSON format expected is: [ { \"developer_id\":\"\", \"roles\":[ \"\" ] } ] and is dealt in base64encoded format. Etag will be available in attribute `Attribute` with key `attribute_name` as `__apigee_reserved__developer_details_etag` for that AppGroup.", + "description": "Creates an AppGroup. Once created, user can register apps under the AppGroup to obtain secret key and password. At creation time, the AppGroup's state is set as `active`.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/appgroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "apigee.organizations.appgroups.create", @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "The filter expression to be used to get the list of AppGroups, where filtering can be done on name, correlationID or channelID of the app group. Example: filter = \"name = foobar\"", + "description": "The filter expression to be used to get the list of AppGroups, where filtering can be done on status, channelId or channelUri of the app group. Examples: filter=status=active\", filter=channelId=, filter=channelUri=", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ ] }, "update": { - "description": "Updates an appGroup. This API replaces the existing appGroup details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. Note that the state of the AppGroup should be updated using `action`, and not via AppGroup. The custom attribute limit is 1000, and is how `__apigee_reserved__developer_details` can be updated. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.", + "description": "Updates an appGroup. This API replaces the existing appGroup details with those specified in the request. Include or exclude any existing details that you want to retain or delete, respectively. Note that the state of the AppGroup should be updated using `action`, and not via AppGroup. **Note**: OAuth access tokens and Key Management Service (KMS) entities (apps, developers, and API products) are cached for 180 seconds (current default). Any custom attributes associated with these entities are cached for at least 180 seconds after the entity is accessed at runtime. Therefore, an `ExpiresIn` element on the OAuthV2 policy won't be able to expire an access token in less than 180 seconds.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/appgroups/{appgroupsId}", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "apigee.organizations.appgroups.update", @@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "filter": { - "description": "Optional. The filter expression to be used to get the list of apps, where filtering can be done on developerEmail, apiProduct, consumerKey, status, appId, appName and appType. Examples: \"developerEmail=foo@bar.com\", \"appType=AppGroup\", or \"appType=Developer\" \"filter\" is supported from ver 1.10.0 and above.", + "description": "Optional. The filter expression to be used to get the list of apps, where filtering can be done on developerEmail, apiProduct, consumerKey, status, appId, appName, appType and appGroup. Examples: \"developerEmail=foo@bar.com\", \"appType=AppGroup\", or \"appType=Developer\" \"filter\" is supported from ver 1.10.0 and above.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -6416,13 +6416,13 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { - "description": "The maximum number of incidents to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 incidents will be returned.", + "description": "Optional. The maximum number of incidents to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 incidents will be returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { - "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityIncident` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityIncident` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -8601,6 +8601,64 @@ }, "securityProfiles": { "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "CreateSecurityProfile create a new custom security profile.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityProfiles", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "apigee.organizations.securityProfiles.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Name of organization. Format: organizations/{org}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "securityProfileId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the SecurityProfile, which will become the final component of the action's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{\u200b0,61}[a-z0-9])?$/.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/securityProfiles", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityProfile" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityProfile" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "DeleteSecurityProfile delete a profile with all its revisions.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityProfiles/{securityProfilesId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "apigee.organizations.securityProfiles.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of profile. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityProfiles/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "get": { "description": "GetSecurityProfile gets the specified security profile. Returns NOT_FOUND if security profile is not present for the specified organization.", "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityProfiles/{securityProfilesId}", @@ -8697,6 +8755,40 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "UpdateSecurityProfile update the metadata of security profile.", + "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/securityProfiles/{securityProfilesId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "apigee.organizations.securityProfiles.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityProfiles/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Required. The list of fields to update.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityProfile" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityProfile" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } }, "resources": { @@ -9242,7 +9334,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230715", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { @@ -9759,6 +9851,11 @@ "description": "Metadata describing the API proxy revision as a key-value map.", "type": "object" }, + "hasExtensiblePolicy": { + "description": "Output only. This field will be marked as true if revision contains any policies marked as extensible.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "boolean" + }, "integrationEndpoints": { "description": "List of IntegrationEndpoints in the '/integration-endpoints' directory of the API proxy. This is a 'manifest' setting designed to provide visibility into the contents of the API proxy.", "items": { @@ -11167,6 +11264,21 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "proxyDeploymentType": { + "description": "Output only. The type of the deployment (standard or extensible) Deployed proxy revision will be marked as extensible in following 2 cases. 1. The deployed proxy revision uses extensible policies. 2. If a environment supports flowhooks and flow hook is configured.", + "enum": [ + "PROXY_DEPLOYMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "STANDARD", + "EXTENSIBLE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value till public preview. After public preview this value should not be returned.", + "Deployment will be of type Standard if only Standard proxies are used", + "Proxy will be of type Extensible if deployments uses one or more Extensible proxies" + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "revision": { "description": "API proxy revision.", "type": "string" @@ -11900,6 +12012,22 @@ ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "Optional. EnvironmentType selected for the environment.", + "enum": [ + "ENVIRONMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "BASE", + "INTERMEDIATE", + "COMPREHENSIVE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Environment type not specified.", + "Base environment has limited capacity and capabilities and are usually used when you are getting started with Apigee or while experimenting. Refer to Apigee's public documentation for more details.", + "This is the default type and it supports API management features and higher capacity than Base environment. Refer to Apigee's public documentation for more details.", + "Comprehensive environment supports advanced capabilites and even higher capacity than Intermediate environment. Refer to Apigee's public documentation for more details." + ], + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -13999,6 +14127,87 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfig": { + "description": "ProfileConfig defines a set of categories and policies which will be used to compute security score.", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfig", + "properties": { + "categories": { + "description": "List of categories of profile config.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigCategory" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigAbuse": { + "description": "Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization.", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigAbuse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigAuthorization": { + "description": "By default, following policies will be included: - JWS - JWT - OAuth - BasicAuth - APIKey", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigAuthorization", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigCORS": { + "description": "Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place.", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigCORS", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigCategory": { + "description": "Advanced API Security provides security profile that scores the following categories.", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigCategory", + "properties": { + "abuse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigAbuse", + "description": "Checks for abuse, which includes any requests sent to the API for purposes other than what it is intended for, such as high volumes of requests, data scraping, and abuse related to authorization." + }, + "authorization": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigAuthorization", + "description": "Checks to see if you have an authorization policy in place." + }, + "cors": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigCORS", + "description": "Checks to see if you have CORS policy in place." + }, + "mediation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigMediation", + "description": "Checks to see if you have a mediation policy in place." + }, + "mtls": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigMTLS", + "description": "Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server." + }, + "threat": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigThreat", + "description": "Checks to see if you have a threat protection policy in place." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigMTLS": { + "description": "Checks to see if you have configured mTLS for the target server.", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigMTLS", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigMediation": { + "description": "By default, following policies will be included: - OASValidation - SOAPMessageValidation", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigMediation", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigThreat": { + "description": "By default, following policies will be included: - XMLThreatProtection - JSONThreatProtection", + "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfigThreat", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudApigeeV1Properties": { "description": "Message for compatibility with legacy Edge specification for Java Properties object in JSON.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1Properties", @@ -15163,7 +15372,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "displayName": { - "description": "Display name of the security incident.", + "description": "Optional. Display name of the security incident.", "type": "string" }, "firstDetectedTime": { @@ -15242,6 +15451,10 @@ "description": "Immutable. Name of the security profile resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityProfiles/{profile}", "type": "string" }, + "profileConfig": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1ProfileConfig", + "description": "Required. Customized profile configuration that computes the security score." + }, "revisionCreateTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when revision was created.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -16273,7 +16486,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleIamV1Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -16394,7 +16607,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index 3185de84395..f037de3753b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index 3e1a293bb1c..b1174577197 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index ee9bf0e5caa..fe60c7a4900 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 41194370648..b7963308ed9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index f7454a3576f..878960ebb48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index db2da4b7111..22359952bcb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 83f6a1ca480..e8c88ac2518 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index 0fae739e3ea..6897b12b683 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index d793460a891..e73d13e8124 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json index e75999014e0..bcc55ede7d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/baremetalsolution.v2.json @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://baremetalsolution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedClient": { @@ -3512,10 +3512,6 @@ "$ref": "SnapshotReservationDetail", "description": "Details about snapshot space reservation and usage on the storage volume." }, - "snapshotSchedulePolicy": { - "description": "The name of the snapshot schedule policy in use for this volume, if any.", - "type": "string" - }, "state": { "description": "The state of this storage volume.", "enum": [ @@ -3536,10 +3532,6 @@ ], "type": "string" }, - "storageAggregatePool": { - "description": "Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes.", - "type": "string" - }, "storageType": { "description": "The storage type for this volume.", "enum": [ @@ -3648,10 +3640,6 @@ "description": "Whether snapshots should be enabled.", "type": "boolean" }, - "storageAggregatePool": { - "description": "Input only. Name of the storage aggregate pool to allocate the volume in. Can be used only for VOLUME_PERFORMANCE_TIER_ASSIGNED volumes.", - "type": "string" - }, "type": { "description": "The type of this Volume.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json index 088b2b54cff..e6ae9365d3a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/batch.v1.json @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230807", "rootUrl": "https://batch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sizeGb": { - "description": "Disk size in GB. For persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is `image` or `snapshot`. For local SSD, size_gb should be a multiple of 375GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. For boot disk, Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the boot_disk_mib field in task spec's compute_resource are defined, Batch will only honor this field.", + "description": "Disk size in GB. **Non-Boot Disk**: If the `type` specifies a persistent disk, this field is ignored if `data_source` is set as `image` or `snapshot`. If the `type` specifies a local SSD, this field should be a multiple of 375 GB, otherwise, the final size will be the next greater multiple of 375 GB. **Boot Disk**: Batch will calculate the boot disk size based on source image and task requirements if you do not speicify the size. If both this field and the `boot_disk_mib` field in task spec's `compute_resource` are defined, Batch will only honor this field. Also, this field should be no smaller than the source disk's size when the `data_source` is set as `snapshot` or `image`. For example, if you set an image as the `data_source` field and the image's default disk size 30 GB, you can only use this field to make the disk larger or equal to 30 GB.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index 5c2381c1356..7b2a9d10484 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { @@ -2817,6 +2817,10 @@ "description": "[Output-only] A hash of the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "externalDatasetReference": { + "$ref": "ExternalDatasetReference", + "description": "[Optional] Information about the external metadata storage where the dataset is defined. Filled out when the dataset type is EXTERNAL." + }, "friendlyName": { "description": "[Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.", "type": "string" @@ -3490,6 +3494,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ExternalDatasetReference": { + "id": "ExternalDatasetReference", + "properties": { + "connection": { + "description": "[Required] The connection id that is used to access the external_source. Format: projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/connections/{connection_id}", + "type": "string" + }, + "externalSource": { + "description": "[Required] External source that backs this dataset.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "FeatureValue": { "description": "Representative value of a single feature within the cluster.", "id": "FeatureValue", @@ -6896,6 +6914,16 @@ "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, + "rangeElementType": { + "description": "Optional. The subtype of the RANGE, if the type of this field is RANGE. If the type is RANGE, this field is required. Possible values for the field element type of a RANGE include: - DATE - DATETIME - TIMESTAMP", + "properties": { + "type": { + "description": "The field element type of a RANGE", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "roundingMode": { "description": "Optional. Rounding Mode specification of the field. It only can be set on NUMERIC or BIGNUMERIC type fields.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json index d398a0a783a..fde93cf3e58 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json index bfa839a11f0..87a5bfa1579 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Assignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json index 18945ece1b7..0d22c2bb30d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json @@ -219,6 +219,11 @@ "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" + }, + "scope": { + "description": "Optional. Set the scope of the budgets to be returned, in the format of the resource name. The scope of a budget is the cost that it tracks, such as costs for a single project, or the costs for all projects in a folder. Only project scope (in the format of \"projects/project-id\" or \"projects/123\") is supported in this field. When this field is set to a project's resource name, the budgets returned are tracking the costs for that project.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/budgets", @@ -270,7 +275,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": { @@ -462,6 +467,10 @@ "description": "Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.", "type": "boolean" }, + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": { + "description": "Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "monitoringNotificationChannels": { "description": "Optional. Email targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to the `DefaultIamRecipients` who receive alert emails based on their billing account IAM role. The value is the full REST resource name of a Cloud Monitoring email notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 email notifications are allowed. To customize budget alert email recipients with monitoring notification channels, you _must create the monitoring notification channels before you link them to a budget_. For guidance on setting up notification channels to use with budgets, see [Customize budget alert email recipients](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients). For Cloud Billing budget alerts, you _must use email notification channels_. The other types of notification channels are _not_ supported, such as Slack, SMS, or PagerDuty. If you want to [send budget notifications to Slack](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/notify#send_notifications_to_slack), use a pubsubTopic and configure [programmatic notifications](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-programmatic-notifications).", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json index 53f5f01b928..ac44cd8535a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json @@ -219,6 +219,11 @@ "pattern": "^billingAccounts/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" + }, + "scope": { + "description": "Optional. Set the scope of the budgets to be returned, in the format of the resource name. The scope of a budget is the cost that it tracks, such as costs for a single project, or the costs for all projects in a folder. Only project scope (in the format of \"projects/project-id\" or \"projects/123\") is supported in this field. When this field is set to a project's resource name, the budgets returned are tracking the costs for that project.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/budgets", @@ -264,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": { @@ -275,6 +280,10 @@ "description": "Optional. When set to true, disables default notifications sent when a threshold is exceeded. Default notifications are sent to those with Billing Account Administrator and Billing Account User IAM roles for the target account.", "type": "boolean" }, + "enableProjectLevelRecipients": { + "description": "Optional. When set to true, and when the budget has a single project configured, notifications will be sent to project level recipients of that project. This field will be ignored if the budget has multiple or no project configured. Currently, project level recipients are the users with `Owner` role on a cloud project.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "monitoringNotificationChannels": { "description": "Optional. Targets to send notifications to when a threshold is exceeded. This is in addition to default recipients who have billing account IAM roles. The value is the full REST resource name of a monitoring notification channel with the form `projects/{project_id}/notificationChannels/{channel_id}`. A maximum of 5 channels are allowed. See https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/budgets-notification-recipients for more details.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index 99e30f2380b..49fb8d9d0a6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index 3ec93b3c45b..e8dbd225a64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1710,7 +1710,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json index fcb58a321b2..9ef119354fb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/books.v1.json @@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://books.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json index 242c77a3367..82bd88b8822 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/businessprofileperformance.v1.json @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://businessprofileperformance.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DailyMetricTimeSeries": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json index 8912badeddf..2f813c7fd53 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/certificatemanager.v1.json @@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "trustConfigId": { - "description": "Required. A user-provided name of the TrustConfig.", + "description": "Required. A user-provided name of the TrustConfig. Must match the regexp `[a-z0-9-]{1,63}`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://certificatemanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizationAttemptInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 1260478b11d..15bf3256f55 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionParameter": { @@ -1496,12 +1496,12 @@ "type": "object" }, "DeprecatedEvent": { - "description": "Google Chat events. To learn how to use events, see [Receive and respond to Google Chat events](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats).", + "description": "A Google Chat app interaction event. To learn about interaction events, see [Receive and respond to interactions with your Google Chat app](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats). To learn about event types and for example event payloads, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/events).", "id": "DeprecatedEvent", "properties": { "action": { "$ref": "FormAction", - "description": "The form action data associated with an interactive card that was clicked. Only populated for CARD_CLICKED events. See the [Interactive Cards guide](/chat/how-tos/cards-onclick) for more information." + "description": "For `CARD_CLICKED` interaction events, the form action data associated when a user clicks a card or dialog. To learn more, see [Read form data input by users on cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data)." }, "common": { "$ref": "CommonEventObject", @@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "dialogEventType": { - "description": "The type of [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) event received.", + "description": "The type of [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) interaction event received.", "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "REQUEST_DIALOG", @@ -1520,32 +1520,32 @@ "CANCEL_DIALOG" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "This could be used when the corresponding event is not dialog related. For example an @mention.", - "Any user action that opens a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs).", - "A card click event from a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs).", - "The [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs) was cancelled." + "Default value. Unspecified.", + "A user opens a dialog.", + "A user clicks an interactive element of a dialog. For example, a user fills out information in a dialog and clicks a button to submit the information.", + "A user closes a dialog without submitting information, or the dialog is canceled." ], "type": "string" }, "eventTime": { - "description": "The timestamp indicating when the event occurred.", + "description": "The timestamp indicating when the interaction event occurred.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, "isDialogEvent": { - "description": "True when the event is related to [dialogs](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs).", + "description": "For `CARD_CLICKED` interaction events, whether the user interacted with a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs).", "type": "boolean" }, "message": { "$ref": "Message", - "description": "The message that triggered the event, if applicable." + "description": "The message that triggered the interaction event, if applicable." }, "space": { "$ref": "Space", - "description": "The space in which the event occurred." + "description": "The space in which the interaction event occurred." }, "threadKey": { - "description": "The Chat app-defined key for the thread related to the event. See [`spaces.messages.thread.threadKey`](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Thread.FIELDS.thread_key) for more information.", + "description": "The Chat app-defined key for the thread related to the interaction event. See [`spaces.messages.thread.threadKey`](/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/spaces.messages#Thread.FIELDS.thread_key) for more information.", "type": "string" }, "token": { @@ -1553,7 +1553,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": { - "description": "The type of the event.", + "description": "The type of interaction event. For details, see [Types of Google Chat app interaction events](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/guides/message-formats/events).", "enum": [ "UNSPECIFIED", "MESSAGE", @@ -1563,16 +1563,16 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value for the enum. DO NOT USE.", - "A message was sent in a space.", - "The Chat app was added to a space by a Chat user or Workspace administrator.", - "The Chat app was removed from a space by a Chat user or Workspace administrator.", - "The Chat app's interactive card was clicked." + "A user sends the Chat app a message, or invokes the Chat app in a space.", + "A user adds the Chat app to a space, or a Google Workspace administrator installs the Chat app in direct message spaces for users in their organization.", + "A user removes the Chat app from a space.", + "A user clicks an interactive element of a card or dialog from a Chat app, such as a button. If a user interacts with a dialog, the `CARD_CLICKED` interaction event's `isDialogEvent` field is set to `true` and includes a [`DialogEventType`](https://developers.google.com/chat/api/reference/rest/v1/DialogEventType)." ], "type": "string" }, "user": { "$ref": "User", - "description": "The user that triggered the event." + "description": "The user that triggered the interaction event." } }, "type": "object" @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleAppsCardV1Card": { - "description": "Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. In Google Chat, cards appear in several places: - As stand-alone messages. - Accompanying a text message, just beneath the text message. - As a [dialog](https://developers.google.com/chat/how-tos/dialogs). The following example JSON creates a \"contact card\" that features: - A header with the contact's name, job title, and avatar picture. - A section with the contact information, including formatted text. - Buttons that users can click to share the contact, or see more or less information. For more examples, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\", }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\", }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\", } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\", }, \"text\": \"Online\", }, }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\", }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\", } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\", } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ```", + "description": "A card interface displayed in a Google Chat message or Google Workspace Add-on. Cards support a defined layout, interactive UI elements like buttons, and rich media like images. Use cards to present detailed information, gather information from users, and guide users to take a next step. To learn how to build cards, see the following documentation: * For Google Chat apps, see [Design dynamic, interactive, and consistent UIs with cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui). * For Google Workspace Add-ons, see [Card-based interfaces](https://developers.google.com/apps-script/add-ons/concepts/cards). **Example: Card message for a Google Chat app** ![Example contact card](https://developers.google.com/chat/images/card_api_reference.png) To create the sample card message in Google Chat, use the following JSON: ``` { \"cardsV2\": [ { \"cardId\": \"unique-card-id\", \"card\": { \"header\": { \"title\": \"Sasha\", \"subtitle\": \"Software Engineer\", \"imageUrl\": \"https://developers.google.com/chat/images/quickstart-app-avatar.png\", \"imageType\": \"CIRCLE\", \"imageAltText\": \"Avatar for Sasha\", }, \"sections\": [ { \"header\": \"Contact Info\", \"collapsible\": true, \"uncollapsibleWidgetsCount\": 1, \"widgets\": [ { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"EMAIL\", }, \"text\": \"sasha@example.com\", } }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PERSON\", }, \"text\": \"Online\", }, }, { \"decoratedText\": { \"startIcon\": { \"knownIcon\": \"PHONE\", }, \"text\": \"+1 (555) 555-1234\", } }, { \"buttonList\": { \"buttons\": [ { \"text\": \"Share\", \"onClick\": { \"openLink\": { \"url\": \"https://example.com/share\", } } }, { \"text\": \"Edit\", \"onClick\": { \"action\": { \"function\": \"goToView\", \"parameters\": [ { \"key\": \"viewType\", \"value\": \"EDIT\", } ], } } }, ], } }, ], }, ], }, } ], } ```", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1Card", "properties": { "cardActions": { @@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ }, "card": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Card", - "description": "A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps." + "description": "A new card is pushed to the card stack after clicking if specified. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps." }, "openDynamicLinkAction": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Action", @@ -2543,7 +2543,7 @@ "properties": { "autoCompleteAction": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1Action", - "description": "Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Chat apps." + "description": "Optional. Specify what action to take when the text input field provides suggestions to users who interact with it. If unspecified, the suggestions are set by `initialSuggestions` and are processed by the client. If specified, the app takes the action specified here, such as running a custom function. Supported by Google Workspace Add-ons, but not Google Chat apps." }, "hintText": { "description": "Text that appears below the text input field meant to assist users by prompting them to enter a certain value. This text is always visible. Required if `label` is unspecified. Otherwise, optional.", @@ -2814,7 +2814,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Inputs": { - "description": "Types of data inputs for widgets. Users enter data with these inputs.", + "description": "Types of data that users can enter on cards or dialogs. To learn how to process information from users, see [Read form data input by users on cards](https://developers.google.com/chat/ui/read-form-data).", "id": "Inputs", "properties": { "dateInput": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json index ca2c6a4a2a6..9e7eef055b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json @@ -235,15 +235,131 @@ } } } + }, + "reports": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Gets a report. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=name,checks` will return the name and checks fields.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/accounts/{accountsId}/apps/{appsId}/reports/{reportsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "checks.accounts.apps.reports.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "checksFilter": { + "description": "Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter checks within the report. Only checks that match the filter string are included in the response. Example: `state = FAILED`", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the report. Example: `accounts/123/apps/456/reports/789`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+/reports/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaReport" + } + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists reports for the specified app. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=reports(name,checks)` will return the name and checks fields.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/accounts/{accountsId}/apps/{appsId}/reports", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "checks.accounts.apps.reports.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "checksFilter": { + "description": "Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter checks within reports. Only checks that match the filter string are included in the response. Example: `state = FAILED`", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "filter": { + "description": "Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter reports. Example: `appBundle.releaseType = PRE_RELEASE`", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Optional. The maximum number of reports to return. If unspecified, at most 10 reports will be returned. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous `ListReports` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListReports` must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the app. Example: `accounts/123/apps/456`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/reports", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaListReportsResponse" + } + } + } } } } } }, + "media": { + "methods": { + "upload": { + "description": "Analyzes the uploaded app bundle and returns a google.longrunning.Operation containing the generated Report. ## Example (upload only) Send a regular POST request with the header `X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: raw`. ``` POST https://checks.googleapis.com/upload/v1alpha/{parent=accounts/*/apps/*}/reports:analyzeUpload HTTP/1.1 X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: raw Content-Length: Content-Type: application/octet-stream ``` ## Example (upload with metadata) Send a multipart POST request where the first body part contains the metadata JSON and the second body part contains the binary upload. Include the header `X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: multipart`. ``` POST https://checks.googleapis.com/upload/v1alpha/{parent=accounts/*/apps/*}/reports:analyzeUpload HTTP/1.1 X-Goog-Upload-Protocol: multipart Content-Length: ? Content-Type: multipart/related; boundary=BOUNDARY --BOUNDARY Content-Type: application/json {\"code_reference_id\":\"db5bcc20f94055fb5bc08cbb9b0e7a5530308786\"} --BOUNDARY --BOUNDARY-- ``` *Note:* Metadata-only requests are not supported. ", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/accounts/{accountsId}/apps/{appsId}/reports:analyzeUpload", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "checks.media.upload", + "mediaUpload": { + "accept": [ + "*/*" + ], + "maxSize": "10737418240", + "protocols": { + "simple": { + "multipart": true, + "path": "/upload/v1alpha/{+parent}/reports:analyzeUpload" + } + } + }, + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Resource name of the app. Example: `accounts/123/apps/456`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/apps/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/reports:analyzeUpload", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAnalyzeUploadRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "supportsMediaUpload": true + } + } + }, "privacypolicy": { "methods": { "analyze": { - "description": "Analyzes the privacy policy of the given policy URL or content.", + "description": "Performs a synchronous analysis of a privacy policy, where the policy content is mapped to privacy categories, data types, and purposes.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/privacypolicy:analyze", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "checks.privacypolicy.analyze", @@ -404,44 +520,44 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzePrivacyPolicyRequest": { - "description": "The request proto for AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method.", + "description": "Request for the AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method.", "id": "AnalyzePrivacyPolicyRequest", "properties": { "privacyPolicyPageContent": { - "description": "Web page raw HTML content for the privacy policy page to be analyzed. Useful when the client wants to analyze a privacy policy already fetched.", + "description": "The HTML content of the privacy policy. This is useful if you'd like to manage the crawling and rendering of the privacy policy.", "type": "string" }, "privacyPolicyUri": { - "description": "URL for the privacy policy page to be analyzed. https://linter.aip.dev/140/uri (Use `uri` instead of `url` in field name)", + "description": "The URI that points to the web page for the privacy policy.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, "AnalyzePrivacyPolicyResponse": { - "description": "The response proto for AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method.", + "description": "Response containing the analyzed privacy policy for the AnalyzePrivacyPolicy method.", "id": "AnalyzePrivacyPolicyResponse", "properties": { "dataPurposeAnnotations": { - "description": "List of all data types in the privacy policy.", + "description": "A list of detected purposes in the privacy policy.", "items": { "$ref": "PolicyPurposeOfUseAnnotation" }, "type": "array" }, "dataTypeAnnotations": { - "description": "List of all data types in the privacy policy.", + "description": "A list of detected data types in the privacy policy.", "items": { "$ref": "PolicyDataTypeAnnotation" }, "type": "array" }, "htmlContent": { - "description": "HTML content for the privacy policy page.", + "description": "HTML content for the privacy policy page. The byte offsets in each annotated section will match this content.", "type": "string" }, "lastUpdatedDateInfo": { @@ -449,7 +565,7 @@ "description": "Information about the date when the privacy policy was last updated." }, "sectionAnnotations": { - "description": "List of all sections in the privacy policy.", + "description": "A list of detected topics in the privacy policy.", "items": { "$ref": "PolicySectionAnnotation" }, @@ -493,7 +609,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "FindPrivacyPolicyResponse": { - "description": "Operation response for `FindPrivacyPolicy`.", + "description": "Response containing the analyzed privacy policy for the FindPrivacyPolicy method.", "id": "FindPrivacyPolicyResponse", "properties": { "privacyPolicy": { @@ -503,6 +619,1175 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAnalyzeUploadRequest": { + "description": "The request message for ReportService.AnalyzeUpload.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAnalyzeUploadRequest", + "properties": { + "codeReferenceId": { + "description": "Optional. Git commit hash or changelist number associated with the upload.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAppBundle": { + "description": "Information about the analyzed app bundle.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAppBundle", + "properties": { + "bundleId": { + "description": "Unique id of the bundle. For example: \"com.google.Gmail\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "codeReferenceId": { + "description": "Git commit hash or changelist number associated with the release.", + "type": "string" + }, + "releaseType": { + "description": "Identifies the type of release.", + "enum": [ + "APP_BUNDLE_RELEASE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "PUBLIC", + "PRE_RELEASE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Published production bundle.", + "Pre-release bundle." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "version": { + "description": "The user-visible version of the bundle such as the Android `versionName` or iOS `CFBundleShortVersionString`. For example: \"7.21.1\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "versionId": { + "description": "The version used throughout the operating system and store to identify the build such as the Android `versionCode` or iOS `CFBundleVersion`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheck": { + "description": "A check that was run on your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheck", + "properties": { + "citations": { + "description": "Regulations and policies that serve as the legal basis for the check.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckCitation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "evidence": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEvidence", + "description": "Evidence that substantiates the check result." + }, + "regionCodes": { + "description": "Regions that are impacted by the check. For more info, see https://google.aip.dev/143#countries-and-regions.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "severity": { + "description": "The urgency or risk level of the check.", + "enum": [ + "CHECK_SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "PRIORITY", + "POTENTIAL", + "OPPORTUNITY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Important privacy issue.", + "Potential privacy issue.", + "Opportunity to improve privacy coverage." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "The result after running the check.", + "enum": [ + "CHECK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "PASSED", + "FAILED", + "UNCHECKED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "The check passed.", + "The check failed.", + "The check was not run." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "stateMetadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckStateMetadata", + "description": "Additional information about the check state in relation to past reports." + }, + "type": { + "description": "The type of check that was run. A type will only appear once in a report's list of checks.", + "enum": [ + "CHECK_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "STORE_LISTING_PRIVACY_POLICY_LINK_PRESENT", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_UPDATE_DATE_RECENT", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_GDPR_GENERAL_RULES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CCPA_GENERAL_RULES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_COLLECTION_CATEGORIES_DATA_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PROCESSING_PURPOSE_DATA_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_SHARING_CATEGORIES_DATA_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_RETENTION_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CONTACT_DETAILS_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CHILDREN_GENERAL_RULES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_USER_ACCOUNT_INFO", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_PRECISE_LOCATION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_DEVICE_ID", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_APPS_ON_DEVICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_CONTACTS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_TEXT_MESSAGES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_PII", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_PII_CATEGORIES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_TYPE_HEALTH_AND_BIOMETRIC", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_BRAZIL_LGPD_GENERAL_RULES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_VIRGINIA_VCDPA_GENERAL_RULES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_AFFILIATION_MENTION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_DELETE_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_ACCESS_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_RECTIFICATION_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_KNOW_ABOUT_SELLING_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_KNOW_ABOUT_SHARING_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_OPT_OUT_FROM_SELLING_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_METHOD_TO_OPT_OUT_FROM_SELLING_OR_SHARING_NOTICE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DATA_CONTROLLER_IDENTITY", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_DPO_CONTACT_DETAILS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_RIGHT_TO_LODGE_A_COMPLAINT", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_LEGAL_BASIS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CHILDREN_INFO_COLLECTION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CHILDREN_INFO_USAGE_PURPOSES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CHILDREN_INFO_DISCLOSURE_PRACTICES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_CHILDREN_INFO_PUBLICITY", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PARENTS_METHOD_OF_INFO_DELETION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PARENTS_METHOD_TO_INFO_REVIEW", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PARENTS_METHOD_TO_STOP_FURTHER_INFO_COLLECTION_USE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PARENTS_RIGHT_TO_INFO_DELETION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PARENTS_RIGHT_TO_INFO_REVIEW", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PARENTS_RIGHT_TO_STOP_FURTHER_INFO_COLLECTION_USE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_APPROXIMATE_LOCATION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_PRECISE_LOCATION", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_NAME", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_EMAIL_ADDRESS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_USER_IDENTIFIERS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_ADDRESS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_PHONE_NUMBER", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_RACE_AND_ETHNICITY", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_CREDIT_SCORE", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_PURCHASE_HISTORY", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_HEALTH_INFO", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_FITNESS_INFO", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_EMAIL_MESSAGES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_TEXT_MESSAGES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_PHOTOS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_VIDEOS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_MUSIC_FILES", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_VOICE_OR_SOUND_RECORDINGS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_FILES_AND_DOCS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_CALENDAR_EVENTS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_CONTACTS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_APP_INTERACTIONS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_IN_APP_SEARCH_HISTORY", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_WEB_BROWSING_HISTORY", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_INSTALLED_APPS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_CRASH_LOGS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_DIAGNOSTICS", + "PRIVACY_POLICY_PSL_DEVICE_OR_OTHER_IDS", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_ENDPOINT", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_PERMISSION", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_DATA_TYPE", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_SDK", + "DATA_MONITORING_ENCRYPTION", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_DATA_TYPE_VERSION_DIFF", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_ENDPOINT_VERSION_DIFF", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_PERMISSION_VERSION_DIFF", + "DATA_MONITORING_NEW_SDK_VERSION_DIFF", + "DATA_MONITORING_SDKS_DENYLIST_VIOLATION", + "DATA_MONITORING_PERMISSIONS_DENYLIST_VIOLATION", + "DATA_MONITORING_ENDPOINTS_DENYLIST_VIOLATION", + "DATA_MONITORING_OUTDATED_SDK_VERSION", + "DATA_MONITORING_CRITICAL_SDK_ISSUE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Checks that your store listing includes a working link to your privacy policy.", + "Checks that your privacy policy has been updated recently.", + "Checks if your privacy policy references rights under GDPR for users in the EU.", + "Checks if your privacy policy references rights under the CCPA.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions the categories of personal data that are collected.", + "Checks if your privacy policy explains why personal data is processed.", + "Checks if your privacy policy includes information about third-party sharing of personal data.", + "Checks if your privacy policy describes your data retention practices.", + "Checks if contact information is included in your privacy policy.", + "Checks if information about requirements related to children is included in your privacy policy.", + "Checks if the Phone Number data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the User Account Info data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the Precise Location data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the Device ID data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the Apps on Device data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the Contacts data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the Text Messages data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the PII data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the PII Categories data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if the Health and Biometric data type declaration in your privacy policy matches usage.", + "Checks if your privacy policy references rights under LGPD for users in Brazil.", + "Checks if your privacy policy references rights under VCDPA for users in Virginia.", + "Checks if your privacy policy identifies your company or app name(s).", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to delete their data.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to access the data held about them.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to correct inaccuracies within their data.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to know about information selling.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to know about information sharing.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to opt out from information selling.", + "Checks if your privacy policy explains how your users opt out from the selling or sharing of their data.", + "Checks if your privacy policy provides the name and contact information for your data controller.", + "Checks if your privacy policy provides the name and contact information for your Data Protection Officer.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions your users' right to lodge a complaint with a supervisory authority.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions the legal basis you rely on for processing your users' data.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions what personal information is collected from children.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions why you collect personal information from children.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions what personal information from children is shared with third parties.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions whether your app allows children to make their personal information publicly available.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions how parents/caregivers/guardians can request the deletion of their child's personal information.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions how parents/caregivers/guardians can review their child's personal information.", + "Checks if your privacy policy explains how a parent/caregiver/guardian can stop the collection/use from their child's personal information.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions the right of a parent/caregiver/guardian to request the deletion of their child's personal information.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions the right of a parent/caregiver/guardian to review their child's personal information.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions the right of a parent/caregiver/guardian to stop collection/use from their child's personal information.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' approximate location if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' precise location if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' personal names if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' email addresses if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' user IDs if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' physical addresses if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' phone numbers if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' race or ethnicity if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' credit score if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' purchase history if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' health info if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' fitness info if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' emails if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' text messages if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' photos if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' videos if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' music files if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' voice or sound recordings if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' files or documents if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' calendar events if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' contacts if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' app interactions if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' in-app search history if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' web browsing history if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' installed apps if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' crash logs if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' performance diagnostics if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if your privacy policy mentions collection of your users' device or other IDs if this data type is declared in your Play Data Safety Section.", + "Checks if there is a new endpoint we've recently detected. Because this check accounts for flakiness, it may fail for several weeks even if the endpoint is not detected in the current report.", + "Checks if there is a new permission we've recently detected. Because this check accounts for flakiness, it may fail for several weeks even if the permission is not detected in the current report.", + "Checks if there is a new data type we've recently detected. Because this check accounts for flakiness, it may fail for several weeks even if the data type is not detected in the current report.", + "Checks if there is a new SDK we've recently detected. Because this check accounts for flakiness, it may fail for several weeks even if the SDK is not detected in the current report.", + "Checks if there is any endpoint contacted using HTTP protocol instead of HTTPS. If no protocol is found in the URL, the endpoint is not considered for analysis.", + "Checks if new data types have been detected since a specific app version.", + "Checks if new endpoints have been detected since a specific app version.", + "Checks if new permissions have been detected since a specific app version.", + "Checks if new SDKs have been detected since a specific app version.", + "Checks if any SDKs were detected that are specified in the denylist.", + "Checks if any permissions were detected that are specified in the denylist.", + "Checks if any endpoints were detected that are specified in the denylist.", + "Checks if there are any outdated SDKs.", + "Checks if there are any SDKs with critical issues." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckCitation": { + "description": "Regulation or policy that serves as the legal basis for the check.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckCitation", + "properties": { + "type": { + "description": "Citation type.", + "enum": [ + "CITATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "COPPA", + "GDPR", + "FERPA", + "CAL_OPPA", + "CCPA", + "SOPIPA", + "LGPD", + "CPRA", + "VCDPA", + "GOOGLE_PLAY_POLICY", + "APP_STORE_POLICY", + "CPA", + "CTDPA", + "UCPA", + "PIPEDA", + "ALBERTA_PIPA", + "QUEBEC_ACT", + "QUEBEC_BILL_64", + "CHINA_PIPL" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Children's Online Privacy Protection Act.", + "General Data Protection Regulation.", + "Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.", + "The California Online Privacy Protection Act.", + "California Consumer Privacy Act.", + "Student Online Personal Information Protection Act.", + "Lei Geral de Prote\u00e7\u00e3o de Dados.", + "California Consumer Privacy Act.", + "Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act.", + "Google Play Policy.", + "App Store Policy.", + "Colorado Privacy Act.", + "Connecticut Data Privacy Act.", + "Utah Consumer Privacy Act.", + "Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act.", + "Alberta (Canada) Personal Information Protection Act.", + "Quebec: Act Respecting the Protection of Personal Information in the Private Sector.", + "Quebec Bill 64: An Act to Modernize Legislative Provisions as Regards the Protection of Personal Information.", + "China Personal Information Protection Law." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataSecurityEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence concerning data security.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataSecurityEvidence", + "properties": { + "dataInTransitInfo": { + "description": "Evidence related to data in transit.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataSecurityEvidenceDataInTransitInfo" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataSecurityEvidenceDataInTransitInfo": { + "description": "Evidence related to data in transit detected in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataSecurityEvidenceDataInTransitInfo", + "properties": { + "uri": { + "description": "The URL contacted by your app. This includes the protocol, domain, and URL parameters.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataTypeEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence concerning a data type that was found in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataTypeEvidence", + "properties": { + "dataType": { + "description": "The data type that was found in your app.", + "enum": [ + "DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "DATA_TYPE_APPROXIMATE_LOCATION", + "DATA_TYPE_PRECISE_LOCATION", + "DATA_TYPE_PERSONAL_NAME", + "DATA_TYPE_EMAIL_ADDRESS", + "DATA_TYPE_USER_IDS", + "DATA_TYPE_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS", + "DATA_TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER", + "DATA_TYPE_RACE_AND_ETHNICITY", + "DATA_TYPE_POLITICAL_OR_RELIGIOUS_BELIEFS", + "DATA_TYPE_SEXUAL_ORIENTATION", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_PERSONAL_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_PAYMENT_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_PURCHASE_HISTORY", + "DATA_TYPE_CREDIT_SCORE", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_FINANCIAL_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_HEALTH_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_FITNESS_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_EMAILS", + "DATA_TYPE_TEXT_MESSAGES", + "DATA_TYPE_PHOTOS", + "DATA_TYPE_VIDEOS", + "DATA_TYPE_VOICE_OR_SOUND_RECORDINGS", + "DATA_TYPE_MUSIC_FILES", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_AUDIO_FILES", + "DATA_TYPE_FILES_AND_DOCS", + "DATA_TYPE_CALENDAR_EVENTS", + "DATA_TYPE_CONTACTS", + "DATA_TYPE_APP_INTERACTIONS", + "DATA_TYPE_IN_APP_SEARCH_HISTORY", + "DATA_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_USER_GENERATED_CONTENT", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_ACTIONS", + "DATA_TYPE_WEB_BROWSING_HISTORY", + "DATA_TYPE_CRASH_LOGS", + "DATA_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_DIAGNOSTICS", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_APP_PERFORMANCE_DATA", + "DATA_TYPE_DEVICE_OR_OTHER_IDS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "User or device physical location to an area greater than or equal to 3 square kilometers, such as the city a user is in, or location provided by Android's ACCESS_COARSE_LOCATION permission.", + "User or device physical location within an area less than 3 square kilometers, such as location provided by Android's ACCESS_FINE_LOCATION permission.", + "How a user refers to themselves, such as their first or last name, or nickname.", + "A user's email address.", + "Identifiers that relate to an identifiable person. For example, an account ID, account number, or account name.", + "A user's address, such as a mailing or home address.", + "A user's phone number.", + "Information about a user's race or ethnicity.", + "Information about a user's political or religious beliefs.", + "Information about a user's sexual orientation.", + "Any other personal information such as date of birth, gender identity, veteran status, etc.", + "Information about a user's financial accounts such as credit card number.", + "Information about purchases or transactions a user has made.", + "Information about a user's credit score.", + "Any other financial information such as user salary or debts.", + "Information about a user's health, such as medical records or symptoms.", + "Information about a user's fitness, such as exercise or other physical activity.", + "A user's emails including the email subject line, sender, recipients, and the content of the email.", + "A user's text messages including the sender, recipients, and the content of the message.", + "A user's photos.", + "A user's videos.", + "A user's voice such as a voicemail or a sound recording.", + "A user's music files.", + "Any other user-created or user-provided audio files.", + "A user's files or documents, or information about their files or documents such as file names.", + "Information from a user's calendar such as events, event notes, and attendees.", + "Information about the user\u2019s contacts such as contact names, message history, and social graph information like usernames, contact recency, contact frequency, interaction duration and call history.", + "Information about how a user interacts with your app, such as the number of page views or taps.", + "Information about what a user has searched for in your app.", + "Inventory of apps or packages installed on the user\u2019s device.", + "Any other user-generated content not listed here, or in any other section. For example, user bios, notes, or open-ended responses.", + "Any other user activity or actions in-app not listed here such as gameplay, likes, and dialog options.", + "Information about the websites a user has visited.", + "Crash log data from your app. For example, the number of times your app has crashed, stack traces, or other information directly related to a crash.", + "Information about the performance of your app. For example battery life, loading time, latency, framerate, or any technical diagnostics.", + "Any other app performance data not listed here.", + "Identifiers that relate to an individual device, browser or app. For example, an IMEI number, MAC address, Widevine Device ID, Firebase installation ID, or advertising identifier." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "dataTypeEvidence": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEvidence", + "description": "Evidence collected about the data type." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence concerning an endpoint that was contacted by your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointEvidence", + "properties": { + "endpoint": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaEndpoint", + "description": "The endpoint that was contacted by your app." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointRestrictionViolationEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence collected from endpoint restriction violation analysis.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointRestrictionViolationEvidence", + "properties": { + "endpointDetails": { + "description": "Endpoints in violation.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointRestrictionViolationEvidenceEndpointDetails" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointRestrictionViolationEvidenceEndpointDetails": { + "description": "Details of the endpoint in violation.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointRestrictionViolationEvidenceEndpointDetails", + "properties": { + "endpoint": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaEndpoint", + "description": "The endpoint in violation." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence for a check.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEvidence", + "properties": { + "dataSecurity": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataSecurityEvidence", + "description": "Evidence concerning data security." + }, + "dataTypes": { + "description": "Evidence concerning data types found in your app.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckDataTypeEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "endpointRestrictionViolations": { + "description": "Evidence collected from endpoint restriction violation analysis.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointRestrictionViolationEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "endpoints": { + "description": "Evidence concerning endpoints that were contacted by your app.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckEndpointEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "permissionRestrictionViolations": { + "description": "Evidence collected from permission restriction violation analysis.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionRestrictionViolationEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "permissions": { + "description": "Evidence concerning permissions that were found in your app.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "privacyPolicyTexts": { + "description": "Evidence collected from your privacy policy(s).", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPrivacyPolicyTextEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "sdkIssues": { + "description": "Evidence concerning SDK issues.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkIssueEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "sdkRestrictionViolations": { + "description": "Evidence collected from SDK restriction violation analysis.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkRestrictionViolationEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "sdks": { + "description": "Evidence concerning SDKs that were found in your app.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence concerning a permission that was found in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionEvidence", + "properties": { + "permission": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPermission", + "description": "The permission that was found in your app." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionRestrictionViolationEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence collected from permission restriction violation analysis.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionRestrictionViolationEvidence", + "properties": { + "permissionDetails": { + "description": "Permissions in violation.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionRestrictionViolationEvidencePermissionDetails" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionRestrictionViolationEvidencePermissionDetails": { + "description": "Details of the permission in violation.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPermissionRestrictionViolationEvidencePermissionDetails", + "properties": { + "permission": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPermission", + "description": "The permission in violation." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPrivacyPolicyTextEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence collected from your privacy policy(s).", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckPrivacyPolicyTextEvidence", + "properties": { + "policyFragment": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPolicyFragment", + "description": "The privacy policy fragment that was used during the check." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence conerning an SDK that was found in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkEvidence", + "properties": { + "sdk": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk", + "description": "The SDK that was found in your app." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkIssueEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence concerning an SDK issue.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkIssueEvidence", + "properties": { + "sdk": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk", + "description": "The SDK with an issue." + }, + "sdkVersion": { + "description": "The SDK version.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkRestrictionViolationEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence collected from SDK restriction violation analysis.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkRestrictionViolationEvidence", + "properties": { + "sdkDetails": { + "description": "SDKs in violation.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkRestrictionViolationEvidenceSdkDetails" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkRestrictionViolationEvidenceSdkDetails": { + "description": "Details of the SDK in violation.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckSdkRestrictionViolationEvidenceSdkDetails", + "properties": { + "sdk": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk", + "description": "The SDK in violation." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckStateMetadata": { + "description": "Additional information about the check state in relation to past reports.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheckStateMetadata", + "properties": { + "badges": { + "description": "Indicators related to the check state.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "CHECK_STATE_BADGE_UNSPECIFIED", + "NEWLY_FAILING", + "RECENTLY_FAILING", + "RESOLVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "The check is newly failing, i.e. now failing but previously passing.", + "The check is currently failing and first started failing continuously within the last 28 days.", + "The check is newly passing, i.e. now passing but previously failing." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "firstFailingTime": { + "description": "The time when the check first started failing.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "lastFailingTime": { + "description": "The last time the check failed.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoring": { + "description": "Represents the data monitoring section of the report.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoring", + "properties": { + "dataTypes": { + "description": "Data types that your app shares or collects.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringDataTypeResult" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "endpoints": { + "description": "Endpoints that were found by dynamic analysis of your app.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringEndpointResult" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "permissions": { + "description": "Permissions that your app uses.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringPermissionResult" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "sdks": { + "description": "SDKs that your app uses.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringSdkResult" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringDataTypeResult": { + "description": "Information about a data type that was found in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringDataTypeResult", + "properties": { + "dataType": { + "description": "The data type that was shared or collected by your app.", + "enum": [ + "DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "DATA_TYPE_APPROXIMATE_LOCATION", + "DATA_TYPE_PRECISE_LOCATION", + "DATA_TYPE_PERSONAL_NAME", + "DATA_TYPE_EMAIL_ADDRESS", + "DATA_TYPE_USER_IDS", + "DATA_TYPE_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS", + "DATA_TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER", + "DATA_TYPE_RACE_AND_ETHNICITY", + "DATA_TYPE_POLITICAL_OR_RELIGIOUS_BELIEFS", + "DATA_TYPE_SEXUAL_ORIENTATION", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_PERSONAL_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_PAYMENT_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_PURCHASE_HISTORY", + "DATA_TYPE_CREDIT_SCORE", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_FINANCIAL_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_HEALTH_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_FITNESS_INFO", + "DATA_TYPE_EMAILS", + "DATA_TYPE_TEXT_MESSAGES", + "DATA_TYPE_PHOTOS", + "DATA_TYPE_VIDEOS", + "DATA_TYPE_VOICE_OR_SOUND_RECORDINGS", + "DATA_TYPE_MUSIC_FILES", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_AUDIO_FILES", + "DATA_TYPE_FILES_AND_DOCS", + "DATA_TYPE_CALENDAR_EVENTS", + "DATA_TYPE_CONTACTS", + "DATA_TYPE_APP_INTERACTIONS", + "DATA_TYPE_IN_APP_SEARCH_HISTORY", + "DATA_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_USER_GENERATED_CONTENT", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_ACTIONS", + "DATA_TYPE_WEB_BROWSING_HISTORY", + "DATA_TYPE_CRASH_LOGS", + "DATA_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_DIAGNOSTICS", + "DATA_TYPE_OTHER_APP_PERFORMANCE_DATA", + "DATA_TYPE_DEVICE_OR_OTHER_IDS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "User or device physical location to an area greater than or equal to 3 square kilometers, such as the city a user is in, or location provided by Android's ACCESS_COARSE_LOCATION permission.", + "User or device physical location within an area less than 3 square kilometers, such as location provided by Android's ACCESS_FINE_LOCATION permission.", + "How a user refers to themselves, such as their first or last name, or nickname.", + "A user's email address.", + "Identifiers that relate to an identifiable person. For example, an account ID, account number, or account name.", + "A user's address, such as a mailing or home address.", + "A user's phone number.", + "Information about a user's race or ethnicity.", + "Information about a user's political or religious beliefs.", + "Information about a user's sexual orientation.", + "Any other personal information such as date of birth, gender identity, veteran status, etc.", + "Information about a user's financial accounts such as credit card number.", + "Information about purchases or transactions a user has made.", + "Information about a user's credit score.", + "Any other financial information such as user salary or debts.", + "Information about a user's health, such as medical records or symptoms.", + "Information about a user's fitness, such as exercise or other physical activity.", + "A user's emails including the email subject line, sender, recipients, and the content of the email.", + "A user's text messages including the sender, recipients, and the content of the message.", + "A user's photos.", + "A user's videos.", + "A user's voice such as a voicemail or a sound recording.", + "A user's music files.", + "Any other user-created or user-provided audio files.", + "A user's files or documents, or information about their files or documents such as file names.", + "Information from a user's calendar such as events, event notes, and attendees.", + "Information about the user\u2019s contacts such as contact names, message history, and social graph information like usernames, contact recency, contact frequency, interaction duration and call history.", + "Information about how a user interacts with your app, such as the number of page views or taps.", + "Information about what a user has searched for in your app.", + "Inventory of apps or packages installed on the user\u2019s device.", + "Any other user-generated content not listed here, or in any other section. For example, user bios, notes, or open-ended responses.", + "Any other user activity or actions in-app not listed here such as gameplay, likes, and dialog options.", + "Information about the websites a user has visited.", + "Crash log data from your app. For example, the number of times your app has crashed, stack traces, or other information directly related to a crash.", + "Information about the performance of your app. For example battery life, loading time, latency, framerate, or any technical diagnostics.", + "Any other app performance data not listed here.", + "Identifiers that relate to an individual device, browser or app. For example, an IMEI number, MAC address, Widevine Device ID, Firebase installation ID, or advertising identifier." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "dataTypeEvidence": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEvidence", + "description": "Evidence collected about the data type." + }, + "metadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringResultMetadata", + "description": "Metadata about the result." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringEndpointResult": { + "description": "Information about an endpoint that was contacted by your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringEndpointResult", + "properties": { + "endpoint": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaEndpoint", + "description": "The endpoint that was contacted by your app." + }, + "hitCount": { + "description": "The number of times this endpoint was contacted by your app.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "metadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringResultMetadata", + "description": "Metadata about the result." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringPermissionResult": { + "description": "Information about a permission that was found in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringPermissionResult", + "properties": { + "metadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringResultMetadata", + "description": "Metadata about the result." + }, + "permission": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPermission", + "description": "The permission that was found in your app." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringResultMetadata": { + "description": "Information about a data monitoring result.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringResultMetadata", + "properties": { + "badges": { + "description": "Badges that apply to this result.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "DATA_MONITORING_RESULT_BADGE_UNSPECIFIED", + "NEW" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Indicates a newly detected result in the data monitoring report." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "firstDetectedTime": { + "description": "The timestamp when this result was first detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "lastDetectedAppVersion": { + "description": "Your app's version name when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.", + "type": "string" + }, + "lastDetectedTime": { + "description": "The timestamp when this result was last detected within the last 8 weeks. If not set, it wasn't detected within the last 8 weeks.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringSdkResult": { + "description": "Information about an SDK that was found in your app.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringSdkResult", + "properties": { + "metadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoringResultMetadata", + "description": "Metadata about the result." + }, + "sdk": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk", + "description": "The SDK that was found in your app." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence based on an endpoint that data was sent to.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidence", + "properties": { + "attributedSdks": { + "description": "Set of SDKs that are attributed to the exfiltration.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidenceAttributedSdk" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "endpointDetails": { + "description": "Endpoints the data type was sent to.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidenceEndpointDetails" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "exfiltratedDataType": { + "description": "Type of data that was exfiltrated.", + "enum": [ + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_PRECISE_LOCATION", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_CONTACT_NAME", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_CONTACT_EMAIL", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_CONTACT_PHONE_NUMBER", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_INCOMING_TEXT_NUMBER", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_INCOMING_TEXT_MESSAGE", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_OUTGOING_TEXT_NUMBER", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_OUTGOING_TEXT_MESSAGE", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_ADVERTISING_ID", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_ANDROID_ID", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_IMEI", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_IMSI", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_SIM_SERIAL_NUMBER", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_SSID", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_ACCOUNT", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_EXTERNAL_ACCOUNT", + "EXFILTRATED_DATA_TYPE_INSTALLED_PACKAGES" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "The user's phone number.", + "The user's precise location.", + "Name of one or more contacts from the user's phone.", + "Email of one or more contacts from the user's phone.", + "Phone number of one or more contacts from the user's phone.", + "Phone number of an incoming text message.", + "Content of an incoming text message.", + "Phone number of an outgoing text message.", + "Content of an outgoing text message.", + "Advertising ID.", + "Android ID.", + "IMEI.", + "IMSI.", + "Sim serial number.", + "SSID: Service Set IDentifier, i.e. the network's name.", + "Information about the main account of the device.", + "Information about an external account, e.g. Facebook, Twitter.", + "One or more of the package names of apps on the device." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidenceAttributedSdk": { + "description": "Details of SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidenceAttributedSdk", + "properties": { + "sdk": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk", + "description": "SDK that is attributed to the exfiltration." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidenceEndpointDetails": { + "description": "Details of the endpoint the data type was sent to.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidenceEndpointDetails", + "properties": { + "endpoint": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaEndpoint", + "description": "Endpoint the data type was sent to." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence collected about a data type.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEvidence", + "properties": { + "endpoints": { + "description": "List of endpoints the data type was sent to.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypeEndpointEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "permissions": { + "description": "List of included permissions that imply collection of the data type.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypePermissionEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "privacyPolicyTexts": { + "description": "List of privacy policy texts that imply collection of the data type.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypePrivacyPolicyTextEvidence" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypePermissionEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence based on the inclusion of a permission.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypePermissionEvidence", + "properties": { + "permission": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPermission", + "description": "Permission declared by your app." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypePrivacyPolicyTextEvidence": { + "description": "Evidence based on information from the privacy policy.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataTypePrivacyPolicyTextEvidence", + "properties": { + "policyFragment": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPolicyFragment", + "description": "The privacy policy fragment that implies collection of the data type." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaEndpoint": { + "description": "Information about an endpoint.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaEndpoint", + "properties": { + "domain": { + "description": "Domain name (e.g. ads.google.com).", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaListReportsResponse": { + "description": "The response message for ReportService.ListReports.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaListReportsResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "reports": { + "description": "The reports for the specified app.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaReport" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPermission": { + "description": "Information about a permission.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPermission", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "Permission identifier.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPolicyFragment": { + "description": "Information about a policy fragment.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaPolicyFragment", + "properties": { + "htmlContent": { + "description": "HTML content.", + "type": "string" + }, + "sourceUri": { + "description": "Policy URL.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaReport": { + "description": "Privacy report.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaReport", + "properties": { + "appBundle": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAppBundle", + "description": "Information about the analyzed app bundle." + }, + "baseReport": { + "description": "Resource name of the base report used for comparison. May be absent if this is the first report generated for the app.", + "type": "string" + }, + "checks": { + "description": "List of checks that were run on the app bundle.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaCheck" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "dataMonitoring": { + "$ref": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaDataMonitoring", + "description": "Information related to data monitoring." + }, + "name": { + "description": "Resource name of the report.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resultsUri": { + "description": "A URL to view results.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk": { + "description": "Information about an SDK.", + "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaSdk", + "properties": { + "id": { + "description": "SDK identifier.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "LastUpdatedDate": { "description": "Information about the date when the privacy policy was last updated.", "id": "LastUpdatedDate", @@ -522,7 +1807,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "textContent": { - "description": "The bytes of actual text content in the section. NOTE: - This will correspond to the whole sentence that includes the date. - This field might contain HTML and it is not sanitized.", + "description": "The bytes of actual text content in the section. Note: - This will correspond to the whole sentence that includes the date. - This field might contain HTML and it is not sanitized.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -640,31 +1925,31 @@ "OTHER_DATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default value.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info name.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info email address.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info phone number.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info mailing address.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info other.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing Identity Info other.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content email messages.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content text messages.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content other in-app messages.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content photos.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content videos.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content music files.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content voice or sound recordings.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content other audio files.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content files or documents.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content gameplay data.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content customer support.", + "Default value. Checks cannot determine specific data type.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info: name.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info: email address.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info: phone number.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info: mailing address.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing Contact Info: other.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing Identity Info: other.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: email messages.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: text messages.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: other in-app messages.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: photos.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: videos.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: music files.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: voice or sound recordings.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: other audio files.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: files or documents.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: gameplay data.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing User Content: customer support.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Cookies and other tracking elements, e.g. web beacons.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Browsing History.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Search History.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Purchase History.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Product Interaction data.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing other User Generated Content.", - "Data type on the privacy policy describing other User Generated Content.", + "Data type on the privacy policy describing other In App Actions.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Advertising data.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing Crash Logs data.", "Data type on the privacy policy describing App Diagnostics data.", @@ -742,7 +2027,7 @@ "NO_PURPOSE_MENTIONED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default value.", + "Default value. Checks cannot determine specific purpose of use.", "Data is used for general app functions, or interface with the user, e.g. customer support.", "Data is used for minimizing app crashes, enabling scalability and performance, etc.", "Data is used for fraud prevention, protecting user accounts, or other security purposes.", @@ -769,7 +2054,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "textContent": { - "description": "The bytes of actual text content in the sentence that mentions the purpose of use. This makes it much easier to consume the information. NOTE: This field might contain HTML and does not guarantee a SafeHtml security contract go/safehtmltypecontracts#safehtml.", + "description": "The bytes of actual text content in the sentence that mentions the purpose of use. This makes it much easier to consume the information.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -789,7 +2074,7 @@ "type": "number" }, "sectionType": { - "description": "Type of the high-level category in the policy.", + "description": "Detected type of the high-level topic in the policy.", "enum": [ "SECTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "FIRST_PARTY_COLLECTION", @@ -828,11 +2113,11 @@ "PARENTS_RIGHT_TO_STOP_FURTHER_INFORMATION_COLLECTION_USE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ - "Default value.", + "Default value. Checks cannot determine specific section type.", "Section of the privacy policy describes 1st party collection practices.", "Section of the privacy policy describes 1st party use practices.", "Section of the privacy policy describes 3rd party sharing practices.", - "Section of the privacy policy describes Children related content.", + "Section of the privacy policy describing content related to children.", "Section of the privacy policy describes data retention practices.", "Section of the privacy policy references privacy contact information.", "Section of the privacy policy describes users' right of data deletion.", @@ -872,7 +2157,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "textContent": { - "description": "Actual text content in the section. This makes it much easier to consume the information. NOTE: This field might contain HTML and does not guarantee a SafeHtml security contract go/safehtmltypecontracts#safehtml.", + "description": "Actual text content in the section.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index 3bcd92b678f..a80e40c14bf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { @@ -1690,6 +1690,36 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceActivityReport": { + "description": "Device activity report. * Granular permission needed: TELEMETRY_API_DEVICE_ACTIVITY_REPORT", + "id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceActivityReport", + "properties": { + "deviceActivityState": { + "description": "Output only. Device activity state.", + "enum": [ + "DEVICE_ACTIVITY_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "ACTIVE", + "IDLE", + "LOCKED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Device activity state is unspecified.", + "Device is currently being used.", + "Device is currently idle.", + "Device is currently locked." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "reportTime": { + "description": "Output only. Timestamp of when the report was collected.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceAueCountReport": { "description": "Report for CountChromeDevicesPerAueDateResponse, contains the count of devices of a specific model and auto update expiration range.", "id": "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceAueCountReport", @@ -3014,6 +3044,14 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, + "deviceActivityReport": { + "description": "Output only. Device activity reports collected periodically sorted in a decreasing order of report_time.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementV1DeviceActivityReport" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, "deviceId": { "description": "The unique Directory API ID of the device. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Directory API ID in the ChromeOS Devices tab.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index 2733840f490..1af1e320acc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChromeCrosDpanelAutosettingsProtoPolicyApiLifecycle": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index ff7eb56f5bd..fd5942a311d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json index 5b4602e5ef0..69319e10304 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/civicinfo.v2.json @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://civicinfo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdministrationRegion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json index c002e70c89a..9c6b5cf1696 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Announcement": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json index 86584dee3d5..dca4a54413e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSelector": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json index ca44ff0e7e5..ff9011a65c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json index df02f5a6e87..f7b09393626 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json index 31003f1237d..9eec76f5b7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json index 01f1e5789d2..9fa87f3cfcd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1.json @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ "billingAccounts": { "methods": { "create": { - "description": "This method creates [billing subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts#subaccounts). Google Cloud resellers should use the Channel Services APIs, [accounts.customers.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers/create) and [accounts.customers.entitlements.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers.entitlements/create). When creating a subaccount, the current authenticated user must have the `billing.accounts.update` IAM permission on the parent account, which is typically given to billing account [administrators](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access). This method will return an error if the parent account has not been provisioned as a reseller account.", + "description": "This method creates [billing subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts#subaccounts). Google Cloud resellers should use the Channel Services APIs, [accounts.customers.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers/create) and [accounts.customers.entitlements.create](https://cloud.google.com/channel/docs/reference/rest/v1/accounts.customers.entitlements/create). When creating a subaccount, the current authenticated user must have the `billing.accounts.update` IAM permission on the parent account, which is typically given to billing account [administrators](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/billing-access). This method will return an error if the parent account has not been provisioned for subaccounts.", "flatPath": "v1/billingAccounts", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "cloudbilling.billingAccounts.create", @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ "parameterOrder": [], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "Options for how to filter the returned billing accounts. Currently this only supports filtering for [subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts) under a single provided reseller billing account. (e.g. \"master_billing_account=billingAccounts/012345-678901-ABCDEF\"). Boolean algebra and other fields are not currently supported.", + "description": "Options for how to filter the returned billing accounts. This only supports filtering for [subaccounts](https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/concepts) under a single provided parent billing account. (e.g. \"master_billing_account=billingAccounts/012345-678901-ABCDEF\"). Boolean algebra and other fields are not currently supported.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json index e2c099ecab8..e4cbffd92b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbilling.v1beta.json @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://cloudbilling.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CacheFillRegions": { @@ -1358,16 +1358,8 @@ "description": "Encapsulates a price migrated from other SKUs.", "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaMigratedPrice", "properties": { - "sourceDiscountOnTargetPrice": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaSourceDiscountOnTargetPrice", - "description": "The source SKU floating discount is applied on the target SKU's default price." - }, "sourceSku": { - "description": "Source SKU where the discount is migrated from.", - "type": "string" - }, - "type": { - "description": "Type of the migrated price. It can have values such as 'source-discount-on-target-price'.", + "description": "Source SKU where the discount is migrated from. Format: billingAccounts/{billing_account}/skus/{sku}", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1457,17 +1449,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaSourceDiscountOnTargetPrice": { - "description": "Encapsulates a type of MigratedPrice where the source SKU floating discount is applied on the target SKU's default price.", - "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaSourceDiscountOnTargetPrice", - "properties": { - "migratedDiscountPercent": { - "$ref": "Decimal", - "description": "Discount percent of the source SKU that is applied on the target SKU's default price." - } - }, - "type": "object" - }, "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaUnitInfo": { "description": "Encapsulates the unit information for a Rate", "id": "GoogleCloudBillingBillingaccountpricesV1betaUnitInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json index 09e56b8eb6a..fa672047fc2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": { @@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@ }, "orgPostalAddress": { "$ref": "GoogleTypePostalAddress", - "description": "Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code." + "description": "Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region, postal code, and address lines. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer's language, use the Customer-level language code." }, "primaryContactInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudChannelV1ContactInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index 405ba0f626a..d06da3ab4a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbandonReleaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json index 945e4d31799..645b8453bca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v1.json @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index a5752e8a650..666531bce6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index 59cac197cfe..5d9e9759f19 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 85de2ea4ebc..c0ec6193953 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json index bfe652bffbf..f8b1b2436c3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index 933bc202787..54acf81bb58 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json index e4f0cf832d2..af63815836e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateProfileRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json index a116703d83c..ad604c2e27d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ "description": "Settings that determine the retry behavior." }, "schedule": { - "description": "Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time.", + "description": "Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure.", "type": "string" }, "scheduleTime": { @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "retryCount": { - "description": "The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed.", + "description": "The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json index ce0a0eb48e0..58369a63ad5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ "description": "Settings that determine the retry behavior." }, "schedule": { - "description": "Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time.", + "description": "Required, except when used with UpdateJob. Describes the schedule on which the job will be executed. The schedule can be either of the following types: * [Crontab](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron#Overview) * English-like [schedule](https://cloud.google.com/scheduler/docs/configuring/cron-job-schedules) As a general rule, execution `n + 1` of a job will not begin until execution `n` has finished. Cloud Scheduler will never allow two simultaneously outstanding executions. For example, this implies that if the `n+1`th execution is scheduled to run at 16:00 but the `n`th execution takes until 16:15, the `n+1`th execution will not start until `16:15`. A scheduled start time will be delayed if the previous execution has not ended when its scheduled time occurs. If retry_count > 0 and a job attempt fails, the job will be tried a total of retry_count times, with exponential backoff, until the next scheduled start time. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure.", "type": "string" }, "scheduleTime": { @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "retryCount": { - "description": "The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is zero, a job attempt will *not* be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed.", + "description": "The number of attempts that the system will make to run a job using the exponential backoff procedure described by max_doublings. The default value of retry_count is zero. If retry_count is 0, a job attempt will not be retried if it fails. Instead the Cloud Scheduler system will wait for the next scheduled execution time. Setting retry_count to 0 does not prevent failed jobs from running according to schedule after the failure. If retry_count is set to a non-zero number then Cloud Scheduler will retry failed attempts, using exponential backoff, retry_count times, or until the next scheduled execution time, whichever comes first. Values greater than 5 and negative values are not allowed.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json index 4fa2ef0bb67..dba47a76ffe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json @@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json index f2747347ed3..b71d0702229 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddPublicKeyMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json index 1e12b8a31be..cb6b620db2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2.json @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ] }, "create": { - "description": "Create a new case and associate it with the given Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent=\"projects/some-project\" curl \\ --request POST \\ --header \"Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)\" \\ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \\ --data '{ \"display_name\": \"Test case created by me.\", \"description\": \"a random test case, feel free to close\", \"classification\": { \"id\": \"100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8\" }, \"time_zone\": \"-07:00\", \"subscriber_email_addresses\": [ \"foo@domain.com\", \"bar@domain.com\" ], \"testCase\": true, \"priority\": \"P3\" }' \\ \"https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases\" ```", + "description": "Create a new case and associate it with a Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. If you're just testing the API and don't want to route your case to an agent, set `testCase=true`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent=\"projects/some-project\" curl \\ --request POST \\ --header \"Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)\" \\ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \\ --data '{ \"display_name\": \"Test case created by me.\", \"description\": \"a random test case, feel free to close\", \"classification\": { \"id\": \"100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8\" }, \"time_zone\": \"-07:00\", \"subscriber_email_addresses\": [ \"foo@domain.com\", \"bar@domain.com\" ], \"testCase\": true, \"priority\": \"P3\" }' \\ \"https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases\" ```", "flatPath": "v2/{v2Id}/{v2Id1}/cases", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "cloudsupport.cases.create", @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index acd9fde9038..f60d122732e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ] }, "create": { - "description": "Create a new case and associate it with the given Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent=\"projects/some-project\" curl \\ --request POST \\ --header \"Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)\" \\ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \\ --data '{ \"display_name\": \"Test case created by me.\", \"description\": \"a random test case, feel free to close\", \"classification\": { \"id\": \"100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8\" }, \"time_zone\": \"-07:00\", \"subscriber_email_addresses\": [ \"foo@domain.com\", \"bar@domain.com\" ], \"testCase\": true, \"priority\": \"P3\" }' \\ \"https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases\" ```", + "description": "Create a new case and associate it with a Google Cloud Resource. The case object must have the following fields set: `display_name`, `description`, `classification`, and `priority`. If you're just testing the API and don't want to route your case to an agent, set `testCase=true`. Here is an example of calling this endpoint using cURL: ```shell parent=\"projects/some-project\" curl \\ --request POST \\ --header \"Authorization: Bearer $(gcloud auth print-access-token)\" \\ --header 'Content-Type: application/json' \\ --data '{ \"display_name\": \"Test case created by me.\", \"description\": \"a random test case, feel free to close\", \"classification\": { \"id\": \"100IK2AKCLHMGRJ9CDGMOCGP8DM6UTB4BT262T31BT1M2T31DHNMENPO6KS36CPJ786L2TBFEHGN6NPI64R3CDHN8880G08I1H3MURR7DHII0GRCDTQM8\" }, \"time_zone\": \"-07:00\", \"subscriber_email_addresses\": [ \"foo@domain.com\", \"bar@domain.com\" ], \"testCase\": true, \"priority\": \"P3\" }' \\ \"https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/v2/$parent/cases\" ```", "flatPath": "v2beta/{v2betaId}/{v2betaId1}/cases", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "cloudsupport.cases.create", @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json index b0a55894655..b046295c272 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2.json @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpRequest": { @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json index df053d3ae74..9cf01425fb2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta2.json @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcknowledgeTaskRequest": { @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json index 125b18be1ad..75b88644c7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtasks.v2beta3.json @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpQueue": { @@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json index d8589be0fd8..13bd47349fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v1.json @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json index 9bd76b901ef..64806acdff2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2.json @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Annotation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json index 9c736dc52e7..7c7626f8967 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudtrace.v2beta1.json @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://cloudtrace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json index 6acf270954e..88873cb9287 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1.json @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedIpRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json index ff101b8e794..857572025a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/composer.v1beta1.json @@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://composer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllowedIpRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index e29da5faf0b..3622115d239 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -17939,6 +17939,48 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, + "patchAssociation": { + "description": "Updates an association for the specified network firewall policy.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchAssociation", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.networkFirewallPolicies.patchAssociation", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "firewallPolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "firewallPolicy": { + "description": "Name of the firewall policy to update.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchAssociation", + "request": { + "$ref": "FirewallPolicyAssociation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, "patchRule": { "description": "Patches a rule of the specified priority.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/firewallPolicies/{firewallPolicy}/patchRule", @@ -32849,6 +32891,47 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, + "getNetworkCapacityConstraints": { + "description": "Returns the network capacity constraints for the specified placement policies.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/getNetworkCapacityConstraints", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.resourcePolicies.getNetworkCapacityConstraints", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "region" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "region": { + "description": "Name of the region for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resourcePolicies": { + "description": "Partial or full URL of the resource policies for which to retrieve the network capacity constraints.", + "location": "query", + "repeated": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies/getNetworkCapacityConstraints", + "response": { + "$ref": "GetNetworkCapacityConstraintsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, "insert": { "description": "Creates a new resource policy.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/resourcePolicies", @@ -42183,7 +42266,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230725", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -47169,6 +47252,55 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CapacityConstraint": { + "description": "Represents the network information between workload placements.", + "id": "CapacityConstraint", + "properties": { + "constraintMetadata": { + "enum": [ + "CONSTRAINT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "OFF_CHAIN_CONSTRAINT", + "ON_CHAIN_CONSTRAINT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Constraints for off-chain superblocks. Can be used to mark constraints for secondary workloads.", + "Constraints related to the capacity between the Astrophel chain superblocks." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "maxSumGbps": { + "description": "Weighted sum of BandwidthTerms (each term is coefficient * term) must be less than or equal to max_sum.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "terms": { + "items": { + "$ref": "CapacityConstraintConstraintTerm" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "CapacityConstraintConstraintTerm": { + "id": "CapacityConstraintConstraintTerm", + "properties": { + "coefficient": { + "description": "Coefficient of this term in the linear expression. The value of the term will be coefficient * (demand from src to dst in Gbps).", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "destinationNode": { + "$ref": "PlacementLocation" + }, + "sourceNode": { + "$ref": "PlacementLocation", + "description": "Source and destination nodes." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ChannelCredentials": { "description": "[Deprecated] gRPC channel credentials to access the SDS server. gRPC channel credentials to access the SDS server.", "id": "ChannelCredentials", @@ -48478,7 +48610,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sizeGb": { - "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.", + "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -51263,6 +51395,10 @@ "description": "This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.", "type": "boolean" }, + "allowPscPacketInjection": { + "description": "This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "backendService": { "description": "Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.", "type": "string" @@ -51290,7 +51426,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipCollection": { - "description": "Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/ project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name ", + "description": "Resource reference of a PublicDelegatedPrefix. The PDP must be a sub-PDP in EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION mode. Use one of the following formats to specify a sub-PDP when creating an IPv6 NetLB forwarding rule using BYOIP: Full resource URL, as in https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project_id/regions/region /publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name Partial URL, as in: - projects/project_id/regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name - regions/region/publicDelegatedPrefixes/sub-pdp-name ", "type": "string" }, "ipVersion": { @@ -52724,6 +52860,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GetNetworkCapacityConstraintsResponse": { + "id": "GetNetworkCapacityConstraintsResponse", + "properties": { + "capacityConstraints": { + "description": "Set of capacity constraints that describe network adjacency.", + "items": { + "$ref": "CapacityConstraint" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GetOwnerInstanceResponse": { "id": "GetOwnerInstanceResponse", "properties": { @@ -57407,6 +57556,11 @@ "$ref": "QueuingPolicy", "description": "When set, defines queing parameters for the requested deferred capacity. When unset, the request starts provisioning immediately, or fails if immediate provisioning is not possible." }, + "resizeBy": { + "description": "The number of instances to be created by this resize request. The group's target size will be increased by this number.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] The URL for this resize request. The server defines this URL.", "type": "string" @@ -57439,7 +57593,7 @@ }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", - "description": "[Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued." + "description": "[Output only] Status of the request." }, "zone": { "description": "[Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.", @@ -59468,17 +59622,17 @@ "InstanceSettingsMetadata": { "id": "InstanceSettingsMetadata", "properties": { - "kind": { - "default": "compute#metadata", - "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.", - "type": "string" - }, - "metadatas": { + "items": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, - "description": "A metadata key/value map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB.", + "description": "A metadata key/value items map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB.", "type": "object" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#metadata", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -61439,7 +61593,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pairingKey": { - "description": "[Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form \"XXXXX/region/domain\"", + "description": "[Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form \"XXXXX/region/domain\"", "type": "string" }, "partnerAsn": { @@ -61449,7 +61603,7 @@ }, "partnerMetadata": { "$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentPartnerMetadata", - "description": "Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED." + "description": "Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED." }, "privateInterconnectInfo": { "$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentPrivateInfo", @@ -72394,8 +72548,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PlacementLocation": { + "id": "PlacementLocation", + "properties": { + "aggregationBlockId": { + "description": "Aggregation block id of the placement group.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourcePolicy": { + "description": "Partial or full URL of the resource policy for the placement group.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -73182,7 +73350,7 @@ "description": "The public delegated prefix mode for IPv6 only.", "enum": [ "DELEGATION", - "IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION" + "EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The public delegated prefix is used for further sub-delegation only. Such prefixes cannot set allocatablePrefixLength.", @@ -73585,7 +73753,7 @@ "description": "The PublicDelegatedSubPrefix mode for IPv6 only.", "enum": [ "DELEGATION", - "IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION" + "EXTERNAL_IPV6_FORWARDING_RULE_CREATION" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The public delegated prefix is used for further sub-delegation only. Such prefixes cannot set allocatablePrefixLength.", @@ -77644,6 +77812,11 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "sliceCount": { + "description": "Specifies the number of slices in a multislice workload.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, "style": { "description": "Specifies instances to hosts placement relationship", "enum": [ @@ -78219,7 +78392,7 @@ "compute.routes.insert" ] }, - "description": "The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.", + "description": "The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format.", "type": "string" }, "id": { @@ -78284,7 +78457,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "nextHopIp": { - "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported.", + "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address.", "type": "string" }, "nextHopNetwork": { @@ -79468,7 +79641,7 @@ "id": "RouterNat", "properties": { "autoNetworkTier": { - "description": "The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used.", + "description": "The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used.", "enum": [ "FIXED_STANDARD", "PREMIUM", @@ -82345,6 +82518,10 @@ "targetService": { "description": "The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.", "type": "string" + }, + "tunnelingConfig": { + "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentTunnelingConfig", + "description": "When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - " } }, "type": "object" @@ -82719,6 +82896,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ServiceAttachmentTunnelingConfig": { + "description": "Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner.", + "id": "ServiceAttachmentTunnelingConfig", + "properties": { + "encapsulationProfile": { + "description": "Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers.", + "enum": [ + "GENEVE_SECURITY_V1", + "UNSPECIFIED_ENCAPSULATION_PROFILE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Use GENEVE encapsulation protocol and include the SECURITY_V1 set of GENEVE headers.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "routingMode": { + "description": "How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network.", + "enum": [ + "PACKET_INJECTION", + "STANDARD_ROUTING", + "UNSPECIFIED_ROUTING_MODE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Traffic sent to this service attachment will be reinjected into the consumer network.", + "Response traffic, after de-encapsulation, will be returned to the client.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": { "id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList", "properties": { @@ -92846,7 +93056,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "peerGcpGateway": { - "description": "URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway.", + "description": "URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway.", "type": "string" }, "peerIp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 4101e68d59f..06ce0757e9c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -4893,6 +4893,363 @@ } } }, + "futureReservations": { + "methods": { + "aggregatedList": { + "description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of future reservations.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/futureReservations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.aggregatedList", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "includeAllScopes": { + "description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "maxResults": { + "default": "500", + "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", + "format": "uint32", + "location": "query", + "minimum": "0", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "returnPartialSuccess": { + "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/futureReservations", + "response": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationsAggregatedListResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, + "cancel": { + "description": "Cancel the specified future reservation.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}/cancel", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.cancel", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone", + "futureReservation" + ], + "parameters": { + "futureReservation": { + "description": "Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}/cancel", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes the specified future reservation.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone", + "futureReservation" + ], + "parameters": { + "futureReservation": { + "description": "Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Retrieves information about the specified future reservation.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone", + "futureReservation" + ], + "parameters": { + "futureReservation": { + "description": "Name of the future reservation to retrieve. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}", + "response": { + "$ref": "FutureReservation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, + "insert": { + "description": "Creates a new Future Reservation.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.insert", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations", + "request": { + "$ref": "FutureReservation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "A list of all the future reservations that have been configured for the specified project in specified zone.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most Compute resources support two types of filter expressions: expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow API improvement proposal AIP-160. If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR (cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne` (not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples: `fieldname eq unquoted literal` `fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'` `fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"` `(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")` The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using Google RE2 library syntax. The literal value must match the entire field. For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\", you would use `name ne .*instance`.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "maxResults": { + "default": "500", + "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", + "format": "uint32", + "location": "query", + "minimum": "0", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "returnPartialSuccess": { + "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations", + "response": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationsListResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, + "update": { + "description": "Updates the specified future reservation.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "compute.futureReservations.update", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone", + "futureReservation" + ], + "parameters": { + "futureReservation": { + "description": "Name of the reservation to update. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "paths": { + "location": "query", + "repeated": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request. Name should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/futureReservations/{futureReservation}", + "request": { + "$ref": "FutureReservation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + } + } + }, "globalAddresses": { "methods": { "delete": { @@ -9734,6 +10091,92 @@ } } }, + "instanceSettings": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Get Instance settings.", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceSettings", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "compute.instanceSettings.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "Name of the zone for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceSettings", + "response": { + "$ref": "InstanceSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Patch Instance settings", + "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceSettings", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "compute.instanceSettings.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "zone" + ], + "parameters": { + "project": { + "description": "Project ID for this request.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "zone": { + "description": "The zone scoping this request. It should conform to RFC1035.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceSettings", + "request": { + "$ref": "InstanceSettings" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" + ] + } + } + }, "instanceTemplates": { "methods": { "aggregatedList": { @@ -38788,7 +39231,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230725", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -44434,7 +44877,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sizeGb": { - "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.", + "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -47152,6 +47595,10 @@ "description": "This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.", "type": "boolean" }, + "allowPscPacketInjection": { + "description": "This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the producer is allowed to inject packets into the consumer's network. If set to true, the target service attachment must have tunneling enabled and TunnelingConfig.RoutingMode set to PACKET_INJECTION Non-PSC forwarding rules should not use this field.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "backendService": { "description": "Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.", "type": "string" @@ -47819,6 +48266,757 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "FutureReservation": { + "id": "FutureReservation", + "properties": { + "autoCreatedReservationsDeleteTime": { + "description": "Future timestamp when the FR auto-created reservations will be deleted by GCE. Format of this field must be a valid href=\"https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt\">RFC3339 value.", + "type": "string" + }, + "autoCreatedReservationsDuration": { + "$ref": "Duration", + "description": "Specifies the duration of auto-created reservations. It represents relative time to future reservation start_time when auto-created reservations will be automatically deleted by GCE. Duration time unit is represented as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond resolution." + }, + "autoDeleteAutoCreatedReservations": { + "description": "Setting for enabling or disabling automatic deletion for auto-created reservation. If omitted or set to true, auto-created reservations will be deleted at Future Reservation's end time (default) or at user's defined timestamp if any of the [auto_created_reservations_delete_time, auto_created_reservations_duration] values is specified. For keeping auto-created reservation indefinitely, this value should be set to false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "creationTimestamp": { + "description": "[Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation in RFC3339 text format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the future reservation.", + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "[Output Only] A unique identifier for this future reservation. The server defines this identifier.", + "format": "uint64", + "type": "string" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#futureReservation", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#futureReservation for future reservations.", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "annotations": { + "required": [ + "compute.instances.insert" + ] + }, + "description": "The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.", + "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", + "type": "string" + }, + "namePrefix": { + "description": "Name prefix for the reservations to be created at the time of delivery. The name prefix must comply with RFC1035. Maximum allowed length for name prefix is 20. Automatically created reservations name format will be -date-####.", + "type": "string" + }, + "planningStatus": { + "description": "Planning state before being submitted for evaluation", + "enum": [ + "DRAFT", + "PLANNING_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", + "SUBMITTED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Future Reservation is being drafted.", + "", + "Future Reservation has been submitted for evaluation by GCP." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "selfLink": { + "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.", + "type": "string" + }, + "selfLinkWithId": { + "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.", + "type": "string" + }, + "shareSettings": { + "$ref": "ShareSettings", + "description": "List of Projects/Folders to share with." + }, + "specificSkuProperties": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", + "description": "Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and total count." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationStatus", + "description": "[Output only] Status of the Future Reservation" + }, + "timeWindow": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationTimeWindow", + "description": "Time window for this Future Reservation." + }, + "zone": { + "description": "[Output Only] URL of the Zone where this future reservation resides.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties": { + "id": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", + "properties": { + "instanceProperties": { + "$ref": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", + "description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved." + }, + "sourceInstanceTemplate": { + "description": "The instance template that will be used to populate the ReservedInstanceProperties of the future reservation", + "type": "string" + }, + "totalCount": { + "description": "Total number of instances for which capacity assurance is requested at a future time period.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationStatus": { + "description": "[Output only] Represents status related to the future reservation.", + "id": "FutureReservationStatus", + "properties": { + "amendmentStatus": { + "description": "[Output Only] The current status of the requested amendment.", + "enum": [ + "AMENDMENT_APPROVED", + "AMENDMENT_DECLINED", + "AMENDMENT_IN_REVIEW", + "AMENDMENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The requested amendment to the Future Resevation has been approved and applied by GCP.", + "The requested amendment to the Future Reservation has been declined by GCP and the original state was restored.", + "The requested amendment to the Future Reservation is currently being reviewd by GCP.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "autoCreatedReservations": { + "description": "Fully qualified urls of the automatically created reservations at start_time.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "fulfilledCount": { + "description": "This count indicates the fulfilled capacity so far. This is set during \"PROVISIONING\" state. This count also includes capacity delivered as part of existing matching reservations.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "lastKnownGoodState": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationStatusLastKnownGoodState", + "description": "[Output Only] This field represents the future reservation before an amendment was requested. If the amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be reverted to the last known good state. The last known good state is not set when updating a future reservation whose Procurement Status is DRAFTING." + }, + "lockTime": { + "description": "Time when Future Reservation would become LOCKED, after which no modifications to Future Reservation will be allowed. Applicable only after the Future Reservation is in the APPROVED state. The lock_time is an RFC3339 string. The procurement_status will transition to PROCURING state at this time.", + "type": "string" + }, + "procurementStatus": { + "description": "Current state of this Future Reservation", + "enum": [ + "APPROVED", + "CANCELLED", + "COMMITTED", + "DECLINED", + "DRAFTING", + "FAILED", + "FAILED_PARTIALLY_FULFILLED", + "FULFILLED", + "PENDING_AMENDMENT_APPROVAL", + "PENDING_APPROVAL", + "PROCUREMENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", + "PROCURING", + "PROVISIONING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Future reservation is approved by GCP.", + "Future reservation is cancelled by the customer.", + "Future reservation is committed by the customer.", + "Future reservation is rejected by GCP.", + "Related status for PlanningStatus.Draft. Transitions to PENDING_APPROVAL upon user submitting FR.", + "Future reservation failed. No additional reservations were provided.", + "Future reservation is partially fulfilled. Additional reservations were provided but did not reach total_count reserved instance slots.", + "Future reservation is fulfilled completely.", + "An Amendment to the Future Reservation has been requested. If the Amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be restored to the last known good state.", + "Future reservation is pending approval by GCP.", + "", + "Future reservation is being procured by GCP. Beyond this point, Future reservation is locked and no further modifications are allowed.", + "Future reservation capacity is being provisioned. This state will be entered after start_time, while reservations are being created to provide total_count reserved instance slots. This state will not persist past start_time + 24h." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "specificSkuProperties": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationStatusSpecificSKUProperties" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationStatusLastKnownGoodState": { + "description": "The state that the future reservation will be reverted to should the amendment be declined.", + "id": "FutureReservationStatusLastKnownGoodState", + "properties": { + "description": { + "description": "[Output Only] The description of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.", + "type": "string" + }, + "futureReservationSpecs": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationStatusLastKnownGoodStateFutureReservationSpecs" + }, + "lockTime": { + "description": "[Output Only] The lock time of the FutureReservation before an amendment was requested.", + "type": "string" + }, + "namePrefix": { + "description": "[Output Only] The name prefix of the Future Reservation before an amendment was requested.", + "type": "string" + }, + "procurementStatus": { + "description": "[Output Only] The status of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.", + "enum": [ + "APPROVED", + "CANCELLED", + "COMMITTED", + "DECLINED", + "DRAFTING", + "FAILED", + "FAILED_PARTIALLY_FULFILLED", + "FULFILLED", + "PENDING_AMENDMENT_APPROVAL", + "PENDING_APPROVAL", + "PROCUREMENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", + "PROCURING", + "PROVISIONING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Future reservation is approved by GCP.", + "Future reservation is cancelled by the customer.", + "Future reservation is committed by the customer.", + "Future reservation is rejected by GCP.", + "Related status for PlanningStatus.Draft. Transitions to PENDING_APPROVAL upon user submitting FR.", + "Future reservation failed. No additional reservations were provided.", + "Future reservation is partially fulfilled. Additional reservations were provided but did not reach total_count reserved instance slots.", + "Future reservation is fulfilled completely.", + "An Amendment to the Future Reservation has been requested. If the Amendment is declined, the Future Reservation will be restored to the last known good state.", + "Future reservation is pending approval by GCP.", + "", + "Future reservation is being procured by GCP. Beyond this point, Future reservation is locked and no further modifications are allowed.", + "Future reservation capacity is being provisioned. This state will be entered after start_time, while reservations are being created to provide total_count reserved instance slots. This state will not persist past start_time + 24h." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationStatusLastKnownGoodStateFutureReservationSpecs": { + "description": "The properties of the last known good state for the Future Reservation.", + "id": "FutureReservationStatusLastKnownGoodStateFutureReservationSpecs", + "properties": { + "shareSettings": { + "$ref": "ShareSettings", + "description": "[Output Only] The previous share settings of the Future Reservation." + }, + "specificSkuProperties": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationSpecificSKUProperties", + "description": "[Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the Future Reservation." + }, + "timeWindow": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationTimeWindow", + "description": "[Output Only] The previous time window of the Future Reservation." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationStatusSpecificSKUProperties": { + "description": "Properties to be set for the Future Reservation.", + "id": "FutureReservationStatusSpecificSKUProperties", + "properties": { + "sourceInstanceTemplateId": { + "description": "ID of the instance template used to populate the Future Reservation properties.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationTimeWindow": { + "id": "FutureReservationTimeWindow", + "properties": { + "duration": { + "$ref": "Duration" + }, + "endTime": { + "type": "string" + }, + "startTime": { + "description": "Start time of the Future Reservation. The start_time is an RFC3339 string.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationsAggregatedListResponse": { + "description": "Contains a list of future reservations.", + "id": "FutureReservationsAggregatedListResponse", + "properties": { + "etag": { + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", + "type": "string" + }, + "items": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "FutureReservationsScopedList", + "description": "Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations." + }, + "description": "A list of Future reservation resources.", + "type": "object" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#futureReservationsAggregatedListResponse", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#futureReservationsAggregatedListResponse for future resevation aggregated list response.", + "type": "string" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", + "type": "string" + }, + "selfLink": { + "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", + "type": "string" + }, + "unreachables": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationsListResponse": { + "id": "FutureReservationsListResponse", + "properties": { + "etag": { + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server.", + "type": "string" + }, + "items": { + "description": "[Output Only] A list of future reservation resources.", + "items": { + "$ref": "FutureReservation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#futureReservationsListResponse", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of resource.Always compute#FutureReservationsListResponse for lists of reservations", + "type": "string" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results.", + "type": "string" + }, + "selfLink": { + "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", + "type": "string" + }, + "unreachables": { + "description": "[Output Only] Unreachable resources.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "FutureReservationsScopedList": { + "id": "FutureReservationsScopedList", + "properties": { + "futureReservations": { + "description": "A list of future reservations contained in this scope.", + "items": { + "$ref": "FutureReservation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "warning": { + "description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of future reservations when the list is empty.", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response.", + "enum": [ + "CLEANUP_FAILED", + "DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", + "DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", + "DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", + "EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", + "EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", + "FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", + "INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", + "INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", + "LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", + "LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", + "MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", + "NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", + "NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", + "NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", + "NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", + "NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", + "NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", + "PARTIAL_SUCCESS", + "REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", + "RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", + "RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", + "SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", + "SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", + "UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", + "UNREACHABLE" + ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed operation.", + "A link to a deprecated resource was created.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as deprecated", + "The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", + "When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as experimental", + "Warning that is present in an external api call", + "Warning that value of a field has been overridden. Deprecated unused field.", + "The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", + "A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is not of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", + "When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", + "Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed which captures the amount of resources filtered out by user-defined list filter.", + "A resource depends on a missing type", + "The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the network.", + "The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an ipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", + "The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the same network as the route.", + "The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", + "Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite the mentioned error.", + "No results are present on a particular list page.", + "Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", + "The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not accepted.", + "Warning that a resource is in use.", + "One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted because they were in use.", + "When a resource schema validation is ignored.", + "Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but its application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only single instance in instance group.", + "When undeclared properties in the schema are present", + "A given scope cannot be reached." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: \"data\": [ { \"key\": \"scope\", \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\" } ", + "items": { + "properties": { + "key": { + "description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", + "type": "string" + }, + "value": { + "description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GRPCHealthCheck": { "id": "GRPCHealthCheck", "properties": { @@ -51995,7 +53193,7 @@ }, "status": { "$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerResizeRequestStatus", - "description": "[Output only] Status of the request. The Status message is aligned with QueuedResource.status. ResizeRequest.queuing_policy contains the queuing policy as provided by the user; it could have either valid_until_time or valid_until_duration. ResizeRequest.status.queuing_policy always contains absolute time as calculated by the server when the request is queued." + "description": "[Output only] Status of the request." }, "zone": { "description": "[Output Only] The URL of a zone where the resize request is located. Populated only for zonal resize requests.", @@ -53852,6 +55050,49 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstanceSettings": { + "description": "Represents a Instance Settings resource. You can use instance settings to configure default settings for Compute Engine VM instances. For example, you can use it to configure default machine type of Compute Engine VM instances.", + "id": "InstanceSettings", + "properties": { + "fingerprint": { + "description": "Specifies a fingerprint for instance settings, which is essentially a hash of the instance settings resource's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update the instance settings resource. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change the resource, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#instanceSettings", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instance_settings for instance settings.", + "type": "string" + }, + "metadata": { + "$ref": "InstanceSettingsMetadata", + "description": "The metadata key/value pairs assigned to all the instances in the corresponding scope." + }, + "zone": { + "description": "[Output Only] URL of the zone where the resource resides You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "InstanceSettingsMetadata": { + "id": "InstanceSettingsMetadata", + "properties": { + "items": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "A metadata key/value items map. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512KB.", + "type": "object" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "compute#metadata", + "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstanceTemplate": { "description": "Represents an Instance Template resource. You can use instance templates to create VM instances and managed instance groups. For more information, read Instance Templates.", "id": "InstanceTemplate", @@ -55746,7 +56987,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pairingKey": { - "description": "[Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form \"XXXXX/region/domain\"", + "description": "[Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form \"XXXXX/region/domain\"", "type": "string" }, "partnerAsn": { @@ -55756,7 +56997,7 @@ }, "partnerMetadata": { "$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentPartnerMetadata", - "description": "Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED." + "description": "Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED." }, "privateInterconnectInfo": { "$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentPrivateInfo", @@ -65531,7 +66772,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -68764,6 +70005,14 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, + "deleteAfterDuration": { + "$ref": "Duration", + "description": "Duration time relative to reservation creation when GCE will automatically delete this resource." + }, + "deleteAtTime": { + "description": "Absolute time in future when the reservation will be auto-deleted by GCE. Timestamp is represented in RFC3339 text format.", + "type": "string" + }, "description": { "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -70262,7 +71511,7 @@ "compute.routes.insert" ] }, - "description": "The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.", + "description": "The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format.", "type": "string" }, "id": { @@ -70315,7 +71564,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "nextHopIp": { - "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported.", + "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address.", "type": "string" }, "nextHopNetwork": { @@ -71424,7 +72673,7 @@ "id": "RouterNat", "properties": { "autoNetworkTier": { - "description": "The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used.", + "description": "The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used.", "enum": [ "FIXED_STANDARD", "PREMIUM", @@ -74130,6 +75379,10 @@ "targetService": { "description": "The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment.", "type": "string" + }, + "tunnelingConfig": { + "$ref": "ServiceAttachmentTunnelingConfig", + "description": "When a tunneling config is set on this service attachment it will encapsulate traffic between consumer and producer. When tunneling is enabled: - nat_subnets must be unset - enable_proxy_protocol must be false - producer_forwarding_rule must be a L4 ILB. - " } }, "type": "object" @@ -74504,6 +75757,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ServiceAttachmentTunnelingConfig": { + "description": "Use to configure this PSC connection in tunneling mode. In tunneling mode traffic from consumer to producer will be encapsulated as it crosses the VPC boundary and traffic from producer to consumer will be decapsulated in the same manner.", + "id": "ServiceAttachmentTunnelingConfig", + "properties": { + "encapsulationProfile": { + "description": "Specify the encapsulation protocol and what metadata to include in incoming encapsulated packet headers.", + "enum": [ + "GENEVE_SECURITY_V1", + "UNSPECIFIED_ENCAPSULATION_PROFILE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Use GENEVE encapsulation protocol and include the SECURITY_V1 set of GENEVE headers.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "routingMode": { + "description": "How this Service Attachment will treat traffic sent to the tunnel_ip, destined for the consumer network.", + "enum": [ + "PACKET_INJECTION", + "STANDARD_ROUTING", + "UNSPECIFIED_ROUTING_MODE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Traffic sent to this service attachment will be reinjected into the consumer network.", + "Response traffic, after de-encapsulation, will be returned to the client.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList": { "id": "ServiceAttachmentsScopedList", "properties": { @@ -83412,7 +84698,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "peerGcpGateway": { - "description": "URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway.", + "description": "URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway.", "type": "string" }, "peerIp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 679e608ac6b..a5e0b10d813 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -33835,7 +33835,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230725", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -38115,6 +38115,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BulkInsertOperationStatus": { + "id": "BulkInsertOperationStatus", + "properties": { + "createdVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "deletedVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "failedToCreateVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "status": { + "description": "[Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.", + "enum": [ + "CREATING", + "DONE", + "ROLLING_BACK", + "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Rolling forward - creating VMs.", + "Done", + "Rolling back - cleaning up after an error.", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "targetVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CacheInvalidationRule": { "id": "CacheInvalidationRule", "properties": { @@ -39256,7 +39298,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "sizeGb": { - "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are 1 to 65536, inclusive.", + "description": "Size, in GB, of the persistent disk. You can specify this field when creating a persistent disk using the sourceImage, sourceSnapshot, or sourceDisk parameter, or specify it alone to create an empty persistent disk. If you specify this field along with a source, the value of sizeGb must not be less than the size of the source. Acceptable values are greater than 0.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -48646,6 +48688,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "id": "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "perLocationStatus": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "BulkInsertOperationStatus" + }, + "description": "Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstancesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse": { "id": "InstancesGetEffectiveFirewallsResponse", "properties": { @@ -49316,7 +49371,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pairingKey": { - "description": "[Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of an PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form \"XXXXX/region/domain\"", + "description": "[Output only for type PARTNER. Input only for PARTNER_PROVIDER. Not present for DEDICATED]. The opaque identifier of a PARTNER attachment used to initiate provisioning with a selected partner. Of the form \"XXXXX/region/domain\"", "type": "string" }, "partnerAsn": { @@ -49326,7 +49381,7 @@ }, "partnerMetadata": { "$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentPartnerMetadata", - "description": "Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED." + "description": "Informational metadata about Partner attachments from Partners to display to customers. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER, not available for DEDICATED." }, "privateInterconnectInfo": { "$ref": "InterconnectAttachmentPrivateInfo", @@ -57313,6 +57368,9 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "$ref": "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata" + }, "kind": { "default": "compute#operation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.", @@ -58832,7 +58890,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -63373,7 +63431,7 @@ "compute.routes.insert" ] }, - "description": "The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported.", + "description": "The destination range of outgoing packets that this route applies to. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are supported. Must specify an IPv4 range (e.g. 192.0.2.0/24) or an IPv6 range in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::/32). IPv6 range will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format.", "type": "string" }, "id": { @@ -63422,7 +63480,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "nextHopIp": { - "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Only IPv4 is supported.", + "description": "The network IP address of an instance that should handle matching packets. Both IPv6 address and IPv4 addresses are supported. Must specify an IPv4 address in dot-decimal notation (e.g. 192.0.2.99) or an IPv6 address in RFC 4291 format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0 or 2001:db8:0:0:2d9:51:0:0). IPv6 addresses will be displayed using RFC 5952 compressed format (e.g. 2001:db8::2d9:51:0:0). Should never be an IPv4-mapped IPv6 address.", "type": "string" }, "nextHopNetwork": { @@ -64531,7 +64589,7 @@ "id": "RouterNat", "properties": { "autoNetworkTier": { - "description": "The network tier to use when automatically reserving IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, PREMIUM tier will be used.", + "description": "The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If not specified, then the current project-level default tier is used.", "enum": [ "FIXED_STANDARD", "PREMIUM", @@ -75707,7 +75765,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "peerGcpGateway": { - "description": "URL of the peer side HA GCP VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer GCP VPN gateway.", + "description": "URL of the peer side HA VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is connected. Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. This field can be used when creating highly available VPN from VPC network to VPC network, the field is exclusive with the field peerExternalGateway. If provided, the VPN tunnel will automatically use the same vpnGatewayInterface ID in the peer Google Cloud VPN gateway.", "type": "string" }, "peerIp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json index d8f0bad26c1..5cf74683e2f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json @@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2450,6 +2450,10 @@ "description": "This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version", "id": "ConnectorInfraConfig", "properties": { + "hpaConfig": { + "$ref": "HPAConfig", + "description": "HPA autoscaling config." + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": { "description": "Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd.", "format": "int64", @@ -2459,6 +2463,14 @@ "description": "Max QPS supported by the connector version before throttling of requests.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" + }, + "resourceLimits": { + "$ref": "ResourceLimits", + "description": "System resource limits." + }, + "resourceRequests": { + "$ref": "ResourceRequests", + "description": "System resource requests." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2590,6 +2602,11 @@ "description": "This cofiguration provides infra configs like rate limit threshold which need to be configurable for every connector version", "id": "ConnectorVersionInfraConfig", "properties": { + "hpaConfig": { + "$ref": "HPAConfig", + "description": "Output only. HPA autoscaling config.", + "readOnly": true + }, "internalclientRatelimitThreshold": { "description": "Output only. Max QPS supported for internal requests originating from Connd.", "format": "int64", @@ -2601,6 +2618,16 @@ "format": "int64", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" + }, + "resourceLimits": { + "$ref": "ResourceLimits", + "description": "Output only. System resource limits.", + "readOnly": true + }, + "resourceRequests": { + "$ref": "ResourceRequests", + "description": "Output only. System resource requests.", + "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -3438,6 +3465,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "HPAConfig": { + "description": "Autoscaling config for connector deployment system metrics.", + "id": "HPAConfig", + "properties": { + "cpuUtilizationThreshold": { + "description": "Output only. Percent CPU utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling.", + "format": "int64", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "memoryUtilizationThreshold": { + "description": "Output only. Percent Memory utilization where HPA triggers autoscaling.", + "format": "int64", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Header": { "description": "Header details for a given header to be added to Endpoint.", "id": "Header", @@ -4345,6 +4391,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ResourceLimits": { + "description": "Resource limits defined for connection pods of a given connector type.", + "id": "ResourceLimits", + "properties": { + "cpu": { + "description": "Output only. CPU limit.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "memory": { + "description": "Output only. Memory limit.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResourceRequests": { + "description": "Resource requests defined for connection pods of a given connector type.", + "id": "ResourceRequests", + "properties": { + "cpu": { + "description": "Output only. CPU request.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "memory": { + "description": "Output only. Memory request.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ResultMetadata": { "description": "Metadata of result field.", "id": "ResultMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json index e031f718349..09a926f95ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenteraiplatform.v1alpha1.json @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230731", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenteraiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminUser": { @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 531ca751a23..17fe8efd446 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -2605,6 +2605,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ExportIssueModelResponse": { + "description": "Response from export issue model", + "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ExportIssueModelResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FaqAnswerData": { "description": "Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1FaqAnswerData", @@ -2661,6 +2667,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ImportIssueModelResponse": { + "description": "Response from import issue model", + "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1ImportIssueModelResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IngestConversationsMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for an IngestConversations operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1IngestConversationsMetadata", @@ -4774,6 +4786,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ExportIssueModelResponse": { + "description": "Response from export issue model", + "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ExportIssueModelResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1FaqAnswerData": { "description": "Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1FaqAnswerData", @@ -4830,6 +4848,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ImportIssueModelResponse": { + "description": "Response from import issue model", + "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1ImportIssueModelResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1IngestConversationsMetadata": { "description": "The metadata for an IngestConversations operation.", "id": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1alpha1IngestConversationsMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index 201c72ed7eb..46538740b9e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -5812,6 +5812,10 @@ "description": "If set, refers to the name of a custom resource policy supplied by the user. The resource policy must be in the same project and region as the node pool. If not found, InvalidArgument error is returned.", "type": "string" }, + "tpuTopology": { + "description": "Optional. TPU placement topology for pod slice node pool. https://cloud.google.com/tpu/docs/types-topologies#tpu_topologies", + "type": "string" + }, "type": { "description": "The type of placement.", "enum": [ @@ -6983,6 +6987,15 @@ "$ref": "ConfidentialNodes", "description": "Confidential nodes config. All the nodes in the node pool will be Confidential VM once enabled." }, + "diskSizeGb": { + "description": "Optional. The desired disk size for nodes in the node pool specified in GB. The smallest allowed disk size is 10GB. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk size.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "diskType": { + "description": "Optional. The desired disk type (e.g. 'pd-standard', 'pd-ssd' or 'pd-balanced') for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk type.", + "type": "string" + }, "etag": { "description": "The current etag of the node pool. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the node pool, update will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", "type": "string" @@ -7026,6 +7039,10 @@ "$ref": "NodePoolLoggingConfig", "description": "Logging configuration." }, + "machineType": { + "description": "Optional. The desired [Google Compute Engine machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-types) for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.", + "type": "string" + }, "name": { "description": "The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 9c3b13b7ca4..e4e231183be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -2907,6 +2907,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AutoscaledRolloutPolicy": { + "description": "Autoscaled rollout policy uses cluster autoscaler during blue-green upgrades to scale both the green and blue pools.", + "id": "AutoscaledRolloutPolicy", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "AvailableVersion": { "deprecated": true, "description": "Deprecated.", @@ -3044,6 +3050,10 @@ "description": "Settings for blue-green upgrade.", "id": "BlueGreenSettings", "properties": { + "autoscaledRolloutPolicy": { + "$ref": "AutoscaledRolloutPolicy", + "description": "Autoscaled policy for cluster autoscaler enabled blue-green upgrade." + }, "nodePoolSoakDuration": { "description": "Time needed after draining entire blue pool. After this period, blue pool will be cleaned up.", "format": "google-duration", @@ -6631,12 +6641,14 @@ "enum": [ "VULNERABILITY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "VULNERABILITY_DISABLED", - "VULNERABILITY_BASIC" + "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", + "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", - "Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster." + "Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", + "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" } @@ -7422,6 +7434,15 @@ "$ref": "ConfidentialNodes", "description": "Confidential nodes config. All the nodes in the node pool will be Confidential VM once enabled." }, + "diskSizeGb": { + "description": "Optional. The desired disk size for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk size.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "diskType": { + "description": "Optional. The desired disk type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified disk type.", + "type": "string" + }, "etag": { "description": "The current etag of the node pool. If an etag is provided and does not match the current etag of the node pool, update will be blocked and an ABORTED error will be returned.", "type": "string" @@ -7465,6 +7486,10 @@ "$ref": "NodePoolLoggingConfig", "description": "Logging configuration." }, + "machineType": { + "description": "Optional. The desired machine type for nodes in the node pool. Initiates an upgrade operation that migrates the nodes in the node pool to the specified machine type.", + "type": "string" + }, "name": { "description": "The name (project, location, cluster, node pool) of the node pool to update. Specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*/nodePools/*`.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index 8def188a1d1..8e2e44d452d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -2574,6 +2574,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository": { + "description": "Location of the source in a 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource.", + "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "dir": { + "description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build.", + "type": "string" + }, + "repository": { + "description": "Required. Name of the Google Cloud Build repository, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/repositories/*`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "revision": { + "description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes": { "description": "Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", @@ -2818,6 +2837,10 @@ "description": "Location of the source in a supported storage service.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", "properties": { + "connectedRepository": { + "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", + "description": "Optional. If provided, get the source from this 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource." + }, "gitSource": { "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", "description": "If provided, get the source from this Git repository." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 7d2b2bbbbb9..3d46d88ab14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { @@ -2863,6 +2863,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository": { + "description": "Location of the source in a 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource.", + "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "dir": { + "description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build.", + "type": "string" + }, + "repository": { + "description": "Required. Name of the Google Cloud Build repository, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/repositories/*`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "revision": { + "description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes": { "description": "Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", @@ -3107,6 +3126,10 @@ "description": "Location of the source in a supported storage service.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", "properties": { + "connectedRepository": { + "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", + "description": "Optional. If provided, get the source from this 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource." + }, "gitSource": { "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", "description": "If provided, get the source from this Git repository." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json index 352e404ef4f..7447cc9cd9f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1beta1.json @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -2547,6 +2547,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository": { + "description": "Location of the source in a 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource.", + "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", + "properties": { + "dir": { + "description": "Directory, relative to the source root, in which to run the build.", + "type": "string" + }, + "repository": { + "description": "Required. Name of the Google Cloud Build repository, formatted as `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/repositories/*`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "revision": { + "description": "The revision to fetch from the Git repository such as a branch, a tag, a commit SHA, or any Git ref.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes": { "description": "Container message for hashes of byte content of files, used in SourceProvenance messages to verify integrity of source input to the build.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1FileHashes", @@ -2791,6 +2810,10 @@ "description": "Location of the source in a supported storage service.", "id": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1Source", "properties": { + "connectedRepository": { + "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1ConnectedRepository", + "description": "Optional. If provided, get the source from this 2nd-gen Google Cloud Build repository resource." + }, "gitSource": { "$ref": "ContaineranalysisGoogleDevtoolsCloudbuildV1GitSource", "description": "If provided, get the source from this Git repository." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json index 803cc67b27f..d298e8c4b5a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json @@ -2705,6 +2705,93 @@ } } }, + "merchantsupport": { + "methods": { + "renderaccountissues": { + "description": "Provide a list of merchant's issues with a support content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.", + "flatPath": "{merchantId}/merchantsupport/renderaccountissues", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "content.merchantsupport.renderaccountissues", + "parameterOrder": [ + "merchantId" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "Optional. The [IETF BCP-47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language code used to localize support content. If not set, the result will be in default language ('en-US').", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "merchantId": { + "description": "Required. The ID of the account to fetch issues for.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "timeZone": { + "description": "Optional. The [IANA](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) timezone used to localize times in support content. For example 'America/Los_Angeles'. If not set, results will use as a default UTC.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "{merchantId}/merchantsupport/renderaccountissues", + "request": { + "$ref": "RenderAccountIssuesRequestPayload" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "RenderAccountIssuesResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" + ] + }, + "renderproductissues": { + "description": "Provide a list of issues for merchant's product with a support content and available actions. This content and actions are meant to be rendered and shown in third-party applications.", + "flatPath": "{merchantId}/merchantsupport/renderproductissues/{productId}", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "content.merchantsupport.renderproductissues", + "parameterOrder": [ + "merchantId", + "productId" + ], + "parameters": { + "languageCode": { + "description": "Optional. The [IETF BCP-47](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47) language code used to localize support content. If not set, the result will be in default language ('en-US').", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "merchantId": { + "description": "Required. The ID of the account that contains the product.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "productId": { + "description": "Required. The [REST_ID](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/reference/rest/v2.1/products#Product.FIELDS.id) of the product to fetch issues for.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "timeZone": { + "description": "Optional. The [IANA](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) timezone used to localize times in support content. For example 'America/Los_Angeles'. If not set, results will use as a default UTC.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "{merchantId}/merchantsupport/renderproductissues/{productId}", + "request": { + "$ref": "RenderProductIssuesRequestPayload" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "RenderProductIssuesResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content" + ] + } + } + }, "orderinvoices": { "methods": { "createchargeinvoice": { @@ -6352,7 +6439,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -6661,6 +6748,66 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AccountIssue": { + "description": "An issue affecting specific merchant.", + "id": "AccountIssue", + "properties": { + "actions": { + "description": "A list of actionable steps that can be executed to solve the issue. An example is requesting a re-review or providing arguments when merchant disagrees with the issue. Actions that are supported in (your) third-party application can be rendered as buttons and should be available to merchant when they expand the issue.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Action" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "impact": { + "$ref": "AccountIssueImpact", + "description": "Clarifies the severity of the issue. The summarizing message, if present, should be shown right under the title for each issue. It helps merchants to quickly understand the impact of the issue. The detailed breakdown helps the merchant to fully understand the impact of the issue. It can be rendered as dialog that opens when the merchant mouse over the summarized impact statement. Issues with different severity can be styled differently. They may use a different color or icon to signal the difference between `ERROR`, `WARNING` and `INFO`." + }, + "prerenderedContent": { + "description": "Details of the issue as a pre-rendered HTML. HTML elements contain CSS classes that can be used to customize the style of the content. Always sanitize the HTML before embedding it directly to your application. The sanitizer needs to allow basic HTML tags, such as: `div`, `span`, `p`, `a`, `ul`, `li`, `table`, `tr`, `td`. For example, you can use [DOMPurify](https://www.npmjs.com/package/dompurify). CSS classes: * `issue-detail` - top level container for the detail of the issue * `callout-banners` - section of the `issue-detail` with callout banners * `callout-banner` - single callout banner, inside `callout-banners` * `callout-banner-info` - callout with important information (default) * `callout-banner-warning` - callout with a warning * `callout-banner-error` - callout informing about an error (most severe) * `issue-content` - section of the `issue-detail`, contains multiple `content-element` * `content-element` - content element such as a list, link or paragraph, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes` - unordered list with items describing root causes of the issue, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes-intro` - intro text before the `root-causes` list, inside `issue-content` * `segment` - section of the text, `span` inside paragraph * `segment-attribute` - section of the text that represents a product attribute, for example 'image\\_link' * `segment-literal` - section of the text that contains a special value, for example '0-1000 kg' * `segment-bold` - section of the text that should be rendered as bold * `segment-italic` - section of the text that should be rendered as italic * `tooltip` - used on paragraphs that should be rendered with a tooltip. A section of the text in such a paragraph will have a class `tooltip-text` and is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. If the style is not used, the `tooltip-text` section would be shown on a new line, after the main part of the text. * `tooltip-text` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. * `tooltip-icon` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that can be replaced with a tooltip icon, for example '?' or 'i'. By default, this section contains a `br` tag, that is separating the main text and the tooltip text when the style is not used. * `tooltip-style-question` - the tooltip shows helpful information, can use the '?' as an icon. * `tooltip-style-info` - the tooltip adds additional information fitting to the context, can use the 'i' as an icon. * `content-moderation` - marks the paragraph that explains how the issue was identified. * `overlay` - wrapper for the `popup` dialog. It should be set to hidden by default. When the dialog is opened, the overlay should switch to be visible and cover the rest of the screen to highlight the dialog. * `popup` - dialog for showing a long block of content * `popup-close` - a button to close the `popup` dialog * `new-element` - Present for new elements added to the pre-rendered content in the future. To make sure that a new content element does not break your style, you can hide everything with this class.", + "type": "string" + }, + "title": { + "description": "Title of the issue.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "AccountIssueImpact": { + "description": "Overall impact of the issue.", + "id": "AccountIssueImpact", + "properties": { + "breakdowns": { + "description": "Detailed impact breakdown. Explains the types of restriction the issue has in different shopping destinations and territory. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. Can be shown as a mouse over dropdown or a dialog. Each breakdown item represents a group of regions with the same impact details.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Breakdown" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "Optional. Message summarizing the overall impact of the issue. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. For example: \"Disapproves 90k offers in 25 countries\"", + "type": "string" + }, + "severity": { + "description": "The severity of the issue.", + "enum": [ + "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "ERROR", + "WARNING", + "INFO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Will never be provided by the API.", + "Causes either an account suspension or an item disapproval. Errors should be resolved as soon as possible to ensure items are eligible to appear in results again.", + "Warnings can negatively impact the performance of ads and can lead to item or account suspensions in the future unless the issue is resolved.", + "Infos are suggested optimizations to increase data quality. Resolving these issues is recommended, but not required." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "AccountItemUpdates": { "description": "Turning on [item updates](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3246284) allows Google to automatically update items for you. When item updates are on, Google uses the structured data markup on the website and advanced data extractors to update the price and availability of the items. When the item updates are off, items with mismatched data aren't shown.", "id": "AccountItemUpdates", @@ -7537,6 +7684,55 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Action": { + "description": "An actionable step that can be executed to solve the issue.", + "id": "Action", + "properties": { + "builtinSimpleAction": { + "$ref": "BuiltInSimpleAction", + "description": "Action implemented and performed in (your) third-party application. The application should point the merchant to the place, where they can access the corresponding functionality or provide instructions, if the specific functionality is not available." + }, + "buttonLabel": { + "description": "Label of the action button.", + "type": "string" + }, + "externalAction": { + "$ref": "ExternalAction", + "description": "Action that is implemented and performed outside of (your) third-party application. The application needs to redirect the merchant to the external location where they can perform the action." + }, + "isAvailable": { + "description": "Controlling whether the button is active or disabled. The value is 'false' when the action was already requested or is not available. If the action is not available then a reason will be present. If (your) third-party application shows a disabled button for action that is not available, then it should also show reasons.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "reasons": { + "description": "List of reasons why the action is not available. The list of reasons is empty if the action is available. If there is only one reason, it can be displayed next to the disabled button. If there are more reasons, all of them should be displayed, for example in a pop-up dialog.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ActionReason" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ActionReason": { + "description": "A single reason why the action is not available.", + "id": "ActionReason", + "properties": { + "action": { + "$ref": "Action", + "description": "Optional. An action that needs to be performed to solve the problem represented by this reason. This action will always be available. Should be rendered as a link or button next to the summarizing message. For example, the review may be available only once merchant configure all required attributes. In such a situation this action can be a link to the form, where they can fill the missing attribute to unblock the main action." + }, + "detail": { + "description": "Detailed explanation of the reason. Should be displayed as a hint if present.", + "type": "string" + }, + "message": { + "description": "Messages summarizing the reason, why the action is not available. For example: \"Review requested on Jan 03. Review requests can take a few days to complete.\"", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ActivateBuyOnGoogleProgramRequest": { "description": "Request message for the ActivateProgram method.", "id": "ActivateBuyOnGoogleProgramRequest", @@ -7569,6 +7765,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "AlternateDisputeResolution": { + "description": "The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) that may be available to merchants in some regions. If present, the link should be shown on the same page as the list of issues.", + "id": "AlternateDisputeResolution", + "properties": { + "label": { + "description": "The label for the alternate dispute resolution link.", + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "The URL pointing to a page, where merchant can request alternative dispute resolution with an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501).", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Amount": { "id": "Amount", "properties": { @@ -7754,6 +7965,77 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Breakdown": { + "description": "A detailed impact breakdown for a group of regions where the impact of the issue on different shopping destinations is the same.", + "id": "Breakdown", + "properties": { + "details": { + "description": "Human readable, localized description of issue's effect on different targets. Should be rendered as a list. For example: * \"Products not showing in ads\" * \"Products not showing organically\"", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "regions": { + "description": "Lists of regions. Should be rendered as a title for this group of details. The full list should be shown to merchant. If the list is too long, it is recommended to make it expandable.", + "items": { + "$ref": "BreakdownRegion" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BreakdownRegion": { + "description": "Region with code and localized name.", + "id": "BreakdownRegion", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "The [CLDR territory code] (http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The localized name of the region. For region with code='001' the value is 'All countries' or the equivalent in other languages.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "BuiltInSimpleAction": { + "description": "Action that is implemented and performed in (your) third-party application. Represents various functionality that is expected to be available to merchant and will help them with resolving the issue. The application should point the merchant to the place, where they can access the corresponding functionality. If the functionality is not supported, it is recommended to explain the situation to merchant and provide them with instructions how to solve the issue.", + "id": "BuiltInSimpleAction", + "properties": { + "attributeCode": { + "description": "The attribute that needs to be updated. Present when the type is `EDIT_ITEM_ATTRIBUTE`. This field contains a code for attribute, represented in snake_case. You can find a list of product's attributes, with their codes [here](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).", + "type": "string" + }, + "type": { + "description": "The type of action that represents a functionality that is expected to be available in third-party application.", + "enum": [ + "BUILT_IN_SIMPLE_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "VERIFY_PHONE", + "CLAIM_WEBSITE", + "ADD_PRODUCTS", + "ADD_CONTACT_INFO", + "LINK_ADS_ACCOUNT", + "ADD_BUSINESS_REGISTRATION_NUMBER", + "EDIT_ITEM_ATTRIBUTE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Will never be provided by the API.", + "Redirect merchant to the part of your application where they can verify their phone.", + "Redirect merchant to the part of your application where they can claim their website.", + "Redirect merchant to the part of your application where they can add products.", + "Open a form where the merchant can edit their contact information.", + "Redirect merchant to the part of your application where they can link ads account.", + "Open a form where the merchant can add their business registration number.", + "Open a form where the merchant can edit an attribute. The attribute that needs to be updated is specified in attribute_code field of the action." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "BusinessDayConfig": { "id": "BusinessDayConfig", "properties": { @@ -9215,6 +9497,33 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ExternalAction": { + "description": "Action that is implemented and performed outside of the third-party application. It should redirect the merchant to the provided URL of an external system where they can perform the action. For example to request a review in the Merchant Center.", + "id": "ExternalAction", + "properties": { + "type": { + "description": "The type of external action.", + "enum": [ + "EXTERNAL_ACTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "REVIEW_PRODUCT_ISSUE_IN_MERCHANT_CENTER", + "REVIEW_ACCOUNT_ISSUE_IN_MERCHANT_CENTER", + "LEGAL_APPEAL_IN_HELP_CENTER" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Will never be provided by the API.", + "Redirect to Merchant Center where the merchant can request a review for issue related to their product.", + "Redirect to Merchant Center where the merchant can request a review for issue related to their account.", + "Redirect to the form in Help Center where the merchant can request a legal appeal for the issue." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "URL to external system, for example Merchant Center, where the merchant can perform the action.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "FreeListingsProgramStatus": { "description": "Response message for GetFreeListingsProgramStatus.", "id": "FreeListingsProgramStatus", @@ -14278,6 +14587,66 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ProductIssue": { + "description": "An issue affecting specific product.", + "id": "ProductIssue", + "properties": { + "actions": { + "description": "A list of actionable steps that can be executed to solve the issue. An example is requesting a re-review or providing arguments when merchant disagrees with the issue. Actions that are supported in (your) third-party application can be rendered as buttons and should be available to merchant when they expand the issue.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Action" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "impact": { + "$ref": "ProductIssueImpact", + "description": "Clarifies the severity of the issue. The summarizing message, if present, should be shown right under the title for each issue. It helps merchants to quickly understand the impact of the issue. The detailed breakdown helps the merchant to fully understand the impact of the issue. It can be rendered as dialog that opens when the merchant mouse over the summarized impact statement. Issues with different severity can be styled differently. They may use a different color or icon to signal the difference between `ERROR`, `WARNING` and `INFO`." + }, + "prerenderedContent": { + "description": "Details of the issue as a pre-rendered HTML. HTML elements contain CSS classes that can be used to customize the style of the content. Always sanitize the HTML before embedding it directly to your application. The sanitizer needs to allow basic HTML tags, such as: `div`, `span`, `p`, `a`, `ul`, `li`, `table`, `tr`, `td`. For example, you can use [DOMPurify](https://www.npmjs.com/package/dompurify). CSS classes: * `issue-detail` - top level container for the detail of the issue * `callout-banners` - section of the `issue-detail` with callout banners * `callout-banner` - single callout banner, inside `callout-banners` * `callout-banner-info` - callout with important information (default) * `callout-banner-warning` - callout with a warning * `callout-banner-error` - callout informing about an error (most severe) * `issue-content` - section of the `issue-detail`, contains multiple `content-element` * `content-element` - content element such as a list, link or paragraph, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes` - unordered list with items describing root causes of the issue, inside `issue-content` * `root-causes-intro` - intro text before the `root-causes` list, inside `issue-content` * `segment` - section of the text, `span` inside paragraph * `segment-attribute` - section of the text that represents a product attribute, for example 'image\\_link' * `segment-literal` - section of the text that contains a special value, for example '0-1000 kg' * `segment-bold` - section of the text that should be rendered as bold * `segment-italic` - section of the text that should be rendered as italic * `tooltip` - used on paragraphs that should be rendered with a tooltip. A section of the text in such a paragraph will have a class `tooltip-text` and is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. If the style is not used, the `tooltip-text` section would be shown on a new line, after the main part of the text. * `tooltip-text` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that is intended to be shown in a mouse over dialog. * `tooltip-icon` - marks a section of the text within a `tooltip`, that can be replaced with a tooltip icon, for example '?' or 'i'. By default, this section contains a `br` tag, that is separating the main text and the tooltip text when the style is not used. * `tooltip-style-question` - the tooltip shows helpful information, can use the '?' as an icon. * `tooltip-style-info` - the tooltip adds additional information fitting to the context, can use the 'i' as an icon. * `content-moderation` - marks the paragraph that explains how the issue was identified. * `overlay` - wrapper for the `popup` dialog. It should be set to hidden by default. When the dialog is opened, the overlay should switch to be visible and cover the rest of the screen to highlight the dialog. * `popup` - dialog for showing a long block of content * `popup-close` - a button to close the `popup` dialog * `new-element` - Present for new elements added to the pre-rendered content in the future. To make sure that a new content element does not break your style, you can hide everything with this class.", + "type": "string" + }, + "title": { + "description": "Title of the issue.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ProductIssueImpact": { + "description": "Overall impact of product issue.", + "id": "ProductIssueImpact", + "properties": { + "breakdowns": { + "description": "Detailed impact breakdown. Explains the types of restriction the issue has in different shopping destinations and territory. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. Can be shown as a mouse over dropdown or a dialog. Each breakdown item represents a group of regions with the same impact details.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Breakdown" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "Optional. Message summarizing the overall impact of the issue. If present, it should be rendered to the merchant. For example: \"Limits visibility in France\"", + "type": "string" + }, + "severity": { + "description": "The severity of the issue.", + "enum": [ + "SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "ERROR", + "WARNING", + "INFO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Will never be provided by the API.", + "Causes either an account suspension or an item disapproval. Errors should be resolved as soon as possible to ensure items are eligible to appear in results again.", + "Warnings can negatively impact the performance of ads and can lead to item or account suspensions in the future unless the issue is resolved.", + "Infos are suggested optimizations to increase data quality. Resolving these issues is recommended, but not required." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ProductProductDetail": { "id": "ProductProductDetail", "properties": { @@ -15865,6 +16234,80 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "RenderAccountIssuesRequestPayload": { + "description": "The payload for configuring how the content should be rendered.", + "id": "RenderAccountIssuesRequestPayload", + "properties": { + "contentOption": { + "description": "Optional. How the detailed content should be returned. Default option is to return the content as a pre-rendered HTML text.", + "enum": [ + "CONTENT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "PRE_RENDERED_HTML" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Will never be provided by the API.", + "Returns the detail of the issue as a pre-rendered HTML text." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RenderAccountIssuesResponse": { + "description": "Response containing support content and actions for listed account issues.", + "id": "RenderAccountIssuesResponse", + "properties": { + "alternateDisputeResolution": { + "$ref": "AlternateDisputeResolution", + "description": "The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) contains a link to a page where merchant can bring their appeal to an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501). If the ADR is present, it MUST be available to the merchant on the page that shows the list with their account issues." + }, + "issues": { + "description": "List of account issues for a given account. This list can be shown with compressed, expandable items. In the compressed form, the title and impact should be shown for each issue. Once the issue is expanded, the detailed content and available actions should be rendered.", + "items": { + "$ref": "AccountIssue" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RenderProductIssuesRequestPayload": { + "description": "The payload for configuring how the content should be rendered.", + "id": "RenderProductIssuesRequestPayload", + "properties": { + "contentOption": { + "description": "Optional. How the detailed content should be returned. Default option is to return the content as a pre-rendered HTML text.", + "enum": [ + "CONTENT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "PRE_RENDERED_HTML" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. Will never be provided by the API.", + "Returns the detail of the issue as a pre-rendered HTML text." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "RenderProductIssuesResponse": { + "description": "Response containing support content and actions for listed product issues.", + "id": "RenderProductIssuesResponse", + "properties": { + "alternateDisputeResolution": { + "$ref": "AlternateDisputeResolution", + "description": "The Alternate Dispute Resolution (ADR) contains a link to a page where merchant can bring their appeal to an [external body](https://support.google.com/european-union-digital-services-act-redress-options/answer/13535501). If present, the link should be shown on the same page as the list of issues." + }, + "issues": { + "description": "List of issues for a given product. This list can be shown with compressed, expandable items. In the compressed form, the title and impact should be shown for each issue. Once the issue is expanded, the detailed content and available actions should be rendered.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ProductIssue" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ReportInteractionRequest": { "description": "Request to report interactions on a recommendation.", "id": "ReportInteractionRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index c8be52a32fa..3e1a3777c52 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index a3df8cc350c..656f20dcd5d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -2689,7 +2689,8 @@ "CLOUD_SPANNER", "CLOUD_BIGTABLE", "CLOUD_SQL", - "LOOKER" + "LOOKER", + "VERTEX_AI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unknown system.", @@ -2700,7 +2701,8 @@ "Cloud Spanner", "Cloud Bigtable", "Cloud Sql", - "Looker" + "Looker", + "Vertex AI" ], "type": "string" } @@ -2763,6 +2765,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatasetSpec": { + "description": "Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatasetSpec", + "properties": { + "vertexDatasetSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexDatasetSpec", + "description": "Vertex AI Dataset specific fields" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DumpItem": { "description": "Wrapper for any item that can be contained in the dump.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DumpItem", @@ -2809,6 +2822,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatabaseTableSpec", "description": "Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` or `EXPLORE` type." }, + "datasetSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatasetSpec", + "description": "Specification that applies to a dataset." + }, "description": { "description": "Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.", "type": "string" @@ -2840,7 +2857,8 @@ "CLOUD_SPANNER", "CLOUD_BIGTABLE", "CLOUD_SQL", - "LOOKER" + "LOOKER", + "VERTEX_AI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unknown system.", @@ -2851,7 +2869,8 @@ "Cloud Spanner", "Cloud Bigtable", "Cloud Sql", - "Looker" + "Looker", + "Vertex AI" ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2871,6 +2890,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1LookerSystemSpec", "description": "Specification that applies to Looker sysstem. Only settable when `user_specified_system` is equal to `LOOKER`" }, + "modelSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModelSpec", + "description": "Model specification." + }, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3341,6 +3364,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModelSpec": { + "description": "Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModelSpec", + "properties": { + "vertexModelSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSpec", + "description": "Specification for vertex model resources." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModifyEntryContactsRequest": { "description": "Request message for ModifyEntryContacts.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModifyEntryContactsRequest", @@ -3819,7 +3853,8 @@ "CLOUD_SPANNER", "CLOUD_BIGTABLE", "CLOUD_SQL", - "LOOKER" + "LOOKER", + "VERTEX_AI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unknown system.", @@ -3830,7 +3865,8 @@ "Cloud Spanner", "Cloud Bigtable", "Cloud Sql", - "Looker" + "Looker", + "Vertex AI" ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4350,6 +4386,111 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexDatasetSpec": { + "description": "Specification for vertex dataset resources.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexDatasetSpec", + "properties": { + "dataItemCount": { + "description": "The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "dataType": { + "description": "Type of the dataset.", + "enum": [ + "DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "TABLE", + "IMAGE", + "TEXT", + "VIDEO", + "CONVERSATION", + "TIME_SERIES", + "DOCUMENT", + "TEXT_TO_SPEECH", + "TRANSLATION", + "STORE_VISION", + "ENTERPRISE_KNOWLEDGE_GRAPH", + "TEXT_PROMPT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Should not be used.", + "Structured data dataset.", + "Image dataset which supports ImageClassification, ImageObjectDetection and ImageSegmentation problems.", + "Document dataset which supports TextClassification, TextExtraction and TextSentiment problems.", + "Video dataset which supports VideoClassification, VideoObjectTracking and VideoActionRecognition problems.", + "Conversation dataset which supports conversation problems.", + "TimeSeries dataset.", + "Document dataset which supports DocumentAnnotation problems.", + "TextToSpeech dataset which supports TextToSpeech problems.", + "Translation dataset which supports Translation problems.", + "Store Vision dataset which is used for HITL integration.", + "Enterprise Knowledge Graph dataset which is used for HITL labeling integration.", + "Text prompt dataset which supports Large Language Models." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSourceInfo": { + "description": "Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSourceInfo", + "properties": { + "copy": { + "description": "If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "sourceType": { + "description": "Type of the model source.", + "enum": [ + "MODEL_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "AUTOML", + "CUSTOM", + "BQML", + "MODEL_GARDEN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Should not be used.", + "The Model is uploaded by automl training pipeline.", + "The Model is uploaded by user or custom training pipeline.", + "The Model is registered and sync'ed from BigQuery ML.", + "The Model is saved or tuned from Model Garden." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSpec": { + "description": "Specification for vertex model resources.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSpec", + "properties": { + "containerImageUri": { + "description": "URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions.", + "type": "string" + }, + "versionAliases": { + "description": "User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "versionDescription": { + "description": "The description of this version.", + "type": "string" + }, + "versionId": { + "description": "The version ID of the model.", + "type": "string" + }, + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSourceInfo", + "description": "Source of a Vertex model." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ViewSpec": { "description": "Table view specification.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ViewSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json index 50ca1096150..e3eacc78b3c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -2347,7 +2347,8 @@ "CLOUD_SPANNER", "CLOUD_BIGTABLE", "CLOUD_SQL", - "LOOKER" + "LOOKER", + "VERTEX_AI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unknown system.", @@ -2358,7 +2359,8 @@ "Cloud Spanner", "Cloud Bigtable", "Cloud Sql", - "Looker" + "Looker", + "Vertex AI" ], "type": "string" } @@ -2421,6 +2423,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatasetSpec": { + "description": "Specification that applies to a dataset. Valid only for entries with the `DATASET` type.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatasetSpec", + "properties": { + "vertexDatasetSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexDatasetSpec", + "description": "Vertex AI Dataset specific fields" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DumpItem": { "description": "Wrapper for any item that can be contained in the dump.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DumpItem", @@ -2467,6 +2480,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatabaseTableSpec", "description": "Specification that applies to a table resource. Valid only for entries with the `TABLE` or `EXPLORE` type." }, + "datasetSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1DatasetSpec", + "description": "Specification that applies to a dataset." + }, "description": { "description": "Entry description that can consist of several sentences or paragraphs that describe entry contents. The description must not contain Unicode non-characters as well as C0 and C1 control codes except tabs (HT), new lines (LF), carriage returns (CR), and page breaks (FF). The maximum size is 2000 bytes when encoded in UTF-8. Default value is an empty string.", "type": "string" @@ -2498,7 +2515,8 @@ "CLOUD_SPANNER", "CLOUD_BIGTABLE", "CLOUD_SQL", - "LOOKER" + "LOOKER", + "VERTEX_AI" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unknown system.", @@ -2509,7 +2527,8 @@ "Cloud Spanner", "Cloud Bigtable", "Cloud Sql", - "Looker" + "Looker", + "Vertex AI" ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2529,6 +2548,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1LookerSystemSpec", "description": "Specification that applies to Looker sysstem. Only settable when `user_specified_system` is equal to `LOOKER`" }, + "modelSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModelSpec", + "description": "Model specification." + }, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of an entry in URL format. Note: The entry itself and its child resources might not be stored in the location specified in its name.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2760,6 +2783,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModelSpec": { + "description": "Specification that applies to a model. Valid only for entries with the `MODEL` type.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ModelSpec", + "properties": { + "vertexModelSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSpec", + "description": "Specification for vertex model resources." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1PersonalDetails": { "description": "Entry metadata relevant only to the user and private to them.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1PersonalDetails", @@ -3252,6 +3286,111 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexDatasetSpec": { + "description": "Specification for vertex dataset resources.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexDatasetSpec", + "properties": { + "dataItemCount": { + "description": "The number of DataItems in this Dataset. Only apply for non-structured Dataset.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "dataType": { + "description": "Type of the dataset.", + "enum": [ + "DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "TABLE", + "IMAGE", + "TEXT", + "VIDEO", + "CONVERSATION", + "TIME_SERIES", + "DOCUMENT", + "TEXT_TO_SPEECH", + "TRANSLATION", + "STORE_VISION", + "ENTERPRISE_KNOWLEDGE_GRAPH", + "TEXT_PROMPT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Should not be used.", + "Structured data dataset.", + "Image dataset which supports ImageClassification, ImageObjectDetection and ImageSegmentation problems.", + "Document dataset which supports TextClassification, TextExtraction and TextSentiment problems.", + "Video dataset which supports VideoClassification, VideoObjectTracking and VideoActionRecognition problems.", + "Conversation dataset which supports conversation problems.", + "TimeSeries dataset.", + "Document dataset which supports DocumentAnnotation problems.", + "TextToSpeech dataset which supports TextToSpeech problems.", + "Translation dataset which supports Translation problems.", + "Store Vision dataset which is used for HITL integration.", + "Enterprise Knowledge Graph dataset which is used for HITL labeling integration.", + "Text prompt dataset which supports Large Language Models." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSourceInfo": { + "description": "Detail description of the source information of a Vertex model.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSourceInfo", + "properties": { + "copy": { + "description": "If this Model is copy of another Model. If true then source_type pertains to the original.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "sourceType": { + "description": "Type of the model source.", + "enum": [ + "MODEL_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "AUTOML", + "CUSTOM", + "BQML", + "MODEL_GARDEN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Should not be used.", + "The Model is uploaded by automl training pipeline.", + "The Model is uploaded by user or custom training pipeline.", + "The Model is registered and sync'ed from BigQuery ML.", + "The Model is saved or tuned from Model Garden." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSpec": { + "description": "Specification for vertex model resources.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSpec", + "properties": { + "containerImageUri": { + "description": "URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions.", + "type": "string" + }, + "versionAliases": { + "description": "User provided version aliases so that a model version can be referenced via alias", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "versionDescription": { + "description": "The description of this version.", + "type": "string" + }, + "versionId": { + "description": "The version ID of the model.", + "type": "string" + }, + "vertexModelSourceInfo": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1VertexModelSourceInfo", + "description": "Source of a Vertex model." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ViewSpec": { "description": "Table view specification.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1ViewSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json index e005dabf90c..1f72698f7d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json @@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproximateProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json index 1ae888ad27f..83e3fbf89ac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalineage.v1.json @@ -137,6 +137,43 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "processOpenLineageRunEvent": { + "description": "Creates new lineage events together with their parents: process and run. Updates the process and run if they already exist. Mapped from Open Lineage specification: https://github.com/OpenLineage/OpenLineage/blob/main/spec/OpenLineage.json.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:processOpenLineageRunEvent", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "datalineage.projects.locations.processOpenLineageRunEvent", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The name of the project and its location that should own the process, run, and lineage event.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for this request. Restricted to 36 ASCII characters. A random UUID is recommended. This request is idempotent only if a `request_id` is provided.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}:processOpenLineageRunEvent", + "request": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1ProcessOpenLineageRunEventResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "searchLinks": { "description": "Retrieve a list of links connected to a specific asset. Links represent the data flow between **source** (upstream) and **target** (downstream) assets in transformation pipelines. Links are stored in the same project as the Lineage Events that create them. You can retrieve links in every project where you have the `datalineage.events.get` permission. The project provided in the URL is used for Billing and Quota.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:searchLinks", @@ -761,7 +798,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://datalineage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1BatchSearchLinkProcessesRequest": { @@ -1104,6 +1141,12 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1ProcessOpenLineageRunEventResponse": { + "description": "Response message for ProcessOpenLineageRunEvent.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1ProcessOpenLineageRunEventResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1Run": { "description": "A lineage run represents an execution of a process that creates lineage events.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogLineageV1Run", @@ -1249,7 +1292,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json index d07fb32984e..8077601784a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json @@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230807", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json index cd0209763c8..fd1e318548e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1beta1.json @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230807", "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json index d25b482b19b..f627fa2e0e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 9371d94805d..f15f7571ba6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -4269,7 +4269,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 9df932f65d4..dce393c8afc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -597,6 +597,351 @@ } } }, + "sessionTemplates": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Create an session template, synchronously.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessionTemplates", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource where this session template will be created.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/sessionTemplates", + "request": { + "$ref": "SessionTemplate" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SessionTemplate" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a session template.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessionTemplates/{sessionTemplatesId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the session template resource to delete.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessionTemplates/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Empty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets the resource representation for a session template.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessionTemplates/{sessionTemplatesId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the session template to retrieve.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessionTemplates/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "SessionTemplate" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists session templates.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessionTemplates", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "Optional. A filter for the session templates to return in the response. Filters are case sensitive and have the following syntax:field = value AND field = value ...", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Optional. The maximum number of sessions to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous ListSessions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of session templates.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/sessionTemplates", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListSessionTemplatesResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates the session template, synchronously.Disable check for update_mask, because all updates will be full replacements.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessionTemplates/{sessionTemplatesId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessionTemplates.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the session template.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessionTemplates/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "SessionTemplate" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SessionTemplate" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "sessions": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Create an interactive session asynchronously.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource where this session will be created.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the second request is ignored and the first Session is created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "sessionId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the session, which becomes the final component of the session's resource name.This value must be 4-63 characters. Valid characters are /a-z-/.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/sessions", + "request": { + "$ref": "Session" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes the interactive session resource. If the session is not in terminal state, it will be terminated and deleted afterwards.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the session resource to delete.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two DeleteSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.DeleteSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the second request is ignored.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets the resource representation for an interactive session.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the session to retrieve.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "Session" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "injectCredentials": { + "description": "Inject Credentials in the interactive session.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:injectCredentials", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.injectCredentials", + "parameterOrder": [ + "session" + ], + "parameters": { + "session": { + "description": "Required. The name of the session resource to inject credentials to.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+session}:injectCredentials", + "request": { + "$ref": "InjectSessionCredentialsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists interactive sessions.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "Optional. A filter for the sessions to return in the response.A filter is a logical expression constraining the values of various fields in each session resource. Filters are case sensitive, and may contain multiple clauses combined with logical operators (AND/OR). Supported fields are session_id, session_uuid, state, and create_time.e.g. state = ACTIVE and create_time < \"2023-01-01T00:00:00Z\" filters for sessions in state ACTIVE that were created before 2023-01-01See https://google.aip.dev/assets/misc/ebnf-filtering.txt for a detailed description of the filter syntax and a list of supported comparisons.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Optional. The maximum number of sessions to return in each response. The service may return fewer than this value.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous ListSessions call. Provide this token to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of sessions.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/sessions", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListSessionsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "terminate": { + "description": "Terminates the interactive session.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:terminate", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dataproc.projects.locations.sessions.terminate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the session resource to terminate.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}:terminate", + "request": { + "$ref": "TerminateSessionRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "Operation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "workflowTemplates": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2677,7 +3022,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3557,7 +3902,7 @@ "id": "ExecutionConfig", "properties": { "idleTtl": { - "description": "Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 4 hours if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.", + "description": "Optional. Applies to sessions only. The duration to keep the session alive while it's idling. Exceeding this threshold causes the session to terminate. This field cannot be set on a batch workload. Minimum value is 10 minutes; maximum value is 14 days (see JSON representation of Duration (https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json)). Defaults to 1 hour if not set. If both ttl and idle_ttl are specified for an interactive session, the conditions are treated as OR conditions: the workload will be terminated when it has been idle for idle_ttl or when ttl has been exceeded, whichever occurs first.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, @@ -4046,6 +4391,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InjectSessionCredentialsRequest": { + "description": "A request to inject credentials to a session.", + "id": "InjectSessionCredentialsRequest", + "properties": { + "credentialsCiphertext": { + "description": "Required. The encrypted credentials being injected in to the session.The client is responsible for encrypting the credentials in a way that is supported by the session.A wrapped value is used here so that the actual contents of the encrypted credentials are not written to audit logs.", + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two TerminateSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.TerminateSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the first request is ignored to ensure the most recent credentials are injected.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstanceGroupAutoscalingPolicyConfig": { "description": "Configuration for the size bounds of an instance group, including its proportional size to other groups.", "id": "InstanceGroupAutoscalingPolicyConfig", @@ -4471,6 +4831,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "JupyterConfig": { + "description": "Jupyter configuration for an interactive session.", + "id": "JupyterConfig", + "properties": { + "displayName": { + "description": "Optional. Display name, shown in the Jupyter kernelspec card.", + "type": "string" + }, + "kernel": { + "description": "Optional. Kernel", + "enum": [ + "KERNEL_UNSPECIFIED", + "PYTHON", + "SCALA" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The kernel is unknown.", + "Python kernel.", + "Scala kernel." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "KerberosConfig": { "description": "Specifies Kerberos related configuration.", "id": "KerberosConfig", @@ -4703,6 +5088,44 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListSessionTemplatesResponse": { + "description": "A list of session templates.", + "id": "ListSessionTemplatesResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token, which can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "sessionTemplates": { + "description": "Output only. Session template list", + "items": { + "$ref": "SessionTemplate" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ListSessionsResponse": { + "description": "A list of interactive sessions.", + "id": "ListSessionsResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token, which can be sent as page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "sessions": { + "description": "Output only. The sessions from the specified collection.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Session" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListWorkflowTemplatesResponse": { "description": "A response to a request to list workflow templates in a project.", "id": "ListWorkflowTemplatesResponse", @@ -5556,6 +5979,105 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Session": { + "description": "A representation of a session in the service. Next ID: 18", + "id": "Session", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time when the session was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "creator": { + "description": "Output only. The email address of the user who created the session.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "environmentConfig": { + "$ref": "EnvironmentConfig", + "description": "Optional. Environment configuration for the session execution." + }, + "jupyterSession": { + "$ref": "JupyterConfig", + "description": "Optional. Jupyter session config." + }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. The labels to associate with this session. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.", + "type": "object" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the session.", + "type": "string" + }, + "runtimeConfig": { + "$ref": "RuntimeConfig", + "description": "Optional. Runtime configuration for the session execution." + }, + "runtimeInfo": { + "$ref": "RuntimeInfo", + "description": "Output only. Runtime information about session execution.", + "readOnly": true + }, + "sessionTemplate": { + "description": "Optional. The session template used by the session.Only resource names including project ID and location are valid.Example: * https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id] * projects/[project_id]/locations/[dataproc_region]/sessionTemplates/[template_id]Note that the template must be in the same project and Dataproc region.", + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "Output only. A state of the session.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CREATING", + "ACTIVE", + "TERMINATING", + "TERMINATED", + "FAILED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The session state is unknown.", + "The session is created before running.", + "The session is running.", + "The session is terminating.", + "The session is terminated successfully.", + "The session is no longer running due to an error." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "stateHistory": { + "description": "Output only. Historical state information for the session.", + "items": { + "$ref": "SessionStateHistory" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, + "stateMessage": { + "description": "Output only. Session state details, such as a failure description if the state is FAILED.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "stateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time when the session entered a current state.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "user": { + "description": "Optional. The email address of the user who owns the session.", + "type": "string" + }, + "uuid": { + "description": "Output only. A session UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). The service generates this value when it creates the session.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SessionOperationMetadata": { "description": "Metadata describing the Session operation.", "id": "SessionOperationMetadata", @@ -5615,6 +6137,96 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SessionStateHistory": { + "description": "Historical state information.", + "id": "SessionStateHistory", + "properties": { + "state": { + "description": "Output only. The state of the session at this point in history.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CREATING", + "ACTIVE", + "TERMINATING", + "TERMINATED", + "FAILED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The session state is unknown.", + "The session is created before running.", + "The session is running.", + "The session is terminating.", + "The session is terminated successfully.", + "The session is no longer running due to an error." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "stateMessage": { + "description": "Output only. Details about the state at this point in history.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "stateStartTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time when the session entered the historical state.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SessionTemplate": { + "description": "A representation of a session template in the service. Next ID: 12", + "id": "SessionTemplate", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time when the template was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "creator": { + "description": "Output only. The email address of the user who created the template.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "Optional. Brief description of the template.", + "type": "string" + }, + "environmentConfig": { + "$ref": "EnvironmentConfig", + "description": "Optional. Environment configuration for session execution." + }, + "jupyterSession": { + "$ref": "JupyterConfig", + "description": "Optional. Jupyter session config." + }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. The labels to associate with sessions created using this template. Label keys must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). Label values may be empty, but, if present, must contain 1 to 63 characters, and must conform to RFC 1035 (https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1035.txt). No more than 32 labels can be associated with a session.", + "type": "object" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the session template.", + "type": "string" + }, + "runtimeConfig": { + "$ref": "RuntimeConfig", + "description": "Optional. Runtime configuration for session execution." + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time template was last updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SetIamPolicyRequest": { "description": "Request message for SetIamPolicy method.", "id": "SetIamPolicyRequest", @@ -6123,6 +6735,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "TerminateSessionRequest": { + "description": "A request to terminate an interactive session.", + "id": "TerminateSessionRequest", + "properties": { + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two TerminateSessionRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.TerminateSessionRequest)s with the same ID, the second request is ignored.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TestIamPermissionsRequest": { "description": "Request message for TestIamPermissions method.", "id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index b46cc839d5b..4d1d47bcdfe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index ee469cde7d3..5e028b5ef18 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index 7afa8aa9bfd..708d9429bff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json index 9a9df3a8257..07c5552fbd9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230711", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1061,6 +1061,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BulkInsertOperationStatus": { + "id": "BulkInsertOperationStatus", + "properties": { + "createdVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "deletedVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "failedToCreateVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "status": { + "description": "[Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.", + "enum": [ + "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", + "CREATING", + "ROLLING_BACK", + "DONE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Rolling forward - creating VMs.", + "Rolling back - cleaning up after an error.", + "Done" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "targetVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ConfigFile": { "id": "ConfigFile", "properties": { @@ -1279,6 +1321,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "id": "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "perLocationStatus": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "BulkInsertOperationStatus" + }, + "description": "Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Manifest": { "id": "Manifest", "properties": { @@ -1349,7 +1404,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Operation": { - "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.", + "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.", "id": "Operation", "properties": { "clientOperationId": { @@ -1413,6 +1468,9 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "$ref": "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata" + }, "kind": { "default": "compute#operation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.", @@ -1443,6 +1501,10 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { + "$ref": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata", + "description": "[Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state." + }, "startTime": { "description": "[Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -1475,7 +1537,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "user": { - "description": "[Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.", + "description": "[Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.", "type": "string" }, "warnings": { @@ -1628,7 +1690,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -2072,6 +2134,80 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { + "id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "[Output Only] The client operation id.", + "type": "string" + }, + "perLocationOperations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo" + }, + "description": "[Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo": { + "id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo", + "properties": { + "error": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "[Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated." + }, + "state": { + "description": "[Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "PROPAGATING", + "PROPAGATED", + "ABANDONED", + "FAILED", + "DONE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Operation is not yet confirmed to have been created in the location.", + "Operation is confirmed to be in the location.", + "Operation not tracked in this location e.g. zone is marked as DOWN.", + "Operation is in an error state.", + "Operation has completed successfully." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "Status": { + "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", + "id": "Status", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "details": { + "description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", + "items": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", + "type": "any" + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TargetConfiguration": { "id": "TargetConfiguration", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json index c11a076d361..7c7ff711137 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230711", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { @@ -1679,6 +1679,48 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BulkInsertOperationStatus": { + "id": "BulkInsertOperationStatus", + "properties": { + "createdVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "deletedVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "failedToCreateVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an error.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "status": { + "description": "[Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.", + "enum": [ + "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", + "CREATING", + "ROLLING_BACK", + "DONE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Rolling forward - creating VMs.", + "Rolling back - cleaning up after an error.", + "Done" + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "targetVmCount": { + "description": "[Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CollectionOverride": { "description": "CollectionOverride allows resource handling overrides for specific resources within a BaseType", "id": "CollectionOverride", @@ -2084,6 +2126,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "id": "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "perLocationStatus": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "BulkInsertOperationStatus" + }, + "description": "Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Manifest": { "id": "Manifest", "properties": { @@ -2154,7 +2209,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Operation": { - "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.", + "description": "Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/{$api_version}/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zoneOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.", "id": "Operation", "properties": { "clientOperationId": { @@ -2218,6 +2273,9 @@ "description": "[Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" }, + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "$ref": "InstancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata" + }, "kind": { "default": "compute#operation", "description": "[Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources.", @@ -2248,6 +2306,10 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { + "$ref": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata", + "description": "[Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and their state." + }, "startTime": { "description": "[Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -2280,7 +2342,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "user": { - "description": "[Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`.", + "description": "[Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com` or `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.", "type": "string" }, "warnings": { @@ -2462,7 +2524,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -2946,6 +3008,80 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { + "id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata", + "properties": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "[Output Only] The client operation id.", + "type": "string" + }, + "perLocationOperations": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo" + }, + "description": "[Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). Example key: zones/us-central1-a", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo": { + "id": "SetCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadataPerLocationOperationInfo", + "properties": { + "error": { + "$ref": "Status", + "description": "[Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is populated." + }, + "state": { + "description": "[Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "PROPAGATING", + "PROPAGATED", + "ABANDONED", + "FAILED", + "DONE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Operation is not yet confirmed to have been created in the location.", + "Operation is confirmed to be in the location.", + "Operation not tracked in this location e.g. zone is marked as DOWN.", + "Operation is in an error state.", + "Operation has completed successfully." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "Status": { + "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", + "id": "Status", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "details": { + "description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", + "items": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", + "type": "any" + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "message": { + "description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "TargetConfiguration": { "id": "TargetConfiguration", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 7d6d6779802..7637ec1fcbe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -8211,7 +8211,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -14033,6 +14033,10 @@ "description": "Generated summary for a conversation.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2GenerateStatelessSummaryResponseSummary", "properties": { + "baselineModelVersion": { + "description": "The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary.", + "type": "string" + }, "text": { "description": "The summary content that is concatenated into one string.", "type": "string" @@ -16674,6 +16678,10 @@ "description": "The name of the answer record. Format: \"projects//answerRecords/\"", "type": "string" }, + "baselineModelVersion": { + "description": "The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary.", + "type": "string" + }, "text": { "description": "The summary content that is concatenated into one string.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index 35af502ac0a..9d14bbe777d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7579,7 +7579,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -15363,6 +15363,10 @@ "description": "Generated summary for a conversation.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1GenerateStatelessSummaryResponseSummary", "properties": { + "baselineModelVersion": { + "description": "The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary.", + "type": "string" + }, "text": { "description": "The summary content that is concatenated into one string.", "type": "string" @@ -18393,6 +18397,10 @@ "description": "The name of the answer record. Format: \"projects//answerRecords/\"", "type": "string" }, + "baselineModelVersion": { + "description": "The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary.", + "type": "string" + }, "text": { "description": "The summary content that is concatenated into one string.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 6cc2c9fc4f1..d878089c091 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -4002,7 +4002,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -7966,7 +7966,8 @@ "FLOW", "PAGE", "PAGES", - "TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP" + "TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP", + "AGENT_TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", @@ -7982,7 +7983,8 @@ "Flow.", "Page.", "Multiple pages.", - "Transition route group." + "Transition route group.", + "Agent transition route group." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index 75536a650a6..d47c3df09b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -4002,7 +4002,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -9898,7 +9898,8 @@ "FLOW", "PAGE", "PAGES", - "TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP" + "TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP", + "AGENT_TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", @@ -9914,7 +9915,8 @@ "Flow.", "Page.", "Multiple pages.", - "Transition route group." + "Transition route group.", + "Agent transition route group." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index f7f03acda3f..82a87931c46 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230819", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index d131ff5c15e..c5821d7c13a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -105,6 +105,122 @@ }, "protocol": "rest", "resources": { + "locations": { + "methods": { + "lookupWidgetConfig": { + "description": "Gets the Widget Config using the uuid.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/locations/{locationsId}/lookupWidgetConfig", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.locations.lookupWidgetConfig", + "parameterOrder": [ + "location" + ], + "parameters": { + "location": { + "description": "Required. The location resource where lookup widget will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+location}/lookupWidgetConfig", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLookupWidgetConfigRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLookupWidgetConfigResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "widgetCompleteQuery": { + "description": "Performs a user input completion with keyword suggestion. Similar to the CompletionService.CompleteQuery method, but a widget version that allows CompleteQuery without API Key. It supports CompleteQuery with or without JWT token.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/locations/{locationsId}/widgetCompleteQuery", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.locations.widgetCompleteQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "location" + ], + "parameters": { + "location": { + "description": "Required. The location resource where widget complete query will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+location}/widgetCompleteQuery", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "widgetConverseConversation": { + "description": "Converse a conversation with Widget.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/locations/{locationsId}/widgetConverseConversation", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.locations.widgetConverseConversation", + "parameterOrder": [ + "location" + ], + "parameters": { + "location": { + "description": "Required. The location resource where widget converse conversation will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+location}/widgetConverseConversation", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConverseConversationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConverseConversationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "widgetSearch": { + "description": "Performs a search. Similar to the SearchService.Search method, but a widget version that allows search without API Key. It supports search with or without JWT token.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/locations/{locationsId}/widgetSearch", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.locations.widgetSearch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "location" + ], + "parameters": { + "location": { + "description": "Required. The location resource where widget search will be performed. Format: `locations/{location}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^locations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+location}/widgetSearch", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetSearchRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetSearchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "projects": { "resources": { "locations": { @@ -112,6 +228,53 @@ "collections": { "resources": { "dataStores": { + "methods": { + "completeQuery": { + "description": "Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:completeQuery", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completeQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "dataStore" + ], + "parameters": { + "dataStore": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "includeTailSuggestions": { + "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryModel": { + "description": "Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+dataStore}:completeQuery", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "branches": { "resources": { @@ -399,6 +562,196 @@ } } }, + "conversations": { + "methods": { + "converse": { + "description": "Converses a conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}:converse", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.converse", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}:converse", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/conversations", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/conversations", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListConversationsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "models": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -544,59 +897,213 @@ } }, "schemas": { - "resources": { - "operations": { - "methods": { - "get": { - "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations/{operationsId}", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.get", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], - "parameters": { - "name": { - "description": "The name of the operation resource.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" }, - "list": { - "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.list", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], - "parameters": { - "filter": { - "description": "The standard list filter.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "name": { - "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "pageSize": { - "description": "The standard list page size.", - "format": "int32", - "location": "query", + "schemaId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/schemas", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Gets a list of Schemas.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/schemas", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSchemasResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "allowMissing": { + "description": "If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, + "resources": { + "operations": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations/{operationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The name of the operation resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "The standard list filter.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The standard list page size.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { @@ -646,6 +1153,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "search": { + "description": "Performs a search.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:search", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.search", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:search", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } }, @@ -1075,6 +1610,53 @@ } }, "dataStores": { + "methods": { + "completeQuery": { + "description": "Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:completeQuery", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.completeQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "dataStore" + ], + "parameters": { + "dataStore": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "includeTailSuggestions": { + "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryModel": { + "description": "Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+dataStore}:completeQuery", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "branches": { "resources": { @@ -1362,54 +1944,244 @@ } } }, - "models": { - "resources": { - "operations": { - "methods": { - "get": { - "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/models/{modelsId}/operations/{operationsId}", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.models.operations.get", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], - "parameters": { - "name": { - "description": "The name of the operation resource.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/models/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - }, - "list": { - "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/models/{modelsId}/operations", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.models.operations.list", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], - "parameters": { - "filter": { - "description": "The standard list filter.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "name": { - "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/models/[^/]+$", - "required": true, + "conversations": { + "methods": { + "converse": { + "description": "Converses a conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}:converse", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.converse", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}:converse", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/conversations", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/conversations", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListConversationsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "models": { + "resources": { + "operations": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/models/{modelsId}/operations/{operationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.models.operations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The name of the operation resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/models/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/models/{modelsId}/operations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.models.operations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "The standard list filter.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/models/[^/]+$", + "required": true, "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { @@ -1506,102 +2278,286 @@ } } }, - "servingConfigs": { + "schemas": { "methods": { - "recommend": { - "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.recommend", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.create", "parameterOrder": [ - "servingConfig" + "parent" ], "parameters": { - "servingConfig": { - "description": "Required. Full resource name of the format: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` Before you can request recommendations from your model, you must create at least one serving config for it.", + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" + }, + "schemaId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:recommend", + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/schemas", "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecommendRequest" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" }, "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecommendResponse" + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] - } - } - }, - "userEvents": { - "methods": { - "collect": { - "description": "Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:collect", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.collect", + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.delete", "parameterOrder": [ - "parent" + "name" ], "parameters": { - "ets": { - "description": "The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.", - "format": "int64", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" - }, - "uri": { - "description": "The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "userEvent": { - "description": "Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userEvents:collect", + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, - "import": { - "description": "Bulk import of User events. Request processing might be synchronous. Events that already exist are skipped. Use this method for backfilling historical user events. Operation.response is of type ImportResponse. Note that it is possible for a subset of the items to be successfully inserted. Operation.metadata is of type ImportMetadata.", - "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:import", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.import", + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.get", "parameterOrder": [ - "parent" + "name" ], "parameters": { - "parent": { - "description": "Required. Parent DataStore resource name, of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userEvents:import", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportUserEventsRequest" - }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Gets a list of Schemas.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/schemas", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSchemasResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "allowMissing": { + "description": "If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "servingConfigs": { + "methods": { + "recommend": { + "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.recommend", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of the format: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` Before you can request recommendations from your model, you must create at least one serving config for it.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:recommend", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecommendRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecommendResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "search": { + "description": "Performs a search.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:search", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.search", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+servingConfig}:search", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "userEvents": { + "methods": { + "collect": { + "description": "Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:collect", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.collect", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "ets": { + "description": "The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "userEvent": { + "description": "Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userEvents:collect", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "import": { + "description": "Bulk import of User events. Request processing might be synchronous. Events that already exist are skipped. Use this method for backfilling historical user events. Operation.response is of type ImportResponse. Note that it is possible for a subset of the items to be successfully inserted. Operation.metadata is of type ImportMetadata.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:import", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.import", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Parent DataStore resource name, of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/userEvents:import", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportUserEventsRequest" + }, "response": { "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, @@ -1814,7 +2770,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -1963,6 +2919,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CreateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for Create Schema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CreateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DeleteSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for DeleteSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DeleteSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ImportDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the ImportDocuments operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ImportDocumentsMetadata", @@ -2143,6 +3133,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1UpdateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1UpdateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdditionalParams": { + "description": "AdditionalParams message for WidgetService methods for security and privacy enhancement.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdditionalParams", + "properties": { + "token": { + "description": "Token that used for non-human user check.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaBatchCreateTargetSitesResponse": { "description": "Response message for SiteSearchEngineService.BatchCreateTargetSites method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaBatchCreateTargetSitesResponse", @@ -2188,48 +3206,308 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompletionInfo": { - "description": "Detailed completion information including completion attribution token and clicked completion info.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompletionInfo", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryRequest": { + "description": "Request message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryRequest", "properties": { - "selectedPosition": { - "description": "End user selected CompleteQueryResponse.QuerySuggestion.suggestion position, starting from 0.", - "format": "int32", - "type": "integer" + "dataStore": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", + "type": "string" }, - "selectedSuggestion": { - "description": "End user selected CompleteQueryResponse.QuerySuggestion.suggestion.", + "includeTailSuggestions": { + "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryModel": { + "description": "Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.", + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomAttribute": { - "description": "A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in a resource, e.g. UserEvent.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomAttribute", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse": { + "description": "Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse", "properties": { - "numbers": { - "description": "The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is \"lengths_cm\". Exactly one of CustomAttribute.text or CustomAttribute.numbers should be set. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "querySuggestions": { + "description": "Results of the matched query suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.", "items": { - "format": "double", - "type": "number" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponseQuerySuggestion" }, "type": "array" }, - "text": { - "description": "The textual values of this custom attribute. For example, `[\"yellow\", \"green\"]` when the key is \"color\". Empty string is not allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. Exactly one of CustomAttribute.text or CustomAttribute.numbers should be set. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", - "items": { - "type": "string" - }, - "type": "array" + "tailMatchTriggered": { + "description": "True if the returned suggestions are all tail suggestions. For tail matching to be triggered, include_tail_suggestions in the request must be true and there must be no suggestions that match the full query.", + "type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument": { - "description": "Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponseQuerySuggestion": { + "description": "Suggestions as search queries.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponseQuerySuggestion", + "properties": { + "completableFieldPath": { + "description": "The unique document field paths that serve as the source of this suggestion if it was generated from completable fields. This field is only populated for the document-completable model.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "suggestion": { + "description": "The suggestion for the query.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompletionInfo": { + "description": "Detailed completion information including completion attribution token and clicked completion info.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompletionInfo", + "properties": { + "selectedPosition": { + "description": "End user selected CompleteQueryResponse.QuerySuggestion.suggestion position, starting from 0.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "selectedSuggestion": { + "description": "End user selected CompleteQueryResponse.QuerySuggestion.suggestion.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation": { + "description": "External conversation proto definition.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation", + "properties": { + "endTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the conversation finished.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "messages": { + "description": "Conversation messages.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversationMessage" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`", + "type": "string" + }, + "startTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the conversation started.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "The state of the Conversation.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "IN_PROGRESS", + "COMPLETED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unknown.", + "Conversation is currently open.", + "Conversation has been completed." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking users.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversationContext": { + "description": "Defines context of the conversation", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversationContext", + "properties": { + "activeDocument": { + "description": "The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.", + "type": "string" + }, + "contextDocuments": { + "description": "The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversationMessage": { + "description": "Defines a conversation message.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversationMessage", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. Message creation timestamp.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "reply": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReply", + "description": "Search reply." + }, + "userInput": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTextInput", + "description": "User text input." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationRequest": { + "description": "Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationRequest", + "properties": { + "conversation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation", + "description": "The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session." + }, + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", + "type": "string" + }, + "query": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTextInput", + "description": "Required. Current user input." + }, + "safeSearch": { + "description": "Whether to turn on safe search.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "servingConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.", + "type": "string" + }, + "userLabels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationResponse": { + "description": "Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationResponse", + "properties": { + "conversation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation", + "description": "Updated conversation including the answer." + }, + "relatedQuestions": { + "description": "Suggested related questions.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "reply": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReply", + "description": "Answer to the current query." + }, + "searchResults": { + "description": "Search Results.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSearchResult" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCreateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for Create Schema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCreateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomAttribute": { + "description": "A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in a resource, e.g. UserEvent.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCustomAttribute", + "properties": { + "numbers": { + "description": "The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is \"lengths_cm\". Exactly one of CustomAttribute.text or CustomAttribute.numbers should be set. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "items": { + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "text": { + "description": "The textual values of this custom attribute. For example, `[\"yellow\", \"green\"]` when the key is \"color\". Empty string is not allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. Exactly one of CustomAttribute.text or CustomAttribute.numbers should be set. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for DeleteSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument": { + "description": "Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument", "properties": { + "content": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentContent", + "description": "The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store." + }, + "derivedStructData": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "object" + }, "id": { "description": "Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.", "type": "string" @@ -2261,6 +3539,26 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentContent": { + "description": "Unstructured data linked to this document.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentContent", + "properties": { + "mimeType": { + "description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.", + "type": "string" + }, + "rawBytes": { + "description": "The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentInfo": { "description": "Detailed document information associated with a user event.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentInfo", @@ -2292,6 +3590,142 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDoubleList": { + "description": "Double list.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDoubleList", + "properties": { + "values": { + "description": "Double values.", + "items": { + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig": { + "description": "Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig", + "properties": { + "completableOption": { + "description": "If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "COMPLETABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "COMPLETABLE_ENABLED", + "COMPLETABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Completable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Completable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "dynamicFacetableOption": { + "description": "If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED", + "DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Dynamic facetable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Dynamic facetable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "fieldPath": { + "description": "Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "fieldType": { + "description": "Output only. Raw type of the field.", + "enum": [ + "FIELD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "OBJECT", + "STRING", + "NUMBER", + "INTEGER", + "BOOLEAN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Field type is unspecified.", + "Field value type is Object.", + "Field value type is String.", + "Field value type is Number.", + "Field value type is Integer.", + "Field value type is Boolean." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "indexableOption": { + "description": "If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "INDEXABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "INDEXABLE_ENABLED", + "INDEXABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Indexable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Indexable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "keyPropertyType": { + "description": "Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "recsFilterableOption": { + "description": "If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.", + "enum": [ + "FILTERABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "FILTERABLE_ENABLED", + "FILTERABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Filterable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Filterable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "retrievableOption": { + "description": "If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "RETRIEVABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED", + "RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Retrievable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Retrievable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "searchableOption": { + "description": "If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "SEARCHABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "SEARCHABLE_ENABLED", + "SEARCHABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Searchable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Searchable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGcsSource": { "description": "Cloud Storage location for input content.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGcsSource", @@ -2517,24 +3951,109 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListDocumentsResponse": { - "description": "Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListDocumentsResponse", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaInterval": { + "description": "A floating point interval.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaInterval", "properties": { - "documents": { - "description": "The Documents.", - "items": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument" - }, - "type": "array" + "exclusiveMaximum": { + "description": "Exclusive upper bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" }, - "nextPageToken": { + "exclusiveMinimum": { + "description": "Exclusive lower bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "maximum": { + "description": "Inclusive upper bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "minimum": { + "description": "Inclusive lower bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListConversationsResponse": { + "description": "Response for ListConversations method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListConversationsResponse", + "properties": { + "conversations": { + "description": "All the Conversations for a given data store.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListDocumentsResponse": { + "description": "Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListDocumentsResponse", + "properties": { + "documents": { + "description": "The Documents.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { "description": "A token that can be sent as ListDocumentsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSchemasResponse": { + "description": "Response message for SchemaService.ListSchemas method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListSchemasResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as ListSchemasRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "schemas": { + "description": "The Schemas.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLookupWidgetConfigRequest": { + "description": "Request message for WidgetService.LookupWidgetConfig method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLookupWidgetConfigRequest", + "properties": { + "widgetConfigId": { + "description": "Required. The UUID of the Widget Config.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLookupWidgetConfigResponse": { + "description": "Response message for WidgetService.LookupWidgetConfig method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaLookupWidgetConfigResponse", + "properties": { + "anonymousWidgetConfig": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfig", + "description": "The Anonymous Widget Config associated with the UUID." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaMediaInfo": { "description": "Media-specific user event information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaMediaInfo", @@ -2790,58 +4309,723 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument", "description": "Set if `returnDocument` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params." }, - "id": { - "description": "Resource ID of the recommended Document.", + "id": { + "description": "Resource ID of the recommended Document.", + "type": "string" + }, + "metadata": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Additional Document metadata / annotations. Possible values: * `score`: Recommendation score in double value. Is set if `returnScore` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReply": { + "description": "Defines a reply message to user.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReply", + "properties": { + "references": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "References in the reply.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReplyReference" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "reply": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.", + "type": "string" + }, + "summary": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummary", + "description": "Summary based on search results." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReplyReference": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "Defines reference in reply.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaReplyReference", + "properties": { + "anchorText": { + "description": "Anchor text.", + "type": "string" + }, + "end": { + "description": "Anchor text end index.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "start": { + "description": "Anchor text start index.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "URI link reference.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema": { + "description": "Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema", + "properties": { + "fieldConfigs": { + "description": "Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, + "jsonSchema": { + "description": "The JSON representation of the schema.", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "type": "string" + }, + "structSchema": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "The structured representation of the schema.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchInfo": { + "description": "Detailed search information.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchInfo", + "properties": { + "offset": { + "description": "An integer that specifies the current offset for pagination (the 0-indexed starting location, amongst the products deemed by the API as relevant). See SearchRequest.offset for definition. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. This can only be set for `search` events. Other event types should not set this field. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "The order in which products are returned, if applicable. See SearchRequest.order_by for definition and syntax. The value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This can only be set for `search` events. Other event types should not set this field. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "searchQuery": { + "description": "The user's search query. See SearchRequest.query for definition. The value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. At least one of search_query or PageInfo.page_category is required for `search` events. Other event types should not set this field. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest": { + "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest", + "properties": { + "boostSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec", + "description": "Boost specification to boost certain documents." + }, + "branch": { + "description": "The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.", + "type": "string" + }, + "contentSearchSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec", + "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search." + }, + "embeddingSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec", + "description": "Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths." + }, + "facetSpecs": { + "description": "Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestFacetSpec" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "filter": { + "description": "The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "imageQuery": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestImageQuery", + "description": "Raw image query." + }, + "offset": { + "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "params": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.", + "type": "object" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Raw search query.", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryExpansionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestQueryExpansionSpec", + "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs." + }, + "rankingExpression": { + "description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "safeSearch": { + "description": "Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", + "type": "string" + }, + "spellCorrectionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestSpellCorrectionSpec", + "description": "The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect." + }, + "userInfo": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserInfo", + "description": "Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics." + }, + "userLabels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.", + "type": "object" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec": { + "description": "Boost specification to boost certain documents.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpec", + "properties": { + "conditionBoostSpecs": { + "description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec": { + "description": "Boost applies to documents which match a condition.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec", + "properties": { + "boost": { + "description": "Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "condition": { + "description": "An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": * (id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\",\"Blue\"))", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec", + "properties": { + "extractiveContentSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", + "description": "If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response." + }, + "snippetSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", + "description": "If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response." + }, + "summarySpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", + "description": "If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", + "properties": { + "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": { + "description": "The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": { + "description": "The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "numNextSegments": { + "description": "Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "numPreviousSegments": { + "description": "Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": { + "description": "Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring snippets in a search response.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", + "properties": { + "maxSnippetCount": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "referenceOnly": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "returnSnippet": { + "description": "If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return \"No snippet is available for this page.\" A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", + "properties": { + "ignoreAdversarialQuery": { + "description": "Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": { + "description": "Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "includeCitations": { + "description": "Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "languageCode": { + "description": "Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.", + "type": "string" + }, + "summaryResultCount": { + "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec": { + "description": "The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec", + "properties": { + "embeddingVectors": { + "description": "The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpecEmbeddingVector" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpecEmbeddingVector": { + "description": "Embedding vector.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpecEmbeddingVector", + "properties": { + "fieldPath": { + "description": "Embedding field path in schema.", + "type": "string" + }, + "vector": { + "description": "Query embedding vector.", + "items": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestFacetSpec": { + "description": "A facet specification to perform faceted search.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestFacetSpec", + "properties": { + "enableDynamicPosition": { + "description": "Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * \"rating\", enable_dynamic_position = true * \"price\", enable_dynamic_position = false * \"brands\", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be (\"price\", \"brands\", \"rating\", \"gender\") or (\"price\", \"brands\", \"gender\", \"rating\") depends on how API orders \"gender\" and \"rating\" facets. However, notice that \"price\" and \"brands\" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "excludedFilterKeys": { + "description": "List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet \"Red\" and 200 documents with the color facet \"Blue\". A query containing the filter \"color:ANY(\"Red\")\" and having \"color\" as FacetKey.key would by default return only \"Red\" documents in the search results, and also return \"Red\" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, \"Blue\" would not be shown as an available facet value. If \"color\" is listed in \"excludedFilterKeys\", then the query returns the facet values \"Red\" with count 100 and \"Blue\" with count 200, because the \"color\" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only \"Red\" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "facetKey": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestFacetSpecFacetKey", + "description": "Required. The facet key specification." + }, + "limit": { + "description": "Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestFacetSpecFacetKey": { + "description": "Specifies how a facet is computed.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestFacetSpecFacetKey", + "properties": { + "caseInsensitive": { + "description": "True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "contains": { + "description": "Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose \"category\" has three values \"Action > 2022\", \"Action > 2021\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". If set \"contains\" to \"2022\", the \"category\" facet only contains \"Action > 2022\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "intervals": { + "description": "Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaInterval" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "key": { + "description": "Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * \"count desc\", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * \"value desc\", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.", + "type": "string" + }, + "prefixes": { + "description": "Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose \"category\" has three values \"Action > 2022\", \"Action > 2021\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". If set \"prefixes\" to \"Action\", the \"category\" facet only contains \"Action > 2022\" and \"Action > 2021\". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "restrictedValues": { + "description": "Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose \"category\" has three values \"Action > 2022\", \"Action > 2021\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". If set \"restricted_values\" to \"Action > 2022\", the \"category\" facet only contains \"Action > 2022\". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestImageQuery": { + "description": "Specifies the image query input.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestImageQuery", + "properties": { + "imageBytes": { + "description": "Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestQueryExpansionSpec": { + "description": "Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestQueryExpansionSpec", + "properties": { + "condition": { + "description": "The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.", + "enum": [ + "CONDITION_UNSPECIFIED", + "DISABLED", + "AUTO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified query expansion condition. In this case, server behavior defaults to Condition.DISABLED.", + "Disabled query expansion. Only the exact search query is used, even if SearchResponse.total_size is zero.", + "Automatic query expansion built by the Search API." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "pinUnexpandedResults": { + "description": "Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestSpellCorrectionSpec": { + "description": "The specification for query spell correction.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestSpellCorrectionSpec", + "properties": { + "mode": { + "description": "The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.", + "enum": [ + "MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "SUGGESTION_ONLY", + "AUTO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified spell correction mode. In this case, server behavior defaults to Mode.AUTO.", + "Search API will try to find a spell suggestion if there is any and put in the SearchResponse.corrected_query. The spell suggestion will not be used as the search query.", + "Automatic spell correction built by the Search API. Search will be based on the corrected query if found." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponse": { + "description": "Response message for SearchService.Search method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponse", + "properties": { + "appliedControls": { + "description": "Controls applied as part of the Control service.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "attributionToken": { + "description": "A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.", + "type": "string" + }, + "correctedQuery": { + "description": "Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.", + "type": "string" + }, + "facets": { + "description": "Results of facets requested by user.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseFacet" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "guidedSearchResult": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResult", + "description": "Guided search result." + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryExpansionInfo": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseQueryExpansionInfo", + "description": "Query expansion information for the returned results." + }, + "redirectUri": { + "description": "The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.", + "type": "string" + }, + "results": { + "description": "A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSearchResult" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "summary": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummary", + "description": "A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set." + }, + "totalSize": { + "description": "The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseFacet": { + "description": "A facet result.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseFacet", + "properties": { + "dynamicFacet": { + "description": "Whether the facet is dynamically generated.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "key": { + "description": "The key for this facet. E.g., \"colors\" or \"price\". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.", + "type": "string" + }, + "values": { + "description": "The facet values for this field.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseFacetFacetValue" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseFacetFacetValue": { + "description": "A facet value which contains value names and their count.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseFacetFacetValue", + "properties": { + "count": { + "description": "Number of items that have this facet value.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "interval": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaInterval", + "description": "Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet \"price\". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals." + }, + "value": { + "description": "Text value of a facet, such as \"Black\" for facet \"colors\".", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResult": { + "description": "Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResult", + "properties": { + "followUpQuestions": { + "description": "Suggested follow-up questions.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "refinementAttributes": { + "description": "A list of ranked refinement attributes.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResultRefinementAttribute" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResultRefinementAttribute": { + "description": "Useful attribute for search result refinements.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResultRefinementAttribute", + "properties": { + "attributeKey": { + "description": "Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.", + "type": "string" + }, + "attributeValue": { + "description": "Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseQueryExpansionInfo": { + "description": "Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseQueryExpansionInfo", + "properties": { + "expandedQuery": { + "description": "Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "pinnedResultCount": { + "description": "Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.", + "format": "int64", "type": "string" - }, - "metadata": { - "additionalProperties": { - "type": "any" - }, - "description": "Additional Document metadata / annotations. Possible values: * `score`: Recommendation score in double value. Is set if `returnScore` is set to true in RecommendRequest.params.", - "type": "object" } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema": { - "description": "Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSearchResult": { + "description": "Represents the search results.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSearchResult", "properties": { - "jsonSchema": { - "description": "The JSON representation of the schema.", - "type": "string" + "document": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocument", + "description": "The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated." }, - "name": { - "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "id": { + "description": "Document.id of the searched Document.", "type": "string" }, - "structSchema": { + "modelScores": { "additionalProperties": { - "description": "Properties of the object.", - "type": "any" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDoubleList" }, - "description": "The structured representation of the schema.", + "description": "Google provided available scores.", "type": "object" } }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchInfo": { - "description": "Detailed search information.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchInfo", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummary": { + "description": "Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSummary", "properties": { - "offset": { - "description": "An integer that specifies the current offset for pagination (the 0-indexed starting location, amongst the products deemed by the API as relevant). See SearchRequest.offset for definition. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. This can only be set for `search` events. Other event types should not set this field. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", - "format": "int32", - "type": "integer" - }, - "orderBy": { - "description": "The order in which products are returned, if applicable. See SearchRequest.order_by for definition and syntax. The value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. This can only be set for `search` events. Other event types should not set this field. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", - "type": "string" + "summarySkippedReasons": { + "description": "Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "SUMMARY_SKIPPED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", + "ADVERSARIAL_QUERY_IGNORED", + "NON_SUMMARY_SEEKING_QUERY_IGNORED", + "OUT_OF_DOMAIN_QUERY_IGNORED", + "POTENTIAL_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "LLM_ADDON_NOT_ENABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. The summary skipped reason is not specified.", + "The adversarial query ignored case. Only populated when SummarySpec.ignore_adversarial_query is set to `true`.", + "The non-summary seeking query ignored case. Only populated when SummarySpec.ignore_non_summary_seeking_query is set to `true`.", + "The out-of-domain query ignored case. Google skips the summary if there are no high-relevance search results. For example, the data store contains facts about company A but the user query is asking questions about company B.", + "The potential policy violation case. Google skips the summary if there is a potential policy violation detected. This includes content that may be violent or toxic.", + "The LLM addon not enabled case. Google skips the summary if the LLM addon is not enabled." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" }, - "searchQuery": { - "description": "The user's search query. See SearchRequest.query for definition. The value must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. At least one of search_query or PageInfo.page_category is required for `search` events. Other event types should not set this field. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "summaryText": { + "description": "The summary content.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2971,6 +5155,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTextInput": { + "description": "Defines text input.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTextInput", + "properties": { + "context": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConversationContext", + "description": "Conversation context of the input." + }, + "input": { + "description": "Text input.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTransactionInfo": { "description": "A transaction represents the entire purchase transaction.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaTransactionInfo", @@ -3006,6 +5205,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserEvent": { "description": "UserEvent captures all metadata information Discovery Engine API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserEvent", @@ -3113,6 +5329,338 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryRequest": { + "description": "Request message for WidgetService.WidgetCompleteQuery method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryRequest", + "properties": { + "additionalParams": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdditionalParams", + "description": "Additional params for security and privacy enhancement." + }, + "completeQueryRequest": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryRequest", + "description": "Required. The CompleteQuery request to perform auto-complete suggestion query." + }, + "configId": { + "description": "Required. The UUID of the WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the widget configuration, set of models used to make the auto complete query.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryResponse": { + "description": "Response message for WidgetService.WidgetCompleteQuery method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryResponse", + "properties": { + "uToken": { + "description": "The token in response.", + "type": "string" + }, + "widgetQuerySuggestions": { + "description": "Results of the matched query suggestions in widget. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryResponseWidgetQuerySuggestion" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryResponseWidgetQuerySuggestion": { + "description": "Suggestions as search queries.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetCompleteQueryResponseWidgetQuerySuggestion", + "properties": { + "suggestion": { + "description": "The suggestion for the query.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfig": { + "description": "WidgetConfig captures configs at the Widget level.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfig", + "properties": { + "allowPublicAccess": { + "description": "Whether allow no-auth integration with widget. If set true, public access to search or other solutions from widget is allowed without authenication token provided by customer hosted backend server.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "allowlistedDomains": { + "description": "Allowlisted domains that can load this widget.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "configId": { + "description": "Output only. Unique obfuscated identifier of a WidgetConfig.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "contentSearchSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec", + "description": "The content search spec that configs the desired behavior of content search." + }, + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. Timestamp the WidgetConfig was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "dataStoreType": { + "description": "Output only. The type of the parent data store.", + "enum": [ + "DATA_STORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "SITE_SEARCH", + "STRUCTURED", + "UNSTRUCTURED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified data store type.", + "The parent data store contains a site search engine.", + "The parent data store contains a search engine for structured data.", + "The parent data store contains a search engine for unstructured data." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "displayName": { + "description": "Required. The human readable widget config display name. Used in Discovery UI. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "enableAutocomplete": { + "description": "Whether or not to enable autocomplete.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "enableConversationalSearch": { + "description": "Whether to allow conversational search (LLM, multi-turn) or not (non-LLM, single-turn).", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "enableQualityFeedback": { + "description": "Turn on or off collecting the search result quality feedback from end users.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "enableResultScore": { + "description": "Whether to show the result score.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "enableSafeSearch": { + "description": "Whether to enable safe search.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "enableSnippetResultSummary": { + "description": "Turn on or off summary for each snippets result.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "enableSummarization": { + "description": "Turn on or off summarization for the search response.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "facetField": { + "description": "The configuration and appearance of facets in the end user view.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigFacetField" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "fieldsUiComponentsMap": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigUIComponentField" + }, + "description": "The key is the UI component. Mock. Currently supported `title`, `thumbnail`, `url`, `custom1`, `custom2`, `custom3`. The value is the name of the field along with its device visibility. The 3 custom fields are optional and can be added or removed. `title`, `thumbnail`, `url` are required UI components that cannot be removed.", + "type": "object" + }, + "llmEnabled": { + "description": "Output only. Whether LLM is enabled in the corresponding data store.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the widget config. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/widgetConfigs/{widget_config_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "type": "string" + }, + "solutionType": { + "description": "Required. Immutable. Specifies the solution type that this WidgetConfig can be used for.", + "enum": [ + "SOLUTION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", + "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", + "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value.", + "Used for Recommendations AI.", + "Used for Discovery Search.", + "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. Timestamp the WidgetConfig was updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigFacetField": { + "description": "Facet fields that store the mapping of fields to end user widget appearance.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigFacetField", + "properties": { + "displayName": { + "description": "Optional. The field name that end users will see.", + "type": "string" + }, + "field": { + "description": "Required. Registered field name. The format is `field.abc`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigUIComponentField": { + "description": "Facet field that maps to a UI Component.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigUIComponentField", + "properties": { + "deviceVisibility": { + "description": "The field visibility on different types of devices.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "DEVICE_VISIBILITY_UNSPECIFIED", + "MOBILE", + "DESKTOP" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value when not specified. Server returns INVALID_ARGUMENT if used in requests.", + "The UI component is visible on Mobile devices.", + "The UI component is visible on Browser-based client." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "displayTemplate": { + "description": "The template to customize how the field is displayed. An example value would be a string that looks like: \"Price: {value}\".", + "type": "string" + }, + "field": { + "description": "Required. Registered field name. The format is `field.abc`.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConverseConversationRequest": { + "description": "Request message for WidgetService.WidgetConverseConversation method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConverseConversationRequest", + "properties": { + "additionalParams": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdditionalParams", + "description": "Additional params for security and privacy enhancement." + }, + "configId": { + "description": "Required. The UUID of the WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the widget configuration, set of models used to make the user event collection.", + "type": "string" + }, + "conversationId": { + "description": "The id of the Conversation to get. Use \"-\" to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", + "type": "string" + }, + "converseConversationRequest": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationRequest", + "description": "Required. The ConverseConversationRequest request to perform converse a conversation. The ServingConfig id will be `default_search` by default." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConverseConversationResponse": { + "description": "Response message for WidgetService.WidgetConverseConversation method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConverseConversationResponse", + "properties": { + "conversationId": { + "description": "The id of the Conversation returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "converseConversationResponse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaConverseConversationResponse", + "description": "ConverseConversationResponse returned from ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation." + }, + "uToken": { + "description": "The token in response.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetSearchRequest": { + "description": "Request message for WidgetService.WidgetSearch method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetSearchRequest", + "properties": { + "additionalParams": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdditionalParams", + "description": "Additional params for security and privacy enhancement." + }, + "configId": { + "description": "Required. The UUID of the Search WidgetConfig. This field is used to identify the search widget configuration, set of models used to make the search.", + "type": "string" + }, + "searchRequest": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest", + "description": "Required. The search request to perform search." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetSearchResponse": { + "description": "Response message for WidgetService.WidgetSearch method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetSearchResponse", + "properties": { + "searchResponse": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponse", + "description": "The search response after performing search." + }, + "uToken": { + "description": "The token in response.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCreateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for Create Schema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCreateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDeleteSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for DeleteSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDeleteSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the ImportDocuments operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportDocumentsMetadata", @@ -3293,6 +5841,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUpdateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUpdateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse": { "description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index a71fd5a2fac..f7b18bb9c33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -112,6 +112,53 @@ "collections": { "resources": { "dataStores": { + "methods": { + "completeQuery": { + "description": "Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:completeQuery", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completeQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "dataStore" + ], + "parameters": { + "dataStore": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "includeTailSuggestions": { + "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryModel": { + "description": "Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+dataStore}:completeQuery", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "branches": { "resources": { @@ -399,6 +446,196 @@ } } }, + "conversations": { + "methods": { + "converse": { + "description": "Converses a conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}:converse", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.converse", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}:converse", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/conversations", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/conversations", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListConversationsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "models": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -544,97 +781,251 @@ } }, "schemas": { - "resources": { - "operations": { - "methods": { - "get": { - "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations/{operationsId}", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.get", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], - "parameters": { - "name": { - "description": "The name of the operation resource.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1beta/{+name}", - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - }, - "list": { - "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.list", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], - "parameters": { - "filter": { - "description": "The standard list filter.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "name": { - "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", - "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", - "required": true, - "type": "string" - }, - "pageSize": { - "description": "The standard list page size.", - "format": "int32", - "location": "query", - "type": "integer" - }, - "pageToken": { - "description": "The standard list page token.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - } - }, - "path": "v1beta/{+name}/operations", - "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" - }, - "scopes": [ - "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" - ] - } - } - } - } - }, - "servingConfigs": { "methods": { - "recommend": { - "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.recommend", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.create", "parameterOrder": [ - "servingConfig" + "parent" ], "parameters": { - "servingConfig": { - "description": "Required. Full resource name of the format: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` Before you can request recommendations from your model, you must create at least one serving config for it.", + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" - } + }, + "schemaId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/schemas", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Gets a list of Schemas.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/schemas", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListSchemasResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "allowMissing": { + "description": "If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, + "resources": { + "operations": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations/{operationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The name of the operation resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}/operations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.schemas.operations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "The standard list filter.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The standard list page size.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The standard list page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}/operations", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } + } + }, + "servingConfigs": { + "methods": { + "recommend": { + "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.recommend", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of the format: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` Before you can request recommendations from your model, you must create at least one serving config for it.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } }, "path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:recommend", "request": { @@ -646,6 +1037,34 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] + }, + "search": { + "description": "Performs a search.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:search", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.search", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:search", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] } } }, @@ -1047,6 +1466,53 @@ } }, "dataStores": { + "methods": { + "completeQuery": { + "description": "Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:completeQuery", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.completeQuery", + "parameterOrder": [ + "dataStore" + ], + "parameters": { + "dataStore": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "includeTailSuggestions": { + "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryModel": { + "description": "Selects data model of query suggestions for serving. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for IndustryVertical.SITE_SEARCH dataStores.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+dataStore}:completeQuery", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + }, "resources": { "branches": { "resources": { @@ -1334,15 +1800,205 @@ } } }, - "models": { - "resources": { - "operations": { - "methods": { - "get": { - "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/models/{modelsId}/operations/{operationsId}", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.models.operations.get", + "conversations": { + "methods": { + "converse": { + "description": "Converses a conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}:converse", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.converse", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}:converse", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/conversations", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Conversation.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/conversations", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListConversationsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "models": { + "resources": { + "operations": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/models/{modelsId}/operations/{operationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.models.operations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], @@ -1478,151 +2134,335 @@ } } }, - "servingConfigs": { + "schemas": { "methods": { - "recommend": { - "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", + "create": { + "description": "Creates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.recommend", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.create", "parameterOrder": [ - "servingConfig" + "parent" ], "parameters": { - "servingConfig": { - "description": "Required. Full resource name of the format: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` Before you can request recommendations from your model, you must create at least one serving config for it.", + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" + }, + "schemaId": { + "description": "Required. The ID to use for the Schema, which will become the final component of the Schema.name. This field should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:recommend", + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/schemas", "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaRecommendRequest" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" }, "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaRecommendResponse" + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] - } - } - }, - "userEvents": { - "methods": { - "collect": { - "description": "Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:collect", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.collect", + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.delete", "parameterOrder": [ - "parent" + "name" ], "parameters": { - "ets": { - "description": "The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.", - "format": "int64", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" - }, - "uri": { - "description": "The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" - }, - "userEvent": { - "description": "Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.", - "location": "query", - "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userEvents:collect", + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, - "import": { - "description": "Bulk import of User events. Request processing might be synchronous. Events that already exist are skipped. Use this method for backfilling historical user events. Operation.response is of type ImportResponse. Note that it is possible for a subset of the items to be successfully inserted. Operation.metadata is of type ImportMetadata.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:import", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.import", + "get": { + "description": "Gets a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.get", "parameterOrder": [ - "parent" + "name" ], "parameters": { - "parent": { - "description": "Required. Parent DataStore resource name, of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", + "name": { + "description": "Required. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`.", "location": "path", - "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userEvents:import", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportUserEventsRequest" - }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, - "write": { - "description": "Writes a single user event.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:write", - "httpMethod": "POST", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.write", + "list": { + "description": "Gets a list of Schemas.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of Schemas to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 100 Schemas will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token, received from a previous SchemaService.ListSchemas call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SchemaService.ListSchemas must match the call that provided the page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "description": "Required. The parent data store resource name, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userEvents:write", - "request": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserEvent" - }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/schemas", "response": { - "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserEvent" + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListSchemasResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] - } - } - } - } - }, - "operations": { - "methods": { - "get": { - "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", - "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", - "httpMethod": "GET", - "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.operations.get", - "parameterOrder": [ - "name" - ], + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Updates a Schema.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/schemas/{schemasId}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.schemas.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "allowMissing": { + "description": "If set to true, and the Schema is not found, a new Schema will be created. In this situation, `update_mask` is ignored.", + "location": "query", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the schema, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/schemas/{schema}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/schemas/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "servingConfigs": { + "methods": { + "recommend": { + "description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.recommend", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. Full resource name of the format: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` Before you can request recommendations from your model, you must create at least one serving config for it.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:recommend", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaRecommendRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaRecommendResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "search": { + "description": "Performs a search.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:search", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.search", + "parameterOrder": [ + "servingConfig" + ], + "parameters": { + "servingConfig": { + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+servingConfig}:search", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, + "userEvents": { + "methods": { + "collect": { + "description": "Writes a single user event from the browser. This uses a GET request to due to browser restriction of POST-ing to a third-party domain. This method is used only by the Discovery Engine API JavaScript pixel and Google Tag Manager. Users should not call this method directly.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:collect", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.collect", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "ets": { + "description": "The event timestamp in milliseconds. This prevents browser caching of otherwise identical get requests. The name is abbreviated to reduce the payload bytes.", + "format": "int64", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "The URL including cgi-parameters but excluding the hash fragment with a length limit of 5,000 characters. This is often more useful than the referer URL, because many browsers only send the domain for third-party requests.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "userEvent": { + "description": "Required. URL encoded UserEvent proto with a length limit of 2,000,000 characters.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userEvents:collect", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "import": { + "description": "Bulk import of User events. Request processing might be synchronous. Events that already exist are skipped. Use this method for backfilling historical user events. Operation.response is of type ImportResponse. Note that it is possible for a subset of the items to be successfully inserted. Operation.metadata is of type ImportMetadata.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:import", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.import", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. Parent DataStore resource name, of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userEvents:import", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaImportUserEventsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "write": { + "description": "Writes a single user event.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/userEvents:write", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.write", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent DataStore resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}`.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+parent}/userEvents:write", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserEvent" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserEvent" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + } + } + }, + "operations": { + "methods": { + "get": { + "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.operations.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], "parameters": { "name": { "description": "The name of the operation resource.", @@ -1758,7 +2598,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -1907,6 +2747,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CreateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for Create Schema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CreateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DeleteSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for DeleteSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DeleteSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ImportDocumentsMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the ImportDocuments operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ImportDocumentsMetadata", @@ -2087,6 +2961,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1UpdateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1UpdateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaBatchCreateTargetSitesResponse": { "description": "Response message for SiteSearchEngineService.BatchCreateTargetSites method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaBatchCreateTargetSitesResponse", @@ -2101,23 +2992,30 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsMetadata": { - "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the ImportDocuments operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsMetadata", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCreateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for Create Schema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCreateSchemaMetadata", "properties": { "createTime": { "description": "Operation create time.", "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, - "failureCount": { - "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.", - "format": "int64", + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" - }, - "successCount": { - "description": "Count of entries that were processed successfully.", - "format": "int64", + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for DeleteSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDeleteSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, "updateTime": { @@ -2128,9 +3026,157 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsResponse": { - "description": "Response of the ImportDocumentsRequest. If the long running operation is done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field if the operation was successful.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsResponse", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig": { + "description": "Configurations for fields of a schema. For example, configuring a field is indexable, or searchable.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig", + "properties": { + "completableOption": { + "description": "If completable_option is COMPLETABLE_ENABLED, field values are directly used and returned as suggestions for Autocomplete in CompletionService.CompleteQuery. If completable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to COMPLETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting completable options, which are just `string` fields. For those fields that do not support setting completable options, the server will skip completable option setting, and setting completable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "COMPLETABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "COMPLETABLE_ENABLED", + "COMPLETABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Completable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Completable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "dynamicFacetableOption": { + "description": "If dynamic_facetable_option is DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED, field values are available for dynamic facet. Could only be DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED if FieldConfig.indexable_option is INDEXABLE_DISABLED. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error will be returned. If dynamic_facetable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting dynamic facetable options. For those fields that do not support setting dynamic facetable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip dynamic facetable option setting, and setting dynamic_facetable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_ENABLED", + "DYNAMIC_FACETABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Dynamic facetable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Dynamic facetable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "fieldPath": { + "description": "Required. Field path of the schema field. For example: `title`, `description`, `release_info.release_year`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "fieldType": { + "description": "Output only. Raw type of the field.", + "enum": [ + "FIELD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "OBJECT", + "STRING", + "NUMBER", + "INTEGER", + "BOOLEAN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Field type is unspecified.", + "Field value type is Object.", + "Field value type is String.", + "Field value type is Number.", + "Field value type is Integer.", + "Field value type is Boolean." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "indexableOption": { + "description": "If indexable_option is INDEXABLE_ENABLED, field values are indexed so that it can be filtered or faceted in SearchService.Search. If indexable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to INDEXABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting indexable options. For those fields that do not support setting indexable options, such as `object` and `boolean` and key properties, the server will skip indexable_option setting, and setting indexable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "INDEXABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "INDEXABLE_ENABLED", + "INDEXABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Indexable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Indexable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "keyPropertyType": { + "description": "Output only. Type of the key property that this field is mapped to. Empty string if this is not annotated as mapped to a key property. Example types are `title`, `description`. Full list is defined by `keyPropertyMapping` in the schema field annotation. If the schema field has a `KeyPropertyMapping` annotation, `indexable_option` and `searchable_option` of this field cannot be modified.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "recsFilterableOption": { + "description": "If recs_filterable_option is FILTERABLE_ENABLED, field values are filterable by filter expression in RecommendationService.Recommend. If FILTERABLE_ENABLED but the field type is numerical, field values are not filterable by text queries in RecommendationService.Recommend. Only textual fields are supported. If recs_filterable_option is unset, the default setting is FILTERABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting filterable options. When a field set to [FILTERABLE_DISABLED] is filtered, a warning is generated and an empty result is returned.", + "enum": [ + "FILTERABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "FILTERABLE_ENABLED", + "FILTERABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Filterable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Filterable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "retrievableOption": { + "description": "If retrievable_option is RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, field values are included in the search results. If retrievable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting retrievable options. For those fields that do not support setting retrievable options, such as `object` and `boolean`, the server will skip retrievable option setting, and setting retrievable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "RETRIEVABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED", + "RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Retrievable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Retrievable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "searchableOption": { + "description": "If searchable_option is SEARCHABLE_ENABLED, field values are searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search. If SEARCHABLE_ENABLED but field type is numerical, field values will not be searchable by text queries in SearchService.Search, as there are no text values associated to numerical fields. If searchable_option is unset, the server behavior defaults to SEARCHABLE_DISABLED for fields that support setting searchable options. Only `string` fields that have no key property mapping support setting searchable_option. For those fields that do not support setting searchable options, the server will skip searchable option setting, and setting searchable_option for those fields will throw `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.", + "enum": [ + "SEARCHABLE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "SEARCHABLE_ENABLED", + "SEARCHABLE_DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Value used when unset.", + "Searchable option enabled for a schema field.", + "Searchable option disabled for a schema field." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the ImportDocuments operation. This is returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "failureCount": { + "description": "Count of entries that encountered errors while processing.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "successCount": { + "description": "Count of entries that were processed successfully.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsResponse": { + "description": "Response of the ImportDocumentsRequest. If the long running operation is done, then this message is returned by the google.longrunning.Operations.response field if the operation was successful.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportDocumentsResponse", "properties": { "errorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaImportErrorConfig", @@ -2301,6 +3347,14 @@ "description": "Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSchema", "properties": { + "fieldConfigs": { + "description": "Output only. Configurations for fields of the schema.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFieldConfig" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + }, "jsonSchema": { "description": "The JSON representation of the schema.", "type": "string" @@ -2444,6 +3498,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUpdateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaBigQuerySource": { "description": "BigQuery source import data from.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaBigQuerySource", @@ -2475,6 +3546,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponse": { + "description": "Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponse", + "properties": { + "querySuggestions": { + "description": "Results of the matched query suggestions. The result list is ordered and the first result is a top suggestion.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponseQuerySuggestion" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "tailMatchTriggered": { + "description": "True if the returned suggestions are all tail suggestions. For tail matching to be triggered, include_tail_suggestions in the request must be true and there must be no suggestions that match the full query.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponseQuerySuggestion": { + "description": "Suggestions as search queries.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompleteQueryResponseQuerySuggestion", + "properties": { + "completableFieldPath": { + "description": "The unique document field paths that serve as the source of this suggestion if it was generated from completable fields. This field is only populated for the document-completable model.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "suggestion": { + "description": "The suggestion for the query.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompletionInfo": { "description": "Detailed completion information including completion attribution token and clicked completion info.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCompletionInfo", @@ -2491,6 +3598,169 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation": { + "description": "External conversation proto definition.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation", + "properties": { + "endTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the conversation finished.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "messages": { + "description": "Conversation messages.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversationMessage" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `project/*/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*`", + "type": "string" + }, + "startTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the conversation started.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "state": { + "description": "The state of the Conversation.", + "enum": [ + "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "IN_PROGRESS", + "COMPLETED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unknown.", + "Conversation is currently open.", + "Conversation has been completed." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking users.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversationContext": { + "description": "Defines context of the conversation", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversationContext", + "properties": { + "activeDocument": { + "description": "The current active document the user opened. It contains the document resource reference.", + "type": "string" + }, + "contextDocuments": { + "description": "The current list of documents the user is seeing. It contains the document resource references.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversationMessage": { + "description": "Defines a conversation message.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversationMessage", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. Message creation timestamp.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "reply": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReply", + "description": "Search reply." + }, + "userInput": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTextInput", + "description": "User text input." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationRequest": { + "description": "Request message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationRequest", + "properties": { + "conversation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation", + "description": "The conversation to be used by auto session only. The name field will be ignored as we automatically assign new name for the conversation in auto session." + }, + "query": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTextInput", + "description": "Required. Current user input." + }, + "safeSearch": { + "description": "Whether to turn on safe search.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "servingConfig": { + "description": "The resource name of the Serving Config to use. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}` If this is not set, the default serving config will be used.", + "type": "string" + }, + "userLabels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationResponse": { + "description": "Response message for ConversationalSearchService.ConverseConversation method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConverseConversationResponse", + "properties": { + "conversation": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation", + "description": "Updated conversation including the answer." + }, + "relatedQuestions": { + "description": "Suggested related questions.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "reply": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReply", + "description": "Answer to the current query." + }, + "searchResults": { + "description": "Search Results.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSearchResult" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCreateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for Create Schema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCreateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomAttribute": { "description": "A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in a resource, e.g. UserEvent.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaCustomAttribute", @@ -2513,10 +3783,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDeleteSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for DeleteSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDeleteSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocument": { "description": "Document captures all raw metadata information of items to be recommended or searched.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocument", "properties": { + "content": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentContent", + "description": "The unstructured data linked to this document. Content must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store." + }, + "derivedStructData": { + "additionalProperties": { + "description": "Properties of the object.", + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Output only. This field is OUTPUT_ONLY. It contains derived data that are not in the original input document.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "object" + }, "id": { "description": "Immutable. The identifier of the document. Id should conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters.", "type": "string" @@ -2548,6 +3848,26 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentContent": { + "description": "Unstructured data linked to this document.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentContent", + "properties": { + "mimeType": { + "description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `text/plain` (TXT) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.", + "type": "string" + }, + "rawBytes": { + "description": "The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json.", + "format": "byte", + "type": "string" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 100 MB.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentInfo": { "description": "Detailed document information associated with a user event.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentInfo", @@ -2579,12 +3899,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, - "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaGcsSource": { - "description": "Cloud Storage location for input content.", - "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaGcsSource", + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDoubleList": { + "description": "Double list.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDoubleList", "properties": { - "dataSchema": { - "description": "The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for document imports: * `document` (default): One JSON Document per line. Each document must have a valid Document.id. * `content`: Unstructured data (e.g. PDF, HTML). Each file matched by `input_uris` becomes a document, with the ID set to the first 128 bits of SHA256(URI) encoded as a hex string. * `custom`: One custom data JSON per row in arbitrary format that conforms to the defined Schema of the data store. This can only be used by Gen App Builder. * `csv`: A CSV file with header conforming to the defined Schema of the data store. Each entry after the header is imported as a Document. This can only be used by Gen App Builder. Supported values for user even imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line.", + "values": { + "description": "Double values.", + "items": { + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaGcsSource": { + "description": "Cloud Storage location for input content.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaGcsSource", + "properties": { + "dataSchema": { + "description": "The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for document imports: * `document` (default): One JSON Document per line. Each document must have a valid Document.id. * `content`: Unstructured data (e.g. PDF, HTML). Each file matched by `input_uris` becomes a document, with the ID set to the first 128 bits of SHA256(URI) encoded as a hex string. * `custom`: One custom data JSON per row in arbitrary format that conforms to the defined Schema of the data store. This can only be used by Gen App Builder. * `csv`: A CSV file with header conforming to the defined Schema of the data store. Each entry after the header is imported as a Document. This can only be used by Gen App Builder. Supported values for user even imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line.", "type": "string" }, "inputUris": { @@ -2804,6 +4139,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaInterval": { + "description": "A floating point interval.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaInterval", + "properties": { + "exclusiveMaximum": { + "description": "Exclusive upper bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "exclusiveMinimum": { + "description": "Exclusive lower bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "maximum": { + "description": "Inclusive upper bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + }, + "minimum": { + "description": "Inclusive lower bound.", + "format": "double", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListConversationsResponse": { + "description": "Response for ListConversations method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListConversationsResponse", + "properties": { + "conversations": { + "description": "All the Conversations for a given data store.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListDocumentsResponse": { "description": "Response message for DocumentService.ListDocuments method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListDocumentsResponse", @@ -2822,6 +4202,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListSchemasResponse": { + "description": "Response message for SchemaService.ListSchemas method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaListSchemasResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as ListSchemasRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "schemas": { + "description": "The Schemas.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaMediaInfo": { "description": "Media-specific user event information.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaMediaInfo", @@ -3037,6 +4435,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReply": { + "description": "Defines a reply message to user.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReply", + "properties": { + "references": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "References in the reply.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReplyReference" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "reply": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "DEPRECATED: use `summary` instead. Text reply.", + "type": "string" + }, + "summary": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummary", + "description": "Summary based on search results." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReplyReference": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "Defines reference in reply.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaReplyReference", + "properties": { + "anchorText": { + "description": "Anchor text.", + "type": "string" + }, + "end": { + "description": "Anchor text end index.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "start": { + "description": "Anchor text start index.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "uri": { + "description": "URI link reference.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema": { "description": "Defines the structure and layout of a type of document data.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSchema", @@ -3080,6 +4528,624 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest": { + "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest", + "properties": { + "boostSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec", + "description": "Boost specification to boost certain documents." + }, + "branch": { + "description": "The branch resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/branches/0`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID or leave this field empty, to search documents under the default branch.", + "type": "string" + }, + "contentSearchSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec", + "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search." + }, + "embeddingSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec", + "description": "Uses the provided embedding to do additional semantic document retrieval. The retrieval is based on the dot product of SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.vector and the document embedding that is provided in SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path. If SearchRequest.embedding_spec.embedding_vectors.field_path is not provided, it will use ServingConfig.embedding_config.field_paths." + }, + "facetSpecs": { + "description": "Facet specifications for faceted search. If empty, no facets are returned. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestFacetSpec" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "filter": { + "description": "The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "imageQuery": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestImageQuery", + "description": "Raw image query." + }, + "offset": { + "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to a reasonable value. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are coerced to 100. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "A page token received from a previous SearchService.Search call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to SearchService.Search must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "type": "string" + }, + "params": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "any" + }, + "description": "Additional search parameters. For public website search only, supported values are: * `user_country_code`: string. Default empty. If set to non-empty, results are restricted or boosted based on the location provided. * `search_type`: double. Default empty. Enables non-webpage searching depending on the value. The only valid non-default value is 1, which enables image searching.", + "type": "object" + }, + "query": { + "description": "Raw search query.", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryExpansionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestQueryExpansionSpec", + "description": "The query expansion specification that specifies the conditions under which query expansion occurs." + }, + "rankingExpression": { + "description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. This overrides ServingConfig.ranking_expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joint by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.", + "type": "string" + }, + "safeSearch": { + "description": "Whether to turn on safe search. This is only supported for website search.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "spellCorrectionSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestSpellCorrectionSpec", + "description": "The spell correction specification that specifies the mode under which spell correction takes effect." + }, + "userInfo": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserInfo", + "description": "Information about the end user. Highly recommended for analytics. UserInfo.user_agent is used to deduce `device_type` for analytics." + }, + "userLabels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details.", + "type": "object" + }, + "userPseudoId": { + "description": "A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and CompleteQueryRequest.user_pseudo_id The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec": { + "description": "Boost specification to boost certain documents.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpec", + "properties": { + "conditionBoostSpecs": { + "description": "Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec": { + "description": "Boost applies to documents which match a condition.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestBoostSpecConditionBoostSpec", + "properties": { + "boost": { + "description": "Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "condition": { + "description": "An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. See SearchRequest.filter for detail syntax and limitations. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": * (id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\",\"Blue\"))", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpec", + "properties": { + "extractiveContentSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", + "description": "If there is no extractive_content_spec provided, there will be no extractive answer in the search response." + }, + "snippetSpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", + "description": "If `snippetSpec` is not specified, snippets are not included in the search response." + }, + "summarySpec": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", + "description": "If `summarySpec` is not specified, summaries are not included in the search response." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring the extractive content in a search response.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecExtractiveContentSpec", + "properties": { + "maxExtractiveAnswerCount": { + "description": "The maximum number of extractive answers returned in each search result. An extractive answer is a verbatim answer extracted from the original document, which provides a precise and contextually relevant answer to the search query. If the number of matching answers is less than the `max_extractive_answer_count`, return all of the answers. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_answer_count`. At most one answer is returned for each SearchResult.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "maxExtractiveSegmentCount": { + "description": "The max number of extractive segments returned in each search result. Only applied if the DataStore is set to DataStore.ContentConfig.CONTENT_REQUIRED or DataStore.solution_types is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT. An extractive segment is a text segment extracted from the original document that is relevant to the search query, and, in general, more verbose than an extractive answer. The segment could then be used as input for LLMs to generate summaries and answers. If the number of matching segments is less than `max_extractive_segment_count`, return all of the segments. Otherwise, return the `max_extractive_segment_count`.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "numNextSegments": { + "description": "Return at most `num_next_segments` segments after each selected segments.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "numPreviousSegments": { + "description": "Specifies whether to also include the adjacent from each selected segments. Return at most `num_previous_segments` segments before each selected segments.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "returnExtractiveSegmentScore": { + "description": "Specifies whether to return the confidence score from the extractive segments in each search result. The default value is `false`.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring snippets in a search response.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSnippetSpec", + "properties": { + "maxSnippetCount": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To control snippet return, use `return_snippet` field. For backwards compatibility, we will return snippet if max_snippet_count > 0.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "referenceOnly": { + "deprecated": true, + "description": "[DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated and will have no affect on the snippet.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "returnSnippet": { + "description": "If `true`, then return snippet. If no snippet can be generated, we return \"No snippet is available for this page.\" A `snippet_status` with `SUCCESS` or `NO_SNIPPET_AVAILABLE` will also be returned.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec": { + "description": "A specification for configuring a summary returned in a search response.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestContentSearchSpecSummarySpec", + "properties": { + "ignoreAdversarialQuery": { + "description": "Specifies whether to filter out adversarial queries. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect adversarial queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as an adversarial query. For example, a user might ask a question regarding negative comments about the company or submit a query designed to generate unsafe, policy-violating output. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for adversarial queries and return fallback messages instead.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "ignoreNonSummarySeekingQuery": { + "description": "Specifies whether to filter out queries that are not summary-seeking. The default value is `false`. Google employs search-query classification to detect summary-seeking queries. No summary is returned if the search query is classified as a non-summary seeking query. For example, `why is the sky blue` and `Who is the best soccer player in the world?` are summary-seeking queries, but `SFO airport` and `world cup 2026` are not. They are most likely navigational queries. If this field is set to `true`, we skip generating summaries for non-summary seeking queries and return fallback messages instead.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "includeCitations": { + "description": "Specifies whether to include citations in the summary. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, summaries include in-line citation numbers. Example summary including citations: BigQuery is Google Cloud's fully managed and completely serverless enterprise data warehouse [1]. BigQuery supports all data types, works across clouds, and has built-in machine learning and business intelligence, all within a unified platform [2, 3]. The citation numbers refer to the returned search results and are 1-indexed. For example, [1] means that the sentence is attributed to the first search result. [2, 3] means that the sentence is attributed to both the second and third search results.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "languageCode": { + "description": "Language code for Summary. Use language tags defined by BCP47.", + "type": "string" + }, + "summaryResultCount": { + "description": "The number of top results to generate the summary from. If the number of results returned is less than `summaryResultCount`, the summary is generated from all of the results. At most five results can be used to generate a summary.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec": { + "description": "The specification that uses customized query embedding vector to do semantic document retrieval.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpec", + "properties": { + "embeddingVectors": { + "description": "The embedding vector used for retrieval. Limit to 1.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpecEmbeddingVector" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpecEmbeddingVector": { + "description": "Embedding vector.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestEmbeddingSpecEmbeddingVector", + "properties": { + "fieldPath": { + "description": "Embedding field path in schema.", + "type": "string" + }, + "vector": { + "description": "Query embedding vector.", + "items": { + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestFacetSpec": { + "description": "A facet specification to perform faceted search.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestFacetSpec", + "properties": { + "enableDynamicPosition": { + "description": "Enables dynamic position for this facet. If set to true, the position of this facet among all facets in the response is determined automatically. If dynamic facets are enabled, it is ordered together. If set to false, the position of this facet in the response is the same as in the request, and it is ranked before the facets with dynamic position enable and all dynamic facets. For example, you may always want to have rating facet returned in the response, but it's not necessarily to always display the rating facet at the top. In that case, you can set enable_dynamic_position to true so that the position of rating facet in response is determined automatically. Another example, assuming you have the following facets in the request: * \"rating\", enable_dynamic_position = true * \"price\", enable_dynamic_position = false * \"brands\", enable_dynamic_position = false And also you have a dynamic facets enabled, which generates a facet `gender`. Then the final order of the facets in the response can be (\"price\", \"brands\", \"rating\", \"gender\") or (\"price\", \"brands\", \"gender\", \"rating\") depends on how API orders \"gender\" and \"rating\" facets. However, notice that \"price\" and \"brands\" are always ranked at first and second position because their enable_dynamic_position is false.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "excludedFilterKeys": { + "description": "List of keys to exclude when faceting. By default, FacetKey.key is not excluded from the filter unless it is listed in this field. Listing a facet key in this field allows its values to appear as facet results, even when they are filtered out of search results. Using this field does not affect what search results are returned. For example, suppose there are 100 documents with the color facet \"Red\" and 200 documents with the color facet \"Blue\". A query containing the filter \"color:ANY(\"Red\")\" and having \"color\" as FacetKey.key would by default return only \"Red\" documents in the search results, and also return \"Red\" with count 100 as the only color facet. Although there are also blue documents available, \"Blue\" would not be shown as an available facet value. If \"color\" is listed in \"excludedFilterKeys\", then the query returns the facet values \"Red\" with count 100 and \"Blue\" with count 200, because the \"color\" key is now excluded from the filter. Because this field doesn't affect search results, the search results are still correctly filtered to return only \"Red\" documents. A maximum of 100 values are allowed. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "facetKey": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestFacetSpecFacetKey", + "description": "Required. The facet key specification." + }, + "limit": { + "description": "Maximum of facet values that should be returned for this facet. If unspecified, defaults to 20. The maximum allowed value is 300. Values above 300 are coerced to 300. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestFacetSpecFacetKey": { + "description": "Specifies how a facet is computed.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestFacetSpecFacetKey", + "properties": { + "caseInsensitive": { + "description": "True to make facet keys case insensitive when getting faceting values with prefixes or contains; false otherwise.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "contains": { + "description": "Only get facet values that contains the given strings. For example, suppose \"category\" has three values \"Action > 2022\", \"Action > 2021\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". If set \"contains\" to \"2022\", the \"category\" facet only contains \"Action > 2022\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "intervals": { + "description": "Set only if values should be bucketed into intervals. Must be set for facets with numerical values. Must not be set for facet with text values. Maximum number of intervals is 30.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaInterval" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "key": { + "description": "Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Document object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive.", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "The order in which documents are returned. Allowed values are: * \"count desc\", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.count descending. * \"value desc\", which means order by SearchResponse.Facet.values.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals.", + "type": "string" + }, + "prefixes": { + "description": "Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose \"category\" has three values \"Action > 2022\", \"Action > 2021\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". If set \"prefixes\" to \"Action\", the \"category\" facet only contains \"Action > 2022\" and \"Action > 2021\". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "restrictedValues": { + "description": "Only get facet for the given restricted values. Only supported on textual fields. For example, suppose \"category\" has three values \"Action > 2022\", \"Action > 2021\" and \"Sci-Fi > 2022\". If set \"restricted_values\" to \"Action > 2022\", the \"category\" facet only contains \"Action > 2022\". Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestImageQuery": { + "description": "Specifies the image query input.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestImageQuery", + "properties": { + "imageBytes": { + "description": "Base64 encoded image bytes. Supported image formats: JPEG, PNG, and BMP.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestQueryExpansionSpec": { + "description": "Specification to determine under which conditions query expansion should occur.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestQueryExpansionSpec", + "properties": { + "condition": { + "description": "The condition under which query expansion should occur. Default to Condition.DISABLED.", + "enum": [ + "CONDITION_UNSPECIFIED", + "DISABLED", + "AUTO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified query expansion condition. In this case, server behavior defaults to Condition.DISABLED.", + "Disabled query expansion. Only the exact search query is used, even if SearchResponse.total_size is zero.", + "Automatic query expansion built by the Search API." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "pinUnexpandedResults": { + "description": "Whether to pin unexpanded results. If this field is set to true, unexpanded products are always at the top of the search results, followed by the expanded results.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestSpellCorrectionSpec": { + "description": "The specification for query spell correction.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestSpellCorrectionSpec", + "properties": { + "mode": { + "description": "The mode under which spell correction should take effect to replace the original search query. Default to Mode.AUTO.", + "enum": [ + "MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "SUGGESTION_ONLY", + "AUTO" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Unspecified spell correction mode. In this case, server behavior defaults to Mode.AUTO.", + "Search API will try to find a spell suggestion if there is any and put in the SearchResponse.corrected_query. The spell suggestion will not be used as the search query.", + "Automatic spell correction built by the Search API. Search will be based on the corrected query if found." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponse": { + "description": "Response message for SearchService.Search method.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponse", + "properties": { + "appliedControls": { + "description": "Controls applied as part of the Control service.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "attributionToken": { + "description": "A unique search token. This should be included in the UserEvent logs resulting from this search, which enables accurate attribution of search model performance.", + "type": "string" + }, + "correctedQuery": { + "description": "Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.", + "type": "string" + }, + "facets": { + "description": "Results of facets requested by user.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseFacet" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "guidedSearchResult": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResult", + "description": "Guided search result." + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "A token that can be sent as SearchRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", + "type": "string" + }, + "queryExpansionInfo": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseQueryExpansionInfo", + "description": "Query expansion information for the returned results." + }, + "redirectUri": { + "description": "The URI of a customer-defined redirect page. If redirect action is triggered, no search is performed, and only redirect_uri and attribution_token are set in the response.", + "type": "string" + }, + "results": { + "description": "A list of matched documents. The order represents the ranking.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSearchResult" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "summary": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummary", + "description": "A summary as part of the search results. This field is only returned if SearchRequest.ContentSearchSpec.summary_spec is set." + }, + "totalSize": { + "description": "The estimated total count of matched items irrespective of pagination. The count of results returned by pagination may be less than the total_size that matches.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseFacet": { + "description": "A facet result.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseFacet", + "properties": { + "dynamicFacet": { + "description": "Whether the facet is dynamically generated.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "key": { + "description": "The key for this facet. E.g., \"colors\" or \"price\". It matches SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.key.", + "type": "string" + }, + "values": { + "description": "The facet values for this field.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseFacetFacetValue" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseFacetFacetValue": { + "description": "A facet value which contains value names and their count.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseFacetFacetValue", + "properties": { + "count": { + "description": "Number of items that have this facet value.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "interval": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaInterval", + "description": "Interval value for a facet, such as 10, 20) for facet \"price\". It matches [SearchRequest.FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals." + }, + "value": { + "description": "Text value of a facet, such as \"Black\" for facet \"colors\".", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResult": { + "description": "Guided search result. The guided search helps user to refine the search results and narrow down to the real needs from a broaded search results.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResult", + "properties": { + "followUpQuestions": { + "description": "Suggested follow-up questions.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "refinementAttributes": { + "description": "A list of ranked refinement attributes.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResultRefinementAttribute" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResultRefinementAttribute": { + "description": "Useful attribute for search result refinements.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseGuidedSearchResultRefinementAttribute", + "properties": { + "attributeKey": { + "description": "Attribute key used to refine the results e.g. 'movie_type'.", + "type": "string" + }, + "attributeValue": { + "description": "Attribute value used to refine the results e.g. 'drama'.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseQueryExpansionInfo": { + "description": "Information describing query expansion including whether expansion has occurred.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseQueryExpansionInfo", + "properties": { + "expandedQuery": { + "description": "Bool describing whether query expansion has occurred.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "pinnedResultCount": { + "description": "Number of pinned results. This field will only be set when expansion happens and SearchRequest.QueryExpansionSpec.pin_unexpanded_results is set to true.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSearchResult": { + "description": "Represents the search results.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSearchResult", + "properties": { + "document": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocument", + "description": "The document data snippet in the search response. Only fields that are marked as retrievable are populated." + }, + "id": { + "description": "Document.id of the searched Document.", + "type": "string" + }, + "modelScores": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDoubleList" + }, + "description": "Google provided available scores.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummary": { + "description": "Summary of the top N search result specified by the summary spec.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSummary", + "properties": { + "summarySkippedReasons": { + "description": "Additional summary-skipped reasons. This provides the reason for ignored cases. If nothing is skipped, this field is not set.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "SUMMARY_SKIPPED_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", + "ADVERSARIAL_QUERY_IGNORED", + "NON_SUMMARY_SEEKING_QUERY_IGNORED", + "OUT_OF_DOMAIN_QUERY_IGNORED", + "POTENTIAL_POLICY_VIOLATION", + "LLM_ADDON_NOT_ENABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. The summary skipped reason is not specified.", + "The adversarial query ignored case. Only populated when SummarySpec.ignore_adversarial_query is set to `true`.", + "The non-summary seeking query ignored case. Only populated when SummarySpec.ignore_non_summary_seeking_query is set to `true`.", + "The out-of-domain query ignored case. Google skips the summary if there are no high-relevance search results. For example, the data store contains facts about company A but the user query is asking questions about company B.", + "The potential policy violation case. Google skips the summary if there is a potential policy violation detected. This includes content that may be violent or toxic.", + "The LLM addon not enabled case. Google skips the summary if the LLM addon is not enabled." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "summaryText": { + "description": "The summary content.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTextInput": { + "description": "Defines text input.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTextInput", + "properties": { + "context": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaConversationContext", + "description": "Conversation context of the input." + }, + "input": { + "description": "Text input.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTransactionInfo": { "description": "A transaction represents the entire purchase transaction.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaTransactionInfo", @@ -3115,6 +5181,23 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUpdateSchemaMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for UpdateSchema LRO.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUpdateSchemaMetadata", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Operation create time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Operation last update time. If the operation is done, this is also the finish time.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserEvent": { "description": "UserEvent captures all metadata information Discovery Engine API needs to know about how end users interact with customers' website.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaUserEvent", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json index d44b8854a3f..6d3c1722256 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v1.json @@ -8157,7 +8157,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 85d99eca194..422b580e63c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -5258,23 +5258,23 @@ "type": "string" }, "filter": { - "description": "Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `targetingType` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources of targeting type `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` or `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`: `targetingType=\"TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO\" OR targetingType=\"TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", + "description": "Optional. Allows filtering by assigned targeting option fields. Supported syntax: * Filter expressions are made up of one or more restrictions. * Restrictions can be combined by the logical operator `OR`. * A restriction has the form of `{field} {operator} {value}`. * All fields must use the `EQUALS (=)` operator. Supported fields: * `targetingType` Examples: * `AssignedTargetingOption` resources of targeting type `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO` or `TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL`: `targetingType=\"TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_VIDEO\" OR targetingType=\"TARGETING_TYPE_YOUTUBE_CHANNEL\"` The length of this field should be no more than 500 characters. Reference our [filter `LIST` requests](/display-video/api/guides/how-tos/filters) guide for more information.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "orderBy": { - "description": "Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `youtubeAdGroupId` (default) * `assignedTargetingOption.targetingType` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix \"desc\" should be added to the field name. Example: `targetingType desc`.", + "description": "Optional. Field by which to sort the list. Acceptable values are: * `youtubeAdGroupId` (acceptable in v2) * `adGroupId` (acceptable in v3) * `assignedTargetingOption.targetingType` The default sorting order is ascending. To specify descending order for a field, a suffix \"desc\" should be added to the field name. Example: `targetingType desc`.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { - "description": "Requested page size. The size must be an integer between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, the default is `5000`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.", + "description": "Optional. Requested page size. The size must be an integer between `1` and `5000`. If unspecified, the default is `5000`. Returns error code `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if an invalid value is specified.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { - "description": "A token that lets the client fetch the next page of results. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to the `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.", + "description": "Optional. A token that lets the client fetch the next page of results. Typically, this is the value of next_page_token returned from the previous call to the `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` method. If not specified, the first page of results will be returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -9183,7 +9183,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -10884,7 +10884,7 @@ "id": "BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptionsResponse", "properties": { "nextPageToken": { - "description": "A token identifying the next page of results. This value should be specified as the pageToken in a subsequent call to `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` to fetch the next page of results. This token will be absent if there are no more youtube_ad_group_assigned_targeting_options to return.", + "description": "A token identifying the next page of results. This value should be specified as the pageToken in a subsequent call to `BulkListAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions` to fetch the next page of results. This token will be absent if there are no more youtube_ad_group_assigned_targeting_options or ad_group_assigned_targeting_options to return.", "type": "string" }, "youtubeAdGroupAssignedTargetingOptions": { @@ -21117,7 +21117,7 @@ "properties": { "biddingStrategy": { "$ref": "YoutubeAndPartnersBiddingStrategy", - "description": "The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item." + "description": "Required. The bidding strategy of the YouTube and Partners line item." }, "contentCategory": { "description": "The kind of content on which the YouTube and Partners ads will be shown.", @@ -21162,7 +21162,7 @@ }, "thirdPartyMeasurementSettings": { "$ref": "YoutubeAndPartnersThirdPartyMeasurementSettings", - "description": "The third-party measurement settings of the line item." + "description": "Optional. The third-party measurement settings of the line item." }, "videoAdSequenceSettings": { "$ref": "VideoAdSequenceSettings", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json index bdb6ebbd896..9abc53ddc2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dlp.v2.json @@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://dlp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePrivacyDlpV2Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json index 3ff4fe34dcd..3f2bb6e0eac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230801", + "revision": "20230807", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleIamV1Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json index ed9495db43a..57408c390af 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230801", + "revision": "20230807", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { @@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleIamV1Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 018ff70f17b..6abdc5f83d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoText": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index edc120d6167..f5973c37f1a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -1208,6 +1208,44 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadata": { + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadata", + "properties": { + "commonMetadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata", + "description": "The basic metadata of the long-running operation." + }, + "individualBatchUpdateStatuses": { + "description": "The list of response details of each document.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus": { + "description": "The status of each individual document in the batch update process.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus", + "properties": { + "documentId": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3DocumentId", + "description": "The document id of the document." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", + "description": "The status of updating the document in storage." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsResponse": { + "description": "Response of the batch update documents operation.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": { "description": "The common metadata for long running operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json index 32cc99f16c3..8fbb2501e06 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -458,6 +458,44 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadata": { + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadata", + "properties": { + "commonMetadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata", + "description": "The basic metadata of the long-running operation." + }, + "individualBatchUpdateStatuses": { + "description": "The list of response details of each document.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus": { + "description": "The status of each individual document in the batch update process.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus", + "properties": { + "documentId": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3DocumentId", + "description": "The document id of the document." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", + "description": "The status of updating the document in storage." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsResponse": { + "description": "Response of the batch update documents operation.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": { "description": "The common metadata for long running operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 85751fbee2f..1c3aac415fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -1422,6 +1422,44 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadata": { + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadata", + "properties": { + "commonMetadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata", + "description": "The basic metadata of the long-running operation." + }, + "individualBatchUpdateStatuses": { + "description": "The list of response details of each document.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus": { + "description": "The status of each individual document in the batch update process.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsMetadataIndividualBatchUpdateStatus", + "properties": { + "documentId": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3DocumentId", + "description": "The document id of the document." + }, + "status": { + "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", + "description": "The status of updating the document in storage." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsResponse": { + "description": "Response of the batch update documents operation.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchUpdateDocumentsResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata": { "description": "The common metadata for long running operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3CommonOperationMetadata", @@ -7493,6 +7531,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3FieldExtractionMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata for how this field value is extracted.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3FieldExtractionMetadata", + "properties": { + "summaryOptions": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3SummaryOptions", + "description": "Summary options config." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3GcsDocument": { "description": "Specifies a document stored on Cloud Storage.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3GcsDocument", @@ -7898,6 +7947,10 @@ "ocrConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3OcrConfig", "description": "Only applicable to `OCR_PROCESSOR`. Returns error if set on other processor types." + }, + "schemaOverride": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentSchema", + "description": "Optional. Override the schema of the ProcessorVersion. Will return an Invalid Argument error if this field is set when the underlying ProcessorVersion doesn't support schema override." } }, "type": "object" @@ -8208,6 +8261,10 @@ "description": "Metadata about a property.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3PropertyMetadata", "properties": { + "fieldExtractionMetadata": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3FieldExtractionMetadata", + "description": "Field extraction metadata on the property." + }, "inactive": { "description": "Whether the property should be considered as \"inactive\".", "type": "boolean" @@ -8408,6 +8465,43 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3SummaryOptions": { + "description": "Metadata for document summarization.", + "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3SummaryOptions", + "properties": { + "format": { + "description": "What format the summary should be in.", + "enum": [ + "FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", + "PARAGRAPH", + "BULLETS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default.", + "Format the output in paragraphs.", + "Format the output in bullets." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "length": { + "description": "How long the summary should be.", + "enum": [ + "LENGTH_UNSPECIFIED", + "BRIEF", + "MODERATE", + "COMPREHENSIVE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default.", + "A brief summary of one or two sentences.", + "A paragraph-lengthed summary.", + "The longest option available." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3TrainProcessorVersionMetadata": { "description": "The metadata that represents a processor version being created.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3TrainProcessorVersionMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index f24e1150f81..28cf33b848a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json index ec2a893234c..ab73b5c37c2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclickbidmanager.v2.json @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230801", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclickbidmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChannelGrouping": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json index e61c27ec870..6391f60f39d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/doubleclicksearch.v2.json @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://doubleclicksearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Availability": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index 887df948baa..83cc0efd255 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ "drives": { "methods": { "delete": { - "description": "Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an organizer. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.", + "description": "Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an `organizer`. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.", "flatPath": "drives/{driveId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "drive.drives.delete", @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { - "description": "Permanently deletes a file by ID. Skips the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be an organizer on the parent for shared drive files.", + "description": "Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "drive.files.delete", @@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "fileId": { - "description": "The ID for the file or shared drive.", + "description": "The ID for the file.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ ] }, "trash": { - "description": " Moves a file to the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files. Only the owner may trash a file. The trashed item is excluded from all `files.list` responses returned for any user who doesn't own the file. However, all users with access to the file can see the trashed item metadata in an API response. All users with access can copy, download, export, and share the file. *Note:* Files moved to the trash still appear by default in results from the `files.list` method. To permanently remove a file, use `files.delete`.", + "description": "Moves a file to the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/trash", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "drive.files.trash", @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ ] }, "untrash": { - "description": "Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files. Only the owner may untrash a file.", + "description": "Restores a file from the trash. The currently authenticated user must own the file or be at least a `fileOrganizer` on the parent for shared drive files.", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}/untrash", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "drive.files.untrash", @@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -4117,7 +4117,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "App": { - "description": "The apps resource provides a list of the apps that a user has installed, with information about each app's supported MIME types, file extensions, and other details.", + "description": "The apps resource provides a list of the apps that a user has installed, with information about each app's supported MIME types, file extensions, and other details. Some resource methods (such as `apps.get`) require an `appId`. Use the `apps.list` method to retrieve the ID for an installed application.", "id": "App", "properties": { "authorized": { @@ -4481,7 +4481,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ChildReference": { - "description": "A reference to a folder's child.", + "description": "A reference to a folder's child. Some resource methods (such as `children.get`) require a `childId`. Use the `children.list` method to retrieve the ID of the child.", "id": "ChildReference", "properties": { "childLink": { @@ -4510,7 +4510,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Comment": { - "description": "A comment on a file in Google Drive.", + "description": "A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file.", "id": "Comment", "properties": { "anchor": { @@ -4631,7 +4631,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CommentReply": { - "description": "A comment on a file in Google Drive.", + "description": "A comment on a file in Google Drive. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply.", "id": "CommentReply", "properties": { "author": { @@ -4746,7 +4746,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Drive": { - "description": "Representation of a shared drive.", + "description": "Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive.", "id": "Drive", "properties": { "backgroundImageFile": { @@ -4956,7 +4956,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "File": { - "description": "The metadata for a file.", + "description": "The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file.", "id": "File", "properties": { "alternateLink": { @@ -6018,7 +6018,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "ParentReference": { - "description": "A reference to a file's parent.", + "description": "A reference to a file's parent. Some resource methods (such as `parents.get`) require a `parentId`. Use the `parents.list` method to retrieve the ID for a parent.", "id": "ParentReference", "properties": { "id": { @@ -6051,7 +6051,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Permission": { - "description": "A permission for a file.", + "description": "A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.", "id": "Permission", "properties": { "additionalRoles": { @@ -6265,7 +6265,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Property": { - "description": "A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property", + "description": "A key-value pair attached to a file that is either public or private to an application. The following limits apply to file properties: * Maximum of 100 properties total per file * Maximum of 30 private properties per app * Maximum of 30 public properties * Maximum of 124 bytes size limit on (key + value) string in UTF-8 encoding for a single property Some resource methods (such as `properties.update`) require a `propertyKey`. Use the `properties.list` method to retrieve the key for a property.", "id": "Property", "properties": { "etag": { @@ -6329,7 +6329,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Revision": { - "description": "A revision of a file.", + "description": "A revision of a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision.", "id": "Revision", "properties": { "downloadUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index 86eca02449b..c5b3e865a96 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { - "description": "Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an organizer. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.", + "description": "Permanently deletes a shared drive for which the user is an `organizer`. The shared drive cannot contain any untrashed items.", "flatPath": "drives/{driveId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "drive.drives.delete", @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ "supportsMediaUpload": true }, "delete": { - "description": "Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive the user must be an organizer on the parent. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.", + "description": "Permanently deletes a file owned by the user without moving it to the trash. If the file belongs to a shared drive, the user must be an `organizer` on the parent folder. If the target is a folder, all descendants owned by the user are also deleted.", "flatPath": "files/{fileId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "drive.files.delete", @@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "fileId": { - "description": "The ID for the file or shared drive.", + "description": "The ID for the file.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Comment": { - "description": "A comment on a file.", + "description": "A comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `comments.update`) require a `commentId`. Use the `comments.list` method to retrieve the ID for a comment in a file.", "id": "Comment", "properties": { "anchor": { @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Drive": { - "description": "Representation of a shared drive.", + "description": "Representation of a shared drive. Some resource methods (such as `drives.update`) require a `driveId`. Use the `drives.list` method to retrieve the ID for a shared drive.", "id": "Drive", "properties": { "backgroundImageFile": { @@ -3050,7 +3050,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "File": { - "description": "The metadata for a file.", + "description": "The metadata for a file. Some resource methods (such as `files.update`) require a `fileId`. Use the `files.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file.", "id": "File", "properties": { "appProperties": { @@ -3982,7 +3982,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Permission": { - "description": "A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy.", + "description": "A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive.", "id": "Permission", "properties": { "allowFileDiscovery": { @@ -4133,7 +4133,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Reply": { - "description": "A reply to a comment on a file.", + "description": "A reply to a comment on a file. Some resource methods (such as `replies.update`) require a `replyId`. Use the `replies.list` method to retrieve the ID for a reply.", "id": "Reply", "properties": { "action": { @@ -4207,7 +4207,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Revision": { - "description": "The metadata for a revision to a file.", + "description": "The metadata for a revision to a file. Some resource methods (such as `revisions.update`) require a `revisionId`. Use the `revisions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a revision.", "id": "Revision", "properties": { "exportLinks": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index abb540a6258..5354f2f734d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index 2861685ecd9..c8b1abfa225 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json index 5e94ce8769d..193ba715708 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1beta1.json @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json index 3401bcce01c..75af022abe1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json index 51dfc86b02c..5bcee1dc588 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcm.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://fcm.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 88d16626e57..1044cacb62c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json index ac095eb75c4..6160514c89b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json index 4bdfc17cfc7..c80c608efe5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index 26b62677053..14935ea9a64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index 7494023ce6e..1827551a739 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 9388644c2f7..afe436ef3e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -198,6 +198,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/firebase" ] }, + "exchangeDebugToken": { + "description": "Validates a debug token secret that you have previously created using CreateDebugToken. If valid, returns an AppCheckToken. Note that a restrictive quota is enforced on this method to prevent accidental exposure of the app to abuse.", + "flatPath": "v1beta/oauthClients/{oauthClientsId}:exchangeDebugToken", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "firebaseappcheck.oauthClients.exchangeDebugToken", + "parameterOrder": [ + "app" + ], + "parameters": { + "app": { + "description": "Required. The relative resource name of the app, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id} ``` If necessary, the `project_number` element can be replaced with the project ID of the Firebase project. Learn more about using project identifiers in Google's [AIP 2510](https://google.aip.dev/cloud/2510) standard.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^oauthClients/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta/{+app}:exchangeDebugToken", + "request": { + "$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaExchangeDebugTokenRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppCheckToken" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/firebase" + ] + }, "generateAppAttestChallenge": { "description": "Generates a challenge that protects the integrity of an immediately following call to ExchangeAppAttestAttestation or ExchangeAppAttestAssertion. A challenge should not be reused for multiple calls.", "flatPath": "v1beta/oauthClients/{oauthClientsId}:generateAppAttestChallenge", @@ -1596,7 +1625,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json index 7b29e41a1af..99fd81c104f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230815", + "revision": "20230824", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GdataBlobstore2Info": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index ad5a469b334..c81c57af864 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index f20476b0fde..f8d1ea7e12f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json index a3ce4edf75f..7bf9e00fabc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1.json @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json index 6e18329833a..0626a3b3f3d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasehosting.v1beta1.json @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://firebasehosting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActingUser": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json index 801977b4acf..b653fac0924 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json index 8b26080e521..892dc0c5834 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1beta2.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DownloadModelResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json index c40d35a1d8e..75b513aac7c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230710", + "revision": "20230731", "rootUrl": "https://firebaserules.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Arg": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json index a3e58e0011f..7f9d2b8a36b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://firebasestorage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index 1a89a10f9c0..d00f69ef29b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 782d173df37..74aa97bbc9e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index 2c75316bd51..548a4a6c956 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json index 3f2b1247c34..3c32fa6f397 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json index deeb9900d66..a3d64959ba8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json index c3033b4d2b7..3dd9c35c3b1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "stepsToIncrement": { - "description": "The number of steps to increment.", + "description": "Required. The number of steps to increment.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "required": true, @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "steps": { - "description": "The minimum value to set the steps to.", + "description": "Required. The minimum value to set the steps to.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "required": true, @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "clientRevision": { - "description": "The revision of the client SDK used by your application. Format: `[PLATFORM_TYPE]:[VERSION_NUMBER]`. Possible values of `PLATFORM_TYPE` are: * `ANDROID` - Client is running the Android SDK. * `IOS` - Client is running the iOS SDK. * `WEB_APP` - Client is running as a Web App.", + "description": "Required. The revision of the client SDK used by your application. Format: `[PLATFORM_TYPE]:[VERSION_NUMBER]`. Possible values of `PLATFORM_TYPE` are: * `ANDROID` - Client is running the Android SDK. * `IOS` - Client is running the iOS SDK. * `WEB_APP` - Client is running as a Web App.", "location": "query", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "timeSpan": { - "description": "The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting.", + "description": "Required. The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting.", "enum": [ "SCORE_TIME_SPAN_UNSPECIFIED", "ALL_TIME", @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "timeSpan": { - "description": "The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting.", + "description": "Required. The time span for the scores and ranks you're requesting.", "enum": [ "SCORE_TIME_SPAN_UNSPECIFIED", "ALL_TIME", @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "score": { - "description": "The score you're submitting. The submitted score is ignored if it is worse than a previously submitted score, where worse depends on the leaderboard sort order. The meaning of the score value depends on the leaderboard format type. For fixed-point, the score represents the raw value. For time, the score represents elapsed time in milliseconds. For currency, the score represents a value in micro units.", + "description": "Required. The score you're submitting. The submitted score is ignored if it is worse than a previously submitted score, where worse depends on the leaderboard sort order. The meaning of the score value depends on the leaderboard format type. For fixed-point, the score represents the raw value. For time, the score represents elapsed time in milliseconds. For currency, the score represents a value in micro units.", "format": "int64", "location": "query", "required": true, @@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230724", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementDefinition": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json index e08a9a6eb0f..95a814c1bb9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230724", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementConfiguration": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json index 4ee8bfa07e6..65558061f98 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230724", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementResetAllResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 53f08ef551a..b81f172c5c1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -3848,10 +3848,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, - "fleet": { - "description": "Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet.", - "type": "boolean" - }, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -4302,11 +4298,13 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "FLEET", + "FLEET_OUT_OF_SYNC", "USER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Type is unknown or not set.", "Per-Membership spec was inherited from the fleet-level default.", + "Per-Membership spec was inherited from the fleet-level default but is now out of sync with the current default.", "Per-Membership spec was inherited from a user specification." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index d721804c105..5e6944fb8be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -2616,6 +2616,56 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ClusterUpgradeFleetSpec": { + "description": "**ClusterUpgrade**: The configuration for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature.", + "id": "ClusterUpgradeFleetSpec", + "properties": { + "gkeUpgradeOverrides": { + "description": "Allow users to override some properties of each GKE upgrade.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeOverride" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "postConditions": { + "$ref": "ClusterUpgradePostConditions", + "description": "Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required." + }, + "upstreamFleets": { + "description": "This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ClusterUpgradeFleetState": { + "description": "**ClusterUpgrade**: The state for the fleet-level ClusterUpgrade feature.", + "id": "ClusterUpgradeFleetState", + "properties": { + "downstreamFleets": { + "description": "This fleets whose upstream_fleets contain the current fleet. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "gkeState": { + "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgradeFeatureState", + "description": "Feature state for GKE clusters." + }, + "ignored": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership" + }, + "description": "A list of memberships ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel. The membership resource is in the format: `projects/{p}/locations/{l}/membership/{m}`.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade": { "description": "GKEUpgrade represents a GKE provided upgrade, e.g., control plane upgrade.", "id": "ClusterUpgradeGKEUpgrade", @@ -2749,6 +2799,10 @@ "description": "Per-membership state for this feature.", "id": "ClusterUpgradeMembershipState", "properties": { + "fleet": { + "description": "Project number or id of the fleet. It is set only for Memberships that are part of fleet-based Rollout Sequencing.", + "type": "string" + }, "ignored": { "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeIgnoredMembership", "description": "Whether this membership is ignored by the feature. For example, manually upgraded clusters can be ignored if they are newer than the default versions of its release channel." @@ -2886,6 +2940,10 @@ "$ref": "CloudAuditLoggingFeatureSpec", "description": "Cloud Audit Logging-specific spec." }, + "clusterupgrade": { + "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeFleetSpec", + "description": "ClusterUpgrade (fleet-based) feature spec." + }, "fleetobservability": { "$ref": "FleetObservabilityFeatureSpec", "description": "FleetObservability feature spec." @@ -2909,6 +2967,10 @@ "$ref": "AppDevExperienceFeatureState", "description": "Appdevexperience specific state." }, + "clusterupgrade": { + "$ref": "ClusterUpgradeFleetState", + "description": "ClusterUpgrade fleet-level state." + }, "fleetobservability": { "$ref": "FleetObservabilityFeatureState", "description": "FleetObservability feature state." @@ -4948,10 +5010,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, - "fleet": { - "description": "Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet.", - "type": "boolean" - }, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -5483,11 +5541,13 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "FLEET", + "FLEET_OUT_OF_SYNC", "USER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Type is unknown or not set.", "Per-Membership spec was inherited from the fleet-level default.", + "Per-Membership spec was inherited from the fleet-level default but is now out of sync with the current default.", "Per-Membership spec was inherited from a user specification." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json index b456cbb9ef0..bb6f08e051d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha2.json @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index ac16e742253..92fbc7852a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnthosObservabilityFeatureSpec": { @@ -4011,10 +4011,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, - "fleet": { - "description": "Whether the membershipbinding is Fleet-wide; true means that this Membership should be bound to all Namespaces in this entire Fleet.", - "type": "boolean" - }, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -4392,11 +4388,13 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "FLEET", + "FLEET_OUT_OF_SYNC", "USER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Type is unknown or not set.", "Per-Membership spec was inherited from the fleet-level default.", + "Per-Membership spec was inherited from the fleet-level default but is now out of sync with the current default.", "Per-Membership spec was inherited from a user specification." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json index bfc1a87584a..793ca230ccf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta1.json @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplianceCluster": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json index c2fd470d914..df31308f940 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v2alpha.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json index 28f5c67202b..583d06e6d9a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkeonprem.v1.json @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230731", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://gkeonprem.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authorization": { @@ -3043,6 +3043,10 @@ "description": "The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for the bare metal admin cluster.", "type": "string" }, + "binaryAuthorization": { + "$ref": "BinaryAuthorization", + "description": "Binary Authorization related configurations." + }, "clusterOperations": { "$ref": "BareMetalAdminClusterOperationsConfig", "description": "Cluster operations configuration." @@ -3207,7 +3211,7 @@ }, "controlPlaneNodePoolConfig": { "$ref": "BareMetalAdminControlPlaneNodePoolConfig", - "description": "Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster." + "description": "Required. Configures the node pool running the control plane. If specified the corresponding NodePool will be created for the cluster's control plane. The NodePool will have the same name and namespace as the cluster." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3218,7 +3222,7 @@ "properties": { "nodePoolConfig": { "$ref": "BareMetalNodePoolConfig", - "description": "The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane." + "description": "Required. The generic configuration for a node pool running the control plane." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3551,6 +3555,10 @@ "description": "Required. The Anthos clusters on bare metal version for your user cluster.", "type": "string" }, + "binaryAuthorization": { + "$ref": "BinaryAuthorization", + "description": "Binary Authorization related configurations." + }, "clusterOperations": { "$ref": "BareMetalClusterOperationsConfig", "description": "Cluster operations configuration." @@ -4360,6 +4368,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "BinaryAuthorization": { + "description": "Configuration for Binary Authorization.", + "id": "BinaryAuthorization", + "properties": { + "evaluationMode": { + "description": "Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED.", + "enum": [ + "EVALUATION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", + "DISABLED", + "PROJECT_SINGLETON_POLICY_ENFORCE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value", + "Disable BinaryAuthorization", + "Enforce Kubernetes admission requests with BinaryAuthorization using the project's singleton policy." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Binding": { "description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", "id": "Binding", @@ -4875,7 +4904,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -5034,7 +5063,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { @@ -5706,6 +5735,10 @@ "description": "MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group.", "type": "string" }, + "stackdriverName": { + "description": "Name to be used by Stackdriver.", + "type": "string" + }, "vms": { "description": "Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group.", "items": { @@ -5864,6 +5897,10 @@ "description": "A human readable description of this VMware user cluster.", "type": "string" }, + "disableBundledIngress": { + "description": "Disable bundled ingress.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "enableControlPlaneV2": { "description": "Enable control plane V2. Default to false.", "type": "boolean" @@ -5951,6 +5988,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "upgradePolicy": { + "$ref": "VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy", + "description": "Specifies upgrade policy for the cluster." + }, "validationCheck": { "$ref": "ValidationCheck", "description": "Output only. ValidationCheck represents the result of the preflight check job.", @@ -5968,6 +6009,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy": { + "description": "VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy defines the cluster upgrade policy.", + "id": "VmwareClusterUpgradePolicy", + "properties": { + "controlPlaneOnly": { + "description": "Controls whether the upgrade applies to the control plane only.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VmwareControlPlaneNodeConfig": { "description": "Specifies control plane node config for the VMware user cluster.", "id": "VmwareControlPlaneNodeConfig", @@ -6016,6 +6068,10 @@ "datastore": { "description": "The Vsphere datastore used by the control plane Node.", "type": "string" + }, + "storagePolicyName": { + "description": "The Vsphere storage policy used by the control plane Node.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -6150,6 +6206,11 @@ "$ref": "VmwareMetalLbConfig", "description": "Configuration for MetalLB typed load balancers." }, + "seesawConfig": { + "$ref": "VmwareSeesawConfig", + "description": "Output only. Configuration for Seesaw typed load balancers.", + "readOnly": true + }, "vipConfig": { "$ref": "VmwareVipConfig", "description": "The VIPs used by the load balancer." @@ -6437,6 +6498,43 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VmwareSeesawConfig": { + "description": "VmwareSeesawConfig represents configuration parameters for an already existing Seesaw load balancer. IMPORTANT: Please note that the Anthos On-Prem API will not generate or update Seesaw configurations it can only bind a pre-existing configuration to a new user cluster. IMPORTANT: When attempting to create a user cluster with a pre-existing Seesaw load balancer you will need to follow some preparation steps before calling the 'CreateVmwareCluster' API method. First you will need to create the user cluster's namespace via kubectl. The namespace will need to use the following naming convention : -gke-onprem-mgmt or -gke-onprem-mgmt depending on whether you used the 'VmwareCluster.local_name' to disambiguate collisions; for more context see the documentation of 'VmwareCluster.local_name'. Once the namespace is created you will need to create a secret resource via kubectl. This secret will contain copies of your Seesaw credentials. The Secret must be called 'user-cluster-creds' and contain Seesaw's SSH and Cert credentials. The credentials must be keyed with the following names: 'seesaw-ssh-private-key', 'seesaw-ssh-public-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-key', 'seesaw-ssh-ca-cert'.", + "id": "VmwareSeesawConfig", + "properties": { + "enableHa": { + "description": "Enable two load balancer VMs to achieve a highly-available Seesaw load balancer.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "group": { + "description": "Required. In general the following format should be used for the Seesaw group name: seesaw-for-[cluster_name].", + "type": "string" + }, + "ipBlocks": { + "description": "Required. The IP Blocks to be used by the Seesaw load balancer", + "items": { + "$ref": "VmwareIpBlock" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "masterIp": { + "description": "Required. MasterIP is the IP announced by the master of Seesaw group.", + "type": "string" + }, + "stackdriverName": { + "description": "Name to be used by Stackdriver.", + "type": "string" + }, + "vms": { + "description": "Names of the VMs created for this Seesaw group.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VmwareStaticIpConfig": { "description": "Represents the network configuration required for the VMware user clusters with Static IP configurations.", "id": "VmwareStaticIpConfig", @@ -6493,6 +6591,10 @@ "resourcePool": { "description": "The name of the vCenter resource pool for the user cluster.", "type": "string" + }, + "storagePolicyName": { + "description": "The name of the vCenter storage policy for the user cluster.", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index f55d22ee364..e078daf3de0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index 93ebb64f6bd..1ba12279839 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index 18fd256d171..95fb4ce7ffa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { @@ -6361,7 +6361,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -6464,7 +6464,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index 63510ec693a..fd94f1c28dd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -4941,7 +4941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -7845,7 +7845,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -7977,7 +7977,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json index 52dd7f07308..61446502f84 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentDeviceId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 0e157996da8..20dc069c5e3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminAuditData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json index 6b7b4535618..cab720ef2a5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json index 386c13ae4ea..a0682ef618e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamAdminV1AuditData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json index 2f3a84fb6a4..887db1cc6df 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json index d7e75147113..15471eea4d8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v1.json @@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitV1Argon2Parameters": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json index fac66875c6b..a91b8a49ffd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/identitytoolkit.v2.json @@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://identitytoolkit.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudIdentitytoolkitAdminV2AllowByDefault": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json index 23ece77e195..a38458aefe4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/indexing.v3.json @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://indexing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "PublishUrlNotificationResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json index 69cabca7e0f..48839e320e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230719", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json index 243327198f0..139dbafcbf5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230719", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json index 0f26d9fdc65..3db61956ce3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230719", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index d3310be23cb..a41bed06415 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json index 7e2bc8b5fc3..4a9ae764769 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://kmsinventory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1ListCryptoKeysResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 3936223d9dc..039cf431c66 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index f5f86baeee8..ea946f15db1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json index f9fcf163cb8..536ffb01ac3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index 03d97c2d422..7efe211ccb3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index ad030312e9c..1202db9ac1d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index 520fe3e5027..84275e225b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index f804d0e518e..ccd0f21284a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json index 205bf9cf45f..387976b5c30 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/logging.v2.json @@ -7077,7 +7077,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://logging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BigQueryDataset": { @@ -7716,7 +7716,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "pageSize": { - "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Default is 50. If the value is negative or exceeds 1000, the request is rejected. The presence of next_page_token in the response indicates that more results might be available.", + "description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Default is 50. If the value is negative, the request is rejected.The presence of next_page_token in the response indicates that more results might be available.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -8100,7 +8100,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "trace": { - "description": "Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project \"my-trace-project\" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID \"12345\", then the service should use \"projects/my-tracing-project/traces/12345\".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace.", + "description": "Optional. The REST resource name of the trace being written to Cloud Trace (https://cloud.google.com/trace) in association with this log entry. For example, if your trace data is stored in the Cloud project \"my-trace-project\" and if the service that is creating the log entry receives a trace header that includes the trace ID \"12345\", then the service should use \"projects/my-trace-project/traces/12345\".The trace field provides the link between logs and traces. By using this field, you can navigate from a log entry to a trace.", "type": "string" }, "traceSampled": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 3adccc7d8c9..c7ba22afb63 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json index 18ba202634e..bce00e9ae23 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json index 15ef6c630e9..362b55f9dda 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApi__HttpBody": { @@ -3723,7 +3723,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleIamV1__Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "GoogleIamV1__Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -3844,7 +3844,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index 43e6b530781..76ba9ccbe0d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -1595,6 +1595,67 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PieChart": { + "description": "A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie or a donut.", + "id": "PieChart", + "properties": { + "chartType": { + "description": "Required. Indicates the visualization type for the PieChart.", + "enum": [ + "PIE_CHART_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "PIE", + "DONUT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The zero value. No type specified. Do not use.", + "A Pie type PieChart.", + "Similar to PIE, but the DONUT type PieChart has a hole in the middle." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "dataSets": { + "description": "Required. The queries for the chart's data.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PieChartDataSet" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "showLabels": { + "description": "Optional. Indicates whether or not the pie chart should slices' labels", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "showTotal": { + "description": "Optional. Indicates whether or not donut chart should show the total in the middle", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "sliceAggregatedThreshold": { + "description": "Optional. If slices's values are smaller than this value, they will be combined into other category", + "format": "float", + "type": "number" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "PieChartDataSet": { + "description": "Groups a time series query definition.", + "id": "PieChartDataSet", + "properties": { + "minAlignmentPeriod": { + "description": "Optional. The lower bound on data point frequency for this data set, implemented by specifying the minimum alignment period to use in a time series query. For example, if the data is published once every 10 minutes, the min_alignment_period should be at least 10 minutes. It would not make sense to fetch and align data at one minute intervals.", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, + "sliceNameTemplate": { + "description": "Optional. A template for the name of the slice. This name will be displayed in the legend and the tooltip of the pie chart. It replaces the auto-generated names for the slices. For example, if the template is set to ${resource.labels.zone}, the zone's value will be used for the name instead of the default name.", + "type": "string" + }, + "timeSeriesQuery": { + "$ref": "TimeSeriesQuery", + "description": "Required. The query for the PieChart. See, google.monitoring.dashboard.v1.TimeSeriesQuery." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "QueryExemplarsRequest": { "description": "QueryExemplarsRequest holds all parameters of the Prometheus upstream API for querying exemplars.", "id": "QueryExemplarsRequest", @@ -2315,6 +2376,10 @@ "$ref": "LogsPanel", "description": "A widget that shows a stream of logs." }, + "pieChart": { + "$ref": "PieChart", + "description": "A widget that displays timeseries data as a pie chart." + }, "scorecard": { "$ref": "Scorecard", "description": "A scorecard summarizing time series data." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index f8e194e73e2..625c895a979 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2714,7 +2714,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json index 7ce57f1a2f3..57498ef13b8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptInvitationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json index 19708323569..0421a8c8a16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdWordsLocationExtensions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json index 296b1fd3509..30afec02ba3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinesslodging.v1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinesslodging.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accessibility": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json index 1ccf265aae5..9b351a24f88 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessnotifications.v1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessnotifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "NotificationSetting": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json index 804b7bc5f55..857b4e8b4d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessplaceactions.v1.json @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessplaceactions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json index 515750d9702..75b23eee86a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessqanda.v1.json @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessqanda.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Answer": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json index dd9fd2bac0b..e4a63f70fac 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddressVerificationData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index f679a0842f3..19773ea37e5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -833,6 +833,99 @@ }, "policyBasedRoutes": { "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a new PolicyBasedRoute in a given project and location.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource's name of the PolicyBasedRoute.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "policyBasedRouteId": { + "description": "Required. Unique id for the Policy Based Route to create.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/policyBasedRoutes", + "request": { + "$ref": "PolicyBasedRoute" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a single PolicyBasedRoute.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the PolicyBasedRoute resource to delete.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "requestId": { + "description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Gets details of a single PolicyBasedRoute.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. Name of the PolicyBasedRoute resource to get.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/[^/]+$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "PolicyBasedRoute" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}:getIamPolicy", @@ -864,6 +957,52 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "list": { + "description": "Lists PolicyBasedRoutes in a given project and location.", + "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "networkconnectivity.projects.locations.global.policyBasedRoutes.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "parent" + ], + "parameters": { + "filter": { + "description": "A filter expression that filters the results listed in the response.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "orderBy": { + "description": "Sort the results by a certain order.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "pageSize": { + "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "The page token.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "parent": { + "description": "Required. The parent resource's name.", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/global$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1/{+parent}/policyBasedRoutes", + "response": { + "$ref": "ListPolicyBasedRoutesResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/global/policyBasedRoutes/{policyBasedRoutesId}:setIamPolicy", @@ -2491,7 +2630,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptSpokeRequest": { @@ -2617,6 +2756,7 @@ "properties": { "error": { "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", + "deprecated": true, "description": "The most recent error during operating this connection." }, "errorInfo": { @@ -2718,6 +2858,37 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Filter": { + "description": "Filter matches L4 traffic.", + "id": "Filter", + "properties": { + "destRange": { + "description": "Optional. The destination IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is \"0.0.0.0/0\" if protocol version is IPv4.", + "type": "string" + }, + "ipProtocol": { + "description": "Optional. The IP protocol that this policy based route applies to. Valid values are 'TCP', 'UDP', and 'ALL'. Default is 'ALL'.", + "type": "string" + }, + "protocolVersion": { + "description": "Required. Internet protocol versions this policy based route applies to. For this version, only IPV4 is supported.", + "enum": [ + "PROTOCOL_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", + "IPV4" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value.", + "The PBR is for IPv4 internet protocol traffic." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "srcRange": { + "description": "Optional. The source IP range of outgoing packets that this policy based route applies to. Default is \"0.0.0.0/0\" if protocol version is IPv4.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest", @@ -2978,6 +3149,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InterconnectAttachment": { + "description": "InterconnectAttachment to which this route applies to.", + "id": "InterconnectAttachment", + "properties": { + "region": { + "description": "Optional. Cloud region to install this policy based route on interconnect attachment. Use `all` to install it on all interconnect attachments.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InternalRange": { "description": "The internal range resource for IPAM operations within a VPC network. Used to represent a private address range along with behavioral characterstics of that range (its usage and peering behavior). Networking resources can link to this range if they are created as belonging to it.", "id": "InternalRange", @@ -3290,6 +3472,31 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ListPolicyBasedRoutesResponse": { + "description": "Response for PolicyBasedRouting.ListPolicyBasedRoutes method.", + "id": "ListPolicyBasedRoutesResponse", + "properties": { + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The next pagination token in the List response. It should be used as page_token for the following request. An empty value means no more result.", + "type": "string" + }, + "policyBasedRoutes": { + "description": "Policy based routes to be returned.", + "items": { + "$ref": "PolicyBasedRoute" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "unreachable": { + "description": "Locations that could not be reached.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ListRouteTablesResponse": { "description": "Response for HubService.ListRouteTables method.", "id": "ListRouteTablesResponse", @@ -3608,6 +3815,95 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "PolicyBasedRoute": { + "description": "Policy Based Routes (PBR) are more powerful routes that allows GCP customers to route their L4 network traffic based on not just destination IP, but also source IP, protocol and more. A PBR always take precedence when it conflicts with other types of routes. Next id: 22", + "id": "PolicyBasedRoute", + "properties": { + "createTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was created.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "description": { + "description": "Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this field when you create the resource.", + "type": "string" + }, + "filter": { + "$ref": "Filter", + "description": "Required. The filter to match L4 traffic." + }, + "interconnectAttachment": { + "$ref": "InterconnectAttachment", + "description": "Optional. The interconnect attachments to which this route applies to." + }, + "kind": { + "description": "Output only. Type of this resource. Always networkconnectivity#policyBasedRoute for Policy Based Route resources.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "User-defined labels.", + "type": "object" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Immutable. A unique name of the resource in the form of `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/PolicyBasedRoutes/{policy_based_route_id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "network": { + "description": "Required. Fully-qualified URL of the network that this route applies to. e.g. projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network.", + "type": "string" + }, + "nextHopIlbIp": { + "description": "Optional. The IP of a global access enabled L4 ILB that should be the next hop to handle matching packets. For this version, only next_hop_ilb_ip is supported.", + "type": "string" + }, + "nextHopOtherRoutes": { + "description": "Optional. Other routes that will be referenced to determine the next hop of the packet.", + "enum": [ + "OTHER_ROUTES_UNSPECIFIED", + "DEFAULT_ROUTING" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value.", + "Use the routes from the default routing tables (system-generated routes, custom routes, peering route) to determine the next hop. This will effectively exclude matching packets being applied on other PBRs with a lower priority." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "priority": { + "description": "Optional. The priority of this policy based route. Priority is used to break ties in cases where there are more than one matching policy based routes found. In cases where multiple policy based routes are matched, the one with the lowest-numbered priority value wins. The default value is 1000. The priority value must be from 1 to 65535, inclusive.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "selfLink": { + "description": "Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. Time when the PolicyBasedRoute was updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "virtualMachine": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachine", + "description": "Optional. VM instances to which this policy based route applies to." + }, + "warnings": { + "description": "Output only. If potential misconfigurations are detected for this route, this field will be populated with warning messages.", + "items": { + "$ref": "Warnings" + }, + "readOnly": true, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ProducerPscConfig": { "description": "The PSC configurations on producer side.", "id": "ProducerPscConfig", @@ -3656,6 +3952,7 @@ }, "error": { "$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", + "deprecated": true, "description": "The most recent error during operating this connection." }, "errorInfo": { @@ -4498,6 +4795,55 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "VirtualMachine": { + "description": "VM instances to which this policy based route applies to.", + "id": "VirtualMachine", + "properties": { + "tags": { + "description": "Optional. A list of VM instance tags to which this policy based route applies to. VM instances that have ANY of tags specified here will install this PBR.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "Warnings": { + "description": "Informational warning message.", + "id": "Warnings", + "properties": { + "code": { + "description": "Output only. A warning code, if applicable.", + "enum": [ + "WARNING_UNSPECIFIED", + "RESOURCE_NOT_ACTIVE", + "RESOURCE_BEING_MODIFIED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value.", + "The policy based route is not active and functioning. Common causes are the dependent network was deleted or the resource project was turned off.", + "The policy based route is being modified (e.g. created/deleted) at this time." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "data": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Output only. Metadata about this warning in key: value format. The key should provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "object" + }, + "warningMessage": { + "description": "Output only. A human-readable description of the warning code.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index bacc9253560..5aea9324f8b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index 5cd4bd68100..8f958ac0a64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleIamV1Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json index eb99149703c..521f895d951 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json @@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -3766,7 +3766,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleIamV1Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { @@ -4278,7 +4278,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index 858aa99409c..b2b08103c83 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -2148,7 +2148,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -3887,6 +3887,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource.", + "type": "object" + }, "meshes": { "description": "Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index f723e596e23..145cfef7e14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -3959,6 +3959,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "labels": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the TlsRoute resource.", + "type": "object" + }, "meshes": { "description": "Optional. Meshes defines a list of meshes this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the mesh. Each mesh reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/global/meshes/` The attached Mesh should be of a type SIDECAR", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index 3eb73296518..0c7a5989ec4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index d4cb31fa0e0..bcae1c486ba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index d2a1b20f0c7..6c476cfff48 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json index 6da1347c4a8..32d56e48097 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json index c70e4960b97..1a294cd1314 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CVSSv3": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json index 40d6ca03903..99a0217f55a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptRepository": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json index d4b3faf9565..1f883892e0e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1.json @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230729", + "revision": "20230806", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json index 2af1bf24b54..9db30fbdae8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1alpha.json @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230729", + "revision": "20230806", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json index 87e9d88bdc3..94a41981347 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oslogin.v1beta.json @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230729", + "revision": "20230806", "rootUrl": "https://oslogin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index 91a36cb7b2f..1685526f963 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index e5ceb337c22..bb84b79efd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1Amount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index 5e5321d9723..3f5e407b5a4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230810", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 80bf3b57058..69e5cf629bc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "regionCode": { - "description": "The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. It is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported.", + "description": "The Unicode country/region code (CLDR) of the location where the request is coming from. This parameter is used to display the place details, like region-specific place name, if available. The parameter can affect results based on applicable law. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag. Note that 3-digit region codes are not currently supported.", "type": "string" }, "strictTypeFiltering": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index 32cf44d5590..17028113a2b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index 4b418f43fbb..cc6965cbf3b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json index 0236e9aea52..7cc78ff2962 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json index 21cb2a73e93..65441d26517 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountActivity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json index 4e853d7c1be..d4b1a4df59a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json index 64df2597cd1..13376c71417 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policyanalyzer.v1beta1.json @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://policyanalyzer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicyanalyzerV1beta1Activity": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json index bbbfcfdc2f8..790a260179f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1AccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json index ea0e9b83b01..28b1dfa232a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policytroubleshooter.v1beta.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://policytroubleshooter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicytroubleshooterV1betaAccessTuple": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json index 1f8d432b79a..3c89bc863e3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1.json @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessUrls": { @@ -2264,6 +2264,11 @@ "description": "Optional. Labels with user-defined metadata.", "type": "object" }, + "maximumLifetime": { + "description": "Optional. The maximum lifetime allowed for issued Certificates that use this template. If the issuing CaPool's IssuancePolicy specifies a maximum_lifetime the minimum of the two durations will be the maximum lifetime for issued Certificates. Note that if the issuing CertificateAuthority expires before a Certificate's requested maximum_lifetime, the effective lifetime will be explicitly truncated to match it.", + "format": "google-duration", + "type": "string" + }, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name for this CertificateTemplate in the format `projects/*/locations/*/certificateTemplates/*`.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3329,7 +3334,7 @@ "properties": { "subject": { "$ref": "Subject", - "description": "Required. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization." + "description": "Optional. Contains distinguished name fields such as the common name, location and organization." }, "subjectAltName": { "$ref": "SubjectAltNames", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json index d5d6ff159d4..be187b1b6b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/privateca.v1beta1.json @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230726", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://privateca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -787,14 +787,14 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "auditConfigs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 6cd2bd94644..f225059c0a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -252,6 +252,25 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sasportal" ] + }, + "setupSasAnalytics": { + "description": "Setups the a GCP Project to receive SAS Analytics messages via GCP Pub/Sub with a subscription to BigQuery. All the Pub/Sub topics and BigQuery tables are created automatically as part of this service.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/customers:setupSasAnalytics", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "prod_tt_sasportal.customers.setupSasAnalytics", + "parameterOrder": [], + "parameters": {}, + "path": "v1alpha1/customers:setupSasAnalytics", + "request": { + "$ref": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SasPortalOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sasportal" + ] } }, "resources": { @@ -2618,7 +2637,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { @@ -3557,6 +3576,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata returned by the long running operation for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.", + "id": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsMetadata", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsRequest": { + "description": "Request for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.", + "id": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsRequest", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsResponse": { + "description": "Response returned by the long running operation for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.", + "id": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "SasPortalSignDeviceRequest": { "description": "Request for SignDevice.", "id": "SasPortalSignDeviceRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json index 3d7b7612268..03f66916259 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json index 3eaba6eecc7..8dc12438b4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1alpha1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json index cb4138ebe4b..2e68dcbba57 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/publicca.v1beta1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://publicca.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ExternalAccountKey": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json index ae8060a5fbc..894e94f6bb7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.v1.json @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://readerrevenuesubscriptionlinking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteReaderResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index 86b5f6e2933..e9799c1e4a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ ] }, "getRemarketingTag": { - "description": "Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.", + "description": "Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.", "flatPath": "v1/buyers/{buyersId}:getRemarketingTag", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "realtimebidding.buyers.getRemarketingTag", @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ ] }, "getRemarketingTag": { - "description": "Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.", + "description": "Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Gets remarketing tag for a buyer. A remarketing tag is a piece of JavaScript code that can be placed on a web page. When a user visits a page containing a remarketing tag, Google adds the user to a user list.", "flatPath": "v1/buyers/{buyersId}/userLists/{userListsId}:getRemarketingTag", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "realtimebidding.buyers.userLists.getRemarketingTag", @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { @@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GetRemarketingTagResponse": { - "description": "Response for a request to get remarketing tag.", + "description": "Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Response for a request to get remarketing tag.", "id": "GetRemarketingTagResponse", "properties": { "snippet": { @@ -3124,7 +3124,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "UrlRestriction": { - "description": "Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list.", + "description": "Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api Represents the URL restriction (for the URL captured by the pixel callback) for a user list.", "id": "UrlRestriction", "properties": { "endDate": { @@ -3207,7 +3207,7 @@ }, "urlRestriction": { "$ref": "UrlRestriction", - "description": "Required. The URL restriction for the user list." + "description": "Required. Deprecated. This will be removed in October 2023. For more information, see the release notes: https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/relnotes#real-time-bidding-api The URL restriction for the user list." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index e883c7e0245..4d5a1ce97fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json index 8f2b5e97e5a..6cc5fbd673d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommendationengine.v1beta1.json @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://recommendationengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiHttpBody": { @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index 7055a95b7c6..925522d185b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index ee4e0dd6c4a..e71a3146d69 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 751413500d2..000fd73ecde 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index 05d4266f8df..83637b3e1ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index ee23173e067..e1299a5cb1f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index a681b3662a8..df74c094989 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230813", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json index 78fe669a57e..b0efcad7679 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1.json @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json index 8fa064acc05..716f5766742 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json index 7c45f4f971b..b1ae2bc6b4b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230729", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 3a23a3fa708..be02d7d0718 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -251,6 +251,25 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sasportal" ] + }, + "setupSasAnalytics": { + "description": "Setups the a GCP Project to receive SAS Analytics messages via GCP Pub/Sub with a subscription to BigQuery. All the Pub/Sub topics and BigQuery tables are created automatically as part of this service.", + "flatPath": "v1alpha1/customers:setupSasAnalytics", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "sasportal.customers.setupSasAnalytics", + "parameterOrder": [], + "parameters": {}, + "path": "v1alpha1/customers:setupSasAnalytics", + "request": { + "$ref": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsRequest" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "SasPortalOperation" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sasportal" + ] } }, "resources": { @@ -2617,7 +2636,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { @@ -3556,6 +3575,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsMetadata": { + "description": "Metadata returned by the long running operation for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.", + "id": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsMetadata", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsRequest": { + "description": "Request for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.", + "id": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsRequest", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, + "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsResponse": { + "description": "Response returned by the long running operation for the SetupSasAnalytics rpc.", + "id": "SasPortalSetupSasAnalyticsResponse", + "properties": {}, + "type": "object" + }, "SasPortalSignDeviceRequest": { "description": "Request for SignDevice.", "id": "SasPortalSignDeviceRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json index 4b2d626e55d..5123085b323 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/script.v1.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://script.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Content": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchads360.v0.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchads360.v0.json index 5accb2f005c..3553f14b4e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchads360.v0.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchads360.v0.json @@ -260,9 +260,92 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230625", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://searchads360.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AdScheduleInfo": { + "description": "Represents an AdSchedule criterion. AdSchedule is specified as the day of the week and a time interval within which ads will be shown. No more than six AdSchedules can be added for the same day.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AdScheduleInfo", + "properties": { + "dayOfWeek": { + "description": "Day of the week the schedule applies to. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "MONDAY", + "TUESDAY", + "WEDNESDAY", + "THURSDAY", + "FRIDAY", + "SATURDAY", + "SUNDAY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "The value is unknown in this version.", + "Monday.", + "Tuesday.", + "Wednesday.", + "Thursday.", + "Friday.", + "Saturday.", + "Sunday." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "endHour": { + "description": "Ending hour in 24 hour time; 24 signifies end of the day. This field must be between 0 and 24, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "endMinute": { + "description": "Minutes after the end hour at which this schedule ends. The schedule is exclusive of the end minute. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ZERO", + "FIFTEEN", + "THIRTY", + "FORTY_FIVE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "The value is unknown in this version.", + "Zero minutes past the hour.", + "Fifteen minutes past the hour.", + "Thirty minutes past the hour.", + "Forty-five minutes past the hour." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "startHour": { + "description": "Starting hour in 24 hour time. This field must be between 0 and 23, inclusive. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "startMinute": { + "description": "Minutes after the start hour at which this schedule starts. This field is required for CREATE operations and is prohibited on UPDATE operations.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ZERO", + "FIFTEEN", + "THIRTY", + "FORTY_FIVE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "The value is unknown in this version.", + "Zero minutes past the hour.", + "Fifteen minutes past the hour.", + "Thirty minutes past the hour.", + "Forty-five minutes past the hour." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AgeRangeInfo": { "description": "An age range criterion.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AgeRangeInfo", @@ -296,6 +379,44 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AssetInteractionTarget": { + "description": "An AssetInteractionTarget segment.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AssetInteractionTarget", + "properties": { + "asset": { + "description": "The asset resource name.", + "type": "string" + }, + "interactionOnThisAsset": { + "description": "Only used with CustomerAsset, CampaignAsset and AdGroupAsset metrics. Indicates whether the interaction metrics occurred on the asset itself or a different asset or ad unit.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__BusinessProfileLocation": { + "description": "Business Profile location data synced from the linked Business Profile account.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__BusinessProfileLocation", + "properties": { + "labels": { + "description": "Advertiser specified label for the location on the Business Profile account. This is synced from the Business Profile account.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "listingId": { + "description": "Listing ID of this Business Profile location. This is synced from the linked Business Profile account.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "storeCode": { + "description": "Business Profile store code of this location. This is synced from the Business Profile account.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__CustomParameter": { "description": "A mapping that can be used by custom parameter tags in a `tracking_url_template`, `final_urls`, or `mobile_final_urls`.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__CustomParameter", @@ -662,12 +783,12 @@ "type": "number" }, "averageCpc": { - "description": "The total cost of all clicks divided by the total number of clicks received.", + "description": "The total cost of all clicks divided by the total number of clicks received. This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause", "format": "double", "type": "number" }, "averageCpm": { - "description": "Average cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM).", + "description": "Average cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM). This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause", "format": "double", "type": "number" }, @@ -742,7 +863,7 @@ "type": "number" }, "costMicros": { - "description": "The sum of your cost-per-click (CPC) and cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) costs during this period.", + "description": "The sum of your cost-per-click (CPC) and cost-per-thousand impressions (CPM) costs during this period. This metric is a monetary value and returned in the customer's currency by default. See the metrics_currency parameter at https://developers.google.com/search-ads/reporting/query/query-structure#parameters_clause", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -1176,6 +1297,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "assetInteractionTarget": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AssetInteractionTarget", + "description": "Only used with CustomerAsset, CampaignAsset and AdGroupAsset metrics. Indicates whether the interaction metrics occurred on the asset itself or a different asset or ad unit. Interactions (for example, clicks) are counted across all the parts of the served ad (for example, Ad itself and other components like Sitelinks) when they are served together. When interaction_on_this_asset is true, it means the interactions are on this specific asset and when interaction_on_this_asset is false, it means the interactions is not on this specific asset but on other parts of the served ad this asset is served with." + }, "conversionAction": { "description": "Resource name of the conversion action.", "type": "string" @@ -1462,6 +1587,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "targetSpendMicros": { + "deprecated": true, "description": "The spend target under which to maximize clicks. A TargetSpend bidder will attempt to spend the smaller of this value or the natural throttling spend amount. If not specified, the budget is used as the spend target. This field is deprecated and should no longer be used. See https://ads-developers.googleblog.com/2020/05/reminder-about-sunset-creation-of.html for details.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" @@ -1498,6 +1624,200 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedCallAsset": { + "description": "A unified call asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedCallAsset", + "properties": { + "adScheduleTargets": { + "description": "List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AdScheduleInfo" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "callConversionAction": { + "description": "The conversion action to attribute a call conversion to. If not set, the default conversion action is used. This field only has effect if call_conversion_reporting_state is set to USE_RESOURCE_LEVEL_CALL_CONVERSION_ACTION.", + "type": "string" + }, + "callConversionReportingState": { + "description": "Output only. Indicates whether this CallAsset should use its own call conversion setting, follow the account level setting, or disable call conversion.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "DISABLED", + "USE_ACCOUNT_LEVEL_CALL_CONVERSION_ACTION", + "USE_RESOURCE_LEVEL_CALL_CONVERSION_ACTION" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", + "Call conversion action is disabled.", + "Call conversion action will use call conversion type set at the account level.", + "Call conversion action will use call conversion type set at the resource (call only ads/call extensions) level." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "callOnly": { + "description": "Whether the call only shows the phone number without a link to the website. Applies to Microsoft Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "callTrackingEnabled": { + "description": "Whether the call should be enabled on call tracking. Applies to Microsoft Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "countryCode": { + "description": "Two-letter country code of the phone number. Examples: 'US', 'us'.", + "type": "string" + }, + "endDate": { + "description": "Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "phoneNumber": { + "description": "The advertiser's raw phone number. Examples: '1234567890', '(123)456-7890'", + "type": "string" + }, + "startDate": { + "description": "Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "useSearcherTimeZone": { + "description": "Whether to show the call extension in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedCalloutAsset": { + "description": "A unified callout asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedCalloutAsset", + "properties": { + "adScheduleTargets": { + "description": "List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AdScheduleInfo" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "calloutText": { + "description": "The callout text. The length of this string should be between 1 and 25, inclusive.", + "type": "string" + }, + "endDate": { + "description": "Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "startDate": { + "description": "Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "useSearcherTimeZone": { + "description": "Whether to show the asset in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedLocationAsset": { + "description": "A unified location asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedLocationAsset", + "properties": { + "businessProfileLocations": { + "description": "The list of business locations for the customer. This will only be returned if the Location Asset is syncing from the Business Profile account. It is possible to have multiple Business Profile listings under the same account that point to the same Place ID.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__BusinessProfileLocation" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "locationOwnershipType": { + "description": "The type of location ownership. If the type is BUSINESS_OWNER, it will be served as a location extension. If the type is AFFILIATE, it will be served as an affiliate location.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "BUSINESS_OWNER", + "AFFILIATE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", + "Business Owner of location(legacy location extension - LE).", + "Affiliate location(Third party location extension - ALE)." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "placeId": { + "description": "Place IDs uniquely identify a place in the Google Places database and on Google Maps. This field is unique for a given customer ID and asset type. See https://developers.google.com/places/web-service/place-id to learn more about Place ID.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedPageFeedAsset": { + "description": "A Unified Page Feed asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedPageFeedAsset", + "properties": { + "labels": { + "description": "Labels used to group the page urls.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "pageUrl": { + "description": "The webpage that advertisers want to target.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedSitelinkAsset": { + "description": "A unified sitelink asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedSitelinkAsset", + "properties": { + "adScheduleTargets": { + "description": "List of non-overlapping schedules specifying all time intervals for which the asset may serve. There can be a maximum of 6 schedules per day, 42 in total.", + "items": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__AdScheduleInfo" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "description1": { + "description": "First line of the description for the sitelink. If set, the length should be between 1 and 35, inclusive, and description2 must also be set.", + "type": "string" + }, + "description2": { + "description": "Second line of the description for the sitelink. If set, the length should be between 1 and 35, inclusive, and description1 must also be set.", + "type": "string" + }, + "endDate": { + "description": "Last date of when this asset is effective and still serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "linkText": { + "description": "URL display text for the sitelink. The length of this string should be between 1 and 25, inclusive.", + "type": "string" + }, + "mobilePreferred": { + "description": "Whether the preference is for the sitelink asset to be displayed on mobile devices. Applies to Microsoft Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "startDate": { + "description": "Start date of when this asset is effective and can begin serving, in yyyy-MM-dd format.", + "type": "string" + }, + "trackingId": { + "description": "ID used for tracking clicks for the sitelink asset. This is a Yahoo! Japan only field.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "useSearcherTimeZone": { + "description": "Whether to show the sitelink asset in search user's time zone. Applies to Microsoft Ads.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UserListInfo": { "description": "A User List criterion. Represents a user list that is defined by the advertiser to be targeted.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UserListInfo", @@ -1835,6 +2155,20 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "invalidParameterError": { + "description": "The reasons for invalid parameter errors.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "INVALID_CURRENCY_CODE" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Enum unspecified.", + "The received error code is not known in this version.", + "The specified currency code is invalid." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "queryError": { "description": "An error with the query", "enum": [ @@ -2160,6 +2494,19 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_AdGroupCriterion_PositionEstimates": { + "description": "Estimates for criterion bids at various positions.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_AdGroupCriterion_PositionEstimates", + "properties": { + "topOfPageCpcMicros": { + "description": "Output only. The estimate of the CPC bid required for ad to be displayed at the top of the first page of search results.", + "format": "int64", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_AdGroupCriterion_QualityInfo": { "description": "A container for ad group criterion quality information.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_AdGroupCriterion_QualityInfo", @@ -2285,7 +2632,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_Campaign_SelectiveOptimization": { - "description": "Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards.", + "description": "Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. This feature only applies to app campaigns that use MULTI_CHANNEL as AdvertisingChannelType and APP_CAMPAIGN or APP_CAMPAIGN_FOR_ENGAGEMENT as AdvertisingChannelSubType.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_Campaign_SelectiveOptimization", "properties": { "conversionActions": { @@ -2524,7 +2871,8 @@ "APP_PRE_REGISTRATION_AD", "DISCOVERY_MULTI_ASSET_AD", "DISCOVERY_CAROUSEL_AD", - "TRAVEL_AD" + "TRAVEL_AD", + "DISCOVERY_VIDEO_RESPONSIVE_AD" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No value has been specified.", @@ -2559,7 +2907,8 @@ "Universal app pre-registration ad.", "Discovery multi asset ad.", "Discovery carousel ad.", - "Travel ad." + "Travel ad.", + "Discovery video responsive ad." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -2622,6 +2971,19 @@ "CAMPAIGN_PAUSED", "ACCOUNT_PAUSED" ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", @@ -2789,6 +3151,27 @@ "AD_GROUP_AD_CAMPAIGN_PAUSED", "AD_GROUP_AD_AD_GROUP_PAUSED" ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No value has been specified.", "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", @@ -2870,6 +3253,79 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAsset": { + "description": "A link between an ad group and an asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAsset", + "properties": { + "adGroup": { + "description": "Required. Immutable. The ad group to which the asset is linked.", + "type": "string" + }, + "asset": { + "description": "Required. Immutable. The asset which is linked to the ad group.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the ad group asset. AdGroupAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAssets/{ad_group_id}~{asset_id}~{field_type}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Status of the ad group asset.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED", + "PAUSED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", + "Asset link is enabled.", + "Asset link has been removed.", + "Asset link is paused." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAssetSet": { + "description": "AdGroupAssetSet is the linkage between an ad group and an asset set. Creating an AdGroupAssetSet links an asset set with an ad group.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAssetSet", + "properties": { + "adGroup": { + "description": "Immutable. The ad group to which this asset set is linked.", + "type": "string" + }, + "assetSet": { + "description": "Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the ad group.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the ad group asset set. Ad group asset set resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/adGroupAssetSets/{ad_group_id}~{asset_set_id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Output only. The status of the ad group asset set. Read-only.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The status has not been specified.", + "The received value is not known in this version. This is a response-only value.", + "The linkage between asset set and its container is enabled.", + "The linkage between asset set and its container is removed." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAudienceView": { "description": "An ad group audience view. Includes performance data from interests and remarketing lists for Display Network and YouTube Network ads, and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA), aggregated at the audience level.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAudienceView", @@ -2971,6 +3427,29 @@ "AD_GROUP_CRITERION_SERVING", "AD_GROUP_CRITERION_ACCOUNT_PAUSED" ], + "enumDeprecated": [ + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + true, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false, + false + ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", @@ -3035,13 +3514,17 @@ }, "location": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__LocationInfo", - "description": "Output only. Location.", - "readOnly": true + "description": "Immutable. Location." }, "negative": { "description": "Immutable. Whether to target (`false`) or exclude (`true`) the criterion. This field is immutable. To switch a criterion from positive to negative, remove then re-add it.", "type": "boolean" }, + "positionEstimates": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_AdGroupCriterion_PositionEstimates", + "description": "Output only. Estimates for criterion bids at various positions.", + "readOnly": true + }, "qualityInfo": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_AdGroupCriterion_QualityInfo", "description": "Output only. Information regarding the quality of the criterion.", @@ -3112,7 +3595,9 @@ "COMBINED_AUDIENCE", "KEYWORD_THEME", "AUDIENCE", - "LOCAL_SERVICE_ID" + "LOCAL_SERVICE_ID", + "BRAND", + "BRAND_LIST" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", @@ -3151,7 +3636,9 @@ "Combined audience", "Smart Campaign keyword theme", "Audience", - "Local Services Ads Service ID." + "Local Services Ads Service ID.", + "Brand", + "Brand List" ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3221,6 +3708,16 @@ "description": "Asset is a part of an ad which can be shared across multiple ads. It can be an image (ImageAsset), a video (YoutubeVideoAsset), etc. Assets are immutable and cannot be removed. To stop an asset from serving, remove the asset from the entity that is using it.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__Asset", "properties": { + "callAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedCallAsset", + "description": "Output only. A unified call asset.", + "readOnly": true + }, + "calloutAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedCalloutAsset", + "description": "Output only. A unified callout asset.", + "readOnly": true + }, "creationTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when this asset was created. The timestamp is in the customer's time zone and in \"yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss\" format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -3267,14 +3764,29 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "locationAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedLocationAsset", + "description": "Output only. A unified location asset.", + "readOnly": true + }, "mobileAppAsset": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__MobileAppAsset", "description": "A mobile app asset." }, + "pageFeedAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedPageFeedAsset", + "description": "Output only. A unified page feed asset.", + "readOnly": true + }, "resourceName": { "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the asset. Asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assets/{asset_id}`", "type": "string" }, + "sitelinkAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Common__UnifiedSitelinkAsset", + "description": "Output only. A unified sitelink asset.", + "readOnly": true + }, "status": { "description": "Output only. The status of the asset.", "enum": [ @@ -3387,6 +3899,42 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AssetSetAsset": { + "description": "AssetSetAsset is the link between an asset and an asset set. Adding an AssetSetAsset links an asset with an asset set.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AssetSetAsset", + "properties": { + "asset": { + "description": "Immutable. The asset which this asset set asset is linking to.", + "type": "string" + }, + "assetSet": { + "description": "Immutable. The asset set which this asset set asset is linking to.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the asset set asset. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/assetSetAssets/{asset_set_id}~{asset_id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Output only. The status of the asset set asset. Read-only.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The status has not been specified.", + "The received value is not known in this version. This is a response-only value.", + "The asset set asset is enabled.", + "The asset set asset is removed." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__BiddingStrategy": { "description": "A bidding strategy.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__BiddingStrategy", @@ -3927,7 +4475,7 @@ }, "selectiveOptimization": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources_Campaign_SelectiveOptimization", - "description": "Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards." + "description": "Selective optimization setting for this campaign, which includes a set of conversion actions to optimize this campaign towards. This feature only applies to app campaigns that use MULTI_CHANNEL as AdvertisingChannelType and APP_CAMPAIGN or APP_CAMPAIGN_FOR_ENGAGEMENT as AdvertisingChannelSubType." }, "servingStatus": { "description": "Output only. The ad serving status of the campaign.", @@ -4021,6 +4569,80 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAsset": { + "description": "A link between a Campaign and an Asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAsset", + "properties": { + "asset": { + "description": "Immutable. The asset which is linked to the campaign.", + "type": "string" + }, + "campaign": { + "description": "Immutable. The campaign to which the asset is linked.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the campaign asset. CampaignAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAssets/{campaign_id}~{asset_id}~{field_type}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Output only. Status of the campaign asset.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED", + "PAUSED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", + "Asset link is enabled.", + "Asset link has been removed.", + "Asset link is paused." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAssetSet": { + "description": "CampaignAssetSet is the linkage between a campaign and an asset set. Adding a CampaignAssetSet links an asset set with a campaign.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAssetSet", + "properties": { + "assetSet": { + "description": "Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the campaign.", + "type": "string" + }, + "campaign": { + "description": "Immutable. The campaign to which this asset set is linked.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the campaign asset set. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/campaignAssetSets/{campaign_id}~{asset_set_id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Output only. The status of the campaign asset set asset. Read-only.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The status has not been specified.", + "The received value is not known in this version. This is a response-only value.", + "The linkage between asset set and its container is enabled.", + "The linkage between asset set and its container is removed." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAudienceView": { "description": "A campaign audience view. Includes performance data from interests and remarketing lists for Display Network and YouTube Network ads, and remarketing lists for search ads (RLSA), aggregated by campaign and audience criterion. This view only includes audiences attached at the campaign level.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAudienceView", @@ -4201,7 +4823,9 @@ "COMBINED_AUDIENCE", "KEYWORD_THEME", "AUDIENCE", - "LOCAL_SERVICE_ID" + "LOCAL_SERVICE_ID", + "BRAND", + "BRAND_LIST" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", @@ -4240,7 +4864,9 @@ "Combined audience", "Smart Campaign keyword theme", "Audience", - "Local Services Ads Service ID." + "Local Services Ads Service ID.", + "Brand", + "Brand List" ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -4492,7 +5118,7 @@ "The user requests directions to a business location within Google Maps. Smart campaign only. Read only.", "Call conversions that occur on Smart campaign Ads with call tracking setup, using Smart campaign custom criteria. Read only.", "Conversions that occur when a user visits an advertiser's retail store. Read only.", - "Conversions created from website events (such as form submissions or page loads), that don't use individually coded event snippets.", + "Conversions created from website events (such as form submissions or page loads), that don't use individually coded event snippets. Read only.", "Conversions that come from linked Universal Analytics goals.", "Conversions that come from linked Universal Analytics transactions.", "Conversions that come from linked Google Analytics 4 custom event conversions.", @@ -4783,6 +5409,75 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerAsset": { + "description": "A link between a customer and an asset.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerAsset", + "properties": { + "asset": { + "description": "Required. Immutable. The asset which is linked to the customer.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the customer asset. CustomerAsset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/customerAssets/{asset_id}~{field_type}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Status of the customer asset.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED", + "PAUSED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not specified.", + "Used for return value only. Represents value unknown in this version.", + "Asset link is enabled.", + "Asset link has been removed.", + "Asset link is paused." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerAssetSet": { + "description": "CustomerAssetSet is the linkage between a customer and an asset set. Adding a CustomerAssetSet links an asset set with a customer.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerAssetSet", + "properties": { + "assetSet": { + "description": "Immutable. The asset set which is linked to the customer.", + "type": "string" + }, + "customer": { + "description": "Immutable. The customer to which this asset set is linked.", + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the customer asset set. Asset set asset resource names have the form: `customers/{customer_id}/customerAssetSets/{asset_set_id}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Output only. The status of the customer asset set asset. Read-only.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The status has not been specified.", + "The received value is not known in this version. This is a response-only value.", + "The linkage between asset set and its container is enabled.", + "The linkage between asset set and its container is removed." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerClient": { "description": "A link between the given customer and a client customer. CustomerClients only exist for manager customers. All direct and indirect client customers are included, as well as the manager itself.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerClient", @@ -4968,6 +5663,66 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__GeoTargetConstant": { + "description": "A geo target constant.", + "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__GeoTargetConstant", + "properties": { + "canonicalName": { + "description": "Output only. The fully qualified English name, consisting of the target's name and that of its parent and country.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "countryCode": { + "description": "Output only. The ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that is associated with the target.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "Output only. The ID of the geo target constant.", + "format": "int64", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "Output only. Geo target constant English name.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "parentGeoTarget": { + "description": "Output only. The resource name of the parent geo target constant. Geo target constant resource names have the form: `geoTargetConstants/{parent_geo_target_constant_id}`", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "resourceName": { + "description": "Output only. The resource name of the geo target constant. Geo target constant resource names have the form: `geoTargetConstants/{geo_target_constant_id}`", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "status": { + "description": "Output only. Geo target constant status.", + "enum": [ + "UNSPECIFIED", + "UNKNOWN", + "ENABLED", + "REMOVAL_PLANNED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No value has been specified.", + "The received value is not known in this version. This is a response-only value.", + "The geo target constant is valid.", + "The geo target constant is obsolete and will be removed." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "targetType": { + "description": "Output only. Geo target constant target type.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__KeywordView": { "description": "A keyword view.", "id": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__KeywordView", @@ -5306,6 +6061,14 @@ "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAdLabel", "description": "The ad group ad label referenced in the query." }, + "adGroupAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAsset", + "description": "The ad group asset referenced in the query." + }, + "adGroupAssetSet": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAssetSet", + "description": "The ad group asset set referenced in the query." + }, "adGroupAudienceView": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AdGroupAudienceView", "description": "The ad group audience view referenced in the query." @@ -5338,6 +6101,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AssetSet", "description": "The asset set referenced in the query." }, + "assetSetAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__AssetSetAsset", + "description": "The asset set asset referenced in the query." + }, "biddingStrategy": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__BiddingStrategy", "description": "The bidding strategy referenced in the query." @@ -5346,6 +6113,14 @@ "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__Campaign", "description": "The campaign referenced in the query." }, + "campaignAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAsset", + "description": "The campaign asset referenced in the query." + }, + "campaignAssetSet": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAssetSet", + "description": "The campaign asset set referenced in the query." + }, "campaignAudienceView": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CampaignAudienceView", "description": "The campaign audience view referenced in the query." @@ -5377,6 +6152,14 @@ "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__Customer", "description": "The customer referenced in the query." }, + "customerAsset": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerAsset", + "description": "The customer asset referenced in the query." + }, + "customerAssetSet": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerAssetSet", + "description": "The customer asset set referenced in the query." + }, "customerClient": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__CustomerClient", "description": "The CustomerClient referenced in the query." @@ -5393,6 +6176,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__GenderView", "description": "The gender view referenced in the query." }, + "geoTargetConstant": { + "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__GeoTargetConstant", + "description": "The geo target constant referenced in the query." + }, "keywordView": { "$ref": "GoogleAdsSearchads360V0Resources__KeywordView", "description": "The keyword view referenced in the query." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index 98d9448d6b9..20d6db928d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpInspectionResult": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json index b2cbef57e0b..80d4f307b3b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta1.json @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index 94b220cf768..f86e078dcbf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -4750,7 +4750,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 9a395f009e3..f22f77c729c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index a2de822440e..e730b0e9384 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 26bca21a070..64f29f6fd13 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 2414107ae8f..ae516850958 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -2857,6 +2857,10 @@ "producerOverride": { "$ref": "V1Beta1QuotaOverride", "description": "Producer override on this quota bucket." + }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { + "$ref": "V1Beta1ProducerQuotaPolicy", + "description": "Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json index 869bea825c3..0035ca41e6c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json index 94ee4ebdaa4..c9b63adfa3c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230805", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index f7b97c69eb4..b64efc8b792 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index d915df93c2c..1ac28ae2bec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index 58aa818b620..ee8dee83458 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index 600523fb453..6322fb2fabf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index c9252e7415e..c8cc9cea286 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index 4ec4a1888ea..be0c052f2ee 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index 37d9da6a8f3..c8ec2fedc68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -3409,6 +3409,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ProducerQuotaPolicy": { + "description": "Quota policy created by service producer.", + "id": "ProducerQuotaPolicy", + "properties": { + "container": { + "description": "The cloud resource container at which the quota policy is created. The format is `{container_type}/{container_number}`", + "type": "string" + }, + "dimensions": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": " If this map is nonempty, then this policy applies only to specific values for dimensions defined in the limit unit. For example, a policy on a limit with the unit `1/{project}/{region}` could contain an entry with the key `region` and the value `us-east-1`; the policy is only applied to quota consumed in that region. This map has the following restrictions: * Keys that are not defined in the limit's unit are not valid keys. Any string appearing in {brackets} in the unit (besides {project} or {user}) is a defined key. * `project` is not a valid key; the project is already specified in the parent resource name. * `user` is not a valid key; the API does not support quota policies that apply only to a specific user. * If `region` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud region. * If `zone` appears as a key, its value must be a valid Cloud zone. * If any valid key other than `region` or `zone` appears in the map, then all valid keys other than `region` or `zone` must also appear in the map.", + "type": "object" + }, + "metric": { + "description": "The name of the metric to which this policy applies. An example name would be: `compute.googleapis.com/cpus`", + "type": "string" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the policy. This name is generated by the server when the policy is created. Example names would be: `organizations/123/services/compute.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/compute.googleapis.com%2Fcpus/limits/%2Fproject%2Fregion/producerQuotaPolicies/4a3f2c1d`", + "type": "string" + }, + "policyValue": { + "description": "The quota policy value. Can be any nonnegative integer, or -1 (unlimited quota).", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "unit": { + "description": "The limit unit of the limit to which this policy applies. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Publishing": { "description": "This message configures the settings for publishing [Google Cloud Client libraries](https://cloud.google.com/apis/docs/cloud-client-libraries) generated from the service config.", "id": "Publishing", @@ -3549,6 +3584,10 @@ "producerOverride": { "$ref": "QuotaOverride", "description": "Producer override on this quota bucket." + }, + "producerQuotaPolicy": { + "$ref": "ProducerQuotaPolicy", + "description": "Producer policy inherited from the closet ancestor of the current consumer." } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index ade06b52533..a2a8325f78b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230821", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ "id": "BandedRange", "properties": { "bandedRangeId": { - "description": "The id of the banded range.", + "description": "The ID of the banded range.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ "description": "Color of the series data point. If empty, the series default is used. If color is also set, this field takes precedence." }, "index": { - "description": "Zero based index of the series data point.", + "description": "The zero-based index of the series data point.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ "id": "BigQueryDataSourceSpec", "properties": { "projectId": { - "description": "The ID of a BigQuery enabled GCP project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged.", + "description": "The ID of a BigQuery enabled Google Cloud project with a billing account attached. For any queries executed against the data source, the project is charged.", "type": "string" }, "querySpec": { @@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "BigQueryTableSpec": { - "description": "Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) is allowed.", + "description": "Specifies a BigQuery table definition. Only [native tables](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/tables-intro) are allowed.", "id": "BigQueryTableSpec", "properties": { "datasetId": { @@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ }, "format": { "$ref": "CellFormat", - "description": "The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color & background color." + "description": "The format to apply. Conditional formatting can only apply a subset of formatting: bold, italic, strikethrough, foreground color and, background color." } }, "type": "object" @@ -3506,7 +3506,7 @@ "id": "DataSourceRefreshMonthlySchedule", "properties": { "daysOfMonth": { - "description": "Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At lesat one day must be specified.", + "description": "Days of the month to refresh. Only 1-28 are supported, mapping to the 1st to the 28th day. At least one day must be specified.", "items": { "format": "int32", "type": "integer" @@ -3521,7 +3521,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DataSourceRefreshSchedule": { - "description": "Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8am , the refresh will take place between 8am and 12pm every day.", + "description": "Schedule for refreshing the data source. Data sources in the spreadsheet are refreshed within a time interval. You can specify the start time by clicking the Scheduled Refresh button in the Sheets editor, but the interval is fixed at 4 hours. For example, if you specify a start time of 8 AM , the refresh will take place between 8 AM and 12 PM every day.", "id": "DataSourceRefreshSchedule", "properties": { "dailySchedule": { @@ -4496,7 +4496,7 @@ "id": "FilterSpec", "properties": { "columnIndex": { - "description": "The column index.", + "description": "The zero-based column index.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -5465,7 +5465,7 @@ "id": "PivotFilterSpec", "properties": { "columnOffsetIndex": { - "description": "The column offset of the source range.", + "description": "The zero-based column offset of the source range.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -5832,7 +5832,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "warningOnly": { - "description": "True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors is ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document.", + "description": "True if this protected range will show a warning when editing. Warning-based protection means that every user can edit data in the protected range, except editing will prompt a warning asking the user to confirm the edit. When writing: if this field is true, then editors are ignored. Additionally, if this field is changed from true to false and the `editors` field is not set (nor included in the field mask), then the editors will be set to all the editors in the document.", "type": "boolean" } }, @@ -6533,7 +6533,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in \"before the move\" indexes. For example, if there were 3 sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1.", + "description": "The index of the sheet within the spreadsheet. When adding or updating sheet properties, if this field is excluded then the sheet is added or moved to the end of the sheet list. When updating sheet indices or inserting sheets, movement is considered in \"before the move\" indexes. For example, if there were three sheets (S1, S2, S3) in order to move S1 ahead of S2 the index would have to be set to 2. A sheet index update request is ignored if the requested index is identical to the sheets current index or if the requested new index is equal to the current sheet index + 1.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -6616,7 +6616,7 @@ "description": "The background color of the slicer. If background_color is also set, this field takes precedence." }, "columnIndex": { - "description": "The column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to.", + "description": "The zero-based column index in the data table on which the filter is applied to.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -7758,7 +7758,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "subtotalIndex": { - "description": "The 0-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with.", + "description": "The zero-based index of a data point within the series. If data_is_subtotal is true, the data point at this index is the subtotal. Otherwise, the subtotal appears after the data point with this index. A series can have multiple subtotals at arbitrary indices, but subtotals do not affect the indices of the data points. For example, if a series has three data points, their indices will always be 0, 1, and 2, regardless of how many subtotals exist on the series or what data points they are associated with.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json index 1bd4a60a6b3..e209c06de62 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffineTransform": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json index 3192eb9f72e..f34e132b600 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sourcerepo.v1.json @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://sourcerepo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index 38d69d04479..3ce51b0db36 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230729", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { @@ -4349,7 +4349,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -4602,7 +4602,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "Policy": { - "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", + "description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", "id": "Policy", "properties": { "bindings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json index a4104f1daad..5b355952e68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json index 0d373c1f775..73b41879b36 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ABNFGrammar": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 8a0910a7742..79b61147b28 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index aaf95c3af7d..96c3a7ad435 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230728", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 2b5f7e724ff..3688c31aa54 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "description": "Stores and retrieves potentially large, immutable data objects.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/", - "etag": "\"32373637343839333138333936313839303435\"", + "etag": "\"39343036323734333631373631323539303138\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -3010,7 +3010,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230819", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json index 461801a0360..b2c51bea632 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentPool": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index 73c7def104b..005c9af61fe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230811", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json index 746fba36243..0fdc77fc9ff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json index c0beabc82d8..068a6e55cf1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sts.v1beta.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230812", "rootUrl": "https://sts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleIamV1Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index cb2d73ed748..18645704430 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 308b85c1944..8cb35d80c98 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3890,7 +3890,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230809", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index 9b70b63cb1c..0f10e8098b7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Task": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index 1ded69f9067..9cf0935a584 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230808", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -1273,6 +1273,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "IosRoboTest": { + "description": "A test that explores an iOS application on an iOS device.", + "id": "IosRoboTest", + "properties": { + "appBundleId": { + "description": "The bundle ID for the app-under-test. This is determined by examining the application's \"Info.plist\" file.", + "type": "string" + }, + "appIpa": { + "$ref": "FileReference", + "description": "Required. The ipa stored at this file should be used to run the test." + }, + "roboScript": { + "$ref": "FileReference", + "description": "An optional Roboscript to customize the crawl. See https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/android/robo-scripts-reference for more information about Roboscripts." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "IosRuntimeConfiguration": { "description": "iOS configuration that can be selected at the time a test is run.", "id": "IosRuntimeConfiguration", @@ -2247,6 +2266,10 @@ "description": "Disables video recording. May reduce test latency.", "type": "boolean" }, + "iosRoboTest": { + "$ref": "IosRoboTest", + "description": "An iOS Robo test." + }, "iosTestLoop": { "$ref": "IosTestLoop", "description": "An iOS application with a test loop." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json index 366e96bae4e..76c07f3277c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1.json @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json index 733f8c757a2..f01fb98a341 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/texttospeech.v1beta1.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230818", "rootUrl": "https://texttospeech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AudioConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json index 6a24ff9eaf9..f8a7a1f4e64 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json @@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230814", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ANR": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json index 603dbc140d1..a26162c63fe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1.json @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json index 681b0d24d2e..8bcbe84d5d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v1alpha1.json @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorType": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json index b2330fb2b1c..9d2ef5e52fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2.json @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json index 3ca71e32de3..233ca5b6589 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230814", "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -1032,12 +1032,38 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "BootDiskConfig": { + "description": "Boot disk configurations.", + "id": "BootDiskConfig", + "properties": { + "customerEncryptionKey": { + "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", + "description": "Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk." + }, + "enableConfidentialCompute": { + "description": "Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CreatingData": { "description": "Further data for the creating state.", "id": "CreatingData", "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "CustomerEncryptionKey": { + "description": "Customer's encryption key.", + "id": "CustomerEncryptionKey", + "properties": { + "kmsKeyName": { + "description": "The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: \"kmsKeyName\": \"projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 ", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "DeletingData": { "description": "Further data for the deleting state.", "id": "DeletingData", @@ -1449,6 +1475,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "bootDiskConfig": { + "$ref": "BootDiskConfig", + "description": "Optional. Boot disk configuration." + }, "cidrBlock": { "description": "The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json index 2e7c0699d21..91d8238db93 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/transcoder.v1.json @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230731", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://transcoder.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdBreak": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json index 8601640de01..3cf73697070 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vault.v1.json @@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230724", + "revision": "20230816", "rootUrl": "https://vault.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountCount": { @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json index 44f6a94d377..9ee0ed23f90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Challenge": { @@ -206,6 +206,10 @@ "description": "Result message for VerifiedAccess.VerifyChallengeResponse.", "id": "VerifyChallengeResponseResult", "properties": { + "attestedDeviceId": { + "description": "Attested device id (ADID) of the device, read from the verified data.", + "type": "string" + }, "deviceEnrollmentId": { "description": "Device enrollment id is returned in this field (for the machine response only).", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json index 13161e97e25..fb39cecc175 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230815", "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Challenge": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index c9a0ecb0c3f..b6e68c614a2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json index dba635141c9..4503847a001 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddProductToProductSetRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json index ca945e1770e..fb8653a1f87 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json index 66e8b92c0a4..ad5e506c8b1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230804", + "revision": "20230811", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json index 0f3281dedf8..6079c58cd1e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -2204,24 +2204,6 @@ "The firmware is BIOS." ], "type": "string" - }, - "vmCapabilities": { - "description": "Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "VM_CAPABILITY_UNSPECIFIED", - "VM_CAPABILITY_NVME_STORAGE_ACCESS", - "VM_CAPABILITY_GVNIC_NETWORK_INTERFACE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown capability.", - "NVMe driver install and the VM can use NVMe PD or local SSD.", - "gVNIC virtual NIC driver supported." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3688,6 +3670,11 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" + }, + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { + "$ref": "VmwareSourceVmDetails", + "description": "Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source.", + "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -4475,6 +4462,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VmwareDiskDetails": { + "description": "The details of a Vmware VM disk.", + "id": "VmwareDiskDetails", + "properties": { + "diskNumber": { + "description": "The ordinal number of the disk.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "label": { + "description": "The disk label.", + "type": "string" + }, + "sizeGb": { + "description": "Size in GB.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VmwareSourceDetails": { "description": "VmwareSourceDetails message describes a specific source details for the vmware source type.", "id": "VmwareSourceDetails", @@ -4502,6 +4510,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VmwareSourceVmDetails": { + "description": "Represent the source Vmware VM details.", + "id": "VmwareSourceVmDetails", + "properties": { + "committedStorageBytes": { + "description": "The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "disks": { + "description": "The disks attached to the source VM.", + "items": { + "$ref": "VmwareDiskDetails" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "firmware": { + "description": "The firmware type of the source VM.", + "enum": [ + "FIRMWARE_UNSPECIFIED", + "EFI", + "BIOS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The firmware is unknown.", + "The firmware is EFI.", + "The firmware is BIOS." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VmwareVmDetails": { "description": "VmwareVmDetails describes a VM in vCenter.", "id": "VmwareVmDetails", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index b27684fc551..5ba1e4366e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230803", + "revision": "20230817", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -2204,24 +2204,6 @@ "The firmware is BIOS." ], "type": "string" - }, - "vmCapabilities": { - "description": "Output only. Unordered list. List of VM certain capabilities needed for some Compute Engine features.", - "items": { - "enum": [ - "VM_CAPABILITY_UNSPECIFIED", - "VM_CAPABILITY_NVME_STORAGE_ACCESS", - "VM_CAPABILITY_GVNIC_NETWORK_INTERFACE" - ], - "enumDescriptions": [ - "Unknown capability.", - "NVMe driver install and the VM can use NVMe PD or local SSD.", - "gVNIC virtual NIC driver supported." - ], - "type": "string" - }, - "readOnly": true, - "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3733,6 +3715,11 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" + }, + "vmwareSourceVmDetails": { + "$ref": "VmwareSourceVmDetails", + "description": "Output only. Details of the VM from a Vmware source.", + "readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -4727,6 +4714,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VmwareDiskDetails": { + "description": "The details of a Vmware VM disk.", + "id": "VmwareDiskDetails", + "properties": { + "diskNumber": { + "description": "The ordinal number of the disk.", + "format": "int32", + "type": "integer" + }, + "label": { + "description": "The disk label.", + "type": "string" + }, + "sizeGb": { + "description": "Size in GB.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VmwareSourceDetails": { "description": "VmwareSourceDetails message describes a specific source details for the vmware source type.", "id": "VmwareSourceDetails", @@ -4754,6 +4762,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VmwareSourceVmDetails": { + "description": "Represent the source Vmware VM details.", + "id": "VmwareSourceVmDetails", + "properties": { + "committedStorageBytes": { + "description": "The total size of the disks being migrated in bytes.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "disks": { + "description": "The disks attached to the source VM.", + "items": { + "$ref": "VmwareDiskDetails" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "firmware": { + "description": "The firmware type of the source VM.", + "enum": [ + "FIRMWARE_UNSPECIFIED", + "EFI", + "BIOS" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The firmware is unknown.", + "The firmware is EFI.", + "The firmware is BIOS." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "VmwareVmDetails": { "description": "VmwareVmDetails describes a VM in vCenter.", "id": "VmwareVmDetails", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json index e17b82bd20b..63275b8d6de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The project and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", + "description": "Required. The project id and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "maxThroughput": { - "description": "Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000.", + "description": "Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "minThroughput": { - "description": "Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200.", + "description": "Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both min-throughput and min-instances are provided, min-instances takes precedence over min-throughput.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json index 0961e51d2da..bc42ed6e976 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The project and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", + "description": "Required. The project id and location in which the configuration should be created, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230727", + "revision": "20230810", "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Connector": { @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "maxThroughput": { - "description": "Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000.", + "description": "Maximum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default is 300, max is 1000. If both maxThroughput and maxInstances are set, the value for maxInstances is utilzed.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "minThroughput": { - "description": "Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200.", + "description": "Minimum throughput of the connector in Mbps. Default and min is 200. If both max-throughput and max-instances are provided, max-instances takes precedence over max-throughput.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ "description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", "type": "any" }, - "description": "The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", + "description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.", "type": "object" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index 127789943a7..5b842ab58d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json index d3ef7753dc2..e67c9e36eaf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json index 08fe0424456..365f3504079 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1alpha.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json index 97c71369edd..ea415c8bf33 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/websecurityscanner.v1beta.json @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230806", + "revision": "20230820", "rootUrl": "https://websecurityscanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Authentication": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json index 898ddcaa2ae..4bca6a0d044 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1.json @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelExecutionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json index ff09ebb9226..36bf4505689 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflowexecutions.v1beta.json @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230807", + "revision": "20230808", "rootUrl": "https://workflowexecutions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelExecutionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json index 18e49268517..87548b14f4b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json index 6201e2928e4..acc2f5578e3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workflows.v1beta.json @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230802", + "revision": "20230809", "rootUrl": "https://workflows.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 662a59f4c73..9c76c0e5b84 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -2793,6 +2793,20 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, + "videoPaidProductPlacement": { + "enum": [ + "videoPaidProductPlacementUnspecified", + "any", + "true" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Return all videos, paid product placement or not.", + "Restrict results to only videos with paid product placement." + ], + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, "videoSyndicated": { "description": "Filter on syndicated videos.", "enum": [ @@ -3833,7 +3847,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230813", + "revision": "20230822", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { @@ -7443,8 +7457,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "pauseAdsUntil": { - "description": "If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp (\"No Ad Zone\").", - "format": "google-datetime", + "description": "If set, automatic cuepoint insertion is paused until this timestamp (\"No Ad Zone\"). The value is specified in ISO 8601 format.", "type": "string" }, "repeatInterval": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index 3ca50862ba9..4819e75edd7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index ab417595222..f1efe3e37c9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20230812", + "revision": "20230823", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": {